';\nconst entityAttributes = {\ncity: 'Bangalore',\ncountry: 'India',\n};\n\nconst result = property.getCurrentValue(entityId, entityAttributes);\nconsole.log(result.value); // Evaluated value of the property. The type of evaluated value will match the type of property (Boolean, String, Numeric).\nconsole.log(result.details); // a JSON object containing detailed information of the evaluation. See below\n\n// the result.details will have the following\nconsole.log(result.details.valueType); // a string value. Example: DEFAULT_VALUE","score":17.071892},{"document_id":"ibmcld_02680-5022-6382","text":"\nThe String data type can be of the format of a text string, JSON or YAML. Accordingly, the SDK processes each format as shown in Table 1.\n\n\n\nTable 1. Example outputs\n\n Feature or Property value Data type Data format Type of data returned by getCurrentValue() Example output \n\n true BOOLEAN not applicable java.lang.Boolean true \n 25 NUMERIC not applicable java.lang.Integer 25 \n a string text STRING TEXT java.lang.String a string text \n {\"firefox\": {
\"name\": \"Firefox\",
\"pref_url\": \"about:config\"
}} STRING JSON org.json.JSONObject {\"firefox\":{\"name\":\"Firefox\",\"pref_url\":\"about:config\"}} \n men:
- John Smith
- Bill Jones
women:
- Mary Smith
- Susan Williams STRING YAML java.lang.String `\"men:
* John Smith
* Bill Jones\\women:
* Mary Smith
* Susan Williams\"`
\n\n\n\n\n\n Feature flag \n\nval feature: Feature? = appConfiguration.getFeature(\"json-feature\")\nfeature.getFeatureDataType(); // STRING\nfeature.getFeatureDataFormat(); // JSON\n\n// Example below (traversing the returned JSONObject)\nif (feature != null) {\nval result = feature.getCurrentValue(entityId, entityAttributes) as JSONObject\nresult.get(\"key\") // returns the value of the key\n}\n\nval feature: Feature? = appConfiguration.getFeature(\"yaml-feature\")\nfeature.getFeatureDataType(); // STRING\nfeature.getFeatureDataFormat(); // YAML","score":15.9806385},{"document_id":"ibmcld_12335-0-917","text":"\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Errors \n\n\n\n Error delivery \n\nSDK methods MUST surface errors to the caller in the manner that is idiomatic for the particular language. For example, a Go SDK should return an error value from the method, but a Java SDK should raise an Exception.\n\n\n\n\n\n Error content \n\nWhen an SDK method encounters an error, it MUST capture all relevant information about the error and return it in the error structure that is returned to the caller. Relevant information includes the entire contents of the error response and all response headers. The SDK documentation MUST clearly describe how this information is returned and how it can be accessed by the calling program.\n\nErrors that are generated within the SDK MUST give a clear and specific description of the problem. For example, if a method parameter failed a validation, the message should state which parameter is invalid and the reason it is invalid.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n","score":15.485445},{"document_id":"ibmcld_10863-7246-8495","text":"\n// returning the result here, makes sure that the top-most promise, we returned in main() returns the combined results of all\n// chained action invokes\n\n// since the result needs to be a valid JSON object, we cannot directly return the array, so we wrap it\nreturn {\naction_results: chained_action_results\n};\n})\n.catch((error) => {\nconsole.log('An error occurred! ' + JSON.stringify(error));\n\nconsole.log('Custom SEQUENCE with openwhisk-node-js-sdk FAILED');\n\n// This last throw is absolutely important to make the top-most promise, which we initially returned at the\n// top of the main() function REJECTS with the given error. If we did not throw here, it would still RESOLVE\n// even though the code herein failed.\nthrow error;\n});\n}\nShow more\n6. Click Save.\n7. Test your action by clicking Invoke and waiting for the following output to display.\n\nExample output\n\nResults:\n{\n\"action_results\": [\n{\n\"cos_message\": \"SUCCESS\"\n},\n{\n\"cloudant_result\": \"SUCCESS\"\n},\n{\n\"cos_message\": \"SUCCESS\"\n}\n]\n}\n\nLogs:\n[\n\"2020-04-17T04:31:20.965176Z stdout: Building custom sequence, using openwhisk node-js SDK...\",\n\"2020-04-17T04:31:31.670466Z stdout: Result from cos-access {\"cos_message\":\"SUCCESS\"}\",\n\"2020-04-17T04:31:31.670501Z stdout: Now invoking db-access...\",","score":14.869608},{"document_id":"ibmcld_02679-14005-15387","text":"\nOnce the SDK is initialized, the appConfigClient can be obtained across other modules as shown below:\n\n// other modules\n\nconst { AppConfiguration } = require('ibm-appconfiguration-node-sdk');\nconst appConfigClient = AppConfiguration.getInstance();\n\nfeature = appConfigClient.getFeature('online-check-in');\nconst enabled = feature.isEnabled();\nconst featureValue = feature.getCurrentValue(entityId, entityAttributes)\n\n\n\n\n\n Supported data types \n\nYou can configure feature flags and properties with App Configuration, supporting the following data types: Boolean, Numeric, SecretRef, and String. The String data type can be in the format of a text string, JSON, or YAML. The SDK processes each format as shown in the table.\n\n\n\nTable 1. Example outputs\n\n Feature or Property value Data type Data format Type of data returned by getCurrentValue().value Example output \n\n true BOOLEAN not applicable boolean true \n 25 NUMERIC not applicable number 25 \n a string text STRING TEXT string a string text \n {\"firefox\": {
\"name\": \"Firefox\",
\"pref_url\": \"about:config\"
}} STRING JSON JSONObject {\"firefox\":{\"name\":\"Firefox\",\"pref_url\":\"about:config\"}} \n men:
- John Smith
- Bill Jones
women:
- Mary Smith
- Susan Williams STRING YAML java.lang.String `\"men:
* John Smith
* Bill Jones\\women:
* Mary Smith
* Susan Williams\"`
","score":14.824263}],"1065ea5ad1ae2b90e6fce67d851a7a66<::>7":[{"document_id":"ibmcld_10817-7-1802","text":"\nMobile SDK \n\nIBM Cloud® Functions provides a mobile SDK for iOS and watchOS devices that enables mobile apps to fire remote triggers and invoke remote actions. A version for Android is not available, so Android developers can use the OpenWhisk REST API directly. The mobile SDK is written in Swift 4 and supports iOS 11 and later releases. You can build the mobile SDK by using Xcode 9.\n\nThe mobile SDK is not supported for IAM-based namespaces. Use a Cloud Foundry-based namespace instead.\n\n\n\n Add the SDK to your app \n\nYou can install the mobile SDK by using CocoaPods, Carthage, or from the source directory.\n\n\n\n Install mobile SDK with CocoaPods \n\nThe IBM Cloud® Functions SDK for mobile is available for public distribution through CocoaPods. Assuming CocoaPods is installed, put the following lines into a file called Podfile inside the starter app project directory.\n\ninstall! 'cocoapods', :deterministic_uuids => false\nuse_frameworks!\n\ntarget 'MyApp' do\npod 'OpenWhisk', :git => 'https://github.com/apache/incubator-openwhisk-client-swift.git', :tag => '0.3.0'\nend\n\ntarget 'MyApp WatchKit Extension' do\npod 'OpenWhisk', :git => 'https://github.com/apache/incubator-openwhisk-client-swift.git', :tag => '0.3.0'\nend\n\nFrom the command line, type pod install. This command installs the SDK for an iOS app with a watchOS extension. Use the workspace file CocoaPods creates for your app to open the project in Xcode.\n\nAfter installation, open your project workspace. You might get the following warning when building: Use Legacy Swift Language Version” (SWIFT_VERSION) is required to be configured correctly for targets which use Swift. Use the [Edit > Convert > To Current Swift Syntax…] menu to choose a Swift version or use the Build Settings editor to configure the build setting directly.","score":22.355345},{"document_id":"ibmcld_10817-2884-4620","text":"\nInstall mobile SDK from source code \n\n\n\n1. Download the [source code](https://github.com/apache/openwhisk-client-swift).\n2. Open the project by using the OpenWhisk.xcodeproj with Xcode. The project contains two schemes: \"OpenWhisk\" (targeted for iOS) and \"OpenWhiskWatch\" (targeted for watchOS 2).\n3. Build the project for the targets that you need and add the resulting frameworks to your app (usually in /Library/Developer/Xcode/DerivedData/your-app-name).\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Install the starter app example for mobile SDK \n\nYou can use the Cloud Functions CLI to download example code that embeds the Cloud Functions SDK framework.\n\nTo install the starter app example, enter the following command:\n\nibmcloud fn sdk install iOS\n\nThis command downloads a compressed file that contains the starter app. The project directory contains a Podfile.\n\nTo install the SDK, enter the following command:\n\npod install\n\n\n\n\n\n Getting started with mobile SDK \n\nTo get up and running quickly, create a WhiskCredentials object with your Cloud Functions API credentials and create a Cloud Functions instance from the object.\n\nFor example, use the following example code to create a credentials object:\n\nlet credentialsConfiguration = WhiskCredentials(accessKey: \"myKey\", accessToken: \"myToken\")\nlet whisk = Whisk(credentials: credentialsConfiguration!)\n\nIn previous example, you pass in the myKey and myToken that you get from Cloud Functions. You can retrieve the key and token with the following CLI command:\n\nibmcloud fn property get --auth\n\nExample output\n\nwhisk auth kkkkkkkk-kkkk-kkkk-kkkk-kkkkkkkkkkkk:tttttttttttttttttttttttttttttttttttttttttttttttttttttttttttttttt\n\nThe string before the colon is your key, and the string after the colon is your token.","score":20.543694},{"document_id":"ibmcld_10817-6582-8092","text":"\n} else {\nvar result = reply[\"result\"]\nprint(\"Got result (result)\")\n}\n})\n} catch {\nprint(\"Error (error)\")\n}\n\nBy default, the SDK returns only the activation ID and any result that is produced by the invoked action. To get metadata of the entire response object, which includes the HTTP response status code, use the following setting:\n\nwhisk.verboseReplies = true\n\n\n\n\n\n Configuring the mobile SDK \n\nYou can configure the SDK to work with different installations of Cloud Functions by using the baseURL parameter. For instance:\n\nwhisk.baseURL = \"http://localhost:8080\"\n\nIn this example, you use an installation that is running at http://localhost:8080. If you do not specify the baseURL, the mobile SDK uses the instance that is running at [https://us-south.functions.cloud.ibm.com](https://us-south.functions.cloud.ibm.com).\n\nYou can pass in a custom NSURLSession in case you require special network handling. For example, you might have your own Cloud Functions installation that uses self-signed certificates:\n\n// create a network delegate that trusts everything\nclass NetworkUtilsDelegate: NSObject, NSURLSessionDelegate {\nfunc URLSession(session: NSURLSession, didReceiveChallenge challenge: NSURLAuthenticationChallenge, completionHandler: (NSURLSessionAuthChallengeDisposition, NSURLCredential?) -> Void) {\ncompletionHandler(NSURLSessionAuthChallengeDisposition.UseCredential, NSURLCredential(forTrust: challenge.protectionSpace.serverTrust!))\n}\n}\n// create an NSURLSession that uses the trusting delegate","score":20.095413},{"document_id":"ibmcld_02731-4670-6607","text":"\n: Server SDK: You can protect your back-end resources that are hosted on IBM Cloud and your web apps by using the server SDK. It extracts the access token from a request and validates it with App ID. Client SDK: You can protect your mobile apps with the Android or iOS client SDK. The client SDK communicates with your cloud resources to start the authentication process when it detects an authorization challenge.\n\nIBM Cloud\n: App ID: After successful authentication, App ID returns access and identity tokens to your app. Cloud Directory: Users can sign up for your service with their email and a password. You can then manage your users in a list view through the UI. With Cloud Directory, App ID functions as your identity provider.\n\nExternal (third party)\n: Social and enterprise identity providers: App ID supports Facebook, Google+, and SAML 2.0 Federation as identity provider options. The service arranges a redirect to the identity provider and verifies the returned authentication tokens. If the tokens are valid, the service grants access to your app.\n\n\n\n\n\n Integrations \n\nYou can use App ID with other IBM Cloud offerings.\n\nKubernetes Service\n: By configuring Ingress in a standard cluster you can secure your apps at the cluster level. Check out the [App ID authentication Ingress annotation](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/containers?topic=containers-comm-ingress-annotationsapp-id-authentication) or the [Announcing App ID integration to IBM Cloud Kubernetes Service](https://www.ibm.com/cloud/blog/announcing-app-id-integration-ibm-cloud-kubernetes-service) blog post to get started.\n\nCloud Functions and API Connect\n: When you create your APIs with [Cloud Functions](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/openwhisk?topic=openwhisk-getting-started) and [API Connect](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/apiconnect?topic=apiconnect-getting-started), you can secure your applications at the gateway rather than in your app code.\n\nActivity Tracker","score":19.450922},{"document_id":"ibmcld_10852-45155-46272","text":"\n* [Configuring the mobile SDK](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/openwhisk?topic=openwhisk-pkg_mobile_sdkconfigure-mobile-sdk)\n\n\n\n* [Support for qualified names with mobile SDK](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/openwhisk?topic=openwhisk-pkg_mobile_sdkqualified-names-mobile-sdk)\n* [Invoking actions with mobile SDK from WhiskButton](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/openwhisk?topic=openwhisk-pkg_mobile_sdkinvoke-mobile-sdk-actions-whiskbutton)\n\n\n\n\n\n[Object Storage](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/openwhisk?topic=openwhisk-pkg_obstoragepkg_obstorage)\n\n\n\n* [Packages for Object Storage](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/openwhisk?topic=openwhisk-pkg_obstorageobstorage_packages)\n* [Setting up the IBM Cloud Object Storage trigger](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/openwhisk?topic=openwhisk-pkg_obstoragepkg_obstorage_ev)\n\n\n\n* [Prerequisites for working with the IBM Cloud Object Storage trigger](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/openwhisk?topic=openwhisk-pkg_obstoragecos_changes_pre)\n* [1. Assigning the Notifications Manager role to your Cloud Functions namespace](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/openwhisk?topic=openwhisk-pkg_obstoragepkg_obstorage_auth)\n* [2.","score":18.344112}],"8a19ee37ca7d97eaddbe2e19ca600556<::>1":[{"document_id":"d0cad7a60e0694bc-2-1676","text":"Backyard Composting | Madison County, NY\nBackyard Composting | Madison County, NY\n\n \n\nSkip to Main Content\n\n \n\nSearch\n\n \n \n \n\nPrograms & ServicesFacilitiesSystem OverviewResourcesContact Us\n\n \n\n \n\n \n\n \n\n \nHomeDepartmentsDepartments M-ZSolid WasteResourcesBackyard Composting\n\n\r\n\r\nBackyard Composting\t\n\nFour Easy Steps to Composting at HomeKindly put together by Julie Poplaski, Master Gardener Volunteer with CCE Madison\n\n \n \n \n\nStep 1: Pick Out A BinMake sure your bin is at least 3x3x3 feet in size.A sunny vs. shady spot will impact how fast your compost will dry out or hold water.A closed bin (like a tumbler) is the only way to ensure you will keep critters out. It will also keep out microbes which are needed to break down your waste. If you use a closed bin make sure to add a shovel full of soil from the ground.Keep your bin somewhere convenient to use and access. It can be helpful to have a hose within reach if weather is dry.Pallets make great open compost bins and free if you can get a hold of them. They should be stamped, look for ones that say HT for heat treated. If stamp says MB leave them be and keep looking.If you make your own closed bin with a vessel like a garbage can, you will need to drill holes to allow oxygen exchange.Step 2: Gather MaterialsA common way to describe materials that go in your compost is brown or greens. Browns are higher in carbon while greens have a higher nitrogen to carbon ratio.3 parts brown to 1 part green is optimal. This ratio does not have to be exact but will generally achieve the best results.Leave out feces from cats and dogs, invasive plants, weed seeds, oil, fats, plastics or non organic matter.Gather kitchen waste in a container by your sink.","title":"Backyard Composting | Madison County, NY","score":16.870033},{"document_id":"41168a49b304126a-14897-16951","text":"Approaches to Composting | US EPA\nA properly maintained vermicomposting system does not produce odors or attract pests.\nIt is essential to use a suitable worm species, such as red wrigglers (Eisenia fetida). Worms are kept in a closed bin or system that should be shielded from light and rain, with sufficient air flow, and a way to drain excess liquid. The ideal temperature for a vermicomposting system is 55 to 80 degrees Fahrenheit. Earthworms survive at 32 to 95 degrees Fahrenheit with at least four inches of bedding and insulation around the bin during colder months.\nComposting Biosolids\nBiosolids are a product of the wastewater treatment process. At the end of the process, liquids are separated from solids. The wastewater solids are then treated physically, biologically, or chemically to reduce pathogens, stabilize organic compounds, and reduce the volume of material. Composting is a highly effective treatment to stabilize and prepare biosolids for use as a soil amendment or mulch in landscaping, horticulture, agriculture, and land remediation. Biosolids management and use is determined by the federal regulation Title 40 of the Code of Federal Regulations Part 503. Individual states may have more stringent requirements and additional biosolids regulations. More information can be found on EPA’s Biosolids website.\nAdditional Resources\nMore resources are available on other EPA composting webpages:\nComposting at Home.\nCommunity Composting.\nComposting Homepage.\n\n \nMention of or referral to commercial products or services or links to non-EPA sites does not imply official EPA endorsement of or responsibility for the opinions, ideas, data, or products presented at those locations or guarantee the validity of the information provided. Mention of commercial products/services on non-EPA websites is provided solely as a pointer to information on topics related to environmental protection that may be useful to EPA staff and the public.\n\nVisit the webpages below for more composting information:\nThe Composting Handbook (Compost Research and Education Foundation).","title":"Approaches to Composting | US EPA","score":15.260868},{"document_id":"d0cad7a60e0694bc-1046-3115","text":"Backyard Composting | Madison County, NY\nIf stamp says MB leave them be and keep looking.If you make your own closed bin with a vessel like a garbage can, you will need to drill holes to allow oxygen exchange.Step 2: Gather MaterialsA common way to describe materials that go in your compost is brown or greens. Browns are higher in carbon while greens have a higher nitrogen to carbon ratio.3 parts brown to 1 part green is optimal. This ratio does not have to be exact but will generally achieve the best results.Leave out feces from cats and dogs, invasive plants, weed seeds, oil, fats, plastics or non organic matter.Gather kitchen waste in a container by your sink. If you can not have the bowl inside a cabinet get a container with a lid to help minimize fruit flies and pests.BrownsGreensLeavesVegetable ScrapsStrawCoffee GroundsWood ChipsAlfalfaSawdustGrass ClippingsNewspaperManure *herbivores onlyCardboardGarden Waste Step 3: MaintainIf you have a open bin, layer some small sticks and twigs at the bottom to help with air and drainage when starting.From here, you should layer your browns and greens. You can imagine you are making a bowl for your greens to lay in the middle and then add more browns on top.Because your greens are mostly made in the kitchen and will need to go out frequently it is handy to have a large pile of browns near your bin to add when greens are ready.Keep your compost at 40-60% water content. It should be the consistency of a wrung out sponge.Turning helps a pile break down faster and makes sure oxygen is present.Step 4: Harvest and More!You will know when your compost is done when it has a earthy smell and looks like rich dark soil.If you do not fully turn the pile, your finished compost will be at the bottom of the pile.If you are running out of browns; shredded newspaper, paper towel and toilet paper rolls make good brown additions.Other Resources:www.compost.css.cornell.eduwww.epa.gov/recycle/composting-homewww.dec.ny.gov/chemical/8799.html\n\n \n \n \n\n \n\n \n\nAdditional Resources\n\nBackyard Composting\n\nForms\n\nRequest a Tour or Presentation\n\nIllegal Dumping","title":"Backyard Composting | Madison County, NY","score":14.214536},{"document_id":"41168a49b304126a-13272-15299","text":"Approaches to Composting | US EPA\nWindrows are the most common method of composting in the United States. Windrows can be turned periodically or have perforated pipes underneath them to allow air flow. Small to large volumes and a wide variety of materials can be composted using this method, which makes it adaptable to many scales and sites for composting. Windrow composting often requires equipment such as front-end loaders, excavators, or windrow turners.\nIn-Vessel\nIn-vessel composting can process a variety of organic materials without taking up much space. This method involves feeding materials into a vessel, such as a drum, silo, concrete-lined trench, or similar enclosed equipment. The materials are then mechanically turned or mixed in the vessel with bulking agents like wood chips to ensure aeration. Vessels, also known as bioreactors, vary in size and capacity. A similar composting method that takes place in an enclosed area is an agitated bay system where mixing and aerating equipment moves compost along walled bays or beds as it decomposes and stabilizes.\nWorm Composting (Vermicomposting)\n\n Resources\n \n\nCheck out EPA’s Home Composting page as well as vermicomposting resources from North Carolina State University Cooperative Extension.\n\nWorm composting, or vermicomposting, relies on earthworms and microorganisms to break down organic materials into vermicompost, or worm castings, a high-quality soil amendment. A vermicomposting system can be indoors or outdoors in the shade and sized to match the volume of food scraps put into the system. Vermicomposting can used by households, schools, farms, institutions, and businesses. A properly maintained vermicomposting system does not produce odors or attract pests.\nIt is essential to use a suitable worm species, such as red wrigglers (Eisenia fetida). Worms are kept in a closed bin or system that should be shielded from light and rain, with sufficient air flow, and a way to drain excess liquid. The ideal temperature for a vermicomposting system is 55 to 80 degrees Fahrenheit.","title":"Approaches to Composting | US EPA","score":12.81326},{"document_id":"41168a49b304126a-11461-13699","text":"Approaches to Composting | US EPA\nThese piles rely on passive aeration rather than active aeration to maintain optimal temperature and oxygen levels. Passive aeration is caused by warm air heated by microbial activity rising to the top of the pile as cool air is drawn in through the sides and bottom of the pile to replace it, known as the “chimney effect.” When mixing organic materials in the pile, it is important to ensure there is enough free air space throughout the pile to support aeration. Adding bulking agents such as wood chips creates a less dense pile for oxygen to flow. Also, turning the pile occasionally is recommended to encourage even decomposition. This method usually does not get the pile hot enough to break down materials such as meat, bones, and dairy products.\n\nBins to contain compost can be constructed from materials such as wire, wood, and cinder blocks; enclosed barrels or tumblers for small volumes are also available for purchase. Three-bin systems are a common model, with each bin containing compost at a different stage of the process, from freshly added organic materials to finished compost.\nStatic Pile with Active Aeration\nActively aerated static piles use blower systems to move air through the pile. “Positive” aeration is when air is blown through pipes beneath or inside the pile; “negative” aeration draws air down through the pile. Air blower systems can be activated by a timer or a temperature sensor and piles may be covered to help control the pile temperature and moisture level. This method of composting speeds up the composting process by carefully controlling the pile conditions and works with large quantities and all types of materials.\nWindrow\nWindrow composting consists of forming long, narrow rows or “windrows” roughly twice as wide as they are high and as long as space allows. Windrows are the most common method of composting in the United States. Windrows can be turned periodically or have perforated pipes underneath them to allow air flow. Small to large volumes and a wide variety of materials can be composted using this method, which makes it adaptable to many scales and sites for composting. Windrow composting often requires equipment such as front-end loaders, excavators, or windrow turners.","title":"Approaches to Composting | US EPA","score":12.648729}],"8a19ee37ca7d97eaddbe2e19ca600556<::>2":[{"document_id":"d0cad7a60e0694bc-2-1676","text":"Backyard Composting | Madison County, NY\nBackyard Composting | Madison County, NY\n\n \n\nSkip to Main Content\n\n \n\nSearch\n\n \n \n \n\nPrograms & ServicesFacilitiesSystem OverviewResourcesContact Us\n\n \n\n \n\n \n\n \n\n \nHomeDepartmentsDepartments M-ZSolid WasteResourcesBackyard Composting\n\n\r\n\r\nBackyard Composting\t\n\nFour Easy Steps to Composting at HomeKindly put together by Julie Poplaski, Master Gardener Volunteer with CCE Madison\n\n \n \n \n\nStep 1: Pick Out A BinMake sure your bin is at least 3x3x3 feet in size.A sunny vs. shady spot will impact how fast your compost will dry out or hold water.A closed bin (like a tumbler) is the only way to ensure you will keep critters out. It will also keep out microbes which are needed to break down your waste. If you use a closed bin make sure to add a shovel full of soil from the ground.Keep your bin somewhere convenient to use and access. It can be helpful to have a hose within reach if weather is dry.Pallets make great open compost bins and free if you can get a hold of them. They should be stamped, look for ones that say HT for heat treated. If stamp says MB leave them be and keep looking.If you make your own closed bin with a vessel like a garbage can, you will need to drill holes to allow oxygen exchange.Step 2: Gather MaterialsA common way to describe materials that go in your compost is brown or greens. Browns are higher in carbon while greens have a higher nitrogen to carbon ratio.3 parts brown to 1 part green is optimal. This ratio does not have to be exact but will generally achieve the best results.Leave out feces from cats and dogs, invasive plants, weed seeds, oil, fats, plastics or non organic matter.Gather kitchen waste in a container by your sink.","title":"Backyard Composting | Madison County, NY","score":31.68509},{"document_id":"d0cad7a60e0694bc-1046-3115","text":"Backyard Composting | Madison County, NY\nIf stamp says MB leave them be and keep looking.If you make your own closed bin with a vessel like a garbage can, you will need to drill holes to allow oxygen exchange.Step 2: Gather MaterialsA common way to describe materials that go in your compost is brown or greens. Browns are higher in carbon while greens have a higher nitrogen to carbon ratio.3 parts brown to 1 part green is optimal. This ratio does not have to be exact but will generally achieve the best results.Leave out feces from cats and dogs, invasive plants, weed seeds, oil, fats, plastics or non organic matter.Gather kitchen waste in a container by your sink. If you can not have the bowl inside a cabinet get a container with a lid to help minimize fruit flies and pests.BrownsGreensLeavesVegetable ScrapsStrawCoffee GroundsWood ChipsAlfalfaSawdustGrass ClippingsNewspaperManure *herbivores onlyCardboardGarden Waste Step 3: MaintainIf you have a open bin, layer some small sticks and twigs at the bottom to help with air and drainage when starting.From here, you should layer your browns and greens. You can imagine you are making a bowl for your greens to lay in the middle and then add more browns on top.Because your greens are mostly made in the kitchen and will need to go out frequently it is handy to have a large pile of browns near your bin to add when greens are ready.Keep your compost at 40-60% water content. It should be the consistency of a wrung out sponge.Turning helps a pile break down faster and makes sure oxygen is present.Step 4: Harvest and More!You will know when your compost is done when it has a earthy smell and looks like rich dark soil.If you do not fully turn the pile, your finished compost will be at the bottom of the pile.If you are running out of browns; shredded newspaper, paper towel and toilet paper rolls make good brown additions.Other Resources:www.compost.css.cornell.eduwww.epa.gov/recycle/composting-homewww.dec.ny.gov/chemical/8799.html\n\n \n \n \n\n \n\n \n\nAdditional Resources\n\nBackyard Composting\n\nForms\n\nRequest a Tour or Presentation\n\nIllegal Dumping","title":"Backyard Composting | Madison County, NY","score":28.441248},{"document_id":"d0cad7a60e0694bc-2441-4075","text":"Backyard Composting | Madison County, NY\nIt should be the consistency of a wrung out sponge.Turning helps a pile break down faster and makes sure oxygen is present.Step 4: Harvest and More!You will know when your compost is done when it has a earthy smell and looks like rich dark soil.If you do not fully turn the pile, your finished compost will be at the bottom of the pile.If you are running out of browns; shredded newspaper, paper towel and toilet paper rolls make good brown additions.Other Resources:www.compost.css.cornell.eduwww.epa.gov/recycle/composting-homewww.dec.ny.gov/chemical/8799.html\n\n \n \n \n\n \n\n \n\nAdditional Resources\n\nBackyard Composting\n\nForms\n\nRequest a Tour or Presentation\n\nIllegal Dumping\n\nComments and Suggestions\n\nHousehold Hazardous Waste Reservation Form\n\nFrequently Asked Questions\n\nRecycling Guides\n\nTours and Presentations\n\n \n\n \n\nContact Us\n\nRecycle & Dispose\n\nCOUNTY HOME\n\n \n \n \n\n \n\nRecycling Guides\n\nHousehold Hazardous Waste\n\n \n \n\nFAQ\n\nFORMS\n\nLocation& Hours\n\n \n \n \n\n \n\n \n\n \n \n\n \n \n\nContact Us\n\nMadison County NY138 N Court StreetWampsville, NY 13163Hours: Monday-Friday 8 a.m. - 4 p.m.\n \n\n \n \n\n \n \n\nSocial Media\n\nFacebook\n\nYouTube\n\n \n \n\n \n \n\nPopular Resources\n\nCounty Campus Map\n\nResource Directory\n\nFEMA - Plan & Prepare Ways to Protect Your Family & Property\n\nOnline Citizen Preparedness Training\n\nReady - Prepare, Plan, Stay Informed\n\n/QuickLinks.aspx\n\n \n \n \n\n \n\nHome\n\nSite Map\n\nContact Us\n\nAccessibility\n\nCopyright Notices\n\nDirections to County Offices\n\nPrivacy Policy\n\nEmployee Portal\n\n/QuickLinks.aspx\n\n \n \n \n\nLoading\n\n\r\n\tLoading\r\n\t\n\nDo Not Show Again\nClose\n\nArrow Left\n\nArrow Right\n\n[]\n\nSlideshow Left Arrow\n\nSlideshow Right Arrow","title":"Backyard Composting | Madison County, NY","score":26.82738},{"document_id":"40f771df171f5692-1158-3486","text":"Additional Resources | Madison County, NY\nFor more information on how to reduce waste from clothing, check out this blog on selling, donating and upcycling your old clothes!Try to repair before you consider replacement of lawn mowers, tools, vacuum cleaners, TVsDonate broken appliances to Goodwill industries, a local rescue mission or charity, or find out if a nearby vocational school can use them for parts or to have students practice repairing themOffer furniture and household items no longer needed to college students and friends, or donate to charityBring reusable bags to the grocery storeReuse your yard waste. Yard waste can be a great fertilizer and there are several ways to recycle your yard waste and to keep it out of the landfill. Check out this article on recycling & composting yard waste to learn more.COMPOST your food waste! Check out these helpful links to learn how to compost at home:Easy Home Composting PosterComposting At Home -- Cornell Waste Management InstituteA Homeowner's Guide to CompostingOther Resources:Guide to Going Green at SchoolNew York State Department of Environmental Conservation Waste ManagementU.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) EnvirofactsWelcome to SMART! The Association of Wiping Materials, Used Clothing and Fiber Industries Since 1932Money Saving Guide to Going Green at HomeHow to Safely Get Rid of 50 Household Items (Use our online search tool to learn how to dispose of these materials here in Madison County!Tire RecyclingDonate Crutches5 Ways to Go Green at HomeEverything a Household Needs to Know Regarding Recycling and Waste12 Apps That Support Sustainable LivingHow to Recycle Printer Ink Cartridges, Paper and Other Office Supplies10 Ways to Make Your Small Business More SustainableMoving Sustainably: The Ultimate Guide to Eco-Friendly MovingCar Donation Organizations:Junked vehicles can be brought to Auto Salvage Yards or given to Vehicle Donation Organizations such as:Kars4KidsDonating a Car in NY - Kids Car DonationsDonating a Car in NY - Veteran Car DonationsGoodwill Car Donation\n\n \n \n \n\n \n\n \n\nAdditional Resources\n\nBackyard Composting\n\nForms\n\nRequest a Tour or Presentation\n\nIllegal Dumping\n\nComments and Suggestions\n\nHousehold Hazardous Waste Reservation Form\n\nFrequently Asked Questions\n\nRecycling Guides\n\nTours and Presentations\n\n \n\n \n\nContact Us\n\nRecycle & Dispose\n\nCOUNTY HOME","title":"Additional Resources | Madison County, NY","score":21.226084},{"document_id":"40f771df171f5692-2-1964","text":"Additional Resources | Madison County, NY\nAdditional Resources | Madison County, NY\n\n \n\nSkip to Main Content\n\n \n\nSearch\n\n \n \n \n\nPrograms & ServicesFacilitiesSystem OverviewResourcesContact Us\n\n \n\n \n\n \n\n \n\n \nHomeDepartmentsDepartments M-ZSolid WasteResourcesAdditional Resources\n\n\r\n\r\nAdditional Resources\t\n\nBefore You RECYCLE...REDUCE & RETHINK the amount of material requiring disposal:Avoid the purchase of bulky, disposable itemsPass on magazines, books and catalogs to neighbors, hospitals and nursing homesBuy products in reusable containers or in simple packagingReduce Food Waste! Check out Syracuse University's Center for Sustainable Community Solutions to see how they are tackling food waste in Central New York. You can even take the pledge to be part of the solution and prevent wasted food!A Guide to Eco-Friendly Downsizing and Minimalist LivingReducing Single-Use Plastic in Your Home13 Sustainable Decorating Tips for an Eco-Friendly HomeZero-Waste Home Design GuideREUSE as much as possible:Plastic containers can be reused for food storage, glass jars for nail, tacks, etc.Reuse wrapping paper, plastic bags, boxes and lumberDonate outgrown clothes to friends or local charities. For more information on how to reduce waste from clothing, check out this blog on selling, donating and upcycling your old clothes!Try to repair before you consider replacement of lawn mowers, tools, vacuum cleaners, TVsDonate broken appliances to Goodwill industries, a local rescue mission or charity, or find out if a nearby vocational school can use them for parts or to have students practice repairing themOffer furniture and household items no longer needed to college students and friends, or donate to charityBring reusable bags to the grocery storeReuse your yard waste. Yard waste can be a great fertilizer and there are several ways to recycle your yard waste and to keep it out of the landfill. Check out this article on recycling & composting yard waste to learn more.COMPOST your food waste!","title":"Additional Resources | Madison County, NY","score":19.691544}],"8a19ee37ca7d97eaddbe2e19ca600556<::>3":[{"document_id":"41168a49b304126a-4632-6781","text":"Approaches to Composting | US EPA\nTurning the pile, blowing air into the pile through pipes or vents, and adding bulking agents such as wood chips and dry leaves to the pile all help increase aeration.\nTemperature\nBeneficial microorganisms in a compost pile require a certain temperature range for optimal activity – 131 to 160 degrees Fahrenheit. Pile conditions within that range will promote rapid decomposition and destroy pathogens and weed seeds. Above that temperature range, beneficial microorganisms cannot survive. Below that range, decomposition will occur more slowly, and pathogens and weed seeds may remain in the final compost. Pile temperatures must remain at 131 degrees Fahrenheit or above for several days to meet standards for reducing pathogens. The exact amount of time depends on the method of composting. Controlling the oxygen, moisture, pile structure, and nutrient balance helps achieve the optimal temperature range in a compost pile.\nModels of Composting\nComposting can take place at a range of scales and locations. Site and facility management can be public, private, or a combination. Materials arrive at composting sites through different collection programs.\nThe fundamentals of composting are the same no matter the size or scale of an operation. However, the volume of materials composted, the types of feedstock, and the composting methods and equipment used may differ. Composting operations that handle large volumes of materials and certain feedstocks - such as biosolids or manures - may have additional permitting or zoning requirements, depending on state and local regulations.\n\nBackyard/Home Composting\nBackyard/home composting occurs in residential settings – often in a backyard pile or a small, enclosed bin. Vermicomposting, or worm composting, is also an option for home composters. Home composting systems mostly handle food scraps (except for meat, bones, and dairy products) and yard trimmings. By composting at home, households reduce their trash going to the landfill or incinerator and use the compost they produce in their garden, yard, or house plants. To learn more, visit EPA’s Home Composting webpage.\nCommunity Composting","title":"Approaches to Composting | US EPA","score":18.158981},{"document_id":"41168a49b304126a-14897-16951","text":"Approaches to Composting | US EPA\nA properly maintained vermicomposting system does not produce odors or attract pests.\nIt is essential to use a suitable worm species, such as red wrigglers (Eisenia fetida). Worms are kept in a closed bin or system that should be shielded from light and rain, with sufficient air flow, and a way to drain excess liquid. The ideal temperature for a vermicomposting system is 55 to 80 degrees Fahrenheit. Earthworms survive at 32 to 95 degrees Fahrenheit with at least four inches of bedding and insulation around the bin during colder months.\nComposting Biosolids\nBiosolids are a product of the wastewater treatment process. At the end of the process, liquids are separated from solids. The wastewater solids are then treated physically, biologically, or chemically to reduce pathogens, stabilize organic compounds, and reduce the volume of material. Composting is a highly effective treatment to stabilize and prepare biosolids for use as a soil amendment or mulch in landscaping, horticulture, agriculture, and land remediation. Biosolids management and use is determined by the federal regulation Title 40 of the Code of Federal Regulations Part 503. Individual states may have more stringent requirements and additional biosolids regulations. More information can be found on EPA’s Biosolids website.\nAdditional Resources\nMore resources are available on other EPA composting webpages:\nComposting at Home.\nCommunity Composting.\nComposting Homepage.\n\n \nMention of or referral to commercial products or services or links to non-EPA sites does not imply official EPA endorsement of or responsibility for the opinions, ideas, data, or products presented at those locations or guarantee the validity of the information provided. Mention of commercial products/services on non-EPA websites is provided solely as a pointer to information on topics related to environmental protection that may be useful to EPA staff and the public.\n\nVisit the webpages below for more composting information:\nThe Composting Handbook (Compost Research and Education Foundation).","title":"Approaches to Composting | US EPA","score":17.156694},{"document_id":"41168a49b304126a-13272-15299","text":"Approaches to Composting | US EPA\nWindrows are the most common method of composting in the United States. Windrows can be turned periodically or have perforated pipes underneath them to allow air flow. Small to large volumes and a wide variety of materials can be composted using this method, which makes it adaptable to many scales and sites for composting. Windrow composting often requires equipment such as front-end loaders, excavators, or windrow turners.\nIn-Vessel\nIn-vessel composting can process a variety of organic materials without taking up much space. This method involves feeding materials into a vessel, such as a drum, silo, concrete-lined trench, or similar enclosed equipment. The materials are then mechanically turned or mixed in the vessel with bulking agents like wood chips to ensure aeration. Vessels, also known as bioreactors, vary in size and capacity. A similar composting method that takes place in an enclosed area is an agitated bay system where mixing and aerating equipment moves compost along walled bays or beds as it decomposes and stabilizes.\nWorm Composting (Vermicomposting)\n\n Resources\n \n\nCheck out EPA’s Home Composting page as well as vermicomposting resources from North Carolina State University Cooperative Extension.\n\nWorm composting, or vermicomposting, relies on earthworms and microorganisms to break down organic materials into vermicompost, or worm castings, a high-quality soil amendment. A vermicomposting system can be indoors or outdoors in the shade and sized to match the volume of food scraps put into the system. Vermicomposting can used by households, schools, farms, institutions, and businesses. A properly maintained vermicomposting system does not produce odors or attract pests.\nIt is essential to use a suitable worm species, such as red wrigglers (Eisenia fetida). Worms are kept in a closed bin or system that should be shielded from light and rain, with sufficient air flow, and a way to drain excess liquid. The ideal temperature for a vermicomposting system is 55 to 80 degrees Fahrenheit.","title":"Approaches to Composting | US EPA","score":15.336971},{"document_id":"41168a49b304126a-3039-5240","text":"Approaches to Composting | US EPA\nA mismatched ratio of carbon to nitrogen may lead to odors, pests, or incomplete decomposition of materials in the pile.\nPile Structure\nThe size of particles in a compost pile and the size of the pile itself impact how oxygen, water and microorganisms move through the pile. Chopping, chipping, or shredding materials into smaller pieces before adding them to a compost pile increases the surface area on which microorganisms can feed. Smaller particles produce a more homogeneous compost mixture and improve pile insulation to help maintain optimum temperatures. Larger particles decrease the density of the compost, creating space for air and water to flow through the pile. A balanced distribution of large and small particle sizes supports optimal density and porosity. Finished compost is often screened to remove large particles or items that did not fully decompose and which can be added into the next round of composting.\nMoisture Content\nMicroorganisms living in a compost pile need enough moisture to survive. Water is the key element that helps transport substances within the compost pile and makes the nutrients in the organic material accessible to microbes. Feedstocks such as food scraps contain some moisture in varying amounts, but moisture may also come in the form of rainfall or intentional watering. It is important to prevent too much water from entering the system to avoid anaerobic or low or no oxygen conditions.\nOxygen Flow\nComposting is an aerobic process. Aerating the pile aids the decomposition process by providing oxygen that microorganisms need to breathe. Turning the pile, blowing air into the pile through pipes or vents, and adding bulking agents such as wood chips and dry leaves to the pile all help increase aeration.\nTemperature\nBeneficial microorganisms in a compost pile require a certain temperature range for optimal activity – 131 to 160 degrees Fahrenheit. Pile conditions within that range will promote rapid decomposition and destroy pathogens and weed seeds. Above that temperature range, beneficial microorganisms cannot survive. Below that range, decomposition will occur more slowly, and pathogens and weed seeds may remain in the final compost.","title":"Approaches to Composting | US EPA","score":13.127341},{"document_id":"41168a49b304126a-11461-13699","text":"Approaches to Composting | US EPA\nThese piles rely on passive aeration rather than active aeration to maintain optimal temperature and oxygen levels. Passive aeration is caused by warm air heated by microbial activity rising to the top of the pile as cool air is drawn in through the sides and bottom of the pile to replace it, known as the “chimney effect.” When mixing organic materials in the pile, it is important to ensure there is enough free air space throughout the pile to support aeration. Adding bulking agents such as wood chips creates a less dense pile for oxygen to flow. Also, turning the pile occasionally is recommended to encourage even decomposition. This method usually does not get the pile hot enough to break down materials such as meat, bones, and dairy products.\n\nBins to contain compost can be constructed from materials such as wire, wood, and cinder blocks; enclosed barrels or tumblers for small volumes are also available for purchase. Three-bin systems are a common model, with each bin containing compost at a different stage of the process, from freshly added organic materials to finished compost.\nStatic Pile with Active Aeration\nActively aerated static piles use blower systems to move air through the pile. “Positive” aeration is when air is blown through pipes beneath or inside the pile; “negative” aeration draws air down through the pile. Air blower systems can be activated by a timer or a temperature sensor and piles may be covered to help control the pile temperature and moisture level. This method of composting speeds up the composting process by carefully controlling the pile conditions and works with large quantities and all types of materials.\nWindrow\nWindrow composting consists of forming long, narrow rows or “windrows” roughly twice as wide as they are high and as long as space allows. Windrows are the most common method of composting in the United States. Windrows can be turned periodically or have perforated pipes underneath them to allow air flow. Small to large volumes and a wide variety of materials can be composted using this method, which makes it adaptable to many scales and sites for composting. Windrow composting often requires equipment such as front-end loaders, excavators, or windrow turners.","title":"Approaches to Composting | US EPA","score":12.52049}],"8a19ee37ca7d97eaddbe2e19ca600556<::>4":[{"document_id":"9060ac11354f286a-2-1937","text":"FAQs | Madison County, NY\nFAQs | Madison County, NY\n\n \n\nSkip to Main Content\n\n \n\nSearch\n\n \n \n \n\nPrograms & ServicesFacilitiesSystem OverviewResourcesContact Us\n\n \n\n \n\n \n\n \n\n \nHomeDepartmentsDepartments M-ZSolid WasteResourcesFrequently Asked Questions\n\n\r\n\r\nFAQs\t\n\nShould I bag my recyclables? No, recyclables should be kept loose in curbside bins and at the transfer station containers. Paper/cardboard must be kept in a separate recycling bin from plastic/metal/glass containers. Where can I get a new recycling bin? Residents of Madison County can pick up new recycling bins at their local transfer station, when they are open. Recycling bins are FREE, while supplies last.Will the rain affect my recycling? It is okay if your recyclables get wet from the rain. To help keep recyclables dry and to keep recyclables from blowing out of the container, we recommend placing your heavier plastic/metal/glass recycling bin on top of your paper/cardboard recycling bin to weigh everything down and keep the paper dry.Do I need to tarp my waste materials when I drop it off at the Transfer Station or Landfill?Yes! All waste materials including recyclables, trash, and construction/demolition debris should be tarped and tied down in a truck bed. Unsecure items, even if they are bagged, can fall out of the truck bed and create unsafe roads along with litter. Make sure to secure your garbage to help keep Madison County roads safe and clean.Why do I need a punch card and where can I get one?Residents that drop off garbage and other bulky items at our transfer stations need to buy a punch card before visiting. Punch cards are sold at the landfill scale house, village and town clerk offices, and other local businesses across the county. Punch cards are not sold at transfer stations. View a list of local businesses that sell our punch cards. Can I recycle plastic items that have a #1-7 on them?Unfortunately, not all plastics can be recycled in our program.","title":"FAQs | Madison County, NY","score":10.660285},{"document_id":"c9dcfd3554fa61ae-7759-9721","text":"FAQs • Do you take credit cards?\nThe individual will dump all of the pills into one zip lock bag and recycle the bottles at home. Any medication that is not in pill form leave in its original container, scratch off the patient's name and prescription number and place the container(s) in a second, separate zip lock bag. Place the plastic bags in the green receptacle located in the Police Department lobby. \n\n19.\nNoise: What hours can construction / repair work be done?\n\nExcept as otherwise provided in this section it is unlawful for a person to do any of the following acts:Create noise on a street, sidewalk or public place adjacent to a school or church while in use or to a hospital if the noise unreasonably interferes with the working of the institution or the peace or quiet of a hospital patientInstall, use or operate a loudspeaker or sound-amplifying equipment in a fixed or movable position or mounted on a sound truck for the purpose of transmitting sound to a person in or on a street, sidewalk, park or public property without a permitOperate machinery, equipment, or a pump, fan, air-conditioner, spa or pool equipment, power tool, lawn mower or leaf blower or engine in a manner which causes excessive noise to nearby residents between the hours of 10 p.m. and 8 a.m.Operate or perform construction or repair work (which creates noise) within or adjacent to a residential land use district except during the following hours:Monday through Friday: 7:30 a.m. to 7 p.m.Saturdays, Sundays and holidays: 9 a.m. to 7 p.m.Operate or play a radio, television set, stereo, phonograph, receiving set, tape or compact disk player, jukebox, musical instrument or similar device between 10 p.m. and 8 a.m. in such a manner as to be plainly audible at a distance of fifty (50 feet) feet from the building, structure or vehicle from which it is located or a distance of fifty (50 feet) feet from the device if outside \n\n20.\nDoes the Danville Police Department issue background check letters?","title":"FAQs • Do you take credit cards?","score":10.2420225},{"document_id":"9b3df447d333ae7a-63087-65049","text":"FAQs • Danville, CA • CivicEngage\nThe individual will dump all of the pills into one zip lock bag and recycle the bottles at home. Any medication that is not in pill form leave in its original container, scratch off the patient's name and prescription number and place the container(s) in a second, separate zip lock bag. Place the plastic bags in the green receptacle located in the Police Department lobby. \n\n19.\nNoise: What hours can construction / repair work be done?\n\nExcept as otherwise provided in this section it is unlawful for a person to do any of the following acts:Create noise on a street, sidewalk or public place adjacent to a school or church while in use or to a hospital if the noise unreasonably interferes with the working of the institution or the peace or quiet of a hospital patientInstall, use or operate a loudspeaker or sound-amplifying equipment in a fixed or movable position or mounted on a sound truck for the purpose of transmitting sound to a person in or on a street, sidewalk, park or public property without a permitOperate machinery, equipment, or a pump, fan, air-conditioner, spa or pool equipment, power tool, lawn mower or leaf blower or engine in a manner which causes excessive noise to nearby residents between the hours of 10 p.m. and 8 a.m.Operate or perform construction or repair work (which creates noise) within or adjacent to a residential land use district except during the following hours:Monday through Friday: 7:30 a.m. to 7 p.m.Saturdays, Sundays and holidays: 9 a.m. to 7 p.m.Operate or play a radio, television set, stereo, phonograph, receiving set, tape or compact disk player, jukebox, musical instrument or similar device between 10 p.m. and 8 a.m. in such a manner as to be plainly audible at a distance of fifty (50 feet) feet from the building, structure or vehicle from which it is located or a distance of fifty (50 feet) feet from the device if outside \n\n20.\nDoes the Danville Police Department issue background check letters?","title":"FAQs • Danville, CA • CivicEngage","score":9.120426},{"document_id":"9ec848e20ce7df79-1650-3716","text":"Recycling | Auburn, CA\nMany local businesses and schools participate in recycling programs for cardboard, aluminum cans, glass and office paper.Mandatory Commercial Recycling Regulation - Effective July 1, 2012 (PDF)Placer Green Business Certification Program Now Offered (PDF)Mandatory Commercial Recycling in Auburn Pamphlet (PDF)For additional information please call either: City of Auburn at 530-823-4211, ext. 145 or Recology Auburn Placer at 530-885-3735.Businesses interested in participating in the Placer Green Business Certification Program are encouraged to call the Business Environmental Resource Center at 916-874-2100 or visit their website.Residential RecyclingThe City of Auburn and Recology Auburn Placer have implemented a residential recycling program called the \"Blue Bag Program.\" Through this program Recology Auburn Placer will deliver \"blue bags\" to City residents. The \"blue bags\" are then placed next to or into their garbage can on their designated pick up day.The following items can be placed in the blue bags:All paper, including:Copy paperEnvelopesJunk mailMagazinesNewspaperPaperPlastic containers - please remove the lidsGlass containers - please remove the lidsAluminum and Steel/Tin CansTo request blue bags please call Recology Auburn Placer at 530-885-3735.\n\n \n \n \n\n \n\nContact Us\n\nRecology Auburn Placer\n\nPhysical Address\n\n12305 Shale Ridge Road\nAuburn, CA 95603\n\nPhone: 530-885-3735\n\nDirectory\n\n \n \n \n\nQuick Links\n\nRecology Auburn Placer\n\nWestern Placer Waste Management Authority\n\nWaste Management for State Agencies\n\nCalifornia Department of Conservation\n\nPlacer Recycles (Formerly OneBigBin)\n\nView All\n\n/QuickLinks.aspx\n\n \n \n \n\nConstruction & Facility Maintenance\n\nEngineering\n\nRecycling\n\nSewer\n\nSolid & Hazardous Waste\n\nTransit Services\n\n \n\nNotify Me®\n\nReport a Concern\n\nBusiness Licenses\n\nAirport \n\nEmployment\n\nMeetings & Agendas\n\n \n \n \n\n \n\nConnect With Us\n \n\n \n \n\n \n\n \n \n \n\n \n\nFacebook\nTwitter\nPinterest\nDelicious\nBlogger\nLinkedIn\n\n \n \n\nHome\nMy Account\nPrinter Friendly\nEmail Page\nContact Us\nRSS\nSite Map\nTranslate Page\nNotifications\nDocuments","title":"Recycling | Auburn, CA","score":9.004936},{"document_id":"fe8c82cdf4a51f27-10667-12565","text":"\r\n\tFAQs - City of Piedmont\r\n\nBut if this is a one-time or occasional occurrence, your bagged recycling overage can be set out within 3 feet of the curb. However, notice is required!\n\nQ. Where can I sell my California Redemption (CRV) containers?\n\nA. Berkeley Recycling located at 669 Gilman Street in Berkeley pays for certain recyclables at their Buyback. To learn which materials will be purchased and current pricing, visit berkeleyrecycling.org.\n\nQ. What is considered Electronic Waste(e-waste)?\n\nA. TVs, computer monitors, computers, keyboards, cables, small accessories, inkjet printers/scanners/fax machines, laser printers, desktop copiers, stereos, audio/video equipment, video games, laptops, cellular/cordless phones and answering machines, power supplies. Click here to view E-Waste details.\n\nQ. Can e-waste be collected at the curb?\n\nA. Yes, to schedule a Curbside E-Waste On-Call Clean-up, call Republic Services at 800-320-8077\n\nQ. What do I do with batteries and cell phones?\n\nA. DO NOT place any batteries or cell phones in any of your wheeled carts. You can properly dispose and recycle household batteries and cell phones in one of three ways:\n\nYou can place your household batteries and cell phones in a sealed plastic bag on top of the Blue Recycling cart on your regular service day.\nYou can bring your household batteries to the Piedmont Fire Station for recycling.\nBatteries, both household and automobile, can be taken to an Alameda County Household Hazardous Waste Facility . Call (800) 606-6606 for more information. \n\nQ. How do I recycle paint?\n\nA. Latex and oil-based paint needs to be taken to an Alameda County Household Hazardous Waste Facility. Call (800) 606-6606 or visit http://www.StopWaste.org/recycling/residents/household-hazardous-waste/paints.\n\nQ. What do I do with syringes and hypodermic needles?\n\nA. They cannot be recycled or thrown in the garbage and must be disposed of properly.","title":"\r\n\tFAQs - City of Piedmont\r\n","score":8.686219}],"8a19ee37ca7d97eaddbe2e19ca600556<::>5":[{"document_id":"98725809e2754974-482-2554","text":"Recycling | Madison County, NY\nAll recyclables must be empty, clean & dry.Recycling bins are available for Madison County residents at our 4 transfer stations, when they are open.Paper Bin:Accepted Items in Your 'Paper' Recycling Bin: Newspaper & InsertsMagazines & CatalogsNon-Metallic Greeting Cards/Wrapping PaperCereal Boxes & Dry Food BoxesProduct BoxesCardboard (flattened)Telephone BooksPaper BagsGift BoxesPaper Towel & Toilet Paper TubesPaper, Mail & EnvelopesShredded Paper (put in paper bags)Take-Out Pizza Boxes (grease is okay)Other BoxboardNot Accepted in Your 'Paper' Recycling Bin: Frozen, Refrigerated or Microwave Product BoxesSoda & Beer Cartons/CarriersWax-Coated Corrugated BoxesFolders or Spiral Books with Metal PartsAnything Containing Foil, Metal or PlasticPaper CupsMilk or Juice CartonsCarbon or Wax PaperPaper Egg CartonsTissue PaperContainers Bin:Accepted in Your 'Containers' Recycling Bin: Plastic Bottles & Jugs with a neck such as:Plastic Milk and Water JugsSoap and Detergent BottlesWater BottlesDeposit BottlesPlastic Yogurt & Dairy TubsGlass Bottles & JarsAluminum CansAluminum FoilAluminum Plates or TraysMetal Food Containers & Metal LidsEmpty Aerosol CansNot Accepted in Your 'Containers' Recycling Bin: Plastic Clamshell ContainersPlastic Bags and other FilmsPlastic Toys, Buckets or PailsPartially or Full ContainersCeramic or Crystal housewarePlastic Take-Out ContainersPlastic Cups, Straws & LidsBottles that contained hazardous productsPots and PansLight BulbsBlack PlasticAny other Plastics Scrap Metal ItemsWindow or Auto GlassMirrorsCan I recycle plastic items that have a #1-7 on them?Unfortunately, not all plastics can be recycled in our program. In an effort to educate the public on what plastics can and cannot be recycled, we have moved our messaging away from using the #1-7 symbols. These numbers reflect the type of plastic used to make a product and does not mean that an item can be recycled. Instead, our messaging focuses on the shape of the material such as plastic bottles/jugs that have a \"neck\" or taper at the top and plastic dairy tubs.","title":"Recycling | Madison County, NY","score":14.864196},{"document_id":"98725809e2754974-77-2147","text":"Recycling | Madison County, NY\nPrograms & ServicesFacilitiesSystem OverviewResourcesContact Us\n\n \n\n \n\n \n\n \n\n \nHomeDepartmentsDepartments M-ZSolid WastePrograms & ServicesRecycling\n\n\r\n\r\nRecycling\t\n\nMadison County uses a two-bin recycling system where paper products are placed into one bin and plastic/metal/glass containers are placed into another. Do NOT put recyclables in a plastic bag. Keep recyclables loose in the recycling bins. All recyclables must be empty, clean & dry.Recycling bins are available for Madison County residents at our 4 transfer stations, when they are open.Paper Bin:Accepted Items in Your 'Paper' Recycling Bin: Newspaper & InsertsMagazines & CatalogsNon-Metallic Greeting Cards/Wrapping PaperCereal Boxes & Dry Food BoxesProduct BoxesCardboard (flattened)Telephone BooksPaper BagsGift BoxesPaper Towel & Toilet Paper TubesPaper, Mail & EnvelopesShredded Paper (put in paper bags)Take-Out Pizza Boxes (grease is okay)Other BoxboardNot Accepted in Your 'Paper' Recycling Bin: Frozen, Refrigerated or Microwave Product BoxesSoda & Beer Cartons/CarriersWax-Coated Corrugated BoxesFolders or Spiral Books with Metal PartsAnything Containing Foil, Metal or PlasticPaper CupsMilk or Juice CartonsCarbon or Wax PaperPaper Egg CartonsTissue PaperContainers Bin:Accepted in Your 'Containers' Recycling Bin: Plastic Bottles & Jugs with a neck such as:Plastic Milk and Water JugsSoap and Detergent BottlesWater BottlesDeposit BottlesPlastic Yogurt & Dairy TubsGlass Bottles & JarsAluminum CansAluminum FoilAluminum Plates or TraysMetal Food Containers & Metal LidsEmpty Aerosol CansNot Accepted in Your 'Containers' Recycling Bin: Plastic Clamshell ContainersPlastic Bags and other FilmsPlastic Toys, Buckets or PailsPartially or Full ContainersCeramic or Crystal housewarePlastic Take-Out ContainersPlastic Cups, Straws & LidsBottles that contained hazardous productsPots and PansLight BulbsBlack PlasticAny other Plastics Scrap Metal ItemsWindow or Auto GlassMirrorsCan I recycle plastic items that have a #1-7 on them?Unfortunately, not all plastics can be recycled in our program.","title":"Recycling | Madison County, NY","score":14.358754},{"document_id":"b7db2ba287736762-2-2090","text":"Holiday Recycling 101 | Madison County, NY\nHoliday Recycling 101 | Madison County, NY\n\n \n\nSkip to Main Content\n\n \n\nSearch\n\n \n \n \n\nPrograms & ServicesFacilitiesSystem OverviewResourcesContact Us\n\n \n\n \n\n \n\n \n\n \nHomeDepartmentsDepartments M-ZSolid WastePrograms & ServicesRecyclingHoliday Recycling 101\n\n\r\n\r\nHoliday Recycling 101\t\n\n \n \n \n \n\nThe Dept. of Solid Waste has a few tips and tricks to help you rethink waste this holiday season!\n\n \n \n \n\nOnline Shopping & Packaging: As the holiday shopping season continues, many of us will be turning to online shopping to find what we need. You can recycle right by folding cardboard boxes and removing any non-paper contaminants such as loose tape or plastic packaging before placing your cardboard boxes in the recycling bin. Do NOT include foam, bubble wrap or shipping envelopes in your recycling bin. However, there are special drop-off recycling programs for some of these materials. Plastic film such as bubble wrap, air pillows and plastic shipping envelopes can go back to retail stores as part of their plastic film recycling program. For more information on plastic film recycling or to find a drop-off location, visit https://how2recycle.info/sdo\n\n \n \n\n \n \n \n \n\n \n \n \n\nOpt for Recyclable Wrapping Paper When Wrapping Gifts: When it comes to gift wrapping, try opting for low-waste or recyclable wrapping paper! Reusing gift bags/ boxes and buying non-metallic wrapping paper or brown craft paper can reduce waste this holiday season. Don't forget to reuse ribbon and bows to add some extra holiday flare. You can also add a unique and personal touch by using newspaper or brown craft paper and draw your own designs!Avoid wrapping paper and gift bags with metallic, foil or glittery elements as these cannot be recycled. \n\n \n \n \n\nReuse Your Paper Bags for Gift Wrap: Did you run out of wrapping paper or wanted to try something new? Try reusing your paper grocery bags! You can even decorate them with markers, stamps or bows to add a unique and personal touch. Once the gifts are opened, you can put the paper bags in your recycling bin and save the bows/ribbon for next year.","title":"Holiday Recycling 101 | Madison County, NY","score":13.10123},{"document_id":"b7db2ba287736762-1518-3660","text":"Holiday Recycling 101 | Madison County, NY\nYou can also add a unique and personal touch by using newspaper or brown craft paper and draw your own designs!Avoid wrapping paper and gift bags with metallic, foil or glittery elements as these cannot be recycled. \n\n \n \n \n\nReuse Your Paper Bags for Gift Wrap: Did you run out of wrapping paper or wanted to try something new? Try reusing your paper grocery bags! You can even decorate them with markers, stamps or bows to add a unique and personal touch. Once the gifts are opened, you can put the paper bags in your recycling bin and save the bows/ribbon for next year.\n\n \n \n\n \n \n \n \n\n \n \n \n\nRecycling Old Electronics: As you switch out your old TV for a new one, don't forget to recycle your old electronics at LOJO Technology in Oneida.This is a FREE program for Madison County residents. Bring your accepted electronics to 634 Birchwood Drive in Oneida, Monday through Friday from 8 AM to 3 PM. Business waste will NOT be accepted.For more information and to see a list of accepted items, visit: www.madisoncounty.ny.gov/2389/Electronic-Waste\n\n \n \n \n\n \n \n \n\nChristmas Tree & Wreath Composting: When the time comes to take down the tree, don't forget that you can compost it through our yard waste program for free. Remove all lights and ornaments before dropping off your tree to one of our 4 transfer stations. OR, look into local organizations or farms who may use the trees for their animals!\n\n \n \n \n\n \n\n \n\n \n\n \n\nNext\nPrevious\n\n \n \n \n\n \n\n \n\nHoliday Recycling 101\n\n \n\n \n\nContact Us\n\nRecycle & Dispose\n\nCOUNTY HOME\n\n \n \n \n\n \n\nRecycling Guides\n\nHousehold Hazardous Waste\n\n \n \n\nFAQ\n\nFORMS\n\nLocation& Hours\n\n \n \n \n\n \n\n \n\n \n \n\n \n \n\nContact Us\n\nMadison County NY138 N Court StreetWampsville, NY 13163Hours: Monday-Friday 8 a.m. - 4 p.m.\n \n\n \n \n\n \n \n\nSocial Media\n\nFacebook\n\nYouTube\n\n \n \n\n \n \n\nPopular Resources\n\nCounty Campus Map\n\nResource Directory\n\nFEMA - Plan & Prepare Ways to Protect Your Family & Property\n\nOnline Citizen Preparedness Training\n\nReady - Prepare, Plan, Stay Informed\n\n/QuickLinks.aspx\n\n \n \n \n\n \n\nHome\n\nSite Map\n\nContact Us\n\nAccessibility\n\nCopyright Notices\n\nDirections to County Offices\n\nPrivacy Policy\n\nEmployee Portal","title":"Holiday Recycling 101 | Madison County, NY","score":12.511618},{"document_id":"48bba2114bb2383e-4897-7329","text":"\r\n\tOrdinances and Regulations - City of Piedmont\r\n\nRequirements to collect food scraps and compostable paper separately from garbage is effective January 1, 2018 for businesses, institutions, and multi-family properties.\nAll recyclable covered materials: cardboard, newspaper, white paper, mixed recyclable paper, recyclable glass food and beverage containers, metal (aluminum and steel) food and beverage containers, PET (#1) and HDPE (#2) plastic\nPLANT DEBRIS LANDFILL BAN ORDINANCE\n This ordinance applies to certain businesses and institutions and requires plant debris be separated and composted. Alameda County law prohibits disposal of plant debris in county landfills. Plant Debris Landfill Ban Ordinance requires landscape professionals, residents and businesses to separate all plant debris from garbage. Those subscribing to 4 or more cubic yards of weekly on-site garbage service must place plant debris in the designated “organics” bin, and those who haul to their local facility must deposit plant debris in the disposal facility’s designated “clean green” area. Plant debris includes grass, leaves, shrubbery, vines and tree branches.\n This law applies to any person or organization generating significant amounts of plant debris that hauls the material to Alameda County disposal facilities or places the material in bins for collection, including:\n\nCommercial and institutional (e.g. colleges, hospitals, park districts, golf courses) customers subscribing to 4 or more cubic yards of weekly solid waste collection service.\nLandscapers and gardeners\nMunicipalities\n\nThe Plant Debris Landfill Ban Ordinance covers all cities\nand unincorporated areas in Alameda County.\nCity of Piedmont Construction and Demolition Debris Recycling FAQ \nMore information on Piedmont Construction and Demolition Debris Recycling here. \n Projects required by the California Green Building Standards (all newly constructed residential buildings and projects increasing the building's conditioned area, volume, or size) having a building permit valuation greater than or equal to $50,000 are required to divert at least 65% of the debris generated by the project from going to a landfill. This includes all construction, demolition and/or renovation projects within the City. Although not required, the City encourages projects with a valuation of less than $50,000 to recycle at least 65% of the debris generated.\n Q: Are there any additional City fees associated with these requirements?","title":"\r\n\tOrdinances and Regulations - City of Piedmont\r\n","score":12.250097}],"8a19ee37ca7d97eaddbe2e19ca600556<::>6":[{"document_id":"97a1e0156fea0a8a-0-2188","text":"Yard Waste | Madison County, NY\n\n\nYard Waste | Madison County, NY\n\n \n\nSkip to Main Content\n\n \n\nSearch\n\n \n \n \n\nPrograms & ServicesFacilitiesSystem OverviewResourcesContact Us\n\n \n\n \n\n \n\n \n\n \nHomeDepartmentsDepartments M-ZSolid WastePrograms & ServicesSpecial ProgramsYard Waste\n\n\r\n\r\nYard Waste\t\n\nAs of January 1, 2020, there is a charge for commercial yard waste drop-off. All commercial yard waste must go to 6641 Buyea Road, Canastota and go over the scales before unloading.Residential Yard Waste No Charge for items up to 6 inches in diameter and no longer than 10 feet in length. Bring to any of the 4 transfer stations and see an attendant before unloading.Commercial Yard Waste, Buyea Road ONLY $25.00 per ton, must go over the scales before unloading.Stumps and Oversized Tree Limbs, Buyea Road ONLY$35.00 per ton, must go over the scales before unloading. Accepted Materials:Grass clippingsLeavesWeedsWood Chips/MulchBrush and Branches (up to 6 inches in diameter and no longer than 10 feet in length)NOT Accepted:Any contaminated productTreated Wood, Construction Debris, Plastic, Dirt, Trash, Concrete, Stone or MetalCoal AshesPlastic BagsWhen available, wood chips and compost are FREE to Madison County Residents. NOT for Commercial Business.\n\n \n \n \n\n \n\n \n\nAgricultural Plastics\n\nBulbs, Batteries & Ink Cartridges\n\nExpanded Polystyrene\n\nScrap Metal\n\nTextiles\n\nThermostats\n\nYard Waste\n\n \n\n \n\nContact Us\n\nRecycle & Dispose\n\nCOUNTY HOME\n\n \n \n \n\n \n\nRecycling Guides\n\nHousehold Hazardous Waste\n\n \n \n\nFAQ\n\nFORMS\n\nLocation& Hours\n\n \n \n \n\n \n\n \n\n \n \n\n \n \n\nContact Us\n\nMadison County NY138 N Court StreetWampsville, NY 13163Hours: Monday-Friday 8 a.m. - 4 p.m.\n \n\n \n \n\n \n \n\nSocial Media\n\nFacebook\n\nYouTube\n\n \n \n\n \n \n\nPopular Resources\n\nCounty Campus Map\n\nResource Directory\n\nFEMA - Plan & Prepare Ways to Protect Your Family & Property\n\nOnline Citizen Preparedness Training\n\nReady - Prepare, Plan, Stay Informed\n\n/QuickLinks.aspx\n\n \n \n \n\n \n\nHome\n\nSite Map\n\nContact Us\n\nAccessibility\n\nCopyright Notices\n\nDirections to County Offices\n\nPrivacy Policy\n\nEmployee Portal\n\n/QuickLinks.aspx\n\n \n \n \n\nLoading\n\n\r\n\tLoading\r\n\t\n\nDo Not Show Again\nClose\n\nArrow Left\n\nArrow Right\n\n[]\n\nSlideshow Left Arrow\n\nSlideshow Right Arrow\n\n","title":"Yard Waste | Madison County, NY","score":17.92054},{"document_id":"9f6f101741b4f16b-6778-8992","text":"FAQs • Code Enforcement\nNo other containers shall be used; (b) If the capacity of the containers provided by the servicer is insufficient for the quantity of all refuse, recyclables and/or yard waste generated at the premises between pickups, then the residential service customer shall subscribe to such additional service as determined and required by the servicer to protect the public health, safety, and well-being against the growth and spread of vectors from such refuse, recyclables and/or yard waste; (c) All refuse and recyclables to be collected shall be placed in the containers provided by servicer, as follows: (1) Curbside Service; (A) Refuse and recyclables (not including yard waste) shall be placed in the black container(s); (B) Yard waste shall be placed in the green container(s); (C) No such container may be placed for pickup if its contents exceed three hundred pounds; (2) Bin Service. The occupant shall place refuse and recyclables in the bin(s) provided by the servicer; (3) Construction and demolition debris. Except for disposal by a self hauler pursuant to Section 6.08.280, construction and demolition debris shall be placed in the debris box(es) provided by the servicer and/or the black container(s) for refuse and recyclables provided by the servicer (the black containers are subject to the three hundred pound weight limit); (d) To minimize interference with the public rights-of-way, no person shall place a container or bulky item on a parkway for collection service earlier than twenty-four hours prior to the normal collection date as specified by the director of public works. To minimize interference with public rights-of-way, any containers not collected from or any bulky items not removed shall be removed from the public right-of-way location by midnight of the scheduled day of collection; (e) Unless otherwise directed by the servicer, containers shall be placed for collection on the street with the wheels of each against the curb and at least one foot distance between each container. In instances where no curb exists, containers shall be placed as close to the edge of the street as practicable with the wheels toward the lot.","title":"FAQs • Code Enforcement","score":15.4508705},{"document_id":"9f6f101741b4f16b-5473-7703","text":"FAQs • Code Enforcement\n(F) Cannot be connected to sewer lines, water lines or electricity except temporarily for charging batteries and other temporary hook-up facilities not lasting more than twenty-four (24) hours; and provided, that all such connections must comply with applicable State law and the electrical code. (G) Cannot be used for storage of food, materials or equipment other than those items considered to be a part of the unit for its use. (Ord. 2097 § 3, 2013) \n\n9.\nWhere can residents place their trash bins?\n\nGarbage can, solid waste container, solid waste, junk, bulky items, placed or maintained so as to be visible from neighboring properties or the public right-of-way, except for those times scheduled for collection, in accordance with this code;Trash enclosures must be maintained in a closed manner at all times to prohibit visibility of trash container from public rights-of-way or adjacent property.6.08.060 Containers for residential collection. (a) To protect public health, safety, and well-being against the growth and spread of vectors, it is the duty of every person in possession, charge, or control of any residential property within the city, in or from which refuse accumulates or is produced, to keep in a suitable place and utilize the containers provided by the servicer. No other containers shall be used; (b) If the capacity of the containers provided by the servicer is insufficient for the quantity of all refuse, recyclables and/or yard waste generated at the premises between pickups, then the residential service customer shall subscribe to such additional service as determined and required by the servicer to protect the public health, safety, and well-being against the growth and spread of vectors from such refuse, recyclables and/or yard waste; (c) All refuse and recyclables to be collected shall be placed in the containers provided by servicer, as follows: (1) Curbside Service; (A) Refuse and recyclables (not including yard waste) shall be placed in the black container(s); (B) Yard waste shall be placed in the green container(s); (C) No such container may be placed for pickup if its contents exceed three hundred pounds; (2) Bin Service.","title":"FAQs • Code Enforcement","score":15.071368},{"document_id":"62964e3a38783558-6000-7852","text":"FAQs • Monterey Park, CA • CivicEngage\nGarbage can, solid waste container, solid waste, junk, bulky items, placed or maintained so as to be visible from neighboring properties or the public right-of-way, except for those times scheduled for collection, in accordance with this code;Trash enclosures must be maintained in a closed manner at all times to prohibit visibility of trash container from public rights-of-way or adjacent property.6.08.060 Containers for residential collection. (a) To protect public health, safety, and well-being against the growth and spread of vectors, it is the duty of every person in possession, charge, or control of any residential property within the city, in or from which refuse accumulates or is produced, to keep in a suitable place and utilize the containers provided by the servicer. No other containers shall be used; (b) If the capacity of the containers provided by the servicer is insufficient for the quantity of all refuse, recyclables and/or yard waste generated at the premises between pickups, then the residential service customer shall subscribe to such additional service as determined and required by the servicer to protect the public health, safety, and well-being against the growth and spread of vectors from such refuse, recyclables and/or yard waste; (c) All refuse and recyclables to be collected shall be placed in the containers provided by servicer, as follows: (1) Curbside Service; (A) Refuse and recyclables (not including yard waste) shall be placed in the black container(s); (B) Yard waste shall be placed in the green container(s); (C) No such container may be placed for pickup if its contents exceed three hundred pounds; (2) Bin Service. The occupant shall place refuse and recyclables in the bin(s) provided by the servicer; (3) Construction and demolition debris.","title":"FAQs • Monterey Park, CA • CivicEngage","score":14.956075},{"document_id":"40f771df171f5692-2-1964","text":"Additional Resources | Madison County, NY\nAdditional Resources | Madison County, NY\n\n \n\nSkip to Main Content\n\n \n\nSearch\n\n \n \n \n\nPrograms & ServicesFacilitiesSystem OverviewResourcesContact Us\n\n \n\n \n\n \n\n \n\n \nHomeDepartmentsDepartments M-ZSolid WasteResourcesAdditional Resources\n\n\r\n\r\nAdditional Resources\t\n\nBefore You RECYCLE...REDUCE & RETHINK the amount of material requiring disposal:Avoid the purchase of bulky, disposable itemsPass on magazines, books and catalogs to neighbors, hospitals and nursing homesBuy products in reusable containers or in simple packagingReduce Food Waste! Check out Syracuse University's Center for Sustainable Community Solutions to see how they are tackling food waste in Central New York. You can even take the pledge to be part of the solution and prevent wasted food!A Guide to Eco-Friendly Downsizing and Minimalist LivingReducing Single-Use Plastic in Your Home13 Sustainable Decorating Tips for an Eco-Friendly HomeZero-Waste Home Design GuideREUSE as much as possible:Plastic containers can be reused for food storage, glass jars for nail, tacks, etc.Reuse wrapping paper, plastic bags, boxes and lumberDonate outgrown clothes to friends or local charities. For more information on how to reduce waste from clothing, check out this blog on selling, donating and upcycling your old clothes!Try to repair before you consider replacement of lawn mowers, tools, vacuum cleaners, TVsDonate broken appliances to Goodwill industries, a local rescue mission or charity, or find out if a nearby vocational school can use them for parts or to have students practice repairing themOffer furniture and household items no longer needed to college students and friends, or donate to charityBring reusable bags to the grocery storeReuse your yard waste. Yard waste can be a great fertilizer and there are several ways to recycle your yard waste and to keep it out of the landfill. Check out this article on recycling & composting yard waste to learn more.COMPOST your food waste!","title":"Additional Resources | Madison County, NY","score":14.891489}],"72ba19c38518da1fc894fc638a2802f7<::>1":[{"document_id":"6e97640495151e68-4584-6689","text":"Student Project: Code a Mars Sample Collection Video Game | NASA/JPL Edu\nMake the sample tube sprites reappear when players click the green flag to restart the game.\n\n+ Expand image\n\n4. Add a countdown timer NASA’s missions to Mars and other destinations have a planned life expectancy. Some missions, including every Mars rover to date, have been extended and operated beyond their planned mission life expectancy, while others experience problems that shorten their mission. You can create a timer that counts down to the end of the mission and ends the game. Your timer should not be so short that the game is unplayable or unwinnable, but it should not be so long that there is no challenge to playing the game. As a bonus, you can create code to extend or shorten the planned mission time.\nTasks\n\nCreate a timer that counts from a set time down to zero. Hint: Create a Time variable that you can program to change. (See example image.)\nMake gameplay stop when the timer reaches zero.\nMake a “Mission Over” message appear when the timer reaches zero.\nMake the timer start over when a player clicks the green flag to restart the game.\nBonus: Develop code that will increase or decrease the amount of time on the timer by one or two seconds at random.\n\n+ Expand image\n\n5. Add a scoring system Rover missions on Mars don’t have a scoring system. But the science they collect is valuable, and some discoveries may be more exciting, interesting, or important than others. To determine how well players are doing while playing your game, you can develop a scoring system that includes points earned for collecting sample tubes. How points are totaled is up to you. You could also program your game to reduce point totals in certain scenarios (see Step 6, for example).\nTasks\n\nDevelop code to create a scoring system.\nIncrease the score by one or more points for each sample tube collected.\n\n+ Expand image\n\n6. Add hazards Space travel and other worlds are fraught with hazards. From steep slopes and deep sand to sharp rocks and high radiation, there are countless ways a mission can be delayed or end unexpectedly. Program your game to include hazards that players need to avoid.","title":"Student Project: Code a Mars Sample Collection Video Game | NASA/JPL Edu","score":7.352094},{"document_id":"c225494fb67307fa-322497-324517","text":"Bill Text - AB-132 Postsecondary education trailer bill.\n(E) Each community college district shall be granted one point for each student who successfully completes nine or more career technical education units, based on the three-year rolling average for this metric calculated pursuant to clause (ii) of subparagraph (A).(F) Each community college district shall be granted one point for each student who obtains a regional living wage within one year of community college completion, based on the three-year rolling average for this metric calculated pursuant to clause (ii) of\n\tsubparagraph (A).(2) (A) (i) Each community college district shall also be granted additional points for an equity component of the student success allocation. The marginal funding per point for the equity component of the student success allocation revenue shall be as follows:(I) For the 2018–19 fiscal year, one hundred eleven dollars ($111).(II) For the 2019–20 fiscal year, one hundred forty-one dollars ($141).(III) Commencing with the 2020–21 fiscal year, the rate specified in subclause (II) adjusted for changes in the cost-of-living adjustment and other base adjustments in subsequent annual budget acts.(ii) (I) Commencing with the 2019–20 fiscal year, to calculate the equity component of the student success allocation for each community college district, the chancellor’s office shall calculate a three-year rolling average for each metric described in this paragraph. To compute the three-year average for each metric, the chancellor’s office shall compute the sum of data for that metric from the prior year, the year prior to the prior year, and the year prior to the year prior to the prior year, and divide the sum by three.(II) For the calculation of the three-year rolling average for the equity component of the student success allocation for the 2020–21 fiscal year, data from the 2018–19 fiscal year, for purposes of subparagraphs (B) and (C), may be used in place of data from the 2019–20 fiscal year.(B) Each community college district shall receive points for a student","title":"Bill Text - AB-132 Postsecondary education trailer bill.","score":7.104416},{"document_id":"6e97640495151e68-6174-8304","text":"Student Project: Code a Mars Sample Collection Video Game | NASA/JPL Edu\nYou could also program your game to reduce point totals in certain scenarios (see Step 6, for example).\nTasks\n\nDevelop code to create a scoring system.\nIncrease the score by one or more points for each sample tube collected.\n\n+ Expand image\n\n6. Add hazards Space travel and other worlds are fraught with hazards. From steep slopes and deep sand to sharp rocks and high radiation, there are countless ways a mission can be delayed or end unexpectedly. Program your game to include hazards that players need to avoid. Look for dark areas in your backdrop image. These shadowed regions are often steep slopes that a rover could get stuck on.\nTasks\n\nDevelop code that identifies hazardous locations on the backdrop image.\nAdd in undesirable outcomes that occur when the rover reaches hazardous locations. (For example, the game could stop, time might be taken away, points might go down, etc.)\nMake a “Hazard” message appear when players encounter a hazard.\nMake some hazards hidden and some visible.\nBonus: Make a hidden hazard that changes location each time the game is restarted.\n\n+ Expand image\n\n7. Add landing code Every Mars rover has to first land on the Red Planet before it can start exploring. You can specify a landing site by creating scripts that place the rover at a certain location at the beginning of the game.Tasks Create code that puts the rover in a specific location at the beginning of the game. Bonus: Modify your landing code to make the rover land in a random location on the backdrop image or in a random location within a smaller section of the backdrop image.About the image: This animated image is a clip from a video taken by the Perseverance rover mission as the rover was being lowered onto the surface of Mars. › Full video and caption\n\n8. Take it farther Now that you’ve created your game, let others play it and suggest improvements! Also, check out this Mars rover game from NASA for more inspiration.\n \n\nRelated TagsCodingProgrammingMars RoverGamespace travelDesign Your Spacecraftsample returnperseveranceperseverencemars 2020Sample Handlingmars sample returnMarsMissionsRoversJump ToMaterials1.","title":"Student Project: Code a Mars Sample Collection Video Game | NASA/JPL Edu","score":7.0085797},{"document_id":"c225494fb67307fa-324755-326675","text":"Bill Text - AB-132 Postsecondary education trailer bill.\nFor each student identified pursuant to this subparagraph, the community college district shall receive the number of points equal to the number of points that the community college was granted for that student for each of the metrics described in paragraph (1).(C) (i) Each community college district shall receive points for a student who received financial aid under the Federal Pell Grant program (20 U.S.C. Sec. 1070a) and generated points for any of the metrics described in paragraph (1), based on the three-year rolling average for this metric calculated pursuant to clause (ii) of subparagraph (A).(ii) Each community\n\tcollege district shall receive, for each student identified pursuant to clause (i), points for one of the following, with the community college district receiving points based on the outcome that would generate the highest number of points and with the points counted only if the student was enrolled in the community college district in the academic year in which the award was granted:(I) Four and one-half points for each chancellor’s office approved associate degree or approved baccalaureate degree granted, excluding an associate degree for transfer granted pursuant to Article 3 (commencing with Section 66745) of Chapter 9.2 of Part 40 of Division 5, based on the three-year rolling average for this metric calculated pursuant to clause (ii) of subparagraph (A).(II) Six points for each chancellor’s office approved associate for transfer degree granted pursuant to Article 3\n\t(commencing with Section 66745) of Chapter 9.2 of Part 40 of Division 5, based on the three-year rolling average for this metric calculated pursuant to clause (ii) of subparagraph (A).(III) Three points for each chancellor’s office approved credit certificate requiring 16 or more units granted, based on the three-year rolling average for this metric calculated pursuant to clause (ii) of subparagraph (A).","title":"Bill Text - AB-132 Postsecondary education trailer bill.","score":6.5803723},{"document_id":"a66481068c3edb08-16774-18987","text":"Cadet Selection Process\nWhen POST electronically scans test answers, statistical calculations are performed to convert raw scores (the number of items answered correctly) into a “T-score.” A T-score is a standardized score that places an individual’s performance on the test into a distribution (bell-shaped curve) with a midpoint (average) of 50 and a standard deviation of 10. If the individual’s score falls around 50, his/her performance is considered “average” when compared to other applicants who have taken the test. Scores of 40 or below are considered “below average.” Scores of 60 or above are considered “above average.” Research shows that the likelihood of successful academy completion increases for every point scored above 42.\nAll responses provided by the test taker are a part of the ongoing analyses of the test battery.\n\nThe graph above provides a visual representation of T scores. The bell is comprised of many individual test scores. The bell is widest in the middle because most scores fall in and around the middle. This is why scores near the midpoint of 50 are considered “average.”\n\nFAQS\nCan I take the PELLETB elsewhere?\nYes, unfortunately there is not a list of providers that offer the test, so you would need to contact agencies or academies directly to determine if it is offered.\nHow do I get my test results?\nFor security reasons, POST is unable to provide test results directly to applicants or other unauthorized persons. All agencies/academies that use the PELLETB are required to provide applicants with their test results within 30 days of the test administration. If it has been less than 30 days, please allow time for the agency/academy to process your results. If it has been more than 30 days, contact the agency where the PELLETB was originally administered to inquire about your results. Alternately, an authorized agency representative (i.e., an individual listed on a current POST Security Agreement) from any of POST’s user agencies can contact POST on your behalf to obtain your results.\nHow long is my test score good for?\nA score on the POST test has no shelf life; therefore, a candidate may submit the department letter from the previous administration to the prospective employer.","title":"Cadet Selection Process","score":6.1818113}],"72ba19c38518da1fc894fc638a2802f7<::>2":[{"document_id":"6e97640495151e68-4584-6689","text":"Student Project: Code a Mars Sample Collection Video Game | NASA/JPL Edu\nMake the sample tube sprites reappear when players click the green flag to restart the game.\n\n+ Expand image\n\n4. Add a countdown timer NASA’s missions to Mars and other destinations have a planned life expectancy. Some missions, including every Mars rover to date, have been extended and operated beyond their planned mission life expectancy, while others experience problems that shorten their mission. You can create a timer that counts down to the end of the mission and ends the game. Your timer should not be so short that the game is unplayable or unwinnable, but it should not be so long that there is no challenge to playing the game. As a bonus, you can create code to extend or shorten the planned mission time.\nTasks\n\nCreate a timer that counts from a set time down to zero. Hint: Create a Time variable that you can program to change. (See example image.)\nMake gameplay stop when the timer reaches zero.\nMake a “Mission Over” message appear when the timer reaches zero.\nMake the timer start over when a player clicks the green flag to restart the game.\nBonus: Develop code that will increase or decrease the amount of time on the timer by one or two seconds at random.\n\n+ Expand image\n\n5. Add a scoring system Rover missions on Mars don’t have a scoring system. But the science they collect is valuable, and some discoveries may be more exciting, interesting, or important than others. To determine how well players are doing while playing your game, you can develop a scoring system that includes points earned for collecting sample tubes. How points are totaled is up to you. You could also program your game to reduce point totals in certain scenarios (see Step 6, for example).\nTasks\n\nDevelop code to create a scoring system.\nIncrease the score by one or more points for each sample tube collected.\n\n+ Expand image\n\n6. Add hazards Space travel and other worlds are fraught with hazards. From steep slopes and deep sand to sharp rocks and high radiation, there are countless ways a mission can be delayed or end unexpectedly. Program your game to include hazards that players need to avoid.","title":"Student Project: Code a Mars Sample Collection Video Game | NASA/JPL Edu","score":8.87904},{"document_id":"6e97640495151e68-6174-8304","text":"Student Project: Code a Mars Sample Collection Video Game | NASA/JPL Edu\nYou could also program your game to reduce point totals in certain scenarios (see Step 6, for example).\nTasks\n\nDevelop code to create a scoring system.\nIncrease the score by one or more points for each sample tube collected.\n\n+ Expand image\n\n6. Add hazards Space travel and other worlds are fraught with hazards. From steep slopes and deep sand to sharp rocks and high radiation, there are countless ways a mission can be delayed or end unexpectedly. Program your game to include hazards that players need to avoid. Look for dark areas in your backdrop image. These shadowed regions are often steep slopes that a rover could get stuck on.\nTasks\n\nDevelop code that identifies hazardous locations on the backdrop image.\nAdd in undesirable outcomes that occur when the rover reaches hazardous locations. (For example, the game could stop, time might be taken away, points might go down, etc.)\nMake a “Hazard” message appear when players encounter a hazard.\nMake some hazards hidden and some visible.\nBonus: Make a hidden hazard that changes location each time the game is restarted.\n\n+ Expand image\n\n7. Add landing code Every Mars rover has to first land on the Red Planet before it can start exploring. You can specify a landing site by creating scripts that place the rover at a certain location at the beginning of the game.Tasks Create code that puts the rover in a specific location at the beginning of the game. Bonus: Modify your landing code to make the rover land in a random location on the backdrop image or in a random location within a smaller section of the backdrop image.About the image: This animated image is a clip from a video taken by the Perseverance rover mission as the rover was being lowered onto the surface of Mars. › Full video and caption\n\n8. Take it farther Now that you’ve created your game, let others play it and suggest improvements! Also, check out this Mars rover game from NASA for more inspiration.\n \n\nRelated TagsCodingProgrammingMars RoverGamespace travelDesign Your Spacecraftsample returnperseveranceperseverencemars 2020Sample Handlingmars sample returnMarsMissionsRoversJump ToMaterials1.","title":"Student Project: Code a Mars Sample Collection Video Game | NASA/JPL Edu","score":8.645899},{"document_id":"6e97640495151e68-7915-9570","text":"Student Project: Code a Mars Sample Collection Video Game | NASA/JPL Edu\n› Full video and caption\n\n8. Take it farther Now that you’ve created your game, let others play it and suggest improvements! Also, check out this Mars rover game from NASA for more inspiration.\n \n\nRelated TagsCodingProgrammingMars RoverGamespace travelDesign Your Spacecraftsample returnperseveranceperseverencemars 2020Sample Handlingmars sample returnMarsMissionsRoversJump ToMaterials1. Get set up2. Make the rover drive3. Add sample tubes for collection4. Add a countdown timer5. Add a scoring system6. Add hazards7. Add landing code8. Take it farther \n\nGet the Newsletter\n\nFollow JPL Education\n\nAll\n\n about\n \n\nDirector's Message\n\nExecutive Council\n\nHistory\n\nAnnual Reports\n\nContact Us\n\nOpportunities\n\n missions\n \n\nCurrent\n\nPast\n\nFuture\n\nProposed\n\nAll\n\n galleries\n \n\nJPL Space Images\n\nInfographics\n\nPhotojournal\n\nNASA Images\n\nMobile Apps\n\n education\n \n\nIntern\n\nLearn\n\nTeach\n\nNews\n\nEvents\n\nShare\n\n NASA OSTEM \n\n news\n \n\nLatest News\n\nPress Kits\n\nFact Sheets\n\nMedia Room\n\n public events\n\nOverview\n\nTours\n\nLecture Series\n\nOpen House\n\nSpeakers Bureau\n\nTeam Competitions\n\n Our Sites\n \n\nAsteroid Watch\n\nCassini - Mission to Saturn\n\nEarth / Global Climate Change\n\nPlanetquest / Exoplanets\n\nJuno - Mission to Jupiter\n\nMars Exploration\n\nMars Science Laboratory / Curiosity\n\nRosetta - Understanding Comets\n\nScience and Technology\n\nSolar System Exploration\n\nEyes on the Solar System\n\nEyes on the Earth\n\nEyes on Exoplanets\n\nSpitzer Space Telescope\n\n Follow JPL\n \n\nNewsletter\n\nFacebook\n\nTwitter\n\nYouTube\n\nFlickr\n\nInstagram\n\niTunes\n\nUStream\n\nRSS\n\nBlog\n\nMobile\n\nAll Social Media\n\n NASA\n \n\nNASA Education\n\nNASA Water Cleanup\n\nFOIA\n\nNASA\n\n |\n \nCaltech\n\n |\n \nPrivacy\n\n |","title":"Student Project: Code a Mars Sample Collection Video Game | NASA/JPL Edu","score":6.4883733},{"document_id":"379d0812978017d7-6050-8285","text":"Student Project: NASA Space Voyagers: The Game | NASA/JPL Edu\nOnce spacecraft are put into play, they can begin accumulating research points at the destination. The research value of the spacecraft (amount of exploration it can do per turn) and the durability (how much damage it can withstand) are provided in the bottom right of the card, given the value X/Y, respectively.\t + Expand image Funding – This money symbol associated with funding is used on spacecraft and instruments cards to indicate how many funding cards are required to purchase that card or special ability. Research – This beaker symbol associated with research is used on spacecraft and instruments cards to indicate how many research cards are required to purchase that card or special ability. Purchase an instrument. You must have the resources identified in the top-right of the card to purchase an instrument. Instruments can be purchased at any time, but they must be added to a spacecraft to accumulate research points.\t + Expand image Add an instrument to a spacecraft. Instruments can only be added to spacecraft according to the rules on the spacecraft card. Once instruments are added to a spacecraft, their research value can go toward the destination total. Be sure to tap all used resources, spacecraft, and instruments at the end of your turn. These cards cannot be used again until the next round. Tap – This arrow symbol indicates that the card must be tapped (turned sideways) after the resource, spacecraft, or special ability has been used. Cards are automatically untapped at the start of the next round and can be used again.At the end of your turn, draw one new card from the deck.\n\n8. End the round and get a new challenge Once all players have had a turn, it's time to end the round: Tally up the research value of any spacecraft and instruments used (tapped) in the round and subtract their research value from the destination's total. Now, the destination also gets a turn, and may cause damage to your spacecraft. Roll the dice to see what impacts there are to your spacecraft. Tally the damages by placing sticky notes, pennies, or other markers on applicable cards and removing those that reach zero durability. And subtract the value of any damages from each applicable spacecrafts’ durability.","title":"Student Project: NASA Space Voyagers: The Game | NASA/JPL Edu","score":6.263969},{"document_id":"379d0812978017d7-4416-6565","text":"Student Project: NASA Space Voyagers: The Game | NASA/JPL Edu\nIf you play alone, some of the more challenging destinations may prove difficult. Playing on a team will allow you to pool your resources toward your common goal.\n\n5. Pick a destination to explore The destination cards, such as the Moon or Mars, have an exploration value, or a number of points you will need to earn to complete your mission and win the game. Each round, you will roll the dice to determine which of the challenges on the destination card you must overcome.+ Expand image\n\n6. Modify your deck and draw your cards Before you shuffle the rest of the cards, you may want to modify the deck to ensure that all cards are helpful to the environment you’re setting out to explore. A submersible won’t provide much help on the Moon, for example. Feel free to personalize your deck to ensure success.Now, each player draws seven cards from the shuffled deck. Note: You can choose to replace up to two of your drawn cards.+ Expand image\n\n7. Start your mission! Each turn, you can take a number of actions to start building your mission, buying spacecraft and instruments and deploying them to start exploring your destination, including: Put down a resources card to go toward the purchase of a spacecraft or instrument. Resources are either funding or research. Each turn, you can only play one resource card, so you will need to accumulate them over multiple turns to purchase spacecraft and instruments.\t + Expand image Purchase a spacecraft and put it into play to start accumulating research points at your destination. You must have the resources identified to purchase spacecraft and instruments and put them into play. Once spacecraft are put into play, they can begin accumulating research points at the destination. The research value of the spacecraft (amount of exploration it can do per turn) and the durability (how much damage it can withstand) are provided in the bottom right of the card, given the value X/Y, respectively.\t + Expand image Funding – This money symbol associated with funding is used on spacecraft and instruments cards to indicate how many funding cards are required to purchase that card or special ability.","title":"Student Project: NASA Space Voyagers: The Game | NASA/JPL Edu","score":6.1936755}],"72ba19c38518da1fc894fc638a2802f7<::>3":[{"document_id":"6e97640495151e68-3007-5072","text":"Student Project: Code a Mars Sample Collection Video Game | NASA/JPL Edu\nRovers on Mars aren’t controlled with joysticks or keyboards. But in the future, astronauts in orbit around Mars or on the surface of the planet could use remote controls to drive rovers. Your game can use keys on the keyboard to make the rover drive.\nTasks\n\nMake the rover move up, down, left, and right on the screen using four different keys on the keyboard. Hint: See if a block in the Events section will help. (See example image.)\nSpecify how far the rover will move each time one of those keys is pressed. Select a distance that makes the rover movement appear smooth when the key is pressed and held. Hint: See if a block in the Motion section will help. (See example image.) \nMake the rover rotate so it points in the direction of travel.\nBonus: Make the rover move diagonally using keys other than the keys already assigned.\n\n+ Expand image\n\n3. Add sample tubes for collection Sample tubes contain valuable rock samples collected by the Perseverance Mars rover and left behind for a fetch rover to collect. You should add sample collection tubes to your game to provide destinations for your rover. By studying the backdrop images closely, you can identify areas that look interesting and place sample tubes in those spots.\nTasks\n\nAdd three or more sample tube sprites to visit during gameplay by placing the downloaded sample tube sprites to the backdrop by selecting Upload sprite the same way you did in Step 1.\nMake the sample tube sprites disappear when they are visited by the rover. Hint: See if a block in the Control section will help. (See example image.) \nMake the sample tube sprites reappear when players click the green flag to restart the game.\n\n+ Expand image\n\n4. Add a countdown timer NASA’s missions to Mars and other destinations have a planned life expectancy. Some missions, including every Mars rover to date, have been extended and operated beyond their planned mission life expectancy, while others experience problems that shorten their mission. You can create a timer that counts down to the end of the mission and ends the game.","title":"Student Project: Code a Mars Sample Collection Video Game | NASA/JPL Edu","score":17.666159},{"document_id":"6e97640495151e68-4584-6689","text":"Student Project: Code a Mars Sample Collection Video Game | NASA/JPL Edu\nMake the sample tube sprites reappear when players click the green flag to restart the game.\n\n+ Expand image\n\n4. Add a countdown timer NASA’s missions to Mars and other destinations have a planned life expectancy. Some missions, including every Mars rover to date, have been extended and operated beyond their planned mission life expectancy, while others experience problems that shorten their mission. You can create a timer that counts down to the end of the mission and ends the game. Your timer should not be so short that the game is unplayable or unwinnable, but it should not be so long that there is no challenge to playing the game. As a bonus, you can create code to extend or shorten the planned mission time.\nTasks\n\nCreate a timer that counts from a set time down to zero. Hint: Create a Time variable that you can program to change. (See example image.)\nMake gameplay stop when the timer reaches zero.\nMake a “Mission Over” message appear when the timer reaches zero.\nMake the timer start over when a player clicks the green flag to restart the game.\nBonus: Develop code that will increase or decrease the amount of time on the timer by one or two seconds at random.\n\n+ Expand image\n\n5. Add a scoring system Rover missions on Mars don’t have a scoring system. But the science they collect is valuable, and some discoveries may be more exciting, interesting, or important than others. To determine how well players are doing while playing your game, you can develop a scoring system that includes points earned for collecting sample tubes. How points are totaled is up to you. You could also program your game to reduce point totals in certain scenarios (see Step 6, for example).\nTasks\n\nDevelop code to create a scoring system.\nIncrease the score by one or more points for each sample tube collected.\n\n+ Expand image\n\n6. Add hazards Space travel and other worlds are fraught with hazards. From steep slopes and deep sand to sharp rocks and high radiation, there are countless ways a mission can be delayed or end unexpectedly. Program your game to include hazards that players need to avoid.","title":"Student Project: Code a Mars Sample Collection Video Game | NASA/JPL Edu","score":17.640152},{"document_id":"6e97640495151e68-6174-8304","text":"Student Project: Code a Mars Sample Collection Video Game | NASA/JPL Edu\nYou could also program your game to reduce point totals in certain scenarios (see Step 6, for example).\nTasks\n\nDevelop code to create a scoring system.\nIncrease the score by one or more points for each sample tube collected.\n\n+ Expand image\n\n6. Add hazards Space travel and other worlds are fraught with hazards. From steep slopes and deep sand to sharp rocks and high radiation, there are countless ways a mission can be delayed or end unexpectedly. Program your game to include hazards that players need to avoid. Look for dark areas in your backdrop image. These shadowed regions are often steep slopes that a rover could get stuck on.\nTasks\n\nDevelop code that identifies hazardous locations on the backdrop image.\nAdd in undesirable outcomes that occur when the rover reaches hazardous locations. (For example, the game could stop, time might be taken away, points might go down, etc.)\nMake a “Hazard” message appear when players encounter a hazard.\nMake some hazards hidden and some visible.\nBonus: Make a hidden hazard that changes location each time the game is restarted.\n\n+ Expand image\n\n7. Add landing code Every Mars rover has to first land on the Red Planet before it can start exploring. You can specify a landing site by creating scripts that place the rover at a certain location at the beginning of the game.Tasks Create code that puts the rover in a specific location at the beginning of the game. Bonus: Modify your landing code to make the rover land in a random location on the backdrop image or in a random location within a smaller section of the backdrop image.About the image: This animated image is a clip from a video taken by the Perseverance rover mission as the rover was being lowered onto the surface of Mars. › Full video and caption\n\n8. Take it farther Now that you’ve created your game, let others play it and suggest improvements! Also, check out this Mars rover game from NASA for more inspiration.\n \n\nRelated TagsCodingProgrammingMars RoverGamespace travelDesign Your Spacecraftsample returnperseveranceperseverencemars 2020Sample Handlingmars sample returnMarsMissionsRoversJump ToMaterials1.","title":"Student Project: Code a Mars Sample Collection Video Game | NASA/JPL Edu","score":16.917198},{"document_id":"6e97640495151e68-1401-3422","text":"Student Project: Code a Mars Sample Collection Video Game | NASA/JPL Edu\nMaterials Computer with internet accessFree Scratch accountMars fetch rover sprite – Download PNGMars sample collection tube sprite – Download PNG Jezero crater surface images – Download ZIP\n\n1. Get set up Download the Jezero Crater surface images, the Mars sample collection tube image, and Mars fetch rover sprite image, and save them to a computer. Unzip the surface images zip file into a new folder. On the Scratch website, click Create to begin a new project. (Sign in or create an account if you want to save your work so you can revisit or redesign your game in the future.) Create a new backdrop by moving the mouse over Choose a Backdrop in the Stage window and selecting Upload Backdrop. Pick the Jezero Crater surface image of your choice. The Stage area of the screen should now display your selected backdrop image. (See example image.) Create a new sprite by moving the mouse over Choose a sprite in the Sprite window and selecting Upload sprite. Choose the Mars fetch rover sprite image. There should now be a rover placed over your backdrop image along with the original cat sprite. (See example image.) Delete the existing cat sprite by clicking on it in the Sprites window and clicking the “x” in the corner. With the rover sprite selected, you’re ready to create the code that manages the game and controls the rover!+ Expand image\n\n2. Make the rover drive NASA explores Mars with orbiters that travel around the planet, stationary landers on the ground, and rovers that can travel many miles on the surface. For rovers to visit more than one place on Mars, they must be able to drive. Rovers on Mars aren’t controlled with joysticks or keyboards. But in the future, astronauts in orbit around Mars or on the surface of the planet could use remote controls to drive rovers. Your game can use keys on the keyboard to make the rover drive.\nTasks\n\nMake the rover move up, down, left, and right on the screen using four different keys on the keyboard. Hint: See if a block in the Events section will help.","title":"Student Project: Code a Mars Sample Collection Video Game | NASA/JPL Edu","score":16.433962},{"document_id":"6e97640495151e68-3-1866","text":"Student Project: Code a Mars Sample Collection Video Game | NASA/JPL Edu\nStudent Project: Code a Mars Sample Collection Video Game | NASA/JPL Edu\n\nSkip Navigation\n\nJPL Education\nIntern\nLearn\nTeach\nNews\nEvents\nShare\n\n\tNASA OSTEM \n\nmenu and search\n\nACTIVITIESCode a Mars Sample Collection Video Game \n\nJump To\n\nMaterials1. Get set up2. Make the rover drive3. Add sample tubes for collection4. Add a countdown timer5. Add a scoring system6. Add hazards7. Add landing code8. Take it farther \n\nJPL Education\nclose menu\n\nintern\n\nabout\napply\nresources\n\nlearn\n\nactivities\ntoolkit\ncontests\nLearning Space\n\nteach\n\nactivities\nresources\nworkshops\nprograms\nTeachable Moments\n\nnews\n\nevents\n\nshare\n\n\tNASA OSTEM \n\nStay Connected\n\n\t Explore Rocks Using Core Sampling\n\t\n\n\t Make a Scale Solar System\n\t\n\n \n\nproject\n\nCode a Mars Sample Collection Video Game\n\nGo to Educator GuideNASA sends rovers to Mars to collect data and carry out scientific studies. The Perseverance Mars rover is designed to take that data collection one step further by gathering rock cores in sample tubes and leaving them on the surface for a future \"fetch rover\" to collect. The fetch rover would collect the samples and bring them to a Mars ascent vehicle – a rocket that would carry the samples from the surface to orbit around Mars – for eventual return to Earth.In this project, you will use Scratch, a visual programming language, to create a video game that simulates the way NASA collects samples on Mars! \n\nMaterials Computer with internet accessFree Scratch accountMars fetch rover sprite – Download PNGMars sample collection tube sprite – Download PNG Jezero crater surface images – Download ZIP\n\n1. Get set up Download the Jezero Crater surface images, the Mars sample collection tube image, and Mars fetch rover sprite image, and save them to a computer. Unzip the surface images zip file into a new folder. On the Scratch website, click Create to begin a new project.","title":"Student Project: Code a Mars Sample Collection Video Game | NASA/JPL Edu","score":16.408253}],"72ba19c38518da1fc894fc638a2802f7<::>4":[{"document_id":"6e97640495151e68-1401-3422","text":"Student Project: Code a Mars Sample Collection Video Game | NASA/JPL Edu\nMaterials Computer with internet accessFree Scratch accountMars fetch rover sprite – Download PNGMars sample collection tube sprite – Download PNG Jezero crater surface images – Download ZIP\n\n1. Get set up Download the Jezero Crater surface images, the Mars sample collection tube image, and Mars fetch rover sprite image, and save them to a computer. Unzip the surface images zip file into a new folder. On the Scratch website, click Create to begin a new project. (Sign in or create an account if you want to save your work so you can revisit or redesign your game in the future.) Create a new backdrop by moving the mouse over Choose a Backdrop in the Stage window and selecting Upload Backdrop. Pick the Jezero Crater surface image of your choice. The Stage area of the screen should now display your selected backdrop image. (See example image.) Create a new sprite by moving the mouse over Choose a sprite in the Sprite window and selecting Upload sprite. Choose the Mars fetch rover sprite image. There should now be a rover placed over your backdrop image along with the original cat sprite. (See example image.) Delete the existing cat sprite by clicking on it in the Sprites window and clicking the “x” in the corner. With the rover sprite selected, you’re ready to create the code that manages the game and controls the rover!+ Expand image\n\n2. Make the rover drive NASA explores Mars with orbiters that travel around the planet, stationary landers on the ground, and rovers that can travel many miles on the surface. For rovers to visit more than one place on Mars, they must be able to drive. Rovers on Mars aren’t controlled with joysticks or keyboards. But in the future, astronauts in orbit around Mars or on the surface of the planet could use remote controls to drive rovers. Your game can use keys on the keyboard to make the rover drive.\nTasks\n\nMake the rover move up, down, left, and right on the screen using four different keys on the keyboard. Hint: See if a block in the Events section will help.","title":"Student Project: Code a Mars Sample Collection Video Game | NASA/JPL Edu","score":7.299619},{"document_id":"6e97640495151e68-3-1866","text":"Student Project: Code a Mars Sample Collection Video Game | NASA/JPL Edu\nStudent Project: Code a Mars Sample Collection Video Game | NASA/JPL Edu\n\nSkip Navigation\n\nJPL Education\nIntern\nLearn\nTeach\nNews\nEvents\nShare\n\n\tNASA OSTEM \n\nmenu and search\n\nACTIVITIESCode a Mars Sample Collection Video Game \n\nJump To\n\nMaterials1. Get set up2. Make the rover drive3. Add sample tubes for collection4. Add a countdown timer5. Add a scoring system6. Add hazards7. Add landing code8. Take it farther \n\nJPL Education\nclose menu\n\nintern\n\nabout\napply\nresources\n\nlearn\n\nactivities\ntoolkit\ncontests\nLearning Space\n\nteach\n\nactivities\nresources\nworkshops\nprograms\nTeachable Moments\n\nnews\n\nevents\n\nshare\n\n\tNASA OSTEM \n\nStay Connected\n\n\t Explore Rocks Using Core Sampling\n\t\n\n\t Make a Scale Solar System\n\t\n\n \n\nproject\n\nCode a Mars Sample Collection Video Game\n\nGo to Educator GuideNASA sends rovers to Mars to collect data and carry out scientific studies. The Perseverance Mars rover is designed to take that data collection one step further by gathering rock cores in sample tubes and leaving them on the surface for a future \"fetch rover\" to collect. The fetch rover would collect the samples and bring them to a Mars ascent vehicle – a rocket that would carry the samples from the surface to orbit around Mars – for eventual return to Earth.In this project, you will use Scratch, a visual programming language, to create a video game that simulates the way NASA collects samples on Mars! \n\nMaterials Computer with internet accessFree Scratch accountMars fetch rover sprite – Download PNGMars sample collection tube sprite – Download PNG Jezero crater surface images – Download ZIP\n\n1. Get set up Download the Jezero Crater surface images, the Mars sample collection tube image, and Mars fetch rover sprite image, and save them to a computer. Unzip the surface images zip file into a new folder. On the Scratch website, click Create to begin a new project.","title":"Student Project: Code a Mars Sample Collection Video Game | NASA/JPL Edu","score":5.7948656},{"document_id":"dcf45cd1bd02778d-117905-119982","text":"Self-Help Glossary - selfhelp\nState Parent Locator Services (SPLS): A unit within each state's child support enforcement agency that locates noncustodial parents to establish and enforce child support obligations, visitation, and custody orders or to establish parentage.\nstatement of facts: Any written or oral declaration of facts in a court case.\nstatus offense: An act, committed by a child, that is illegal only because of the child's age (e.g. truancy, underage drinking, etc.).\nstatute: A law passed by Congress or a state legislature.\nstatute of limitations: A law that sets the deadline for parties to file suit to enforce their rights. For example, if a state has a 4-year statute of limitations for breach of a written contract, and \"John\" breached a contract with \"Susan\" on January 1, 1996, Susan must file her lawsuit by January 1, 2000. If the deadline passes, the \"statute of limitations has run\" (or the claim is \"time-barred\") and \"Susan\" may not be allowed to sue. There are very few conditions that allow a statute to be extended or \"tolled\" (kept from running).\nstatutory damages for malice: A financial penalty set by law if one of the parties has acted with malice. Malice is conscious, intentional wrongdoing based on ill will, hatred or total disregard for the other's well-being.\nstay order: An order issued by a court stopping court proceedings until a further, specified event takes place.\nstipulated judgment: An agreement between the parties to a case that settles a case. For example, if you and your spouse agree on all the matters about your divorce, you can submit a stipulated judgment to the court. The stipulated judgment must be signed by both you and your spouse, and will list your agreements about the division of property and debts, child and spousal support and child custody and visitation. Once the stipulated judgment is signed by the judge, it becomes the judgment in your case.\nstipulation: An agreement relating to a pending court proceeding between parties or their attorneys.\nstrike: To delete or remove, as in to strike (a case) from the court's calendar.","title":"Self-Help Glossary - selfhelp","score":5.432567},{"document_id":"6f53e3da7f4d34c3-1273-3472","text":"JPL Image Use Policy\nthat the endorsement of any product or service by Caltech, JPL or NASA must not be claimed or implied.Special Cases:* Prior written approval must be obtained to use the NASA insignia logo (the blue \"meatball\" insignia), the NASA logotype (the red \"worm\" logo) and the NASA seal. These images may not be used by persons who are not NASA employees or on products (including Web pages) that are not NASA sponsored. In addition, no image may be used to explicitly or implicitly suggest endorsement by NASA, JPL or Caltech of commercial goods or services. Requests to use NASA logos may be directed to Bert Ulrich, Public Services Division, NASA Headquarters, Code POS, Washington, DC 20546, telephone (202) 358-1713, fax (202) 358-4331, email bert.ulrich@hq.nasa.gov.* Prior written approval must be obtained to use the JPL logo (stylized JPL letters in red or other colors). Requests to use the JPL logo may be directed to the Institutional Communications Office, email instcomm@jpl.nasa.gov.* If an image includes an identifiable person, using the image for commercial purposes may infringe that person's right of privacy or publicity, and permission should be obtained from the person. NASA and JPL generally do not permit likenesses of current employees to appear on commercial products. For more information, consult the NASA and JPL points of contact listed above.* JPL/Caltech contractors and vendors who wish to use JPL images in advertising or public relation materials should direct requests to the Institutional Communications Office, email instcomm@jpl.nasa.gov.* Some image and video materials on JPL public web sites are owned by organizations other than JPL or NASA. These owners have agreed to make their images and video available for journalistic, educational and personal uses, but restrictions are placed on commercial uses. To obtain permission for commercial use, contact the copyright owner listed in each image caption. Ownership of images and video by parties other than JPL and NASA is noted in the caption material with each image. \n About JPL\n \n Who We Are\n \n Executive Council\n \n Directors\n \n Careers\n \n Internships\n \n The JPL Story\n \n JPL Achievements\n \n Documentary Series","title":"JPL Image Use Policy","score":5.373251},{"document_id":"6e97640495151e68-3007-5072","text":"Student Project: Code a Mars Sample Collection Video Game | NASA/JPL Edu\nRovers on Mars aren’t controlled with joysticks or keyboards. But in the future, astronauts in orbit around Mars or on the surface of the planet could use remote controls to drive rovers. Your game can use keys on the keyboard to make the rover drive.\nTasks\n\nMake the rover move up, down, left, and right on the screen using four different keys on the keyboard. Hint: See if a block in the Events section will help. (See example image.)\nSpecify how far the rover will move each time one of those keys is pressed. Select a distance that makes the rover movement appear smooth when the key is pressed and held. Hint: See if a block in the Motion section will help. (See example image.) \nMake the rover rotate so it points in the direction of travel.\nBonus: Make the rover move diagonally using keys other than the keys already assigned.\n\n+ Expand image\n\n3. Add sample tubes for collection Sample tubes contain valuable rock samples collected by the Perseverance Mars rover and left behind for a fetch rover to collect. You should add sample collection tubes to your game to provide destinations for your rover. By studying the backdrop images closely, you can identify areas that look interesting and place sample tubes in those spots.\nTasks\n\nAdd three or more sample tube sprites to visit during gameplay by placing the downloaded sample tube sprites to the backdrop by selecting Upload sprite the same way you did in Step 1.\nMake the sample tube sprites disappear when they are visited by the rover. Hint: See if a block in the Control section will help. (See example image.) \nMake the sample tube sprites reappear when players click the green flag to restart the game.\n\n+ Expand image\n\n4. Add a countdown timer NASA’s missions to Mars and other destinations have a planned life expectancy. Some missions, including every Mars rover to date, have been extended and operated beyond their planned mission life expectancy, while others experience problems that shorten their mission. You can create a timer that counts down to the end of the mission and ends the game.","title":"Student Project: Code a Mars Sample Collection Video Game | NASA/JPL Edu","score":5.079183}],"72ba19c38518da1fc894fc638a2802f7<::>5":[{"document_id":"6e97640495151e68-1401-3422","text":"Student Project: Code a Mars Sample Collection Video Game | NASA/JPL Edu\nMaterials Computer with internet accessFree Scratch accountMars fetch rover sprite – Download PNGMars sample collection tube sprite – Download PNG Jezero crater surface images – Download ZIP\n\n1. Get set up Download the Jezero Crater surface images, the Mars sample collection tube image, and Mars fetch rover sprite image, and save them to a computer. Unzip the surface images zip file into a new folder. On the Scratch website, click Create to begin a new project. (Sign in or create an account if you want to save your work so you can revisit or redesign your game in the future.) Create a new backdrop by moving the mouse over Choose a Backdrop in the Stage window and selecting Upload Backdrop. Pick the Jezero Crater surface image of your choice. The Stage area of the screen should now display your selected backdrop image. (See example image.) Create a new sprite by moving the mouse over Choose a sprite in the Sprite window and selecting Upload sprite. Choose the Mars fetch rover sprite image. There should now be a rover placed over your backdrop image along with the original cat sprite. (See example image.) Delete the existing cat sprite by clicking on it in the Sprites window and clicking the “x” in the corner. With the rover sprite selected, you’re ready to create the code that manages the game and controls the rover!+ Expand image\n\n2. Make the rover drive NASA explores Mars with orbiters that travel around the planet, stationary landers on the ground, and rovers that can travel many miles on the surface. For rovers to visit more than one place on Mars, they must be able to drive. Rovers on Mars aren’t controlled with joysticks or keyboards. But in the future, astronauts in orbit around Mars or on the surface of the planet could use remote controls to drive rovers. Your game can use keys on the keyboard to make the rover drive.\nTasks\n\nMake the rover move up, down, left, and right on the screen using four different keys on the keyboard. Hint: See if a block in the Events section will help.","title":"Student Project: Code a Mars Sample Collection Video Game | NASA/JPL Edu","score":9.674442},{"document_id":"e7275eac82f75d5a-0-1602","text":"\r\n\t\r\n\tPages - Home\r\n\r\n\n\n\n\r\n\t\r\n\tPages - Home\r\n\r\n\nYou may be trying to access this site from a secured browser on the server. Please enable scripts and reload this page.\n\nTurn on more accessible mode\n\nTurn off more accessible mode\n\nSkip Ribbon Commands\n\nSkip to main content\n\nTurn off Animations\n\nTurn on Animations\n\nFollow\n\nTADCurrently selected\n\n\r\n\t\r\n\tHome\r\n\r\n \n\n \n\n\r\n\t \r\n\tTAD\r\n\r\n\t\n\nIt looks like your browser does not have JavaScript enabled. Please turn on JavaScript and try again.\n\nPage ContentWelcome to Your Publishing SiteThese links will help you get started.\n\nI'm the Information Architect\n\nSet up site permissionsManage users' permission levels.Make your site multilingualUse the variations feature to manage sites and navigation across languages.Define content typesCreate content types for the page, document, and item types in this site.Configure navigationChoose and configure the navigation model for this site.Create and configure site contentCreate libraries, lists, apps, and subsites to store content, and configure them to use content types.Customize your search centerConfigure the search settings for this site.\n\nI'm the Visual Designer\n\nImport a design packageImport a design package to apply to your site.Configure image renditionsDefine the dimensions that will be used and available for uploaded images that appear throughout this site.Design your siteCreate the brand of your site through device channels, master pages, page layouts, and display templates.Choose availability of site templatesSpecify which page layouts and site templates will be available for use on this site or any subsites.\n\n","title":"\r\n\t\r\n\tPages - Home\r\n\r\n","score":8.163654},{"document_id":"6e97640495151e68-3-1866","text":"Student Project: Code a Mars Sample Collection Video Game | NASA/JPL Edu\nStudent Project: Code a Mars Sample Collection Video Game | NASA/JPL Edu\n\nSkip Navigation\n\nJPL Education\nIntern\nLearn\nTeach\nNews\nEvents\nShare\n\n\tNASA OSTEM \n\nmenu and search\n\nACTIVITIESCode a Mars Sample Collection Video Game \n\nJump To\n\nMaterials1. Get set up2. Make the rover drive3. Add sample tubes for collection4. Add a countdown timer5. Add a scoring system6. Add hazards7. Add landing code8. Take it farther \n\nJPL Education\nclose menu\n\nintern\n\nabout\napply\nresources\n\nlearn\n\nactivities\ntoolkit\ncontests\nLearning Space\n\nteach\n\nactivities\nresources\nworkshops\nprograms\nTeachable Moments\n\nnews\n\nevents\n\nshare\n\n\tNASA OSTEM \n\nStay Connected\n\n\t Explore Rocks Using Core Sampling\n\t\n\n\t Make a Scale Solar System\n\t\n\n \n\nproject\n\nCode a Mars Sample Collection Video Game\n\nGo to Educator GuideNASA sends rovers to Mars to collect data and carry out scientific studies. The Perseverance Mars rover is designed to take that data collection one step further by gathering rock cores in sample tubes and leaving them on the surface for a future \"fetch rover\" to collect. The fetch rover would collect the samples and bring them to a Mars ascent vehicle – a rocket that would carry the samples from the surface to orbit around Mars – for eventual return to Earth.In this project, you will use Scratch, a visual programming language, to create a video game that simulates the way NASA collects samples on Mars! \n\nMaterials Computer with internet accessFree Scratch accountMars fetch rover sprite – Download PNGMars sample collection tube sprite – Download PNG Jezero crater surface images – Download ZIP\n\n1. Get set up Download the Jezero Crater surface images, the Mars sample collection tube image, and Mars fetch rover sprite image, and save them to a computer. Unzip the surface images zip file into a new folder. On the Scratch website, click Create to begin a new project.","title":"Student Project: Code a Mars Sample Collection Video Game | NASA/JPL Edu","score":7.88583},{"document_id":"6e97640495151e68-4584-6689","text":"Student Project: Code a Mars Sample Collection Video Game | NASA/JPL Edu\nMake the sample tube sprites reappear when players click the green flag to restart the game.\n\n+ Expand image\n\n4. Add a countdown timer NASA’s missions to Mars and other destinations have a planned life expectancy. Some missions, including every Mars rover to date, have been extended and operated beyond their planned mission life expectancy, while others experience problems that shorten their mission. You can create a timer that counts down to the end of the mission and ends the game. Your timer should not be so short that the game is unplayable or unwinnable, but it should not be so long that there is no challenge to playing the game. As a bonus, you can create code to extend or shorten the planned mission time.\nTasks\n\nCreate a timer that counts from a set time down to zero. Hint: Create a Time variable that you can program to change. (See example image.)\nMake gameplay stop when the timer reaches zero.\nMake a “Mission Over” message appear when the timer reaches zero.\nMake the timer start over when a player clicks the green flag to restart the game.\nBonus: Develop code that will increase or decrease the amount of time on the timer by one or two seconds at random.\n\n+ Expand image\n\n5. Add a scoring system Rover missions on Mars don’t have a scoring system. But the science they collect is valuable, and some discoveries may be more exciting, interesting, or important than others. To determine how well players are doing while playing your game, you can develop a scoring system that includes points earned for collecting sample tubes. How points are totaled is up to you. You could also program your game to reduce point totals in certain scenarios (see Step 6, for example).\nTasks\n\nDevelop code to create a scoring system.\nIncrease the score by one or more points for each sample tube collected.\n\n+ Expand image\n\n6. Add hazards Space travel and other worlds are fraught with hazards. From steep slopes and deep sand to sharp rocks and high radiation, there are countless ways a mission can be delayed or end unexpectedly. Program your game to include hazards that players need to avoid.","title":"Student Project: Code a Mars Sample Collection Video Game | NASA/JPL Edu","score":7.867774},{"document_id":"6e97640495151e68-3007-5072","text":"Student Project: Code a Mars Sample Collection Video Game | NASA/JPL Edu\nRovers on Mars aren’t controlled with joysticks or keyboards. But in the future, astronauts in orbit around Mars or on the surface of the planet could use remote controls to drive rovers. Your game can use keys on the keyboard to make the rover drive.\nTasks\n\nMake the rover move up, down, left, and right on the screen using four different keys on the keyboard. Hint: See if a block in the Events section will help. (See example image.)\nSpecify how far the rover will move each time one of those keys is pressed. Select a distance that makes the rover movement appear smooth when the key is pressed and held. Hint: See if a block in the Motion section will help. (See example image.) \nMake the rover rotate so it points in the direction of travel.\nBonus: Make the rover move diagonally using keys other than the keys already assigned.\n\n+ Expand image\n\n3. Add sample tubes for collection Sample tubes contain valuable rock samples collected by the Perseverance Mars rover and left behind for a fetch rover to collect. You should add sample collection tubes to your game to provide destinations for your rover. By studying the backdrop images closely, you can identify areas that look interesting and place sample tubes in those spots.\nTasks\n\nAdd three or more sample tube sprites to visit during gameplay by placing the downloaded sample tube sprites to the backdrop by selecting Upload sprite the same way you did in Step 1.\nMake the sample tube sprites disappear when they are visited by the rover. Hint: See if a block in the Control section will help. (See example image.) \nMake the sample tube sprites reappear when players click the green flag to restart the game.\n\n+ Expand image\n\n4. Add a countdown timer NASA’s missions to Mars and other destinations have a planned life expectancy. Some missions, including every Mars rover to date, have been extended and operated beyond their planned mission life expectancy, while others experience problems that shorten their mission. You can create a timer that counts down to the end of the mission and ends the game.","title":"Student Project: Code a Mars Sample Collection Video Game | NASA/JPL Edu","score":7.758746}],"72ba19c38518da1fc894fc638a2802f7<::>6":[{"document_id":"6e97640495151e68-6174-8304","text":"Student Project: Code a Mars Sample Collection Video Game | NASA/JPL Edu\nYou could also program your game to reduce point totals in certain scenarios (see Step 6, for example).\nTasks\n\nDevelop code to create a scoring system.\nIncrease the score by one or more points for each sample tube collected.\n\n+ Expand image\n\n6. Add hazards Space travel and other worlds are fraught with hazards. From steep slopes and deep sand to sharp rocks and high radiation, there are countless ways a mission can be delayed or end unexpectedly. Program your game to include hazards that players need to avoid. Look for dark areas in your backdrop image. These shadowed regions are often steep slopes that a rover could get stuck on.\nTasks\n\nDevelop code that identifies hazardous locations on the backdrop image.\nAdd in undesirable outcomes that occur when the rover reaches hazardous locations. (For example, the game could stop, time might be taken away, points might go down, etc.)\nMake a “Hazard” message appear when players encounter a hazard.\nMake some hazards hidden and some visible.\nBonus: Make a hidden hazard that changes location each time the game is restarted.\n\n+ Expand image\n\n7. Add landing code Every Mars rover has to first land on the Red Planet before it can start exploring. You can specify a landing site by creating scripts that place the rover at a certain location at the beginning of the game.Tasks Create code that puts the rover in a specific location at the beginning of the game. Bonus: Modify your landing code to make the rover land in a random location on the backdrop image or in a random location within a smaller section of the backdrop image.About the image: This animated image is a clip from a video taken by the Perseverance rover mission as the rover was being lowered onto the surface of Mars. › Full video and caption\n\n8. Take it farther Now that you’ve created your game, let others play it and suggest improvements! Also, check out this Mars rover game from NASA for more inspiration.\n \n\nRelated TagsCodingProgrammingMars RoverGamespace travelDesign Your Spacecraftsample returnperseveranceperseverencemars 2020Sample Handlingmars sample returnMarsMissionsRoversJump ToMaterials1.","title":"Student Project: Code a Mars Sample Collection Video Game | NASA/JPL Edu","score":7.509687},{"document_id":"6e97640495151e68-7915-9570","text":"Student Project: Code a Mars Sample Collection Video Game | NASA/JPL Edu\n› Full video and caption\n\n8. Take it farther Now that you’ve created your game, let others play it and suggest improvements! Also, check out this Mars rover game from NASA for more inspiration.\n \n\nRelated TagsCodingProgrammingMars RoverGamespace travelDesign Your Spacecraftsample returnperseveranceperseverencemars 2020Sample Handlingmars sample returnMarsMissionsRoversJump ToMaterials1. Get set up2. Make the rover drive3. Add sample tubes for collection4. Add a countdown timer5. Add a scoring system6. Add hazards7. Add landing code8. Take it farther \n\nGet the Newsletter\n\nFollow JPL Education\n\nAll\n\n about\n \n\nDirector's Message\n\nExecutive Council\n\nHistory\n\nAnnual Reports\n\nContact Us\n\nOpportunities\n\n missions\n \n\nCurrent\n\nPast\n\nFuture\n\nProposed\n\nAll\n\n galleries\n \n\nJPL Space Images\n\nInfographics\n\nPhotojournal\n\nNASA Images\n\nMobile Apps\n\n education\n \n\nIntern\n\nLearn\n\nTeach\n\nNews\n\nEvents\n\nShare\n\n NASA OSTEM \n\n news\n \n\nLatest News\n\nPress Kits\n\nFact Sheets\n\nMedia Room\n\n public events\n\nOverview\n\nTours\n\nLecture Series\n\nOpen House\n\nSpeakers Bureau\n\nTeam Competitions\n\n Our Sites\n \n\nAsteroid Watch\n\nCassini - Mission to Saturn\n\nEarth / Global Climate Change\n\nPlanetquest / Exoplanets\n\nJuno - Mission to Jupiter\n\nMars Exploration\n\nMars Science Laboratory / Curiosity\n\nRosetta - Understanding Comets\n\nScience and Technology\n\nSolar System Exploration\n\nEyes on the Solar System\n\nEyes on the Earth\n\nEyes on Exoplanets\n\nSpitzer Space Telescope\n\n Follow JPL\n \n\nNewsletter\n\nFacebook\n\nTwitter\n\nYouTube\n\nFlickr\n\nInstagram\n\niTunes\n\nUStream\n\nRSS\n\nBlog\n\nMobile\n\nAll Social Media\n\n NASA\n \n\nNASA Education\n\nNASA Water Cleanup\n\nFOIA\n\nNASA\n\n |\n \nCaltech\n\n |\n \nPrivacy\n\n |","title":"Student Project: Code a Mars Sample Collection Video Game | NASA/JPL Edu","score":7.4966283},{"document_id":"6e97640495151e68-3007-5072","text":"Student Project: Code a Mars Sample Collection Video Game | NASA/JPL Edu\nRovers on Mars aren’t controlled with joysticks or keyboards. But in the future, astronauts in orbit around Mars or on the surface of the planet could use remote controls to drive rovers. Your game can use keys on the keyboard to make the rover drive.\nTasks\n\nMake the rover move up, down, left, and right on the screen using four different keys on the keyboard. Hint: See if a block in the Events section will help. (See example image.)\nSpecify how far the rover will move each time one of those keys is pressed. Select a distance that makes the rover movement appear smooth when the key is pressed and held. Hint: See if a block in the Motion section will help. (See example image.) \nMake the rover rotate so it points in the direction of travel.\nBonus: Make the rover move diagonally using keys other than the keys already assigned.\n\n+ Expand image\n\n3. Add sample tubes for collection Sample tubes contain valuable rock samples collected by the Perseverance Mars rover and left behind for a fetch rover to collect. You should add sample collection tubes to your game to provide destinations for your rover. By studying the backdrop images closely, you can identify areas that look interesting and place sample tubes in those spots.\nTasks\n\nAdd three or more sample tube sprites to visit during gameplay by placing the downloaded sample tube sprites to the backdrop by selecting Upload sprite the same way you did in Step 1.\nMake the sample tube sprites disappear when they are visited by the rover. Hint: See if a block in the Control section will help. (See example image.) \nMake the sample tube sprites reappear when players click the green flag to restart the game.\n\n+ Expand image\n\n4. Add a countdown timer NASA’s missions to Mars and other destinations have a planned life expectancy. Some missions, including every Mars rover to date, have been extended and operated beyond their planned mission life expectancy, while others experience problems that shorten their mission. You can create a timer that counts down to the end of the mission and ends the game.","title":"Student Project: Code a Mars Sample Collection Video Game | NASA/JPL Edu","score":7.1519294},{"document_id":"6e97640495151e68-1401-3422","text":"Student Project: Code a Mars Sample Collection Video Game | NASA/JPL Edu\nMaterials Computer with internet accessFree Scratch accountMars fetch rover sprite – Download PNGMars sample collection tube sprite – Download PNG Jezero crater surface images – Download ZIP\n\n1. Get set up Download the Jezero Crater surface images, the Mars sample collection tube image, and Mars fetch rover sprite image, and save them to a computer. Unzip the surface images zip file into a new folder. On the Scratch website, click Create to begin a new project. (Sign in or create an account if you want to save your work so you can revisit or redesign your game in the future.) Create a new backdrop by moving the mouse over Choose a Backdrop in the Stage window and selecting Upload Backdrop. Pick the Jezero Crater surface image of your choice. The Stage area of the screen should now display your selected backdrop image. (See example image.) Create a new sprite by moving the mouse over Choose a sprite in the Sprite window and selecting Upload sprite. Choose the Mars fetch rover sprite image. There should now be a rover placed over your backdrop image along with the original cat sprite. (See example image.) Delete the existing cat sprite by clicking on it in the Sprites window and clicking the “x” in the corner. With the rover sprite selected, you’re ready to create the code that manages the game and controls the rover!+ Expand image\n\n2. Make the rover drive NASA explores Mars with orbiters that travel around the planet, stationary landers on the ground, and rovers that can travel many miles on the surface. For rovers to visit more than one place on Mars, they must be able to drive. Rovers on Mars aren’t controlled with joysticks or keyboards. But in the future, astronauts in orbit around Mars or on the surface of the planet could use remote controls to drive rovers. Your game can use keys on the keyboard to make the rover drive.\nTasks\n\nMake the rover move up, down, left, and right on the screen using four different keys on the keyboard. Hint: See if a block in the Events section will help.","title":"Student Project: Code a Mars Sample Collection Video Game | NASA/JPL Edu","score":7.0955353},{"document_id":"6e97640495151e68-4584-6689","text":"Student Project: Code a Mars Sample Collection Video Game | NASA/JPL Edu\nMake the sample tube sprites reappear when players click the green flag to restart the game.\n\n+ Expand image\n\n4. Add a countdown timer NASA’s missions to Mars and other destinations have a planned life expectancy. Some missions, including every Mars rover to date, have been extended and operated beyond their planned mission life expectancy, while others experience problems that shorten their mission. You can create a timer that counts down to the end of the mission and ends the game. Your timer should not be so short that the game is unplayable or unwinnable, but it should not be so long that there is no challenge to playing the game. As a bonus, you can create code to extend or shorten the planned mission time.\nTasks\n\nCreate a timer that counts from a set time down to zero. Hint: Create a Time variable that you can program to change. (See example image.)\nMake gameplay stop when the timer reaches zero.\nMake a “Mission Over” message appear when the timer reaches zero.\nMake the timer start over when a player clicks the green flag to restart the game.\nBonus: Develop code that will increase or decrease the amount of time on the timer by one or two seconds at random.\n\n+ Expand image\n\n5. Add a scoring system Rover missions on Mars don’t have a scoring system. But the science they collect is valuable, and some discoveries may be more exciting, interesting, or important than others. To determine how well players are doing while playing your game, you can develop a scoring system that includes points earned for collecting sample tubes. How points are totaled is up to you. You could also program your game to reduce point totals in certain scenarios (see Step 6, for example).\nTasks\n\nDevelop code to create a scoring system.\nIncrease the score by one or more points for each sample tube collected.\n\n+ Expand image\n\n6. Add hazards Space travel and other worlds are fraught with hazards. From steep slopes and deep sand to sharp rocks and high radiation, there are countless ways a mission can be delayed or end unexpectedly. Program your game to include hazards that players need to avoid.","title":"Student Project: Code a Mars Sample Collection Video Game | NASA/JPL Edu","score":6.892423}],"72ba19c38518da1fc894fc638a2802f7<::>7":[{"document_id":"63365dfc1ab44556-2669-4899","text":"Attacks in Crowded and Public Spaces | Ready.gov\nIndividuals using firearms to cause mass casualties (active shooter).Individuals using a vehicle to cause mass casualties.Individuals using homemade bombs to cause mass casualties.Other methods used in mass attacks may include knives, fires, drones or other weapons.\nPrepare BEFORE\n\nImage\n \n\nStay alert. Always be aware of your environment and any possible dangers.If you see something, say something® to local authorities. That includes suspicious packages, people behaving strangely or someone using strange communications.Observe warning signs. Signs might include unusual or violent communications, substance abuse, expressed anger or intent to cause harm. These warning signs may increase over time.Have an exit plan. Identify exits and areas to hide wherever you go, including work, school and special events.Learn lifesaving skills. Take trainings such as You Are the Help Until Help Arrives and first aid to assist the wounded before help arrives.\n\nSurvive DURING: Run, Hide, Fight\n\nImage\n \n\nRun to Safety\nSeek safety. Getting away from the attacker is the top priority.Leave your belongings behind and get away.Call 9-1-1 when you are safe and describe the attacker, location and weapons.\nCover and Hide\nCover and hide if you can’t evacuate. Find a place to hide out of view of the attacker and put a solid barrier between yourself and the threat if possible.Lock and block doors, close blinds and turn off lights.Keep silent.\n\nDefend, Disrupt, Fight\nFight only as a last resort. When you can’t run or cover, attempt to disrupt the attack or disable the attacker.Be aggressive and commit to your actions.Recruit others to ambush the attacker with makeshift weapons such as chairs, fire extinguishers, scissors, books, etc.Be prepared to cause severe or lethal injury to the attacker.\nHelp the Wounded\nTake care of yourself first and then, if you are able, help the wounded get to safety and provide immediate care. Call 9-1-1 when it is safe for you to do so.\n\nBe Safe AFTER\nWhen Law Enforcement Arrives\n\nRemain calm and follow instructions.Keep hands visible and empty.Report to designated areas to provide information and get help.Follow law enforcement’s instructions and evacuate in the direction they tell you to go.","title":"Attacks in Crowded and Public Spaces | Ready.gov","score":7.7316866},{"document_id":"6e97640495151e68-6174-8304","text":"Student Project: Code a Mars Sample Collection Video Game | NASA/JPL Edu\nYou could also program your game to reduce point totals in certain scenarios (see Step 6, for example).\nTasks\n\nDevelop code to create a scoring system.\nIncrease the score by one or more points for each sample tube collected.\n\n+ Expand image\n\n6. Add hazards Space travel and other worlds are fraught with hazards. From steep slopes and deep sand to sharp rocks and high radiation, there are countless ways a mission can be delayed or end unexpectedly. Program your game to include hazards that players need to avoid. Look for dark areas in your backdrop image. These shadowed regions are often steep slopes that a rover could get stuck on.\nTasks\n\nDevelop code that identifies hazardous locations on the backdrop image.\nAdd in undesirable outcomes that occur when the rover reaches hazardous locations. (For example, the game could stop, time might be taken away, points might go down, etc.)\nMake a “Hazard” message appear when players encounter a hazard.\nMake some hazards hidden and some visible.\nBonus: Make a hidden hazard that changes location each time the game is restarted.\n\n+ Expand image\n\n7. Add landing code Every Mars rover has to first land on the Red Planet before it can start exploring. You can specify a landing site by creating scripts that place the rover at a certain location at the beginning of the game.Tasks Create code that puts the rover in a specific location at the beginning of the game. Bonus: Modify your landing code to make the rover land in a random location on the backdrop image or in a random location within a smaller section of the backdrop image.About the image: This animated image is a clip from a video taken by the Perseverance rover mission as the rover was being lowered onto the surface of Mars. › Full video and caption\n\n8. Take it farther Now that you’ve created your game, let others play it and suggest improvements! Also, check out this Mars rover game from NASA for more inspiration.\n \n\nRelated TagsCodingProgrammingMars RoverGamespace travelDesign Your Spacecraftsample returnperseveranceperseverencemars 2020Sample Handlingmars sample returnMarsMissionsRoversJump ToMaterials1.","title":"Student Project: Code a Mars Sample Collection Video Game | NASA/JPL Edu","score":7.437807},{"document_id":"41473022e0d88a8b-2150-4130","text":"Activities for Students – NASA Jet Propulsion Laboratory\nBuild a rubber-band-powered rover that can scramble across a room.TAGS:DesignFlightProjectDIYEngineeringBuildingThe Engineering Design ProcessMoon 2024ApolloMay the Fourthen Españolspace travelDesign Your SpacecraftcodingmicrodevicesprogrammingEarth's MoonMarsMissionsRoversSpacecraft\n\nTry it out!\nDesign and build a lander that will protect two \"astronauts\" when they touch down.\n\nproject\nMake an Astronaut Lander\n\nproject\n\nMake an Astronaut Lander\n\nDesign and build a lander that will protect two \"astronauts\" when they touch down.TAGS:Earth's MoonLiving in SpaceLanderDesignProjectDIYEngineeringBuildingThe Engineering Design ProcessMoon 2024Apollo#VirtualMoonshotMay the Fourthen Españolvideo tutorialspace travelLand on MarsArtemiscodingmicrodevicesprogrammingMarsMissionsSpacecraft\n\nGet Started!\nCreate a video game that lets players explore the Red Planet with a helicopter like the one going to Mars with NASA's Perseverance rover!\n\nproject\nCode a Mars Helicopter Video Game\n\nproject\n\nCode a Mars Helicopter Video Game\n\nCreate a video game that lets players explore the Red Planet with a helicopter like the one going to Mars with NASA's Perseverance rover!TAGS:MarsMars RoverMars HelicoptercodingprogramminghelicopterMars 2020en Españolvideo tutorialspace travelScratchDesign Your SpacecraftMars Sample ReturnMissionsRoversSpacecraft\n\nFind out!\nNASA has dozens of robotic spacecraft exploring our solar system – and beyond. So how exactly do we navigate spacecraft that are so far away?\n\nvideo\nHow Do We Know Where Faraway Spacecraft Are?\n\nvideo\n\nHow Do We Know Where Faraway Spacecraft Are?\n\nNASA has dozens of robotic spacecraft exploring our solar system – and beyond. So how exactly do we navigate spacecraft that are so far away?TAGS:Deep Space NetworkDSNCommunicationsSpace TravelRadioMissionsRoversSpacecraft\n\nTry it out!\nIn this challenge, you will build and program a light-powered device that can move to collect as much light as possible while not overheating.","title":"Activities for Students – NASA Jet Propulsion Laboratory","score":7.42741},{"document_id":"379d0812978017d7-2918-4908","text":"Student Project: NASA Space Voyagers: The Game | NASA/JPL Edu\nNASA's Europa Clipper mission, currently in development, is designed to orbit Europa, make up-close observations, and investigate whether the icy moon has conditions suitable for life.About the image: From left to right: An artistic depiction of the Artemis program's Gateway space station; a selfie taken by the Perseverance rover on Mars; and an artistic depiction of the Europa Clipper spacecraft orbiting Jupiter's moon Europa. Image credit: NASA/JPL-Caltech | + Expand image\n\n2. Print and cut out the game materials Print out the following on 8.5x11 paper or card stock: Starter Pack of game cards, double-sided (6 sheets of paper) (Optional) Ocean Worlds Expansion Pack, double-sided (1 sheet of paper). (Optional) Game mat, single-sided (6 sheets of paper)Cut out the game cards.If you're using the game mat, assemble it by taping together the pieces, as shown below. The mat includes a place for the deck, discard pile, and spacecraft. + Expand image+ Expand (top) image\n\n3. Get familiar with the gameplay This game is very similar in structure to strategy card games you may already be familiar with. Whether the architecture looks familiar or not, it may help to watch this tutorial video before getting started. Learn to play NASA Space Voyagers, a strategy card game in which students design a robotic space mission to explore the Moon, Mars, and beyond. | Watch on YouTube\n\n4. Go alone or play with a friend You can play by yourself or with up to three other players, collaboratively. If you play alone, some of the more challenging destinations may prove difficult. Playing on a team will allow you to pool your resources toward your common goal.\n\n5. Pick a destination to explore The destination cards, such as the Moon or Mars, have an exploration value, or a number of points you will need to earn to complete your mission and win the game. Each round, you will roll the dice to determine which of the challenges on the destination card you must overcome.+ Expand image\n\n6.","title":"Student Project: NASA Space Voyagers: The Game | NASA/JPL Edu","score":7.041891},{"document_id":"866d6d375cabb612-3433-5920","text":"Progress | Governor of California\nCombating gun violence\n\nCalifornia’s strong gun laws work – our state is ranked #1 in gun safety, with a gun death rate 43% lower than the national average. And Governor Newsom is doing even more to get weapons of war off California streets:\n\nStrengthened and expanded “red flag laws” and ghost gun regulations and prohibited the sale of semiautomatic rifles to people under 21\nInvested in local government efforts to seize weapons from people who are prohibited from having them. \nSigned additional legislation to strengthen public carry regulations, require microstamping on handgun cartridges, generate millions every year on the sale of bullets to improve school safety and gun violence intervention programs, keep guns out of the hands of potentially dangerous individuals, update the definition of a firearm to include ghost gun parts, and strengthen the process for removing firearms from people who are prohibited from owning them\n\nProposed a Right to Safety amendment to the United States Constitution to enshrine fundamental, broadly-supported gun safety measures into law\nSigned a law to hold the gun industry accountable by allowing private citizens to sue those who illegally manufacture, distribute, or sell unlawful assault weapons, ghost guns, and ghost gun kits\n\nHealth care\nBetter mental health care for all Californians\n\nGovernor Newsom is improving access to quality behavioral health services for all Californians. The Governor invested billions for the California Master Plan for Kids’ Mental Health. This ensures California kids, parents, and communities have increased access to mental health and substance use disorder treatment services. The Governor is making sure mental health is treated the same as physical health through:\n\nmental health parity legislation,\nholding health insurers accountable,\nrecord investments in veterans mental health services, and \nbillions in investments to expand mental health care for low-income Californians.\n\nHealth care\nPushing treatment, not tents\n\nGovernor Newsom is helping Californians with serious mental illness and substance use disorders get the support and care they need, including helping unhoused people get treatment. No more excuses. Counties now have every tool they need to support the needs of their community. No more passing the buck.\nThe Newsom Administration will: \n\nincrease transparency, accountability, and oversight\nbuild approximately 11,000 behavioral health beds and housing units across California","title":"Progress | Governor of California","score":7.0351}],"72ba19c38518da1fc894fc638a2802f7<::>8":[{"document_id":"87fdc8101cee16b1-1441-3295","text":"Play | NASA Space Place – NASA Science for Kids\nCatch as many astrophysical objects and phenomena as possible in this game! This link takes you away from NASA Space Place. \nplay\nLinks out \n\nCubeSat Builder: Build a NASA Spacecraft!\n\n Build a NASA Spacecraft in this game! This link takes you away from NASA Space Place. \nplay\nLinks out \n\nScope It Out!\n\n Scope It Out! includes an introduction to telescopes and two matching games. This link takes you away from NASA Space Place. \nplay\nLinks out \n\nViewspace\n\n Explore the universe with interactives and videos. This link takes you away from NASA Space Place. \nplay\nLinks out \n\nMars Photo Booth\n\n Put yourself in mission control, or on Mars, next to the rover. This link takes you away from NASA Space Place. \nplay\nLinks out \n\nSpace Forensics Game\n\n Stars exploding? Who would do such a thing? Join Detective Eagle Quark on his investigation of this mystery in this Space Forensics interactive game. This link takes you away from NASA Space Place. \nplay\nLinks out \n\nClimate Time Machine\n\n See into the past and ahead to the future with the Climate Time Machine. This link takes you away from NASA Space Place. \nplay\nLinks out \n\nCoral Bleaching\n\n See what happens to the coral reef depending on the various conditions you choose. This link takes you away from NASA Space Place. \nplay\nLinks out \n\nMars Rover Game\n\n Mars Rover drivers wanted! Search for water as your game rover climbs up and down hills to explore Mars. This link takes you away from NASA Space Place. \nplay\nLinks out \n\nNASA Home and City\n\n Trace space back to you! This link takes you away from NASA Space Place. \nplay\nLinks out \n\n\t Games\t \n\n\t Crafts\t \n\n\t Activities\t \n\n\t Videos\t \n\n\t Glossary\t \n\n\t Mystery\t \n\nAbout Us\nPrivacy Policy\nImage Use\nAccessibility\n\nContact NASA Space Place\n\n Last Updated: May 6th, 2024 \n\n \n\nMore\nLess\n\nBy Subject\n\nSpace\nSun\nEarth\nSolar System\nPeople & Technology","title":"Play | NASA Space Place – NASA Science for Kids","score":13.729007},{"document_id":"0b305f509b508809-0-1978","text":"Relay: A Laser-Based Space Communications Game | NASA Space Place – NASA Science for Kids\n\n\nRelay: A Laser-Based Space Communications Game | NASA Space Place – NASA Science for Kids\n\nrelay-laser-communications-game\n\nEarth\nSun\nSolar System\nUniverse\nScience and Tech\nEducators\n\nRelay: A Laser-Based Space Communications Game\n\nAbout the game\nIn this game you will send information, or data, back to Earth using lasers. You will use mirrors to move the laser and avoid obstacles to get the data back to Earth. Each level has new challenges and your ultimate goal is to build a communication network and synchronize, or match, the time on atomic clocks.\n\nAbout the mission\nOptical communication uses lasers to send data with a type of light that we can’t see, called infrared light. Since the 1950s, NASA missions have used a different type of waves, called radio waves, to send data to and from space. With current radio wave communications, it takes about nine weeks to send a complete map of Mars back to Earth. With lasers, it only takes about nine days!\nOptical communication is very useful for space missions because data can be sent faster and more securely. Optical communication systems are also smaller, weigh less, and use less power. A smaller size means more room for science instruments, and using less power means less of a drain of the spacecraft’s batteries. These are all very important details for NASA when designing and creating mission concepts. To learn more, visit Laser Communications | NASA.\n\n \tarticle last updated July 28, 2022\n \n\nIf you liked this, you may like:\n\nDSN Uplink-Downlink: A DSN Game\n\nSnap it! An Eclipse Photo Adventure\n\nExplore Mars: A Mars Rover Game\n\n\t Games\t \n\n\t Crafts\t \n\n\t Activities\t \n\n\t Videos\t \n\n\t Glossary\t \n\n\t Mystery\t \n\nAbout Us\nPrivacy Policy\nImage Use\nAccessibility\n\nContact NASA Space Place\n\n Last Updated: May 6th, 2024 \n\n \n\nMore\nLess\n\nBy Subject\n\nSpace\nSun\nEarth\nSolar System\nPeople & Technology\nParents & Educators\n\nBy Type\n\nExplore\nDo\nPlay\n\nMore\nLess\n\n","title":"Relay: A Laser-Based Space Communications Game | NASA Space Place – NASA Science for Kids","score":13.167413},{"document_id":"8da63c0545cdc0e5-8627-10741","text":"NASA Interactives - NASA\nLearn about the elements that will make Artemis possible.Read You Are GoingNASA Space PlaceNASA Space Place's mission is to inspire upper-elementary-aged kids' learning of space and Earth science through games, activities, and short videos.Visit WebsiteNASA Climate KidsGames, activities, videos, and stories to help students understand our changing planet through the eyes of NASA missions studying Earth.Visit Website \n\n \n\nExplore the Eyes On Suite of Software\n\nExperience Earth, our solar system, nearby asteroids, the universe, and the spacecraft exploring them with immersive real-time 3D web-based apps for Mac, PC, and mobile devices. No download or sign up necessary.\n\nEyes on the Solar SystemExplore planets, their moons, asteroids, comets and the spacecraft exploring them. In this interactive, you can also fast-forward or rewind time, from 1950 to 2050.Start ExploringEyes on AsteroidsExplore the 30,000+ asteroids near Earth’s orbit, see the next five closest approaches to Earth, and learn about current and historic missions in this real-time 3D simulation of the solar system. Start ExploringEyes on the EarthFly along with Earth science missions in real-time, monitor Earth's vital signs, and see satellite imagery of the latest major weather events in an immersive, 3D environment.Start ExploringEyes on ExoplanetsDiscover over 5,500 exoplanet systems in this 3D interactive simulation. You can visit every exoplanet ever discovered and ride along with the spacecraft that found them. Start Exploring \n\n \n\nKeep Exploring\nDiscover More From NASA\n\nNASA Blogs\n\n \n\nNASA Newsletters\n\n \n\ne-Books\n\n \n\nNASA History\n\n \n\n \n\nThe National Aeronautics and Space Administration\nNASA explores the unknown in air and space, innovates for the benefit of humanity, and inspires the world through discovery.\n\nAbout NASA's Mission\n\nJoin Us\n\nHome\nNews & Events\nMultimedia\nNASA+\nMissions\nHumans in Space\nEarth & Climate\nThe Solar System\nThe Universe\nScience\nAeronautics\nTechnology\nLearning Resources\nAbout NASA\nNASA en Español\n\nFollow NASA\n\nMore NASA Social Accounts\nNASA Newsletters\n\nSitemap\nFor Media\nPrivacy Policy","title":"NASA Interactives - NASA","score":13.119638},{"document_id":"87fdc8101cee16b1-2-1877","text":"Play | NASA Space Place – NASA Science for Kids\nPlay | NASA Space Place – NASA Science for Kids\n\nplay\n\nVea en Español\n\nEarth\nSun\nSolar System\nUniverse\nScience and Tech\nEducators\n\nPlay\n\n \n\nSnap it! An Eclipse Photo Adventure\n\n Help the Traveler snap photos of an eclipse! \nplay\n\nRelay: A Laser-Based Space Communications Game\n\n Learn about laser-based space communications in this game! \nplay\n\nColor Your Universe: Find the Hidden Objects\n\n Can you find all the NASA and space-themed hidden objects? \nplay\n\nExplore Mars: A Mars Rover Game\n\n Drive around the Red Planet and gather information in this fun coding game! \nplay\n\nPlay Helios: A Game About How the Sun Makes Energy!\n\n Where does the Sun's energy come from? Play Helios to find out! \nplay\n\nSpace Volcanoes!\n\n Explore the many volcanoes in our solar system using the Space Volcano Explorer. \nexplore\n\nGo With the Flow: An Ocean Currents Game\n\n In this ocean currents game, use heat and salt to float your sub to the treasure! \nplay\n\nWrite your own zany adventure story!\n\n Write your own zany adventure story! \nplay\n\nPlay Solar System Switch-a-Roo!\n\n Put clues together to find the planets and moons. \nplay\n\nDSN Uplink-Downlink: A DSN Game\n\n Help the big antennas gather data from the spacecraft. \nplay\n\nNASA Space Voyagers: The Game\n\n In this strategy card game, build a spacecraft that can explore destinations throughout our solar system. This link takes you away from NASA Space Place. \nplay\nLinks out \n\nRoman Space Observer\n\n Catch as many astrophysical objects and phenomena as possible in this game! This link takes you away from NASA Space Place. \nplay\nLinks out \n\nCubeSat Builder: Build a NASA Spacecraft!\n\n Build a NASA Spacecraft in this game! This link takes you away from NASA Space Place. \nplay\nLinks out \n\nScope It Out!\n\n Scope It Out! includes an introduction to telescopes and two matching games. This link takes you away from NASA Space Place. \nplay","title":"Play | NASA Space Place – NASA Science for Kids","score":12.724911},{"document_id":"c0caef1eeee859f8-0-1920","text":"About Us | NASA Space Place – NASA Science for Kids\n\n\nAbout Us | NASA Space Place – NASA Science for Kids\n\nabout-us\n\nVea en Español\n\nEarth\nSun\nSolar System\nUniverse\nScience and Tech\nEducators\n\nAbout Us\n\nPrevious versions of this site. The most recent version was launched in February 2016.\n\nMission\nLaunched in 1998, NASA Space Place's mission is to inspire and enrich upper-elementary-aged kids' learning of space and Earth science online through fun games, hands-on activities, informative articles and engaging short videos. With material in both English and Spanish and resources for parents and teachers, NASA Space Place has something for everyone.\n\nManagement\nThis site is produced for NASA's Science Mission Directorate by the NASA Space Place team at NASA's Jet Propulsion Laboratory.\nResponsible NASA Official: Kristen Erickson\nJPL Public Engagement Manager: Alice Wessen\nProgram Lead: Jessica Stoller-Conrad\n\nWeb Development Team\nProducer/Editor/Writer: Jessica Stoller-Conrad\nDesigner/Illustrator: Alexander Novati\nGame/Web Developer: Kyle Mansfield\nWriter: Alexandra Hederstrom\n\nCommercial Product Disclaimer\nOccasionally, information on a particular product that demonstrates how NASA-developed technology has been put into use may be included on a NASA web site. Any such mention of a commercial product on this web site should not be regarded as an endorsement or recommendation by NASA.\n\n \tarticle last updated January 17, 2024\n \n\nIf you liked this, you may like:\n\nAstronomy Clubs: Partner With NASA\n\nThe Space Place Experiment Center\n\nNASA Space Place Article Partner Program\n\n\t Games\t \n\n\t Crafts\t \n\n\t Activities\t \n\n\t Videos\t \n\n\t Glossary\t \n\n\t Mystery\t \n\nAbout Us\nPrivacy Policy\nImage Use\nAccessibility\n\nContact NASA Space Place\n\n Last Updated: May 6th, 2024 \n\n \n\nMore\nLess\n\nBy Subject\n\nSpace\nSun\nEarth\nSolar System\nPeople & Technology\nParents & Educators\n\nBy Type\n\nExplore\nDo\nPlay\n\nMore\nLess\n\n","title":"About Us | NASA Space Place – NASA Science for Kids","score":12.682535}],"72ba19c38518da1fc894fc638a2802f7<::>9":[{"document_id":"cef57ff244018d18-180763-182606","text":"VA News\nAccording to the National Intimate Partner and Sexual Violence Survey, 9.4% of Asian American, Native Hawaiian and Pacific Islander men experienced some form of contact sexual violence in their lifetime. VA’s Nationwide Screening Program, in which every Veteran seen for health care is asked whether they have experienced military sexual trauma (MST), found that 1 in 50 men responded with “yes” when screened by their VA provider.
\n\nStereotypes impact society’s perception of sexual violence against certain populations often leaving those impacted by sexual trauma isolated and unsupported.
\n\nEmasculating portrayals of Asian American men can be traced back to the mid-1800s when economic and racial fears toward Chinese immigrant men culminated into exclusionary laws and discriminatory economic practices. Job opportunities for these men were limited to work in laundry and cooking, which was traditionally viewed as “women’s work,” prompting an effeminate image.
\n\nCenturies of stereotyping and microaggressions have led Asian American men to be portrayed as less masculine, submissive, socially awkward or lacking in sexual appeal. In contrast to the emasculation of Asian American men is the hyper-masculine portrayal of Native Hawaiian/Pacific Islanders.
\n\nNative Hawaiian/Pacific Islander men are often portrayed as hyper-masculine, underscoring a “strong warrior culture” and highlighting elements like Hakas (a lively performance energizing warriors as they head into battle).","title":"VA News","score":6.7318926},{"document_id":"4491cc8a434f3d01-1270-2293","text":"Public Safety and Law for Citizens: USA.gov\nEnforcement and Corrections-Related AgenciesFederal, state, and international criminal justice agencies and policePersonal and Public SafetySafety, missing children, sex offender registry, domestic violence E-mail this pageReceive updates by e-mailUSA.gov RSS feeds Tutorials: Find government info Featured SitesInmate LocatorMissing ChildrenIdentity TheftPublic Safety and Law: Online ServicesDisaster Assistance for VictimsSex Offender Registry National SearchAmerica's Most Wanted CriminalsCalifornia Fires – Government Information Home | About Us | Contact Us | Contact Government | FAQs | Website Policies | Privacy | Suggest-A-Link | Link to Us Page Last Reviewed or Updated: January 4, 2008 If you have questions about the federal government: Check our frequently asked questions, e-mail USA.gov, or call 1 (800) FED INFO (1-800-333-4636).USA.gov™ is the U.S. government's official web portal: Office of Citizen Services and Communications U.S. General Services Administration 1800 F Street, NW, Washington, DC 20405","title":"Public Safety and Law for Citizens: USA.gov","score":6.412583},{"document_id":"83df0cd8882ed4ad-550-2663","text":"Culture and Food | Nutrition.gov\nHomeAbout UsTopics ASCENDBasic NutritionEating for Exercise and SportsEating VegetarianHealthy EatingMyPlate ResourcesOnline ToolsFood and Nutrition Apps and BlogsPrintable Materials and HandoutsWater, Hydration, and HealthCoronavirus Pandemic and FoodDiet and Health ConditionsAIDS/HIVDementia and Alzheimer'sCancerDiabetesDigestive DisordersEating DisordersFood Allergies and IntolerancesHeart HealthHigh Blood PressureKidney DiseaseOsteoporosisOverweight and ObesityDietary SupplementsDietary Supplements for AthletesHerbal SupplementsSafety and Health ClaimsVitamin and Mineral SupplementsExercise and FitnessExercise Examples and VideosTools for Getting and Staying ActiveFood SafetyFood PoisoningFood Safety On the GoSafe Food PreparationSafe Food StorageFood Security and AccessFood Assistance ProgramsNutrition on a BudgetHealthy Living and WeightBody ImageStrategies for SuccessInterested in Losing Weight?Weight Management for YouthWhat You Should Know About Popular DietsNutrition by Life StageInfantsToddlersChildrenFood and NutritionKids' CornerKids in the KitchenTeensFor Tweens and TeensFor Parents, Caregivers, and TeachersAdultsMenWomenOlder AdultsPregnancyBreastfeedingShopping, Cooking and Meal PlanningCulture and FoodEmergency Food SuppliesFarmers MarketsFood LabelsFood Shopping and Meal PlanningMeal Prep and Cooking TipsRecipe CollectionSustainable EatingWhat's In FoodCarbohydratesFatsFiberFood Additives and CompoundsPhytonutrientsProteinsSalt and SodiumVitamins and MineralsAll TopicsRecipesUSDA - REEExpert Q&AContact Us \n\n \n\n \n\nHome\n\nTopics\n\nShopping, Cooking and Meal Planning\n\n Culture and Food\n \n\nCulture and Food\n\nExplore foods and customs from a variety of cultures, and find traditional recipes from around the world.\n\nFDPIR Sharing Gallery\n\nUSDA, Food and Nutrition Service \nView recipes, handouts, and videos for traditional foods among different American Indian tribes.\n\nMyPlate Kitchen\n\nUSDA, Food and Nutrition Service, Center for Nutrition Policy and Promotion \nMyPlate Kitchen is an online tool featuring a collection of healthy and budget friendly recipes and resources.","title":"Culture and Food | Nutrition.gov","score":6.2797427},{"document_id":"cef57ff244018d18-182178-183975","text":"VA News\nIn contrast to the emasculation of Asian American men is the hyper-masculine portrayal of Native Hawaiian/Pacific Islanders.
\n\nNative Hawaiian/Pacific Islander men are often portrayed as hyper-masculine, underscoring a “strong warrior culture” and highlighting elements like Hakas (a lively performance energizing warriors as they head into battle). This often perpetuates an idea that toughness is core to masculinity and potentially deters men from coming forward if they experience sexual violence for fear of being perceived as weak.
\n\nLess likely than other ethnic groups to seek mental health treatment
\n\nIntracultural perspectives and attitudes surrounding sexual violence can also have a harmful impact on Veterans who survive harassment and assault. Experts suggest that individuals within the AANHPI community tend to talk less about sexual harassment and sexual assault as it is viewed as a taboo matter related to sexuality rather than a problem with power.
\n\nAs a result, AANHPI individuals in particular are less likely than other ethnic groups to seek mental health treatment, including inpatient care, outpatient care, or prescription medications, worsening outcomes for Veterans in this community.
\n\nAt VA, clinicians understand the importance of delivering culturally informed and trauma-informed health care, meeting the needs of any Veteran who is struggling with sexual trauma, including MST and intimate partner violence.","title":"VA News","score":6.240306},{"document_id":"b8d7966aec1a23d1-1535-3695","text":"Workplace Violence | Superior Court of California | County of Tuolumne\nJail and Prison Facilities Grand Jury Report\n\nSchool Safety Grand Jury Report\n\nJudicial Assignments\n\nJudge Kevin M. Seibert Biography\n\nJudge Laura L. Krieg Biography\n\nJudge Hallie Gorman Campbell Biography\n\nJudge David C. Beyersdorf Biography\n\nCommissioner Steven S. Streger Biography\n\nJustice Partners\n\nLocation & Contact Info\n\nVisiting the Courthouse\n\nMedia Relations\n\nNews & Events\n\nProcurement & Bids\n\nRequest an Interpreter\n\nRevenue Recovery\n\nSet a Hearing\n\nTelephonic Appearances\n\nTrial Court Allocations\n\nGeneral Information\n \n\n Translate\n \n\nEnglish\n\nEspañol\n\n Translate\n \n\nEnglish\n\nEspañol\n\nSearch\n\n Search\n\n \n\nSelf Help\n\nWorkplace Violence\n\n Preventing Workplace Violence\n \n\nWorkplace Violence\n\nUnder California law (Code of Civil Procedure § 527.8), an employer whose employee has suffered violence or threat of violence at the workplace may seek a temporary restraining order, and an injunction prohibiting harassment.\n\nPlaintiff\nThe plaintiff must be an employer with standing to bring this action. An employer is defined under Section 350(a) of the California Labor Code as, \"every person engaged in any business or enterprise in this state that has one or more persons in service under any appointment, contract of hire, or apprenticeship, express or implied, oral or written, irrespective of whether the person is the owner of the business or is operating on a concessionaire or other basis.\"\nType of Harassment\nHarassment may include, but is not limited to, unlawful violence, or a credible threat of violence construed to have been carried out or has been carried out at the workplace.\nThe protective order can be enforced by law enforcement agencies after the defendant has been served.\nResources\nFor more information go to:\nWorkplace Violence (California Courts) \n\nUseful Links\nRestraining Orders\nAbuse & Harassment\nCivil Harassment\nVictim Assistance\nJustice and Other Useful Links\nCalifornia Courts Restraining Orders\n\n \n\n Was this helpful?\n \n\nYes\n\nNo\n\nYes\n\nNo\n\nAny additional feedback?\n\nEmail (optional)\n\nThis question is for testing whether or not you are a human visitor and to prevent automated spam submissions.\n\nLeave this field blank","title":"Workplace Violence | Superior Court of California | County of Tuolumne","score":6.111599}],"674aa142d92a6b4262de254df0c3f7b2<::>1":[{"document_id":"ibmcld_16233-7-2298","text":"\nAbout Watson Assistant \n\nUse IBM Watson® Assistant to build your own branded live chatbot into any device, application, or channel. Your chatbot, which is also known as an assistant, connects to the customer engagement resources you already use to deliver an engaging, unified problem-solving experience to your customers.\n\n\n\n\n\n Create AI-driven conversational flows Your assistant uses industry-leading AI capabilities to understand questions that your customers ask in natural language. It uses machine learning models that are custom-built from your data to deliver accurate answers in real time. \n Embed existing help content You already know the answers to customer questions? Put your subject matter expertise to work. Add a search integration with IBM Watson® Discovery to give your assistant access to corporate data collections that it can mine for answers. \n Connect to your customer service teams If customers need more help or want to discuss a topic that requires a personal touch, connect them to human agents from your existing service desk provider. \n Bring the assistant to your customers, where they are Configure one or more built-in integrations to quickly publish your assistant on popular social media platforms such as Slack, Facebook Messenger, Intercom, or WhatsApp. Turn the assistant into a member of your customer support call center team, where it can answer the phone and address simple requests so its human teammates can focus on more nuanced customer needs. Make your assistant the go-to help resource for customers by adding it as a chat widget to your company website. If none of the built-in integrations fit your needs, use the APIs to build your own custom app. \n Track customer engagement and satisfaction Use built-in metrics to analyze logs from conversations between customers and your assistant to gauge how well it's doing and identify areas for improvement. \n\n\n\n\n\n How it works \n\nThis diagram illustrates how IBM Watson® Assistant delivers an exceptional, omnichannel customer experience:\n\nZoom\n\n\n\nHow it works\n\nCustomers interact with the assistant through one or more of these channels:","score":23.743132},{"document_id":"ibmcld_03330-4-2191","text":"\nThis documentation is for the classic Watson Assistant experience. To see the documentation for the new Watson Assistant, please go [here](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/watson-assistant).\n\n\n\n About Watson Assistant \n\nUse IBM Watson® Assistant to build your own branded live chatbot into any device, application, or channel. Your chatbot, which is also known as an assistant, connects to the customer engagement resources you already use to deliver an engaging, unified problem-solving experience to your customers.\n\n\n\n\n\n Create AI-driven conversational flows Your assistant leverages industry-leading AI capabilities to understand questions that your customers ask in natural language. It uses machine learning models that are custom built from your data to deliver accurate answers in real time. \n Embed existing help content You already know the answers to customer questions? Put your subject matter expertise to work. Add a search skill to give your assistant access to corporate data collections that it can mine for answers. \n Connect to your customer service teams If customers need more help or want to discuss a topic that requires a personal touch, connect them to human agents from your existing service desk provider. \n Bring the assistant to your customers, where they are Configure one or more built-in integrations to quickly publish your assistant on popular social media platforms such as Slack, Facebook Messenger, Intercom, or WhatsApp. Turn the assistant into a member of your customer support call center team, where it can answer the phone and address simple requests so its human teammates can focus on more nuanced customer needs. Make your assistant the go-to help resource for customers by adding it as a chat widget to your company website. If none of the built-in integrations fit your needs, use the APIs to build your own custom app. \n Track customer engagement and satisfaction Use built-in metrics to analyze logs from conversations between customers and your assistant to gauge how well it's doing and identify areas for improvement. \n\n\n\n\n\n How it works \n\nThis diagram illustrates how the product delivers an exceptional, omnichannel customer experience:\n\n!","score":21.94748},{"document_id":"ibmcld_07080-6045-7467","text":"\n[checkbox](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs-content/v1/content/f16b1f78a92498247223b337bd9303c2758b9ba8/discovery-data/images/checkbox.png) Deploy your solution. [Deploying your project](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/discovery-data?topic=discovery-data-deploy) \n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Enhance your chatbot \n\nDelight your customers by fortifying your chatbot with an answer to every question. Discovery is designed to work seemlessly with Watson Assistant to search and deliver answers from help content that you already own.\n\nZoom\n\n\n\nFigure 3. Answer finding enabled in the Watson Assistant web chat\n\nIf enhancing your chatbot is your goal, complete the steps that are listed in the following table.\n\n\n\nChecklist for enhancing your chatbot\n\n Step Task Related information \n\n  Create a Conversational Search project. [Creating projects](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/discovery-data?topic=discovery-data-projects) \n  Add a collection that connects to an external data source or contains uploaded files.","score":21.033869},{"document_id":"ibmcld_13160-7-1812","text":"\nBuild a database-driven Slackbot \n\nThis tutorial may incur costs. Use the [Cost Estimator](https://cloud.ibm.com/estimator/review) to generate a cost estimate based on your projected usage.\n\nIn this tutorial, you are going to build a Slackbot which allows to search and create entries in a backend Db2 on Cloud database. The Slackbot is backed by the IBM Watson® Assistant service. You will integrate Slack and IBM Watson® Assistant using an Assistant integration. Db2 on Cloud is made available to Watson Assistant as custom extension.\n\nThe Slack integration sends messages between Slack and Watson Assistant. A custom extension, written in Python and deployed as serverless Code Engine app, exposes a REST API against the database backend.\n\nThis tutorial uses the new experience of Watson Assistant and an action skill. A former version was based on the dialog skill and the database was integrated using IBM Cloud® Functions with code written in Node.js. You can find that version of the tutorial in the [cloud-functions branch of the related code repository](https://github.com/IBM-Cloud/slack-chatbot-database-watson/tree/cloud-functions).\n\n\n\n Objectives \n\n\n\n* Build a chatbot using Watson Assistant which interacts with a database backend\n* Connect Watson Assistant to Slack using an integration\n* Create and deploy a Python database app to Code Engine\n* Access a Db2 on Cloud database via a Watson Assistant custom extension\n\n\n\nZoom\n\n\n\nFigure 1. Architecture diagram of the tutorial\n\n\n\n1. The user interacts with [IBM Watson® Assistant](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/watson-assistant), either through Slack or using a web chat client\n2.","score":20.353296},{"document_id":"ibmcld_16364-201078-203239","text":"\nSee [Fuzzy matching](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/assistant?topic=assistant-entitiesentities-fuzzy-matching) for details.\n\n\n\n\n\n 13 June 2017 \n\nUser conversations\n: The Improve panel now includes a User conversations page, which provides a list of user interactions with your chatbot that can be filtered by keyword, intent, entity, or number of days. You can open individual conversations to correct intents, or to add entity values or synonyms.\n\nRegex change\n: The regular expressions that are supported by SpEL functions like find, matches, extract, replaceFirst, replaceAll and split have changed. A group of regular expression constructs are no longer allowed, including look-ahead, look-behind, possessive repetition and backreference constructs. This change was necessary to avoid a security exposure in the original regular expression library.\n\n\n\n\n\n 12 June 2017 \n\nUpdates\n: This release includes the following updates:\n\n\n\n* The maximum number of workspaces that you can create with the Lite plan (formerly named the Free plan) changed from 3 to 5.\n* You can now assign any name to a dialog node; it does not need to be unique. And you can subsequently change the node name without impacting how the node is referenced internally. The name you specify is treated as an alias and the system uses its own internal identifier to reference the node.\n* You can no longer change the language of a workspace after you create it by editing the workspace details. If you need to change the language, you can export the workspace as a JSON file, update the language property, and then import the JSON file as a new workspace.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n 6 June 2017 \n\nLearn\n: A new Learn about IBM Watson® Assistant page is available that provides getting started information and links to service documentation and other useful resources. To open the page, click the icon in the page header.\n\nBulk export and delete\n: You can now simultaneously export a number of intents or entities to a CSV file, so you can then import and reuse them for another Watson Assistant application. You can also simultaneously select a number of entities or intents for deletion in bulk.\n\nUpdates to Korean","score":19.805973}],"674aa142d92a6b4262de254df0c3f7b2<::>2":[{"document_id":"ibmcld_09920-5038-6185","text":"\nCreate a Banking Chatbot \n\nUse Node.js and Watson to detect emotion, identify entities, and discover answers.\n\n\n\n* [Learn more ](https://developer.ibm.com/patterns/create-cognitive-banking-chatbot/)\n* [Get the Code ](https://github.com/IBM/watson-banking-chatbot?cm_sp=IBMCode-_-create-cognitive-banking-chatbot-_-Get-the-Code)\n* [View the Demo ](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Jxi7U7VOMYg&cm_sp=IBMCode-_-create-cognitive-banking-chatbot-_-View-the-Demo)\n* [Build from a Starter Kit ](https://console.bluemix.net/developer/watson/create-project?starterKit=a5819b41-0f6f-34cb-9067-47fd16835d04&cm_sp=dw-bluemix-_-code-_-devcenter)\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Enrich multimedia files using Watson services \n\nBuild an app that enriches audio and visual files using IBM Watson services.\n\n\n\n* [Learn more !","score":17.404528},{"document_id":"ibmcld_07223-4208-5090","text":"\n* [View the Demo](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=uigisF50F8s&feature=youtu.be)\n\n\n\n[Cognitive Banking Chatbot](https://developer.ibm.com/patterns/create-cognitive-banking-chatbot/?cm_sp=Developer-_-code-_-banking_chatbot) Create a web UI chatbot using the IBM Watson Node.js SDK to include conversation interaction, anger detection, natural language understanding, and answer discovery. Answers are discovered from a collection of FAQ documents. Built as a fictional financial institution, this app calls out to simple banking services code as an example of how to include external business data in a conversation response.\n\n\n\n* [Get the Code](https://github.com/IBM/watson-banking-chatbot?cm_sp=IBMCode-_-create-cognitive-banking-chatbot-_-Get-the-Code)\n* [View the Demo](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Jxi7U7VOMYg&cm_sp=IBMCode-_-create-cognitive-banking-chatbot-_-View-the-Demo)","score":13.893093},{"document_id":"ibmcld_16358-8609-10224","text":"\n[Shows the chat bot preview in a fake web page](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs-content/v1/content/ca9232b3702768f24bb897f48f10778fcda28718/watson-assistant/images/tut-neural-user-trained.png)\n\nFigure 6. Creating a user-trained model\n5. Click Apply changes and reprocess.\n\nAfter some processing occurs, a representation of the document is displayed in the Smart Document Understanding tool. The tool shows you a view of the original document along with a representation of the document, where the text is replaced by blocks. The blocks represent field types.\n\nInitially, the blocks are labeled as text because all of the document content is considered to be standard text by default, and is indexed in the text field.\n\nWe want to label all first- and second-level headings as subtitles instead of text.\n6. From the thumbnails view, click the thumbnail for the first full-text page from the document to open the first page with real content.\n\nZoom\n\n\n\nFigure 7. The Smart Document Understanding tool\n7. To annotate the document, click the subtitle label from the Field labels list. Then, click each block in the representation of the PDF page that represents a heading to change its label from text to subtitle.\n\nZoom\n\n\n\nFigure 8. Applying the subtitle label","score":13.478214},{"document_id":"ibmcld_16233-7-2298","text":"\nAbout Watson Assistant \n\nUse IBM Watson® Assistant to build your own branded live chatbot into any device, application, or channel. Your chatbot, which is also known as an assistant, connects to the customer engagement resources you already use to deliver an engaging, unified problem-solving experience to your customers.\n\n\n\n\n\n Create AI-driven conversational flows Your assistant uses industry-leading AI capabilities to understand questions that your customers ask in natural language. It uses machine learning models that are custom-built from your data to deliver accurate answers in real time. \n Embed existing help content You already know the answers to customer questions? Put your subject matter expertise to work. Add a search integration with IBM Watson® Discovery to give your assistant access to corporate data collections that it can mine for answers. \n Connect to your customer service teams If customers need more help or want to discuss a topic that requires a personal touch, connect them to human agents from your existing service desk provider. \n Bring the assistant to your customers, where they are Configure one or more built-in integrations to quickly publish your assistant on popular social media platforms such as Slack, Facebook Messenger, Intercom, or WhatsApp. Turn the assistant into a member of your customer support call center team, where it can answer the phone and address simple requests so its human teammates can focus on more nuanced customer needs. Make your assistant the go-to help resource for customers by adding it as a chat widget to your company website. If none of the built-in integrations fit your needs, use the APIs to build your own custom app. \n Track customer engagement and satisfaction Use built-in metrics to analyze logs from conversations between customers and your assistant to gauge how well it's doing and identify areas for improvement. \n\n\n\n\n\n How it works \n\nThis diagram illustrates how IBM Watson® Assistant delivers an exceptional, omnichannel customer experience:\n\nZoom\n\n\n\nHow it works\n\nCustomers interact with the assistant through one or more of these channels:","score":13.225427},{"document_id":"ibmcld_16365-7-1700","text":"\nHow the web chat works \n\nThe web chat provides an easy-to-use chatbot interface that you can add to your website without writing any code.\n\nAfter you add the web chat script to your website, your customers will see a launcher icon that they can click to open the chat window and start a conversation with the assistant. The appearance of the launcher icon adapts to desktop and mobile browsers.\n\n\n\nWhen a customer clicks the launcher, the web chat window opens, initially displaying the home screen. The home screen displays a greeting and an optional set of suggested conversation starters for common questions and problems. The customer can either click a conversation starter or type a message in the input field to start the conversation with the assistant.\n\n\n\nThe appearance and behavior of the launcher icon, the home screen, and most other aspects of the web chat can be configured and customized to match your website style and branding. For more information, see [Configuring the web chat](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/watson-assistant?topic=watson-assistant-web-chat-config).\n\n\n\n Launcher appearance and behavior \n\nThe web chat launcher welcomes and engages customers so they know where to find help if they need it. By default, the web chat launcher appears in a small initial state as a circle in the bottom right corner:\n\n!","score":13.205946}],"674aa142d92a6b4262de254df0c3f7b2<::>3":[{"document_id":"ibmcld_08051-21497-23156","text":"\nMessage: The browser that you are using is not supported by IBMIBM Cloud.\n\nThe following browsers are supported. Ensure that you use the latest version for your operating system.\n\n\n\n* Google Chrome\n* Mozilla Firefox\n* Internet Explorer\n* Safari\n\n\n\nFor information, see [What are the IBM Cloud prerequisites?](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/overview?topic=overview-prereqs-platform)\n\n\n\n\n\n BXNUI0065E \n\nMessage: The VCAP_SERVICES environment variable for '{0}' wasn't retrieved because a problem occurred contacting Cloud Foundry.\n\nTry again later. If you see this message again, go to the [IBM Cloud status page](https://cloud.ibm.com/status?selected=status) to check whether a service or component has an issue. If the problem continues, go to [IBM Cloud Support](https://cloud.ibm.com/unifiedsupport/supportcenter).\n\n\n\n\n\n BXNUI0066E \n\nMessage: The runtime can't be deleted because when the runtime was added, a buildpack value was explicitly set for the application by using the -b option on the cf push command.\n\nGo to [IBM Cloud Support](https://cloud.ibm.com/unifiedsupport/supportcenter).\n\n\n\n\n\n BXNUI0067E \n\nMessage: The data for the plans wasn't retrieved because a problem occurred contacting Cloud Foundry.\n\nTry again later. If you see this message again, go to the [IBM Cloud status page](https://cloud.ibm.com/status?selected=status) to check whether a service or component has an issue. If the problem continues, go to [IBM Cloud Support](https://cloud.ibm.com/unifiedsupport/supportcenter).\n\n\n\n\n\n BXNUI0070E \n\nMessage: The certificate for the '{0}' domain wasn't retrieved because a problem occurred contacting IBM DataPower Gateway.\n\nTry again later.","score":13.406577},{"document_id":"ibmcld_02488-6078-6980","text":"\n5. Select the service role Manager.\n6. Click Assign.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Step 3. Add a user or service ID to the access group \n\nContinue to set up your group by adding users or service IDs.\n\n\n\n Add a user to the access group \n\nComplete the following steps to add a user:\n\n\n\n1. From the menu bar, click Manage > Access (IAM), and select Access Groups.\n2. Select the name of the group that you want to assign access to.\n3. Click Add users on the Users tab.\n4. Select the users that you want to add from the list, and click Add to group.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Add a service ID to the access group \n\nComplete the following steps to add a service ID:\n\n\n\n1. From the menu bar, click Manage > Access (IAM), and select Access Groups.\n2. Select the name of the group that you want to assign access to.\n3. Click the Service IDs tab, and click Add service ID.\n4. Select the IDs that you want to add from the list, and click Add to group.","score":13.161025},{"document_id":"ibmcld_16727-779588-781557","text":"\n* Click the wanted User.\n* Select the Classic infrastructure tab.\n* From the Permissions tab, expand the Services category.\n* Select Manage CDN Account.\n* Click the Save button.\n\n\n\nFrom the legacy console main page, follow these steps to edit permissions:\n\n\n\n* Select the Account tab.\n* Select Users > User List.\n* Click the wanted Username.\n* Select the Portal Permissions tab.\n* Select the Services tab.\n* Select Manage CDN Account.\n* Click the Edit Portal Permissions button.\n\n\n\n* Why is the Create button not shown or disabled on the Content Delivery Network page?\n\nIf you are the account's Master user, you must upgrade the account for the Create button to appear or be enabled on this page. From the IBM Cloud console page, follow these steps as the account's Master user:\n\n\n\n* Open the navigation pane by clicking the triple bar icon in the upper left of the web page.\n* Select Classic Infrastructure.\n* Click the Upgrade Account button and follow the instructions.\n\n\n\nIf you are one of the account's secondary users, the account's Master user must give you the Add/Upgrade Services permission for the Create button to appear or be enabled on this page. From the IBM Cloud console page, the account's Master user can follow these steps to edit your permissions:\n\n\n\n* Select the Manage tab.\n* Select Access (IAM).\n* Click the Users tab from navigation pane.\n* Click the wanted User.\n* Select the Classic infrastructure tab.\n* From the Permissions tab, expand the Account category.\n* Select Add/Upgrade Services.\n* Click the Save button.\n\n\n\n* Why am I unable to reach my web page through my CDN after configuring Hotlink Protection with protectionType ALLOW?\n\nLet's consider an example in which your website's domain for users is configured to be your CDN's domain/hostname: cdn.example.com. When someone attempts to reach a web page by navigating directly from the browser's navigation bar, the browser typically does not send Referer headers in its HTTP request.","score":13.027824},{"document_id":"ibmcld_08197-0-402","text":"\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Supported browsers \n\nFor a list of supported browsers, see [Required Browsers for IBM Cloud®](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/overview?topic=overview-prereqs-platformbrowsers-platform).\n\nFor Safari, clear the options Prevent cross-site tracking and Block all cookies under Safari > Preferences > Privacy.\n\nIf you encounter problems when you use these browsers, disable your browser plug-ins.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n","score":12.988127},{"document_id":"ibmcld_09382-5993-6824","text":"\nAdd a user or service ID to the access group \n\nContinue to set up your group by adding users or service IDs.\n\n\n\n Add a user to the access group \n\nComplete the following steps to add a user:\n\n\n\n1. From the menu bar, click Manage > Access (IAM), and select Access Groups.\n2. Select the name of the group that you want to assign access to.\n3. Click Add users on the Users tab.\n4. Select the users that you want to add from the list, and click Add to group.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Add a service ID to the access group \n\nComplete the following steps to add a service ID:\n\n\n\n1. From the menu bar, click Manage > Access (IAM), and select Access Groups.\n2. Select the name of the group that you want to assign access to.\n3. Click the Service IDs tab, and click Add service ID.\n4. Select the IDs that you want to add from the list, and click Add to group.","score":12.851621}],"674aa142d92a6b4262de254df0c3f7b2<::>4":[{"document_id":"ibmcld_13074-16820-18514","text":"\nEmotion Analysis can detect emotions that are associated with targeted phrases, entities, or keywords, or it can analyze the overall emotional tone of your content.\n\nExample portion of a document enriched with Emotion Analysis:\n\n{\n\"text\": \"The stockholders were pleased that Acme Corporation plans to build a new factory in Atlanta, Georgia.\",\n\"enriched_text\": {\n\"emotion\": {\n\"document\": {\n\"emotion\": {\n\"disgust\": 0.102578,\n\"joy\": 0.626655,\n\"anger\": 0.02303,\n\"fear\": 0.018884,\n\"sadness\": 0.096802\n}\n}\n}\n\nIn the preceding example, you could query the joy Emotion by accessing enriched_text.emotion.document.emotion.joy\n\nEmotion Analysis analyzes your text and calculates a score for each emotion (anger, disgust, fear, joy, sadness) on a scale of 0.0 to 1.0. If the score of any emotion is 0.5 or higher, then that emotion is detected. The higher the score above 0.5, the higher the relevance. In the snippet shown, joy has a score above 0.5, so Watson detected joy.\n\nEmotion Analysis is supported in English only.\n\n\n\n\n\n Element classification \n\nThe Element Classification enrichment is deprecated and will no longer be available, effective 10 July 2020.\n\nParses elements (sentences, lists, tables) in governing documents to classify important types and categories For more information, see [Element classification](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/discovery?topic=discovery-element-classification).\n\n[Smart Document Understanding](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/discovery?topic=discovery-sdu) is unavailable if this enrichment is used.\n\n\n\n Enrichment pricing \n\nEnrichment pricing information is available on [IBM Cloud](https://cloud.ibm.com/catalog/services/discovery).\n\n\n\n\n\n Enrichment language support","score":37.654953},{"document_id":"ibmcld_16233-7-2298","text":"\nAbout Watson Assistant \n\nUse IBM Watson® Assistant to build your own branded live chatbot into any device, application, or channel. Your chatbot, which is also known as an assistant, connects to the customer engagement resources you already use to deliver an engaging, unified problem-solving experience to your customers.\n\n\n\n\n\n Create AI-driven conversational flows Your assistant uses industry-leading AI capabilities to understand questions that your customers ask in natural language. It uses machine learning models that are custom-built from your data to deliver accurate answers in real time. \n Embed existing help content You already know the answers to customer questions? Put your subject matter expertise to work. Add a search integration with IBM Watson® Discovery to give your assistant access to corporate data collections that it can mine for answers. \n Connect to your customer service teams If customers need more help or want to discuss a topic that requires a personal touch, connect them to human agents from your existing service desk provider. \n Bring the assistant to your customers, where they are Configure one or more built-in integrations to quickly publish your assistant on popular social media platforms such as Slack, Facebook Messenger, Intercom, or WhatsApp. Turn the assistant into a member of your customer support call center team, where it can answer the phone and address simple requests so its human teammates can focus on more nuanced customer needs. Make your assistant the go-to help resource for customers by adding it as a chat widget to your company website. If none of the built-in integrations fit your needs, use the APIs to build your own custom app. \n Track customer engagement and satisfaction Use built-in metrics to analyze logs from conversations between customers and your assistant to gauge how well it's doing and identify areas for improvement. \n\n\n\n\n\n How it works \n\nThis diagram illustrates how IBM Watson® Assistant delivers an exceptional, omnichannel customer experience:\n\nZoom\n\n\n\nHow it works\n\nCustomers interact with the assistant through one or more of these channels:","score":30.638302},{"document_id":"ibmcld_03418-4-2127","text":"\nThis documentation is for the classic Watson Assistant experience. To see the documentation for the new Watson Assistant, please go [here](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/watson-assistant).\n\n\n\n Web chat overview \n\nLearn more about the web chat that you can add to your company website.\n\nWeb chat is a code snippet that you can immediately embed in your website.\n\nWhen you build a custom user interface for your assistant, you spend a lot of time and effort writing code to solve typical UI problems. For example, you must keep up with browser support changes, manage scrolling behavior, validate input, and design the layout and styling. The time you spend designing and maintaing a UI can be better spent building a quality assistant instead. When you use the web chat integration, you can rely on us to manage the user interface, so you can focus on designing conversational exchanges that address the unique business needs of your customers. Cutting-edge functionality from IBM Design and Research is incorporated into the web chat to deliver an exceptional user experience.\n\nFor more information about how to deploy the web chat, see [Integrating the web chat with your website](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/assistant?topic=assistant-deploy-web-chat).\n\n\n\n Browser support \n\nThe web chat supports a variety of devices and platforms. As a general rule, if the last two versions of a browser account for more than 1% of all desktop or mobile traffic, the web chat supports that browser.\n\nThe following list specifies the minimum required browser software for the web chat (including the two most recent versions, except as noted):\n\n\n\n* Google Chrome\n* Apple Safari\n* Mobile Safari\n* Chrome for Android\n* Microsoft Edge (Chromium and non-Chromium)\n* Mozilla Firefox\n* Firefox ESR (most recent ESR only)\n* Opera\n* Samsung Mobile Browser\n* UC Browser for Android\n* Mobile Firefox\n\n\n\nFor optimal results when rendering the web chat on mobile devices, the
element of your web page must include the following metadata element:\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Global audience support","score":29.49734},{"document_id":"ibmcld_03330-4-2191","text":"\nThis documentation is for the classic Watson Assistant experience. To see the documentation for the new Watson Assistant, please go [here](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/watson-assistant).\n\n\n\n About Watson Assistant \n\nUse IBM Watson® Assistant to build your own branded live chatbot into any device, application, or channel. Your chatbot, which is also known as an assistant, connects to the customer engagement resources you already use to deliver an engaging, unified problem-solving experience to your customers.\n\n\n\n\n\n Create AI-driven conversational flows Your assistant leverages industry-leading AI capabilities to understand questions that your customers ask in natural language. It uses machine learning models that are custom built from your data to deliver accurate answers in real time. \n Embed existing help content You already know the answers to customer questions? Put your subject matter expertise to work. Add a search skill to give your assistant access to corporate data collections that it can mine for answers. \n Connect to your customer service teams If customers need more help or want to discuss a topic that requires a personal touch, connect them to human agents from your existing service desk provider. \n Bring the assistant to your customers, where they are Configure one or more built-in integrations to quickly publish your assistant on popular social media platforms such as Slack, Facebook Messenger, Intercom, or WhatsApp. Turn the assistant into a member of your customer support call center team, where it can answer the phone and address simple requests so its human teammates can focus on more nuanced customer needs. Make your assistant the go-to help resource for customers by adding it as a chat widget to your company website. If none of the built-in integrations fit your needs, use the APIs to build your own custom app. \n Track customer engagement and satisfaction Use built-in metrics to analyze logs from conversations between customers and your assistant to gauge how well it's doing and identify areas for improvement. \n\n\n\n\n\n How it works \n\nThis diagram illustrates how the product delivers an exceptional, omnichannel customer experience:\n\n!","score":29.22086},{"document_id":"ibmcld_07080-6045-7467","text":"\n[checkbox](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs-content/v1/content/f16b1f78a92498247223b337bd9303c2758b9ba8/discovery-data/images/checkbox.png) Deploy your solution. [Deploying your project](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/discovery-data?topic=discovery-data-deploy) \n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Enhance your chatbot \n\nDelight your customers by fortifying your chatbot with an answer to every question. Discovery is designed to work seemlessly with Watson Assistant to search and deliver answers from help content that you already own.\n\nZoom\n\n\n\nFigure 3. Answer finding enabled in the Watson Assistant web chat\n\nIf enhancing your chatbot is your goal, complete the steps that are listed in the following table.\n\n\n\nChecklist for enhancing your chatbot\n\n Step Task Related information \n\n  Create a Conversational Search project. [Creating projects](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/discovery-data?topic=discovery-data-projects) \n  Add a collection that connects to an external data source or contains uploaded files.","score":28.852352}],"674aa142d92a6b4262de254df0c3f7b2<::>5":[{"document_id":"ibmcld_13074-16820-18514","text":"\nEmotion Analysis can detect emotions that are associated with targeted phrases, entities, or keywords, or it can analyze the overall emotional tone of your content.\n\nExample portion of a document enriched with Emotion Analysis:\n\n{\n\"text\": \"The stockholders were pleased that Acme Corporation plans to build a new factory in Atlanta, Georgia.\",\n\"enriched_text\": {\n\"emotion\": {\n\"document\": {\n\"emotion\": {\n\"disgust\": 0.102578,\n\"joy\": 0.626655,\n\"anger\": 0.02303,\n\"fear\": 0.018884,\n\"sadness\": 0.096802\n}\n}\n}\n\nIn the preceding example, you could query the joy Emotion by accessing enriched_text.emotion.document.emotion.joy\n\nEmotion Analysis analyzes your text and calculates a score for each emotion (anger, disgust, fear, joy, sadness) on a scale of 0.0 to 1.0. If the score of any emotion is 0.5 or higher, then that emotion is detected. The higher the score above 0.5, the higher the relevance. In the snippet shown, joy has a score above 0.5, so Watson detected joy.\n\nEmotion Analysis is supported in English only.\n\n\n\n\n\n Element classification \n\nThe Element Classification enrichment is deprecated and will no longer be available, effective 10 July 2020.\n\nParses elements (sentences, lists, tables) in governing documents to classify important types and categories For more information, see [Element classification](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/discovery?topic=discovery-element-classification).\n\n[Smart Document Understanding](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/discovery?topic=discovery-sdu) is unavailable if this enrichment is used.\n\n\n\n Enrichment pricing \n\nEnrichment pricing information is available on [IBM Cloud](https://cloud.ibm.com/catalog/services/discovery).\n\n\n\n\n\n Enrichment language support","score":13.27148},{"document_id":"ibmcld_13074-15255-17243","text":"\nSee [Entity extraction](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/discovery?topic=discovery-configserviceentity-extraction) and [Keyword extraction](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/discovery?topic=discovery-configservicekeyword-extraction) about those enrichments.\n\nThe subject, action, and object are extracted for every sentence that contains a relation.\n\n\n\n\n\n Sentiment analysis \n\nIdentifies attitude, opinions, or feelings in the content that is being analyzed. Discovery can calculate overall sentiment within a document, sentiment for user-specified targets, entity-level sentiment, quotation-level sentiment, directional-sentiment, and keyword-level sentiment. The combination of these capabilities supports a variety of use cases ranging from social media monitoring to trend analysis.\n\nExample portion of a document enriched with Sentiment Analysis:\n\n{\n\"text\": \"The stockholders were pleased that Acme Corporation plans to build a new factory in Atlanta, Georgia.\",\n\"enriched_text\": {\n\"sentiment\": {\n\"document\": {\n\"score\": 0.459813,\n\"label\": \"positive\"\n}\n}\n\nIn the preceding example, you could query the sentiment label by accessing enriched_text.sentiment.document.label\n\nThe label is the overall sentiment of the document (positive, negative, or neutral). The sentiment label is based on the score; a score of 0.0 would indicate that the document is neutral, a positive number would indicate the document is positive, a negative number would indicate the document is negative.\n\n\n\n\n\n Emotion analysis \n\nDetects anger, disgust, fear, joy, and sadness implied in English text. Emotion Analysis can detect emotions that are associated with targeted phrases, entities, or keywords, or it can analyze the overall emotional tone of your content.\n\nExample portion of a document enriched with Emotion Analysis:\n\n{\n\"text\": \"The stockholders were pleased that Acme Corporation plans to build a new factory in Atlanta, Georgia.\",\n\"enriched_text\": {\n\"emotion\": {\n\"document\": {\n\"emotion\": {\n\"disgust\": 0.102578,","score":9.849394},{"document_id":"ibmcld_09919-9389-11561","text":"\n: If a request contains both an error in the emotion feature and a valid feature request for another feature, the response returns a 200 with a warning for the emotion feature.\n: The error log has changed from emotion request must specify at least one of: document, targets to emotion request must specify at least one of: document or targets.\n: Requests that include the emotion feature with any nonstring elements in the targets list returns an error.\n\n\n\n\n\n 1 December 2021 \n\nTone analytics\n: [Tone analytics](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/natural-language-understanding?topic=natural-language-understanding-tone_analytics) is now available, for English and French languages only. The tone analytics feature detects excited, frustrated, impolite, polite, sad, satisfied, and sympathetic tones from text.\n\n\n\n\n\n 12 October 2021 \n\nKeyword and syntax support for additional languages\n: Support for keywords and syntax is now available, for all public and premium service instances, for the following languages: Hindi, Romanian, and Turkish. In addition, syntax is available for all supported languages. For details, see [Language support](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/natural-language-understanding?topic=natural-language-understanding-language-support).\n\n\n\n\n\n 15 August 2021 \n\nCustom classification feature\n: The [custom classifications](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/natural-language-understanding?topic=natural-language-understanding-classifications) feature is now generally available (GA).\n\nCategories stock model updated\n: The [categories stock model](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/natural-language-understanding?topic=natural-language-understanding-categories-hierarchy) has been updated to use the [IAB Tech Lab 2.0 taxonomy](https://iabtechlab.com/standards/content-taxonomy/).\n\n\n\n\n\n 5 May 2021 \n\nAdvanced Rules beta feature deprecated\n: The advanced rules beta feature is deprecated. As of June 10, 2021, you will not be able to deploy advanced rules models to Natural Language Understanding; existing models will keep running. After June 24, 2021, no advanced rules models will run in Natural Language Understanding.\n\n\n\n\n\n 25 March 2021 \n\nCustom classifications beta feature","score":9.678637},{"document_id":"ibmcld_13432-9455-11593","text":"\nUse the parameter to suppress word insertions from music, coughing, and other non-speech events that can adversely affect the quality of speech recognition.\n* [Background audio suppression](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/speech-to-text?topic=speech-to-text-detectiondetection-parameters-suppression) suppresses background audio based on its volume to prevent it from being transcribed as speech. Use the parameter to suppress side conversations or background noise from speech recognition.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Speech audio parsing \n\n\n\n* [End of phrase silence time](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/speech-to-text?topic=speech-to-text-parsingsilence-time) specifies the duration of the pause interval at which the service splits a transcript into multiple final results in response to silence. If the service detects pauses or extended silence before it reaches the end of the audio stream, its response can include multiple final results. You can increase or decrease the pause interval to affect the results that you receive.\n* [Split transcript at phrase end](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/speech-to-text?topic=speech-to-text-parsingsplit-transcript) directs the services to split a transcript into multiple final results for semantic features such as sentences. The service bases its understanding of semantic features on the base language model that you use with a request. Custom language models and grammars can also influence how and where the service splits a transcript.\n* [Character insertion bias](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/speech-to-text?topic=speech-to-text-parsinginsertion-bias) specifies whether a next-generation model is to favor shorter or longer strings as it develops hypotheses during speech recognition. As it develops transcription hypotheses, the service optimizes how it parses audio to balance between competing strings of different lengths. You can indicate that the service is to bias its analysis toward shorter or longer strings.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Speaker labels \n\n\n\n* [Speaker labels](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/speech-to-text?topic=speech-to-text-speaker-labels) identify different speakers from the audio of a multi-participant exchange.","score":9.48996},{"document_id":"ibmcld_13333-1778-4047","text":"\nYou can set a threshold below which such events are ignored.\n\n\n\nBy default, speech activity detection is configured to provide optimal performance for the general case for each model. For specific cases, the default settings might not be optimal and can lead either to slow transcription or to word insertions and deletions. You are encouraged to experiment with different settings to determine which values work best for your audio.\n\n\n\n\n\n Speech detector sensitivity \n\nUse the speech_detector_sensitivity parameter to adjust the sensitivity of speech activity detection. Use the parameter to suppress word insertions from music, coughing, and other non-speech events. The service biases the audio it passes for speech recognition by evaluating chunks of the input audio against prior models of speech and non-speech activity.\n\nSpecify a float value between 0.0 and 1.0. The default value is 0.5, which provides a reasonable compromise for the level of sensitivity. A value of 0.0 suppresses all audio (no speech is transcribed). A value of 1.0 suppresses no audio (speech detection sensitivity is disabled). The values increase on a monotonic curve of sensitivity versus speech. Specifying one or two decimal places of precision (for example, 0.55) is typically more than sufficient.\n\nThis parameter can affect both the quality and the latency of speech recognition:\n\n\n\n* Lower values can decrease latency because less audio is potentially passed for speech recognition. However, a low setting might discard chunks of audio that contain actual speech, losing viable content from the transcript.\n* Higher values can increase latency because more audio is potentially passed for speech recognition. However, a high setting might pass chunks of audio that contain non-speech events, adding spurious content to the transcript.\n\n\n\n\n\n Speech detector sensitivity example \n\nThe following example request specifies a value of 0.6 for the speech_detector_sensitivity parameter with the synchronous HTTP interface. The service recognizes slightly more potential non-speech events than it would by default.\n\nIBM Cloud\n\ncurl -X POST -u \"apikey:{apikey}\" --header \"Content-Type: audio/flac\" --data-binary @{path}audio-file1.flac \"{url}/v1/recognize?speech_detector_sensitivity=0.6\"","score":9.453383}],"747a810abfd6da4a9c37cdb74feec95e<::>1":[{"document_id":"ibmcld_02998-8791-9815","text":"\nYou created a simple conversation with two intents and a dialog to recognize them.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Next steps \n\nThis tutorial is built around a simple example. For a real application, you need to define some more interesting intents, some entities, and a more complex dialog that uses them both. When you have a polished version of the assistant, you can make API calls to it from your client application.\n\n\n\n* Complete follow-on tutorials that build more advanced dialogs:\n\n\n\n* Add standard nodes with the [Building a complex dialog](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/assistant-data?topic=assistant-data-tutorial) tutorial.\n* Learn about slots with the [Adding a node with slots](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/assistant-data?topic=assistant-data-tutorial-slots) tutorial.\n\n\n\n* Check out more [sample apps](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/assistant-data?topic=assistant-data-sample-apps) to get ideas.\n\n\n\nWhen you're ready to deploy your assistant, see [Deploying](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/assistant-data?topic=assistant-data-deploy-custom-app).","score":13.860925},{"document_id":"ibmcld_02882-7-2075","text":"\nBuilding a conversational flow \n\nThe dialog defines what your assistant says in response to customers.\n\n\n\n Creating a dialog \n\nTo create a dialog, complete the following steps:\n\n\n\n1. Click the Dialog tab, and then click Create dialog.\n\nWhen you open the dialog editor for the first time, the following nodes are created for you:\n\n\n\n* Welcome: The first node. It contains a greeting that is displayed to your users when they first engage with your assistant. You can edit the greeting.\n\n\n\nThis node is not triggered in dialog flows that are initiated by users. For example, dialogs that are deployed in environments such as messaging channels where customers start the conversation do not process nodes with the welcome special condition.\n\n\n\n* Anything else: The final node. It contains phrases that are used to reply to users when their input is not recognized. You can replace the responses that are provided or add more responses with a similar meaning to add variety to the conversation. You can also choose whether you want your assistant to return each response that is defined in turn or return them in random order.\n\n\n\n2. To add more nodes to the dialog tree, click the More icon on the Welcome node, and then select Add node below.\n3. In the If assistant recognizes field, enter a condition that, when met, triggers your assistant to process the node.\n\nTo start off, you typically want to add an intent as the condition. For example, if you add open_account here, it means that you want the response that you will specify in this node to be returned to the user if the user input indicates that the user wants to open an account.\n\nAs you begin to define a condition, a box is displayed that shows you your options. You can enter one of the following characters, and then pick a value from the list of options that is displayed.\n\n\n\nCondition builder syntax\n\n Character Lists defined values for these artifact types \n\n `#` intents","score":13.19065},{"document_id":"ibmcld_03184-1586-3749","text":"\nIt is the responsibility of the client application to carry out the requested action, store the result in the context, and send it back to the dialog with the next message.\n\nYou might call a client application to do the following types of things:\n\n\n\n* Validate information that you collected from the user.\n* Do calculations or string manipulations on user input that are too complex for supported SpEL expression methods to handle.\n* Get data from another application or service.\n\n\n\nThe following diagram illustrates how client actions work, using the example of an action to get a weather forecast.\n\n\n\nThe flow of requests and responses follows this pattern:\n\n\n\n1. The client application sends a message containing user input that asks for a weather forecast (using the message or message_stateless method).\n2. The user input triggers a dialog node conditioned on a #weather intent. In its response to the client, this node specifies the get_weather client action, which is a name that the client application recognizes. (This is in addition to any text response, such as Checking the weather forecast....)\n3. When it receives this response, the client application recognizes that the get_weather action is being requested. It calls an external web service (/weather) to get the actual forecast information, passing any specified parameters (such as the user's location). The client application then stores the returned information in context variable specified in the action request ($weather_forecast).\n4. The client application sends another message to the service, including the updated context that contains the weather forecast information. From the dialog's perspective, this message is effectively the next round of user input, although the actual input text is blank.\n5. A child node of the #weather node is triggered by the presence of the $weather_forecast context variable.","score":13.128878},{"document_id":"ibmcld_02898-0-1202","text":"\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Planning the dialog \n\nLearn how to approach building a dialog.\n\n\n\n* Plan out the design of the dialog that you want to build before you add a single dialog node. Sketch it out on paper, if necessary.\n* Whenever possible, base your design decisions on data from real-world evidence and behaviors. Do not add nodes to handle a situation that someone thinks might occur.\n* Avoid copying business processes as-is. They are rarely conversational.\n* If people already use a process, examine how they approach it. People typically optimize the process from a conversational perspective.\n* Decide on the tone, personality, and positioning of your assistant. Consistently reflect these choices in the dialog you create.\n* Never misrepresent the assistant as being a human. If users believe the assistant is a person, then find out it's not, they are likely to distrust it.\n* Not everything has to be a conversation. Sometimes a web form works better.\n\n\n\nPrevious topic:[Dialog overview](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/assistant-data?topic=assistant-data-dialog-build)\n\nNext topic:[Building a conversational flow](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/assistant-data?topic=assistant-data-dialog-overview)\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n","score":12.984078},{"document_id":"ibmcld_02998-7662-9256","text":"\n[An ending node was added to the dialog also.](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs-content/v1/content/a2b18c153837bce00a5b4de496e4b4ca64bbf56e/assistant-data/images/gs-ending-node-added.png)\n\n\n\n\n\n Testing intent recognition \n\nYou built a simple dialog to recognize and respond to both greeting and ending inputs. Let's see how well it works.\n\n\n\n1. Click the  icon to open the Try it out pane. There's that reassuring welcome message.\n2. In the text field, type Hello and press Enter. The output indicates that the General_Greetings intent was recognized, and the appropriate response (Good day to you.) is displayed.\n3. Try the following input:\n\n\n\n* bye\n* howdy\n* see ya\n* good morning\n* sayonara\n\n\n\n\n\nWatson can recognize your intents even when your input doesn't exactly match the examples that you included. The dialog uses intents to identify the purpose of the user's input regardless of the precise wording used, and then responds in the way you specify.\n\n\n\n\n\n Result of building a dialog \n\nThat's it. You created a simple conversation with two intents and a dialog to recognize them.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Next steps \n\nThis tutorial is built around a simple example. For a real application, you need to define some more interesting intents, some entities, and a more complex dialog that uses them both. When you have a polished version of the assistant, you can make API calls to it from your client application.\n\n\n\n* Complete follow-on tutorials that build more advanced dialogs:","score":12.692508}],"747a810abfd6da4a9c37cdb74feec95e<::>2":[{"document_id":"ibmcld_10510-17837-19983","text":"\nWorker nodes carry the deployments and services that make up your app. When you host workloads in the public cloud, you want to ensure that your app is protected from being accessed, changed, or monitored by an unauthorized user or software.\n\n\n\n Who owns the worker node and am I responsible to secure it? \n\nThe ownership of a worker node depends on the type of cluster that you create and the infrastructure provider that you choose.\n\n\n\n* Classic clusters: Worker nodes are provisioned in to your IBM Cloud account. The worker nodes are dedicated to you and you are responsible to request timely updates to the worker nodes to ensure that the worker node OS and IBM Cloud Kubernetes Service components apply the latest security updates and patches.\n* VPC clusters: Worker nodes are provisioned in to an IBM Cloud account that is owned by IBM to enable monitoring of malicious activities and apply security updates. You can't access your worker nodes by using the VPC dashboard. However, you can manage your worker nodes by using the IBM Cloud Kubernetes Service console, CLI, or API. The virtual machines that make up your worker nodes are dedicated to you and you are responsible to request timely updates so that your worker node OS and IBM Cloud Kubernetes Service components apply the latest security updates and patches.\n\n\n\nFor more information, see [Your responsibilities by using Red Hat OpenShift on IBM Cloud](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/openshift?topic=openshift-responsibilities_iks).\n\nUse the ibmcloud oc worker update[command](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/openshift?topic=openshift-kubernetes-service-clics_worker_update) regularly (such as monthly) to deploy updates and security patches to the operating system and to update the Red Hat OpenShift version that your worker nodes run. When updates are available, you are notified when you view information about the master and worker nodes in the IBM Cloud console or CLI, such as with the ibmcloud oc clusters ls or ibmcloud oc workers ls --cluster commands. Worker node updates are provided by IBM as a full worker node image that includes the latest security patches.","score":16.607838},{"document_id":"ibmcld_06079-10297-12436","text":"\nWorker node With IBM Cloud Kubernetes Service, the virtual machines that your cluster manages are instances that are called worker nodes. These worker nodes virtual machines and all the worker node components are dedicated to you only and are not shared with other IBM customers. However, the underlying hardware is shared with other IBM customers. For more information, see [Virtual machines](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/containers?topic=containers-planning_worker_nodesvm). You manage the worker nodes through the automation tools that are provided by IBM Cloud Kubernetes Service, such as the API, CLI, or console. Unlike classic clusters, you don't see VPC compute worker nodes in your infrastructure portal or separate infrastructure bill, but instead manage all maintenance and billing activity for the worker nodes from IBM Cloud Kubernetes Service. Worker nodes include the same [components](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/containers?topic=containers-service-archworker-components) as described in the Classic architecture. Community Kubernetes worker nodes run on Ubuntu 18.04 x86_64, 16.04 x86_64 (deprecated). \n Cluster networking Your worker nodes are created in a VPC subnet in the zone that you specify. By default, the public and private cloud service endpoints for your cluster are enabled. Communication between the master and worker nodes is over the private network. Authenticated external users can communicate with the master over the public network, such as to run kubectl commands. You can optionally set up your cluster to communicate with on-prem services by setting up a VPC VPN on the private network. \n App networking You can create a Kubernetes LoadBalancer service for your apps in the cluster, which automatically provisions a VPC load balancer in your VPC outside the cluster. The load balancer is multizonal and routes requests for your app through the private NodePorts that are automatically opened on your worker nodes. For more information, see [Exposing apps with VPC load balancers](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/containers?topic=containers-vpc-lbaas). Calico is used as the cluster networking policy fabric.","score":16.41855},{"document_id":"ibmcld_06063-18145-20200","text":"\n* VPC clusters: Worker nodes are provisioned in to an IBM Cloud account that is owned by IBM to enable monitoring of malicious activities and apply security updates. You can't access your worker nodes by using the VPC dashboard. However, you can manage your worker nodes by using the IBM Cloud Kubernetes Service console, CLI, or API. The virtual machines that make up your worker nodes are dedicated to you and you are responsible to request timely updates so that your worker node OS and IBM Cloud Kubernetes Service components apply the latest security updates and patches.\n\n\n\nFor more information, see [Your responsibilities by using IBM Cloud Kubernetes Service](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/containers?topic=containers-responsibilities_iks).\n\nUse the ibmcloud ks worker update[command](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/containers?topic=containers-kubernetes-service-clics_worker_update) regularly (such as monthly) to deploy updates and security patches to the operating system and to update the Kubernetes version that your worker nodes run. When updates are available, you are notified when you view information about the master and worker nodes in the IBM Cloud console or CLI, such as with the ibmcloud ks clusters ls or ibmcloud ks workers ls --cluster commands. Worker node updates are provided by IBM as a full worker node image that includes the latest security patches. To apply the updates, the worker node must be reimaged and reloaded with the new image. Keys for the root user are automatically rotated when the worker node is reloaded.\n\n\n\n\n\n How does my worker node setup look? \n\nThe following image shows the components that are set up for every worker node to protect your worker node from malicious attacks.\n\nThe image does not include components that ensure secure end-to-end communication to and from the worker node. For more information, see [network security](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/containers?topic=containers-securitynetwork).\n\nZoom\n\n![Worker node setup in IBM Cloud Kubernetes Service excluding network security.]","score":16.399578},{"document_id":"ibmcld_10505-8460-10320","text":"\nWorker nodes
* Provide worker node patch operating system (OS), version, and security updates.
* Fulfill automation requests to update and recover worker nodes.
* Use the API, CLI, or console tools to [apply](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/containers?topic=containers-updateupdate) the provided worker node updates that include operating system patches; or to request that worker nodes are rebooted, reloaded, or replaced.
\n Cluster version
* Provide a suite of tools to automate cluster management, such as the Red Hat OpenShift on IBM Cloud [API](https://containers.cloud.ibm.com/global/swagger-global-api//), [CLI plug-in](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/containers?topic=containers-kubernetes-service-cli), and [console](https://cloud.ibm.com/kubernetes/clusters).
* Automatically apply Red Hat OpenShift master patch OS, version, and security updates.
* Make major and minor updates for master nodes available for you to apply.
* Provide worker node major, minor, and patch OS, version, and security updates.
* Fulfill automation requests to update cluster master and worker nodes.
* Use the API, CLI, or console tools to [apply](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/containers?topic=containers-updateupdate) the provided major and minor Red Hat OpenShift master updates and major, minor, and patch worker node updates.
\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Identity and access management \n\nYou and IBM share responsibilities for controlling access to your Red Hat OpenShift on IBM Cloud instances. For IBM Cloud® Identity and Access Management responsibilities, consult that product's documentation. You are responsible for identity and access management to your application data.\n\n\n\nTable 4. Responsibilities for identity and access management\n\n Resource IBM responsibilities Your responsibilities","score":16.054287},{"document_id":"ibmcld_10488-8451-10309","text":"\nWorker nodes
* Provide worker node patch operating system (OS), version, and security updates.
* Fulfill automation requests to update and recover worker nodes.
* Use the API, CLI, or console tools to [apply](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/containers?topic=containers-updateupdate) the provided worker node updates that include operating system patches; or to request that worker nodes are rebooted, reloaded, or replaced.
\n Cluster version
* Provide a suite of tools to automate cluster management, such as the Red Hat OpenShift on IBM Cloud [API](https://containers.cloud.ibm.com/global/swagger-global-api//), [CLI plug-in](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/openshift?topic=openshift-kubernetes-service-cli), and [console](https://cloud.ibm.com/kubernetes/clusters).
* Automatically apply Red Hat OpenShift master patch OS, version, and security updates.
* Make major and minor updates for master nodes available for you to apply.
* Provide worker node major, minor, and patch OS, version, and security updates.
* Fulfill automation requests to update cluster master and worker nodes.
* Use the API, CLI, or console tools to [apply](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/containers?topic=containers-updateupdate) the provided major and minor Red Hat OpenShift master updates and major, minor, and patch worker node updates.
\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Identity and access management \n\nYou and IBM share responsibilities for controlling access to your Red Hat OpenShift on IBM Cloud instances. For IBM Cloud® Identity and Access Management responsibilities, consult that product's documentation. You are responsible for identity and access management to your application data.\n\n\n\nTable 4. Responsibilities for identity and access management\n\n Resource IBM responsibilities Your responsibilities","score":16.006783}],"747a810abfd6da4a9c37cdb74feec95e<::>3":[{"document_id":"ibmcld_06294-7-1823","text":"\nCreating a cluster in your Virtual Private Cloud (VPC) \n\nCreate an IBM Cloud® Kubernetes Service cluster in your Virtual Private Cloud (VPC).\n\nWith IBM Cloud Kubernetes Service clusters on VPC, you can create your cluster in the next generation of the IBM Cloud platform, in your [Virtual Private Cloud](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/vpc?topic=vpc-about-vpc). VPC gives you the security of a private cloud environment with the dynamic scalability of a public cloud. VPC uses the next version of IBM Cloud Kubernetes Service [infrastructure providers](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/containers?topic=containers-infrastructure_providersinfrastructure_providers), with a select group of v2 API, CLI, and console functionality. You can create only standard clusters for VPC.\n\n\n\n Objectives \n\nIn the tutorial lessons, you create an IBM Cloud Kubernetes Service cluster in a Virtual Private Cloud (VPC). Then, you deploy an app and expose the app publicly by using a load balancer.\n\n\n\n\n\n Audience \n\nThis tutorial is for administrators who are creating a cluster in IBM Cloud Kubernetes Service in VPC for the first time.\n\n\n\n\n\n Prerequisites \n\nComplete the following prerequisite steps to set up permissions and the command-line environment.\n\nPermissions\n: If you are the account owner, you already have the required permissions to create a cluster and can continue to the next step. Otherwise, ask the account owner to [set up the API key and assign you the minimum user permissions in IBM Cloud IAM](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/openshift?topic=openshift-access_referencecluster_create_permissions).\n\nCommand-line tools\n: For quick access to your resources from the command line, try the [IBM Cloud Shell](https://cloud.ibm.com/shell). Otherwise, set up your local command-line environment by completing the following steps.\n\n\n\n1.","score":18.300991},{"document_id":"ibmcld_16098-7-1823","text":"\nCreating a cluster in your Virtual Private Cloud (VPC) \n\nCreate an IBM Cloud® Kubernetes Service cluster in your Virtual Private Cloud (VPC).\n\nWith IBM Cloud Kubernetes Service clusters on VPC, you can create your cluster in the next generation of the IBM Cloud platform, in your [Virtual Private Cloud](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/vpc?topic=vpc-about-vpc). VPC gives you the security of a private cloud environment with the dynamic scalability of a public cloud. VPC uses the next version of IBM Cloud Kubernetes Service [infrastructure providers](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/containers?topic=containers-infrastructure_providersinfrastructure_providers), with a select group of v2 API, CLI, and console functionality. You can create only standard clusters for VPC.\n\n\n\n Objectives \n\nIn the tutorial lessons, you create an IBM Cloud Kubernetes Service cluster in a Virtual Private Cloud (VPC). Then, you deploy an app and expose the app publicly by using a load balancer.\n\n\n\n\n\n Audience \n\nThis tutorial is for administrators who are creating a cluster in IBM Cloud Kubernetes Service in VPC for the first time.\n\n\n\n\n\n Prerequisites \n\nComplete the following prerequisite steps to set up permissions and the command-line environment.\n\nPermissions\n: If you are the account owner, you already have the required permissions to create a cluster and can continue to the next step. Otherwise, ask the account owner to [set up the API key and assign you the minimum user permissions in IBM Cloud IAM](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/openshift?topic=openshift-access_referencecluster_create_permissions).\n\nCommand-line tools\n: For quick access to your resources from the command line, try the [IBM Cloud Shell](https://cloud.ibm.com/shell). Otherwise, set up your local command-line environment by completing the following steps.\n\n\n\n1.","score":18.300991},{"document_id":"ibmcld_05851-2919-4667","text":"\nWith IBM Cloud Kubernetes Service, you can create a standard cluster in a [Virtual Private Cloud (VPC)](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/vpc?topic=vpc-getting-started). A VPC gives you the security of a private cloud environment with the dynamic scalability of a public cloud.\n\nBefore you can create a VPC cluster, you must have a VPC and at least one VPC subnet that you provision by using the IBM Cloud console, CLI, or API. You manage these resources in the VPC dashboard directly. When you create your cluster, worker nodes are automatically provisioned as [Virtual Servers for VPC](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/vpc?topic=vpc-about-advanced-virtual-servers) instances and you can view and manage these instances in IBM Cloud Kubernetes Service only.\n\nTo add persistent storage to your VPC cluster, you can use the [Block Storage for VPC add-on](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/containers?topic=containers-vpc-block). The add-on sets up pre-defined Kubernetes storage classes, the storage provider, and the storage driver in your cluster so that you can provision Block Storage for VPC by using Kubernetes persistent volume claims (PVCs).\n\nTo secure your cluster network traffic, you can modify the default security group for your worker nodes. For more information, see [Security in your IBM Cloud VPC](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/vpc?topic=vpc-security-in-your-vpc).\n\nTo connect to a different VPC or to an on-prem data center, use the [VPN for VPC](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/vpc?topic=vpc-vpn-onprem-example) service.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Kubernetes community and open source integrations \n\nBecause you own the standard clusters that you create in IBM Cloud Kubernetes Service, you can choose to install third-party solutions to add extra capabilities to your cluster.","score":17.285395},{"document_id":"ibmcld_10258-2744-4496","text":"\nWith Red Hat OpenShift on IBM Cloud, you can create a standard cluster in a [Virtual Private Cloud (VPC)](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/vpc?topic=vpc-getting-started). A VPC gives you the security of a private cloud environment with the dynamic scalability of a public cloud.\n\nBefore you can create a VPC cluster, you must have a VPC and at least one VPC subnet that you provision by using the IBM Cloud console, CLI, or API. You manage these resources in the VPC dashboard directly. When you create your cluster, worker nodes are automatically provisioned as [Virtual Servers for VPC](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/vpc?topic=vpc-about-advanced-virtual-servers) instances and you can view and manage these instances in Red Hat OpenShift on IBM Cloud only.\n\nTo add persistent storage to your VPC cluster, you can use the [Block Storage for VPC add-on](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/openshift?topic=openshift-vpc-block). The add-on sets up pre-defined Kubernetes storage classes, the storage provider, and the storage driver in your cluster so that you can provision Block Storage for VPC by using Kubernetes persistent volume claims (PVCs).\n\nTo secure your cluster network traffic, you can modify the default security group for your worker nodes. For more information, see [Security in your IBM Cloud VPC](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/vpc?topic=vpc-security-in-your-vpc).\n\nTo connect to a different VPC or to an on-prem data center, use the [VPN for VPC](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/vpc?topic=vpc-vpn-onprem-example) service.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Kubernetes community and open source integrations \n\nBecause you own the standard clusters that you create in Red Hat OpenShift on IBM Cloud, you can choose to install third-party solutions to add extra capabilities to your cluster.","score":17.198107},{"document_id":"ibmcld_04815-1593-3271","text":"\n* When you create your cluster, you must choose a VPC networking setup so that certain cluster components can communicate with each other and with networks or services outside of the cluster.\n\n\n\n* Worker-to-worker communication: All worker nodes must be able to communicate with each other on the private network through VPC subnets.\n* Worker-to-master and user-to-master communication: Your worker nodes and your authorized cluster users can communicate with the Kubernetes master securely over virtual private endpoints or cloud service endpoints.\n* Worker communication to other services or networks: Allow your worker nodes to securely communicate with other IBM Cloud services, such as IBM Cloud® Container Registry, to on-premises networks, to other VPCs, or to classic infrastructure resources.\n* External communication to apps that run on worker nodes: Allow public or private requests into the cluster as well as requests out of the cluster to a public endpoint.\n\n\n\n* Understanding of [Red Hat OpenShift on IBM Cloud](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/openshift?topic=openshift-roks-overviewservice-concepts)\n* Components that are set up in a Red Hat OpenShift on IBM Cloud [VPC cluster architecture](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/openshift?topic=openshift-service-architectureservice-arch-vpc-4)\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Next Steps \n\nThe next step on the deployment journey is:\n\n\n\n* [Prepare your IBM Cloud account](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/cloud-native-journey?topic=cloud-native-journey-cloud-native-roks-prepare-account)","score":17.197617}],"747a810abfd6da4a9c37cdb74feec95e<::>4":[{"document_id":"ibmcld_09655-7-1917","text":"\nCreate a cluster \n\nThis section steps through the build tasks needed to create the Windows Server Failover Cluster (WSFC) and the availability group.\n\nThis guide assumes that you:\n\n\n\n* Have at least two servers running Windows 2019 and SQL Server 2019 to cluster.\n* Have a bastion host with external Internet access.\n* Have deployed active directory.\n\n\n\n\n\n Install the Failover Clustering feature \n\n\n\n1. RDP to the first SQL server using a user from the SQL Admins group account and open a PowerShell session.\n2. Add the SQL Admins group to the local Remote Management Users group so users in this group, can execute remote commands.\n3. Allow inbound TCP port 5022 into the server as this port is used for availability group traffic. Install the Failover Clustering feature and then restart the server:\n\n$domainnb = \"\"\n$group = $domainnb + \"SQLAdmins\"\nAdd-LocalGroupMember -Group \"Remote Management Users\" -Member $group\nNew-NetFirewallRule -DisplayName 'SQL-AG-Inbound' -Profile Domain -Direction Inbound -Action Allow -Protocol TCP -LocalPort 5022\nInstall-WindowsFeature –Name Failover-Clustering –IncludeManagementTools\nRestart-Computer -Force\n4. Repeat for the second SQL server.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Create a WSFC and enable SQL Always On \n\n\n\n1. RDP to the first SQL server using a user from the SQL Admins group account and open a PowerShell session.\n2. Run a cluster validation test. Ignore any \"one pair of network interfaces\" warnings, as this is normal for this deployment.\n3. If there are no errors them create a WSFC cluster with a name of wsfc01 which includes the two SQL servers and . The -ManagementPointNetworkType Distributed option uses the node IP address of the virtual server which means that secondary IP addressing on the interface is not required. This option creates a Distributed Network Name (DNN), which routes traffic to the appropriate clustered resource.\n4.","score":17.460203},{"document_id":"ibmcld_10096-5554-7309","text":"\nLooking for a fast way to create a cluster from the UI? Try out [Automating cluster creation with IBM Cloud Schematics templates](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/openshift?topic=openshift-templates).\n\n\n\n\n\n Deciding on your cluster setup \n\nAfter you set up your account to create clusters, decide on the setup for your cluster. You must make these decisions every time that you create a cluster. Review the following decision tree image for more information, such as comparisons of Kubernetes and Red Hat OpenShift, and VPC and classic infrastructure.\n\n\n\n\n\n Next steps \n\nWhen the cluster is up and running, you can check out the following cluster administration tasks:\n\n\n\n* If you created the cluster in a multizone capable zone, [spread worker nodes by adding a zone to your cluster](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/openshift?topic=openshift-add_workers).\n* [Deploy an app in your cluster.](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/containers?topic=containers-deploy_appapp_cli)\n* [Set up your own private registry in IBM Cloud to store and share Docker images with other users.](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/Registry?topic=Registry-getting-started)\n* [Set up the cluster autoscaler](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/openshift?topic=openshift-cluster-scaling-classic-vpc) to automatically add or remove worker nodes from your worker pools based on your workload resource requests.\n* Control who can create pods in your cluster with [pod security policies](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/containers?topic=containers-psp).\n\n\n\nThen, you can check out the following network configuration steps for your cluster setup:\n\n\n\n* Classic clusters:\n\n\n\n* Isolate networking workloads to edge worker nodes [in classic clusters without a gateway](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/openshift?topic=openshift-edge).","score":17.165474},{"document_id":"ibmcld_10085-7670-9434","text":"\nIf you are logging in with a federated ID, use ibmcloud login --sso.\n\nibmcloud login [--sso]\n2. If you have multiple IBM Cloud accounts, select the account where you want to create your cluster.\n3. To create clusters in a resource group other than default, target that resource group. A cluster can be created in only one resource group, and after the cluster is created, you can't change its resource group. You must have at least the [Viewer role](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/openshift?topic=openshift-userschecking-perms) for the resource group to target it.\n\nibmcloud target -g \n4. Review the zones where you can create your cluster. In the output of the following command, zones have a Location Type of dc. To span your cluster across zones, you must create the cluster in a [multizone-capable zone](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/openshift?topic=openshift-regions-and-zoneszones-mz). Multizone-capable zones have a metro value in the Multizone Metro column. If you want to create a multizone cluster, you can use the IBM Cloud console, or [add more zones](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/openshift?topic=openshift-add_workersadd_zone) to your cluster after the cluster is created.\n\nibmcloud oc locations\n\nWhen you select a zone that is located outside your country, keep in mind that you might require legal authorization before data can be physically stored in a foreign country.\n5. Review the worker node flavors that are available in that zone. The flavor determines the amount of virtual CPU, memory, and disk space that is set up in each worker node and made available to your apps. Worker nodes in classic clusters can be created as virtual machines on shared or dedicated infrastructure, or as bare metal machines that are dedicated to you.","score":17.000034},{"document_id":"ibmcld_10501-10889-12757","text":"\nCreating cluster...\nOK\nCluster created with ID brkhsd220b6ktv7sjl50\n4. Wait for the cluster to reach a Warning state. The Warning state indicates that the cluster master is fully deployed, but no worker nodes could be detected in the cluster.\n\nibmcloud oc cluster ls\n\nExample output\n\nOK\nName ID State Created Workers Location Version Resource Group Name Provider\nsatcluster brkhsd220b6ktv7sjl50 warning 12 minutes ago 0 mylocation 4.5.23_1525_openshift Default satellite\n5. Make sure that hosts are assigned as worker nodes to the cluster.\n\n\n\n* Autoassignment: If you included --host-labels when you created the cluster and you have available hosts with matching labels in your Satellite location, the worker nodes are automatically assigned to the cluster. If you don't have any available and matching hosts, the cluster is still created but enters a Warning state. [Attach hosts](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/satellite?topic=satellite-attach-hosts) to your Satellite location so that hosts can be assigned as worker nodes to the worker pool. If the hosts are not automatically assigned, you can also manually [assign Satellite hosts to your cluster](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/satellite?topic=satellite-assigning-hostshost-assign-manual).\n* Manual assignment: [Assign Satellite hosts to your cluster](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/satellite?topic=satellite-assigning-hostshost-assign-manual). After the hosts successfully bootstrap, the hosts function as the worker nodes for your cluster to run Red Hat OpenShift workloads. Generally, assign at least 3 hosts as worker nodes in your cluster.\n\n\n\n6. Verify that your cluster reaches a normal state.\n\nibmcloud oc cluster ls\n\nExample output\n\nOK\nName ID State Created Workers Location Version Resource Group Name Provider\nsatcluster brkhsd220b6ktv7sjl50 normal 2 hours ago 3 mylocation 4.3.23_1525_openshift Default satellite","score":16.874708},{"document_id":"ibmcld_05819-1301-3152","text":"\nGive your cluster a unique name, such as mycluster-free.\n4. Select a resource group to create the cluster in, such as default.\n5. In the Summary pane, review the order summary and then click Create. A worker pool is created that contains one worker node in the default resource group.\n\n\n\nThe worker node can take a few minutes to provision, but you can see the progress in the Worker nodes tab. When the status reaches Ready, you can start working with your cluster by [deploying your first app](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/containers?topic=containers-getting-starteddeploy-app)!\n\n\n\n\n\n Creating a VPC cluster in the IBM Cloud console \n\nCreate a standard VPC cluster by using the IBM Cloud console. For more detailed information about your cluster customization options, see [Creating a standard VPC cluster](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/containers?topic=containers-cluster-create-vpc-gen2&interface=ui).\n\nVPC clusters can be created as standard clusters only, and as such incur costs. Be sure to review the order summary at the end of this tutorial to review the costs for your cluster. To keep your costs to a minimum, set up your cluster as a single zone cluster with one worker node only.\n\n\n\n1. Create a Virtual Private Cloud (VPC) on generation 2 compute.\n\n\n\n1. Navigate to the [VPC create console](https://cloud.ibm.com/vpc/provision/vpc).\n2. Give the VPC a name and select a resource group to deploy the VPC into.\n3. Give the VPC subnet a name and select the location where you want to create the cluster.\n4. Attach a public gateway to your subnet so that you can access public endpoints from your cluster. This public gateway is used later on to access container images from Docker Hub.\n5. Click Create virtual private cloud.\n\n\n\n2. From the [IBM Cloud Kubernetes Service dashboard](https://cloud.ibm.com/kubernetes/clusters), click Create cluster.","score":16.615837}],"747a810abfd6da4a9c37cdb74feec95e<::>5":[{"document_id":"ibmcld_12199-3808-5504","text":"\nTemplate files are written to a [YAML schema](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/schematics?topic=schematics-bp-template-schema-yaml) and specify the Terraform [automation modules](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/schematics?topic=schematics-sch-termsbpb5) to be used, their versions, Git source libraries, and the relationships and dependencies between modules. Template files versioned and sourced from a version control system, GitHub or GitLab.\n\n\n\n\n\n Blueprint configuration \n\nA blueprint configuration is the initial definition that the user provides to create a blueprint. The configuration defines the [blueprint template](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/schematics?topic=schematics-sch-termsbpb2) YAML file to be used, its Git source location. Also any [input files](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/schematics?topic=schematics-sch-termsbpi2) that will be used to customize the template, file version information, and additional dynamic (override) inputs.\n\n\n\n\n\n Blueprint environment \n\nA blueprint environment is the set of IBM Cloud resources that are created from a [blueprint template](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/schematics?topic=schematics-sch-termsbpb2) and the inputs that are specified by a [blueprint configuration](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/schematics?topic=schematics-sch-termsbpb3). It is composed of smaller linked modular environments.\n\n\n\n\n\n Blueprint modules \n\nBlueprint templates are composed from IaC automation modules. Modules perform the work of deploying Cloud resources using open-source IaC tools. Initial support is for modules written in Terraform with additional IaC tools planned. Tools like Redhat Ansible and Helm, may be utilized today as blueprint modules using a Terraform wrapper.","score":14.476236},{"document_id":"ibmcld_12052-2939-4666","text":"\nTemplates are [reusable across multiple environments](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/schematics?topic=schematics-define-blueprintsdefine-templates-input), with the customizable input values maintained separately from the template as [inputs](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/schematics?topic=schematics-sch-termsbpi1). In cookie cutter fashion, several environments can be created from the same blueprint template. Each environment has its own [blueprint configuration](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/schematics?topic=schematics-sch-termsbpb3) and inputs. This separation of template from its runtime configuration allows a single template to be reused many times to deploy a range of environments such as dev, stage, and production with multiple target regions. Each environment being customized with its own input values. See the section [Understanding blueprint templates and configuration](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/schematics?topic=schematics-blueprint-templates) for more details.\n\nFor examples of blueprint templates and inputs, see the [IBM Cloud Schematics repository](https://github.com/orgs/Cloud-Schematics/repositories?q=blueprint). Creation and editing of blueprints can be performed in [VSCode with the YAML language extension](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/schematics?topic=schematics-edit-blueprints). Refer to the sections [understanding blueprint templates and configurations](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/schematics?topic=schematics-blueprint-templates) and [blueprint template reference](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/schematics?topic=schematics-bp-template-schema-yaml) for guidance to the blueprint syntax when creating or modifying a template.\n\nChange in blueprint environments is explicitly managed through version control.","score":14.264357},{"document_id":"ibmcld_12104-9776-11234","text":"\nSoftware deployments with Schematics\n\n\n\n1. Choose a template: The [IBM software solutions catalog](https://cloud.ibm.com/catalogsoftware) offers a wide variety of infrastructure and software templates that you can choose from. These templates help to quickly install software, such as IBM Cloud Paks, IBM® WebSphere Application Server for IBM Cloud®, or Kibana and Grafana into the target service of your choice.\n2. Configure your workspace and target: When you choose one of the provided templates, you must select the target where you want to install the template. Depending on the template that you choose, the target can be an IBM Cloud Kubernetes Service cluster, a Red Hat OpenShift on IBM Cloud cluster, or a classic or Virtual Servers for VPC. Because Schematics is used to install the software, you must configure the workspace that is automatically created for you.\n3. Run the template: When you run the template, Schematics uses the built-in Terraform, Ansible, Helm, OpenShift Operator, or Cloud Pak capabilities to install your software or spin up infrastructure resources. You can use your workspace to monitor the progress of your template execution.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Next steps \n\n\n\n* Explore blueprint samples by using Schematics [tutorials](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/schematics?topic=schematics-provisioning-terraform-template).\n* Click [here](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/schematics?topic=schematics-how-it-works) to revisit the Schematics use cases.","score":14.186135},{"document_id":"ibmcld_12098-7-1814","text":"\nSoftware deployment in IBM Cloud Schematics \n\nTry out one of the IBM® provided software templates to quickly spin up a classic Virtual Server Instance (VSI), and automatically configure the instance to connect to an IBM Cloud® Databases for PostgreSQL instance.\n\nWith IBM Cloud Schematics, you can choose from a wide variety of [software and infrastructure templates](https://cloud.ibm.com/catalogsoftware) that you can use to set up IBM Cloud services, and to install IBM and Third party software. The templates are applied by using the built-in Terraform, Ansible, Helm, CloudPak, and Operator capabilities in Schematics.\n\nAs part of this getting started tutorial, you create a Schematics Workspaces that points to the [VSI database](https://cloud.ibm.com/catalogabout) template. Then, you run this template and watch Schematics provision your VSI and your IBM Cloud Databases for PostgreSQL instance. IBM Cloud Databases for PostgreSQL is a fully managed database offering in IBM Cloud that supports storing of non-relational and relational data types. For more information about this offering, see [What is PostgreSQL?](https://www.ibm.com/cloud/databases-for-postgresql).\n\nThis getting started tutorial incurs costs. You must have an [IBM Cloud Pay-As-You-Go or Subscription](https://cloud.ibm.com/registration) account to proceed. Make sure that you review pricing information for [classic VSIs](https://cloud.ibm.com/gen1/infrastructure/provision/vs) and [PostgreSQL](https://cloud.ibm.com/databases/databases-for-postgresql/create).\n\n\n\n Before you begin \n\nBefore you can use this template, you must complete the following tasks.\n\n\n\n* Make sure that you have the permissions to [create classic virtual servers](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/virtual-servers?topic=virtual-servers-managing-device-access).","score":13.997465},{"document_id":"ibmcld_11163-67115-69086","text":"\nFor more information about this new enhancement, see [Invite User Flow and Transparent Actions](https://www.ibm.com/cloud/blog/announcements/invite-user-flow-and-transparent-actions).\n\n\n\n\n\n 03 October 2019 \n\nCloud Paks and Schematics templates\n: With the deployment power of the IBM Cloud Schematics service, we now deliver bundled solutions through packaged software and deployable automation scripts that empower you to build, manage, and modernize your cloud architectures faster and more securely. The first release of these offerings include IBM Cloud Paks and a handful of useful Terraform-based templates.\n\nFrom the [catalog](https://cloud.ibm.com/catalog), filter by the offering type and deployment target to find what you're looking for faster. Select Cloud Paks and Terraform to check out the new offerings that are available.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n September 2019 \n\n\n\n 23 September 2019 \n\nTerm-based model for IBM Cloud support subscriptions\n: New subscriptions for IBM Cloud support now follow the same term-based model as subscriptions for IBM Cloud platform services. Rather than credit being valid in monthly increments, credit is now available up front for an entire subscription term, which can be up to one year's worth of credit. You now have more flexibility to use your support credit when you need it, and the chances of incurring monthly overages are reduced. When you buy or renew a support subscription, any existing active support subscriptions are converted to this new flexible model for the remainder of their term. For more information, see [Support subscriptions](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/account?topic=account-accountssupport-subscriptions).\n\nYou can also now view your support subscriptions in the IBM Cloud console so you can keep track of your available credit. For more information, see [Viewing your support costs](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/billing-usage?topic=billing-usage-support).\n\n\n\n\n\n 12 September 2019 \n\nRedirecting SoftLayer to IBM Cloud","score":13.647079}],"747a810abfd6da4a9c37cdb74feec95e<::>6":[{"document_id":"ibmcld_11408-13151-14243","text":"\nThe following table shows the charges based on the number of connections (includes all types of connection such as DL, VPC, etc.) that you create:\n\n\n\nTable 14. TGW charges based on number of connections\n\n Number of connections Charges \n\n 1 - 4 No charges \n 5 - 20 $9.405 \n 21 - 50 $7.315 \n 51+ $4.7025 \n\n\n\nThe Transit Gateway charges indicated in the tables above are subjected to change. To calculate your pricing, use the [IBM cost estimator](https://cloud.ibm.com/estimator) in IBM Cloud console.\n\n\n\n\n\n End of billing \n\nThe monthly billing cycle ends when you delete the LPAR. If you scale your infrastructure up and down in response to workload requirements, your billing follows the timing of the LPAR provision change. If you stop the LPAR, the billing process is not stopped. You must delete the LPAR to stop the billing cycle.\n\nYou are still charged if the VM is in a suspended state. When your VM is inactive, you can use Dynamic Logical Partitioning (DLPAR) to resize it to a minimal state. You can drastically decrease the price per hour by reducing the VM's core count and memory.","score":16.86797},{"document_id":"ibmcld_04031-1609-3779","text":"\nFor IBM Blockchain Platform cost estimation purposes, 1 VPC = 1 CPU = 1 vCPU = 1 Core. The term \"VPC\" is also used to refer to a type of infrastructure on IBM Cloud and is unrelated to this topic.\n\nFor a total cost estimate, remember that your blockchain network consists of an Kubernetes cluster on IBM Cloud that contains IBM Blockchain Platform components and uses storage of your choice. Your Kubernetes cluster on IBM Cloud and the storage that you choose incur separate charges. You will not be charged for the cluster that the Operational Tooling instance, also known as the console, is running on. See the [Architecture reference](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/blockchain?topic=blockchain-ibp-console-overviewibp-console-overview-architecture) topic for an illustration. More details on how to calculate charges are described below.\n\n\n\n Benefits of the new pricing model \n\n\n\n* No membership fees: Freedom from membership fees means that you can invest directly in your blockchain components.\n* Estimation clarity: A simple hourly pricing model makes cost estimation clear and easy by using the cost estimator tool that is available in the IBM Cloud dashboard.\n* No minimum fee required: Pay for only what you use, no minimum VPC hourly package is required, which makes it very inexpensive to get started.\n* Scalability of compute: You have the option to scale your compute up during peak usage periods or down to a minute fraction of capacity for when the compute is not needed to minimize expense.\n\n\n\nIn summary, these features remove the complexity of accounting for membership limitations or purchasing compute ahead of your needs.\n\n\n\n\n\n Find out how to preview the platform free for 30 days \n\nYou can preview the IBM Blockchain Platform at no charge for 30 days when you link your IBM Blockchain Platform service instance to an IBM Cloud Kubernetes free cluster.\n\nLimitations of the free preview\n\n\n\n* Performance will be limited by throughput, storage, and functionality. Read more about the [limitations of free clusters](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/containers?topic=containers-cs_ovcluster_types).\n* IBM Cloud will delete your Kubernetes cluster after 30 days.","score":16.493145},{"document_id":"ibmcld_10116-16035-17814","text":"\nPricing for VPC infrastructure varies based on regional location and sustained usage.\n\nThis information applies to VPC worker nodes only.\n\nRegional uplift charges\n: When you create a cluster on VPC infrastructure, the worker nodes might incur an uplift charge that varies by the [multizone location](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/openshift?topic=openshift-regions-and-zoneszones-vpc) that you create the cluster in. The uplift charge is a percentage (%) of the hourly rate (r), and is added to the hourly rate of the worker node. The total hourly rate cost for a worker node can be calculated as r + (r × %). In the [Red Hat OpenShift cluster creation console](https://cloud.ibm.com/kubernetes/catalog/create?platformType=openshift), this uplift is reflected in the pricing calculator as you configure your cluster details. The following table describes the pricing uplift by region.\n: For a table that describes the pricing uplift by region, see [Regional pricing for VPC](https://cloud.ibm.com/vpc-ext/provision/vs).\n\nSustained usage discounts\n: For virtual server instances that are billed at an hourly rate, discounted prices depend on how long the instance runs during the billing month. For more information, expand the Sustained usage discounts on IBM Cloud Virtual Servers for VPC section on the [Pricing for VPC](https://cloud.ibm.com/vpc-ext/provision/vs) page.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Estimating costs \n\nSee [Estimating your costs](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/billing-usage?topic=billing-usage-costcost).\n\nKeep in mind that some charges are not reflected in the estimate, such as tiered pricing for increased hourly usage. For more information, see [Understanding costs for your clusters](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/openshift?topic=openshift-costscosts-for-clusters).\n\n\n\n\n\n Managing costs","score":14.873825},{"document_id":"ibmcld_10116-10237-12114","text":"\n[Menu icon](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs-content/v1/content/bce0f0917a9eea684d1b4b704ac6343a1f65f446/icons/icon_hamburger.svg) selecting Classic Infrastructure, and then selecting the Network > Bandwidth > Summary page.\n\nReview the following factors that impact public bandwidth charges:\n\n\n\n* Location: As with worker nodes, charges vary depending on the zone that your resources are deployed in.\n* Pay-As-You-Go for VM: Because VMs are billed at an hourly rate, your VM worker node machines have a Pay-As-You-Go allocation of outbound networking based on GB usage.\n* Included bandwidth and tiered packages for BM: Bare metal worker nodes might come with a certain allocation of outbound networking per month that varies by geography: 20 TB for North America and Europe, or 5 TB for Asia Pacific and South America. After you exceed your included bandwidth, you are charged according to a tiered usage scheme for your geography. If you exceed a tier allotment, you might also be charged a standard data transfer fee. For more information, see [Bandwidth packages](https://www.ibm.com/cloud/bandwidth).\n\n\n\nVPC clusters: For more information about how internet data transfer works in your Virtual Private Cloud, see [Pricing for VPC](https://cloud.ibm.com/vpc-ext/provision/vs).\n\n\n\n\n\n Subnet IP addresses \n\nSubnets for Red Hat OpenShift on IBM Cloud clusters vary by infrastructure provider.\n\nClassic clusters: When you create a standard cluster, a portable public subnet with 8 public IP addresses is ordered and charged to your account monthly. For pricing information, see the [Subnets and IPs](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/subnets) documentation or estimate your costs in the [classic subnets console)](https://cloud.ibm.com/classic/network/subnet/provision). If you already have available portable public subnets in your infrastructure account, you can use these subnets instead.","score":14.820522},{"document_id":"ibmcld_05666-3176-5101","text":"\n* 291 - 540 hours\n* 541+ hours\n\n\n\n\n\nPhysical machines, or bare metal, (not available for VPC clusters) yield high-performance benefits for workloads such as data, GPU, and AI. Additionally, all the hardware resources are dedicated to your workloads, so you don't have \"noisy neighbors\". Keep in mind these factors that impact your bare metal costs.\n\n\n\n* Monthly billing only: All bare metals are charged monthly.\n* Longer ordering process: After you order or cancel a bare metal server, the process is completed manually in your IBM Cloud infrastructure account. Therefore, it can take more than one business day to complete.\n\nVPC Generation 2 only: Prices vary by region where the underlying worker node infrastructure resides, and you can get sustained usage discounts. For more information, see [What are the regional uplift charges and sustained usage discounts for VPC worker nodes?](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/containers?topic=containers-costscharges_vpc_gen2).\n\n\n\nFor more information about worker node specifications, see [Available hardware for worker nodes](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/containers?topic=containers-planning_worker_nodesplanning_worker_nodes).\n\n\n\n\n\n Public bandwidth \n\nBandwidth refers to the public data transfer of inbound and outbound network traffic, both to and from IBM Cloud resources in data centers around the globe.\n\nClassic clusters: Public bandwidth is charged per GB. You can review your current bandwidth summary by logging into the [IBM Cloud console](https://cloud.ibm.com/), from the menu  selecting Classic Infrastructure, and then selecting the Network > Bandwidth > Summary page.\n\nReview the following factors that impact public bandwidth charges:\n\n\n\n* Location: As with worker nodes, charges vary depending on the zone that your resources are deployed in.","score":14.767583}],"747a810abfd6da4a9c37cdb74feec95e<::>7":[{"document_id":"ibmcld_03994-15948-17676","text":"\nIf you do not want to use the default File Storage that is pre-selected for you when you provision a Kubernetes cluster in IBM Cloud, you can provision storage of your choice. See this topic on [Persistent storage considerations](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/blockchain?topic=blockchain-ibp-v2-deploy-iksibp-console-storage) to learn more.\n* If you decide to include IBM Cloud multi-zone support in your Kubernetes cluster on IBM Cloud, you must provision your own storage. See [Using Multizone (MZR) clusters with IBM Blockchain Platform](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/blockchain?topic=blockchain-ibp-v2-deploy-iksibp-console-mzr) for more details.\n* You can preview the IBM Blockchain Platform at no charge for 30 days when you link your IBM Blockchain Platform service instance to an IBM Cloud Kubernetes free cluster. Performance will be limited by throughput, storage and functionality. IBM Cloud will delete your cluster after 30 days and you cannot migrate any nodes or data from a free cluster to a paid cluster. If you choose a paid Kubernetes cluster instead of the limited free cluster, you will incur charges for the Kubernetes service to your IBM Cloud account.\n* Kubernetes clusters that are configured with private VLANs are not supported.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n License and pricing \n\nIBM Blockchain Platform for IBM Cloud introduces a new hourly pricing model based on virtual processor core (VPC) usage. The simplified model is based on the amount of CPU (or VPC) that your IBM Blockchain Platform nodes consume on an hourly basis, at a flat rate of $0.29 USD/VPC-hour, where 1 VPC = 1 CPU. See this topic on [Pricing](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/blockchain?topic=blockchain-ibp-saas-pricing) for more details.\n\n\n\n\n\n Getting started","score":15.318765},{"document_id":"ibmcld_11613-3252-5201","text":"\nProfile name Naming convention component What it means \n\n mx2-16x128 m Memory Optimized family \n x Intel x86_64 CPU Architecture \n 2 The generation for the underlying hardware \n — spacer \n 16 16 vCPU \n x spacer \n 128 128 GiB RAM \n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Profiles available on Hourly Consumption Billing \n\nAll IBM Cloud Virtual Servers for VPC are available with Hourly Consumption Billing, which includes Suspend Discounts and Sustained Usage Discounts. With Suspend Discounts, storage charges occur only if the server is in Shutdown state. With Sustained Usage Discount, the more a server is used, the less the cost per hour.\n\n\n\n\n\n Storage specifications \n\nWhen the virtual server profiles for SAP HANA are initially provisioned, the servers all have one pre-configured volume (vda) attached with the following basic layout:\n\n\n\nTable 4. Storage configuration of the default virtual server deployment (boot volume)\n\n File system Partition Storage type size (GB) Nr. of
IOPS \n\n / vda1 Pre-configured boot volume 100 3,000 \n /boot vda2 Pre-configured boot volume 0.25 3,000 \n\n\n\nTo fulfill the size and I/O requirements for SAP NetWeaver or SAP AnyDB, more [IBM® Cloud Block Storage for Virtual Private Cloud](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/vpc?topic=vpc-block-storage-about) volumes need to be added as data volumes to the virtual server configuration.\n\nBlock Storage Volumes for Virtual Servers can be created based on different volume profiles that provide different levels of IOPS per gigabyte (IOPS/GB). For more information, see [IOPS tiers](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/vpc?topic=vpc-block-storage-profilestiers) for details.\n\nYou must consider the total IOPS required for your installation and the performance characteristics of your database. One option is to colocate multiple directories into a single large volume with high IOPS, versus isolating directories into individual small volumes with an insufficient number of IOPS for the workload characteristics.","score":14.799616},{"document_id":"ibmcld_11612-1450-3419","text":"\nFor more information, see [Bare metal server profiles](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/vpc?topic=vpc-bare-metal-servers-profile).\n\nThe first letter of the profile name indicates the profile family:\n\n\n\nTable 2. IBM Cloud Bare Metal Servers for VPC Profile Families\n\n First letter Characteristics of the related profile family \n\n c Compute Optimized family, CPU to Memory ratio 1:2 \n b Balanced family, CPU to Memory ratio 1:4 \n m Memory Optimized family, higher CPU to Memory ratio 1:8 \n\n\n\nThe Bare Metal Server profile names are contextual and sequential. See the following example:\n\n\n\n Profile name Naming convention component What it means \n\n mx2d-metal-96x768 m Memory Optimized family \n x Intel x86_64 CPU Architecture \n 2 The generation for the underlying hardware \n d the optional 'd' in the name indicates that the server is equipped with one or more SSD storage devices \n — spacer \n 96 96 vCPU \n x spacer \n 768 768 GiB RAM \n '-metal-' in the name indicates that this is a Bare Metal Server. \n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Profiles available on Hourly Consumption Billing \n\nAll IBM Cloud Bare Metal Servers for VPC are available with Hourly Consumption Billing, which includes Suspend Discounts and Sustained Usage Discounts. With Suspend Discounts, storage charges occur only if the server is in Shutdown state. With Sustained Usage Discount, the more a server is used, the less the cost per hour.\n\n\n\n\n\n Storage specifications \n\nWhen the bare metal server profiles for SAP NetWeaver are initially provisioned, the servers all have one pre-configured disk (sda) attached with the following basic layout:\n\n\n\nTable 4. Storage configuration of the default bare metal server deployment (boot volume)\n\n File system Partition Storage type Size \n\n sda1 Pre-configured BIOS volume 1 MB \n /boot/efi sda2 Pre-configured boot volume 100 MB \n / sda3 Pre-configured root volume 9.9 GB \n\n\n\n\n\n Internal Storage \n\nYour bare metal server on VPC comes with a number of internal NVMEs, depending on its size.","score":14.396238},{"document_id":"ibmcld_11408-11687-13539","text":"\nData volumes of 235 GB\n\nBoot volumes of 200 GB\n\nDeployed VMs of 160 GB\n\n\n\nTable 10. Account billable for storage use case\n\n Name Size State/Description \n\n data-volume-1 20 GB Available \n data-volume-2 25 GB In-use (attached to vm-1) \n data-volume-3 100 GB In-use (attached to vm-1) \n data-volume-4 30 GB Available \n data-volume-5 60 GB In-use (attached to vm-2) \n\n\n\nTotal billable storage = 595 GB\n\n\n\n* Data volumes: 235 GB\n* Image volumes: 200 GB\n* Deployed VMs: 160 GB\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Pricing for VPN connection \n\nWhen you use a VPN connection, you are billed monthly.\n\nIBM charges with the base price hourly per connection. The base price varies per geography. So if you use one vpn connection that is active for a month, the monthly bill would be $base price X 24 hours X 30 days.\n\n\n\n\n\n Pricing for Power Edge Router \n\nAs a Power Systems Virtual Server user, you are charged based on the Transit Gateway connections that you use:\n\n\n\n* New Transit Gateway that you create in a PER workspace.\n* Existing Transit Gateways that add Power Systems Virtual Server workspace to their existing connection.\n\n\n\nHere are some more PER charges based on the following Transit Gateway specifics:\n\n\n\n* Routing option\n* Number of connections\n\n\n\nThe following table shows the charges based on the routing option that you select:\n\n\n\nTable 13. TGW charges based on routing\n\n Routing type Charges \n\n Local routing data transfer No charges \n Global routing data transfer $0.009405 GB \n\n\n\nThe following table shows the charges based on the number of connections (includes all types of connection such as DL, VPC, etc.) that you create:\n\n\n\nTable 14. TGW charges based on number of connections\n\n Number of connections Charges \n\n 1 - 4 No charges \n 5 - 20 $9.405 \n 21 - 50 $7.315 \n 51+ $4.7025 \n\n\n\nThe Transit Gateway charges indicated in the tables above are subjected to change.","score":14.280129},{"document_id":"ibmcld_10543-1357-3177","text":"\nbillingType: \"hourly\" The default billing policy used. User can override this default\nencrypted: \"false\" By default, all PVC using this class will only be provider managed encrypted. The user can override this default\nencryptionKey: \"\" If encrypted is true, then a user must specify the encryption key used associated KP instance\nresourceGroup: \"\" Use resource group if specified here. else use the one mentioned in storage-secrete-store\nzone: \"\" By default, the storage vpc driver will select a zone. The user can override this default\ntags: \"\" A list of tags \"a, b, c\" that will be created when the volume is created. This can be overidden by user\nclassVersion: \"1\"\nuid: \"\" The initial user identifier for the file share.\ngid: \"\" The initial group identifier for the file share.\nreclaimPolicy: \"Delete\"\nallowVolumeExpansion: true\nShow more\n\nname\n: Enter a name for your storage class.\n\nprofile\n: Enter the profile that you selected in the previous step, or enter custom to use a custom IOPs value. To find supported storage sizes for a specific profile, see [Tiered IOPS profile](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/vpc?topic=vpc-block-storage-profiles). Any PVC that uses this storage class must specify a size value that is within this range.\n\nencrypted\n: In the parameters, enter true to create a storage class that sets up encryption for your File Storage for VPC volume. If you set this option to true, you must provide the root key CRN of your Key Protect service instance that you want to use in parameterencryptionKey.\n\nencryptionKey\n: If you entered true for parameters.encrypted, then enter the root key CRN of your Key Protect service instance that you want to use to encrypt your File Storage for VPC volume.\n\nzone\n: In the parameters, enter the VPC zone where you want to create the Block Storage for VPC instance.","score":14.153531}],"a2698b2973ea7db1ee5adb5e70ec02e4<::>1":[{"document_id":"834226571_4749-5081-0-332","text":"Storm drain\nSome of the heavier sediment and small objects may settle in a catchbasin , or sump , which lies immediately below the outlet , where water from the top of the catchbasin reservoir overflows into the sewer proper . The catchbasin serves much the same function as the `` trap '' in household wastewater plumbing in trapping objects .","title":"Storm drain","score":16.88009},{"document_id":"834226571_11488-12059-0-571","text":"Storm drain\nCatch basins are commonly designed with a sump area below the outlet pipe level which is a reservoir for water and debris to help prevent the pipe from clogging . Unless they are constructed with permeable bottoms to allow water to infiltrate into the underlying soil , this subterranean basin can become a perfect mosquito breeding area because it is cool , dark , and retains stagnant water for long periods of time . Combined with standard grates which have holes large enough for mosquitoes to enter and leave the basin , this is a major problem in mosquito control .","title":"Storm drain","score":15.861658},{"document_id":"834226571_364-764-0-400","text":"Storm drain\nA storm drain , storm sewer ( U.S. and Canada ) , surface water drain / sewer ( United Kingdom ) , or stormwater drain ( Australia and New Zealand ) is designed to drain excess rain and ground water from impervious surfaces such as paved streets , car parks , parking lots , footpaths , sidewalks , and roofs . Storm drains vary in design from small residential dry wells to large municipal systems .","title":"Storm drain","score":15.753506},{"document_id":"834226571_8587-9336-0-749","text":"Storm drain\nRunoff into storm sewers can be minimized by including sustainable urban drainage systems ( UK term ) or low impact development or green infrastructure practices ( US terms ) into municipal plans . To reduce stormwater from rooftops , flows from eaves troughs ( rain gutters and downspouts ) may be infiltrated into adjacent soil , rather than discharged into the storm sewer system . Storm water runoff from paved surfaces can be directed to unlined ditches ( sometimes called swales or bioswales ) before flowing into the storm sewers , again to allow the runoff to soak into the ground . Permeable paving materials can be used in building sidewalks , driveways and in some cases , parking lots , to infiltrate a portion of the stormwater volume .","title":"Storm drain","score":15.707015},{"document_id":"834226571_10005-10224-0-219","text":"Storm drain\nThe first flush from urban runoff can be extremely dirty . Storm water may become contaminated while running down the road or other impervious surface , or from lawn chemical run - off , before entering the drain . Lack","title":"Storm drain","score":15.631505}],"a2698b2973ea7db1ee5adb5e70ec02e4<::>2":[{"document_id":"834226571_5082-5403-0-321","text":"Storm drain\nIn the United States , unlike the plumbing trap , the catchbasin does not necessarily prevent sewer gases such as hydrogen sulfide and methane from escaping . However , in the United Kingdom , where they are called gully pots , they are designed as true water - filled traps and do block the egress of gases and rodents .","title":"Storm drain","score":21.575958},{"document_id":"834226571_4749-5081-0-332","text":"Storm drain\nSome of the heavier sediment and small objects may settle in a catchbasin , or sump , which lies immediately below the outlet , where water from the top of the catchbasin reservoir overflows into the sewer proper . The catchbasin serves much the same function as the `` trap '' in household wastewater plumbing in trapping objects .","title":"Storm drain","score":20.536545},{"document_id":"834226571_6020-6341-0-321","text":"Storm drain\nThe performance of catchbasins at removing sediment and other pollutants depends on the design of the catchbasin ( for example , the size of the sump ) , and on routine maintenance to retain the storage available in the sump to capture sediment . Municipalities typically have large vacuum trucks that perform this task .","title":"Storm drain","score":19.826996},{"document_id":"834226571_6342-6558-0-216","text":"Storm drain\nCatchbasins act as a first - line pretreatment for other treatment practices , such as retention basins , by capturing large sediments and street litter from urban runoff before it enters the storm drainage pipes . A","title":"Storm drain","score":19.804937},{"document_id":"834226571_5404-6019-0-615","text":"Storm drain\nMost catchbasins will contain stagnant water during the drier parts of the year , and can , in warm countries , be used by mosquitos for breeding . Larvicides or disruptive larval hormones , sometimes released from `` mosquito biscuits '' , have been used to control mosquito breeding in catchbasins . Mosquitoes may be physically prevented from reaching the standing water or migrating into the sewer proper by the use of an `` inverted cone filter '' . Another method of mosquito control is to spread a thin layer of oil on the surface of stagnant water , interfering with the breathing tubes of mosquito larvae .","title":"Storm drain","score":18.393126}],"a2698b2973ea7db1ee5adb5e70ec02e4<::>3":[{"document_id":"834226571_6342-6558-0-216","text":"Storm drain\nCatchbasins act as a first - line pretreatment for other treatment practices , such as retention basins , by capturing large sediments and street litter from urban runoff before it enters the storm drainage pipes . A","title":"Storm drain","score":20.457575},{"document_id":"834226571_6020-6341-0-321","text":"Storm drain\nThe performance of catchbasins at removing sediment and other pollutants depends on the design of the catchbasin ( for example , the size of the sump ) , and on routine maintenance to retain the storage available in the sump to capture sediment . Municipalities typically have large vacuum trucks that perform this task .","title":"Storm drain","score":18.30229},{"document_id":"834226571_4749-5081-0-332","text":"Storm drain\nSome of the heavier sediment and small objects may settle in a catchbasin , or sump , which lies immediately below the outlet , where water from the top of the catchbasin reservoir overflows into the sewer proper . The catchbasin serves much the same function as the `` trap '' in household wastewater plumbing in trapping objects .","title":"Storm drain","score":17.248629},{"document_id":"834226571_5082-5403-0-321","text":"Storm drain\nIn the United States , unlike the plumbing trap , the catchbasin does not necessarily prevent sewer gases such as hydrogen sulfide and methane from escaping . However , in the United Kingdom , where they are called gully pots , they are designed as true water - filled traps and do block the egress of gases and rodents .","title":"Storm drain","score":16.923862},{"document_id":"834226571_5404-6019-0-615","text":"Storm drain\nMost catchbasins will contain stagnant water during the drier parts of the year , and can , in warm countries , be used by mosquitos for breeding . Larvicides or disruptive larval hormones , sometimes released from `` mosquito biscuits '' , have been used to control mosquito breeding in catchbasins . Mosquitoes may be physically prevented from reaching the standing water or migrating into the sewer proper by the use of an `` inverted cone filter '' . Another method of mosquito control is to spread a thin layer of oil on the surface of stagnant water , interfering with the breathing tubes of mosquito larvae .","title":"Storm drain","score":16.531515}],"a2698b2973ea7db1ee5adb5e70ec02e4<::>4":[{"document_id":"834226571_10005-10224-0-219","text":"Storm drain\nThe first flush from urban runoff can be extremely dirty . Storm water may become contaminated while running down the road or other impervious surface , or from lawn chemical run - off , before entering the drain . Lack","title":"Storm drain","score":16.360096},{"document_id":"834226571_8587-9336-0-749","text":"Storm drain\nRunoff into storm sewers can be minimized by including sustainable urban drainage systems ( UK term ) or low impact development or green infrastructure practices ( US terms ) into municipal plans . To reduce stormwater from rooftops , flows from eaves troughs ( rain gutters and downspouts ) may be infiltrated into adjacent soil , rather than discharged into the storm sewer system . Storm water runoff from paved surfaces can be directed to unlined ditches ( sometimes called swales or bioswales ) before flowing into the storm sewers , again to allow the runoff to soak into the ground . Permeable paving materials can be used in building sidewalks , driveways and in some cases , parking lots , to infiltrate a portion of the stormwater volume .","title":"Storm drain","score":16.184568},{"document_id":"834226571_5404-6019-0-615","text":"Storm drain\nMost catchbasins will contain stagnant water during the drier parts of the year , and can , in warm countries , be used by mosquitos for breeding . Larvicides or disruptive larval hormones , sometimes released from `` mosquito biscuits '' , have been used to control mosquito breeding in catchbasins . Mosquitoes may be physically prevented from reaching the standing water or migrating into the sewer proper by the use of an `` inverted cone filter '' . Another method of mosquito control is to spread a thin layer of oil on the surface of stagnant water , interfering with the breathing tubes of mosquito larvae .","title":"Storm drain","score":15.503836},{"document_id":"834226571_13168-13671-0-503","text":"Storm drain\nMany storm drainage systems are designed to drain the storm water , untreated , into rivers or streams . Many local governments conduct public awareness campaigns about this , lest waste be dumped into the storm drain system . In the city of Cleveland , Ohio , for example , all new catch basins installed have inscriptions on them not to dump any waste , and usually include a fish imprint as well . Trout Unlimited Canada recommends that a yellow fish symbol be painted next to existing storm drains .","title":"Storm drain","score":15.438219},{"document_id":"834226571_10375-11016-0-641","text":"Storm drain\nWater running off these impervious surfaces tends to pick up gasoline , motor oil , heavy metals , trash and other pollutants from roadways and parking lots , as well as fertilizers and pesticides from lawns . Roads and parking lots are major sources of nickel , copper , zinc , cadmium , lead and polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons ( PAHs ) , which are created as combustion byproducts of gasoline and other fossil fuels . Roof runoff contributes high levels of synthetic organic compounds and zinc ( from galvanized gutters ) . Fertilizer use on residential lawns , parks and golf courses is a significant source of nitrates and phosphorus .","title":"Storm drain","score":15.337995}],"a2698b2973ea7db1ee5adb5e70ec02e4<::>5":[{"document_id":"834226571_15954-16896-0-942","text":"Storm drain\nIn the United States , cities , suburban communities and towns with over 10,000 population are required to obtain discharge permits for their storm sewer systems , under the Clean Water Act . The Environmental Protection Agency ( EPA ) issued stormwater regulations for large cities in 1990 and for other communities in 1999 . The permits require local governments to operate stormwater management programs , covering both construction of new buildings and facilities , and maintenance of their existing municipal drainage networks . Many municipalities have revised their local ordinances covering management of runoff . State government facilities , such as roads and highways , are also subject to the stormwater management regulations . Many local municipalities have placed ordinances for both commercial and residential stormwater management practices to be designed , implemented , and approved before an occupancy permit is released .","title":"Storm drain","score":15.109865},{"document_id":"834226571_13168-13671-0-503","text":"Storm drain\nMany storm drainage systems are designed to drain the storm water , untreated , into rivers or streams . Many local governments conduct public awareness campaigns about this , lest waste be dumped into the storm drain system . In the city of Cleveland , Ohio , for example , all new catch basins installed have inscriptions on them not to dump any waste , and usually include a fish imprint as well . Trout Unlimited Canada recommends that a yellow fish symbol be painted next to existing storm drains .","title":"Storm drain","score":13.72227},{"document_id":"834226571_8587-9336-0-749","text":"Storm drain\nRunoff into storm sewers can be minimized by including sustainable urban drainage systems ( UK term ) or low impact development or green infrastructure practices ( US terms ) into municipal plans . To reduce stormwater from rooftops , flows from eaves troughs ( rain gutters and downspouts ) may be infiltrated into adjacent soil , rather than discharged into the storm sewer system . Storm water runoff from paved surfaces can be directed to unlined ditches ( sometimes called swales or bioswales ) before flowing into the storm sewers , again to allow the runoff to soak into the ground . Permeable paving materials can be used in building sidewalks , driveways and in some cases , parking lots , to infiltrate a portion of the stormwater volume .","title":"Storm drain","score":13.472061},{"document_id":"834226571_364-764-0-400","text":"Storm drain\nA storm drain , storm sewer ( U.S. and Canada ) , surface water drain / sewer ( United Kingdom ) , or stormwater drain ( Australia and New Zealand ) is designed to drain excess rain and ground water from impervious surfaces such as paved streets , car parks , parking lots , footpaths , sidewalks , and roofs . Storm drains vary in design from small residential dry wells to large municipal systems .","title":"Storm drain","score":13.182971},{"document_id":"834226571_15633-15953-0-320","text":"Storm drain\nBuilding codes and local government ordinances vary greatly on the handling of storm drain runoff . New developments might be required to construct their own storm drain processing capacity for returning the runoff to the water table and bioswales may be required in sensitive ecological areas to protect the watershed .","title":"Storm drain","score":13.01191}],"a2698b2973ea7db1ee5adb5e70ec02e4<::>6":[{"document_id":"834226571_7232-7729-0-497","text":"Storm drain\nMost drains have a single large exit at their point of discharge ( often covered by a grating ) into a canal , river , lake , reservoir , sea or ocean . Other than catchbasins , typically there are no treatment facilities in the piping system . Small storm drains may discharge into individual dry wells . Storm drains may be interconnected using slotted pipe , to make a larger dry well system . Storm drains may discharge into man - made excavations known as recharge basins or retention ponds .","title":"Storm drain","score":15.765205},{"document_id":"834226571_765-1254-0-489","text":"Storm drain\nDrains are fed by street gutters on most motorways , freeways and other busy roads , as well as towns in areas which experience heavy rainfall , flooding and coastal towns which experience regular storms . Even the gutters from houses and buildings can be connected to the storm drain . Many storm drainage systems are designed as gravity sewers draining untreated storm water into rivers or streams . As a result , it is not acceptable to pour certain types of chemicals into the drains .","title":"Storm drain","score":15.659238},{"document_id":"834226571_12862-13167-0-305","text":"Storm drain\nStorm drains are separate and distinct from sanitary sewer systems . The separation of storm sewers from sanitary sewers helps to prevent sewage treatment plants becoming overwhelmed by infiltration / inflow during a rainstorm , which can result in untreated sewage being discharged into the environment .","title":"Storm drain","score":15.65199},{"document_id":"834226571_4749-5081-0-332","text":"Storm drain\nSome of the heavier sediment and small objects may settle in a catchbasin , or sump , which lies immediately below the outlet , where water from the top of the catchbasin reservoir overflows into the sewer proper . The catchbasin serves much the same function as the `` trap '' in household wastewater plumbing in trapping objects .","title":"Storm drain","score":15.566235},{"document_id":"834226571_364-764-0-400","text":"Storm drain\nA storm drain , storm sewer ( U.S. and Canada ) , surface water drain / sewer ( United Kingdom ) , or stormwater drain ( Australia and New Zealand ) is designed to drain excess rain and ground water from impervious surfaces such as paved streets , car parks , parking lots , footpaths , sidewalks , and roofs . Storm drains vary in design from small residential dry wells to large municipal systems .","title":"Storm drain","score":15.513091}],"a2698b2973ea7db1ee5adb5e70ec02e4<::>7":[{"document_id":"834226571_18029-18605-0-576","text":"Storm drain\nArchaeological studies have revealed use of rather sophisticated stormwater runoff systems in ancient cultures . For example , in Minoan Crete approximately 4000 years before present , cities such as Phaistos were designed to have storm drains and channels to collect precipitation runoff . At Cretan Knossos , storm drains include stone - lined structures large enough for a person to crawl through . Other examples of early civilizations with elements of stormwater drain systems include early people of Mainland Orkney such as Gurness and the Brough of Birsay in Scotland .","title":"Storm drain","score":15.380706},{"document_id":"810295079_8252-8818-0-566","text":"Rainwater harvesting\nTraditionally , stormwater management using detention basins served a single purpose . However , optimized real - time control lets this infrastructure double as a source of rainwater harvesting without compromising the existing detention capacity . This has been used in the EPA headquarters to evacuate stored water prior to storm events , thus reducing wet weather flow while ensuring water availability for later reuse . This has the benefit of increasing water quality released and decreasing the volume of water released during combined sewer overflow events .","title":"Rainwater harvesting","score":11.352137},{"document_id":"810295079_13807-14246-0-439","text":"Rainwater harvesting\nA number of Canadians have started implementing rainwater harvesting systems for use in stormwater reduction , irrigation , laundry , and lavatory plumbing . Substantial reform to Canadian law since the mid-2000s has increased the use of this technology in agricultural , industrial , and residential use , but ambiguity remains amongst legislation in many provinces . Bylaws and local municipal codes often regulate rainwater harvesting .","title":"Rainwater harvesting","score":11.329432},{"document_id":"810295079_1378-2155-0-777","text":"Rainwater harvesting\nRainwater harvesting provides an independent water supply during regional water restrictions , and in developed countries , is often used to supplement the main supply . It provides water when a drought occurs , can help mitigate flooding of low - lying areas , and reduces demand on wells which may enable groundwater levels to be sustained . It also helps in the availability of potable water , as rainwater is substantially free of salinity and other salts . Application of rainwater harvesting in urban water system provides a substantial benefit for both water supply and wastewater subsystems by reducing the need for clean water in water distribution system , less generated stormwater in sewer system , and a reduction in stormwater runoff polluting freshwater bodies .","title":"Rainwater harvesting","score":10.436727},{"document_id":"810295079_9286-9973-0-683","text":"Rainwater harvesting\nAround the third century BCE , the farming communities in Balochistan ( now located in Pakistan , Afghanistan , and Iran ) , and Kutch , India , used rainwater harvesting for agriculture and many other uses . In ancient Tamil Nadu , rainwater harvesting was done by Chola kings . Rainwater from the Brihadeeswarar temple ( located in Balaganpathy Nagar , Thanjavur , India ) was collected in Shivaganga tank . During the later Chola period , the Vīrānam tank was built ( 1011 to 1037 CE ) in Cuddalore district of Tamil Nadu state to store water for drinking and irrigation purposes . Vīrānam is a 16 - km - long tank with a storage capacity of 1,465,000,000 cu ft ( 41,500,000 m ) .","title":"Rainwater harvesting","score":10.352969}],"a2698b2973ea7db1ee5adb5e70ec02e4<::>8":[{"document_id":"843324743_98752-98913-0-161","text":"Venezuela\nVenezuela had a total of 150 plants for sewage treatment . However , 13 % of the population lacked access to drinking water , but this number had been dropping .","title":"Venezuela","score":13.747474},{"document_id":"865341845_2494-3230-0-736","text":"Environmental issues in the Philippines\nOnly 5 % of the total population is connected to a sewer network . The vast majority uses flush toilets connected to septic tanks . Since sludge treatment and disposal facilities are rare , most effluents are discharged without treatment . According to the Asian Development Bank , the Pasig River is one of the world 's most polluted rivers . In March 2008 , Manila Water announced that a wastewater treatment plant will be constructed in Taguig . The first Philippine constructed wetland serving about 700 households was completed in 2006 in a peri-urban area of Bayawan City which has been used to resettle families that lived along the coast in informal settlements and had no access to safe water supply and sanitation facilities .","title":"Environmental issues in the Philippines","score":13.605557},{"document_id":"848935469_40050-40571-0-521","text":"Drinking water supply and sanitation in the United States\nHowever , more than 1.6 million people in the United States , in 630,000 households , still lack basic plumbing facilities . More than a third of them have household incomes below the federal poverty level . They are spread across all racial and ethnic categories , but they are more prominent in the minority groups . Most of the people who lacked plumbing services were elderly , poor , and living in rural areas . Alaska has the highest percentage of households without plumbing -- 6.32 percent of all its households .","title":"Drinking water supply and sanitation in the United States","score":13.528252},{"document_id":"865292047_10908-11347-0-439","text":"Environmental issues in India\nAccording to a World Health Organization study , out of India 's 3,119 towns and cities , just 209 have partial sewage treatment facilities , and only 8 have full wastewater treatment facilities . Over 100 Indian cities dump untreated sewage directly into the Ganges River . Investment is needed to bridge the gap between 29000 million litre per day of sewage India generates , and a treatment capacity of mere 6000 million litre per day .","title":"Environmental issues in India","score":13.434393},{"document_id":"848935469_15296-15832-0-536","text":"Drinking water supply and sanitation in the United States\nThe centralized sanitation infrastructure in the U.S. consists of 1.2 million miles of sewers -- including both sanitary sewers and combined sewers , sewage pumping stations and publicly owned treatment works ( POTW ) . EPA estimated that there were at least 16,583 POTWs operating in 2004 , serving a population of 222.8 million . About 772 communities in the U.S. have combined sewer systems , serving about 40 million people . In addition , at least 17 % of Americans are served by on - site sanitation systems such as septic tanks .","title":"Drinking water supply and sanitation in the United States","score":12.925441}],"a2698b2973ea7db1ee5adb5e70ec02e4<::>9":[{"document_id":"848935469_8724-9774-0-1050","text":"Drinking water supply and sanitation in the United States\nFew sewage treatment facilities were constructed in the late 19th century to treat combined wastewater because of the associated difficulties . There were only 27 U.S. cities with wastewater treatment works by 1892 , most of them `` treating '' wastewater through land application . Of these 27 cities , 26 had separate sanitary and storm water sewer systems , thus facilitating wastewater treatment , because there was no need for large capacitites to accommodate wet weather flows . Furthermore , there was a belief that the diluted combined wastewater was not harmful to receiving waters , due to the natural dilution and self - purifying capacity of rivers , lakes and the sea . In the early 20th century a debate evolved between those who thought it was in the best interest of public health to construct wastewater treatment facilities and those who believed building them was unnecessary . Nevertheless , many cities began to opt for separate sewer systems , creating favorable conditions for adding wastewater treatment plants in the future .","title":"Drinking water supply and sanitation in the United States","score":16.573248},{"document_id":"848935469_9775-10037-0-262","text":"Drinking water supply and sanitation in the United States\nWhere wastewater was being treated it was typically discharged into rivers or lakes . However , in 1932 , the first reclaimed water facility in the U.S. was built in Golden Gate Park , San Francisco , for the reuse of treated wastewater in landscape irrigation .","title":"Drinking water supply and sanitation in the United States","score":16.362383},{"document_id":"848935469_8066-8723-0-657","text":"Drinking water supply and sanitation in the United States\nMost of the first sewer systems in the United States were built as combined sewers ( carrying both storm water and sewerage ) . They discharged into rivers , lakes and the sea without any treatment . The main reason for choosing combined sewers over separate systems ( separating sanitary sewers from storm water drains ) was a belief that combined sewer systems were cheaper to build than separate systems . Also , there was no European precedent for successful separate sewer systems at the time . The first large - scale sewer systems in the United States were constructed in Chicago and Brooklyn in the late 1850s , followed by other major U.S. cities .","title":"Drinking water supply and sanitation in the United States","score":13.889195},{"document_id":"848935469_50383-50882-0-499","text":"Drinking water supply and sanitation in the United States\nThere are examples of communities that have safely used recycled water for many years . Los Angeles County 's sanitation districts have provided treated wastewater for landscape irrigation in parks and golf courses since 1929 . The first reclaimed water facility in California was built at San Francisco 's Golden Gate Park in 1932 . The Water Replenishment District of Southern California was the first groundwater agency to obtain permitted use of recycled water for groundwater recharge in 1962 .","title":"Drinking water supply and sanitation in the United States","score":13.537754},{"document_id":"848935469_7129-7655-0-526","text":"Drinking water supply and sanitation in the United States\nIn 1854 , the British physician John Snow found that cholera was spread through contaminated water . As a result of his findings , several cities began to treat all water with sand filters and chlorine before distributing it to the public . Cities also began to construct sewers . As a result of water treatment and sanitation , the incidence of cholera and typhoid rapidly decreased . Slow sand filtration was initially the technology of choice for water treatment , later being gradually displaced by rapid sand filtration .","title":"Drinking water supply and sanitation in the United States","score":13.212601}],"af57ff6995d958858fc451e606fdb54d<::>1":[{"document_id":"927e8c4b785ff2b4-2535-4782","text":"Buyer Information | Office of General Services\nBecome an Authorized User\nIf you are, among others, a state agency, a public authority or benefit corporation, a local government or political subdivision, a volunteer organization (such as ambulance services & fire companies), or a registered charitable organization, you may be eligible to use OGS centralized statewide contracts. Contracts are divided into three types:\n\r\nCommodity (e.g., fuel, vehicles, office supplies, and food)\r\nService (e.g., elevator maintenance)\r\nTechnology (e.g., hardware, software, telecommunications, and IT services)\n\r\nFor local governments and other government organizations, including schools and public authorities, no additional paperwork beyond your purchase order is needed. If you don’t have an authorized user identification number, we ask that you complete a simple eligibility application. This will provide assurances to companies that you are eligible to use state contracts.\n\nApply\n\nProcurement Resources\n\n \n\n Purchaser Notification Service (PNS)\n \n Register for OGS centralized contract email updates.\n\n \n\n 1122 Program\n \n\n Purchase equipment for counter-drug, homeland security, and emergency response.\n\n \n\n Conducting Your Own Procurement\n \n\n Informational resources and templates for conducting your own procurement.\n\n \n\n New York State Vehicle Marketplace\n \n\n Purchase or lease of new Class 1 - 8 vehicles.\n\n \n\n New York State Preferred Sources\n \n\n Preferred Source offerings, guidelines and related information.\n\n \n\n File Requirements Online\n \n\n Milk, salt, and certain fuels.\n\nWhat's Happening\nOffice of General Services — Upcoming Events\nFrom business outreach and training to community events, find out what's going on at the Office of General Services.\n\nAll Upcoming Events\n\n Office of General Services\n\nAbout\n\nAgency Overview\n\nCommissioner Jeanette M. Moy\n\nStrategic Plan\n\nEmployment\n\nContact Us\n\nBuy Flags\n\nPermits to Assemble\n\nPublic Information\n\nPress\n\nFreedom of Information Law (FOIL)\n\nOpen Meetings\n\nExecutive Law § 203-b List of State Boards\n\nOGS and Open Data\n\nDesign-Build Report\n\nSite Map\n\nLegal\n\nRules and Regulations\n\nService of Process\n\nDebarred and Non-Responsible Entities\n\nExecutive Order 157\n\nExecutive Order 16\n\nIran Divestment Act\n\nAdvisory Council on Procurement Lobbying","title":"Buyer Information | Office of General Services","score":8.13227},{"document_id":"c63b038e88a17934-13436-15630","text":"\n\t\n\tOffice of the Patient Advocate - State of California\n\n\nYou cannot use out-of-network providers unless your HMO gives pre-approval, you have an emergency, or you are traveling and need urgent care.\nYou must live or work in the area served by your HMO. This is called the service area.\nLearn more about HMOs.\n\nWhat is a PPO?\n\nA PPO (preferred provider organization) is a kind of health plan.\nA PPO has a network of doctors, hospitals, labs, and other providers. These are called the preferred providers. You usually pay less when you get your care from a preferred provider.\nYou can use out-of-network providers, but you may have to pay more.\nYou can get many services without a referral from your main doctor.\nYou can get many services without pre-approval from your PPO.\nCertain services may require a referral or pre-approval.\nYou must live in your PPO’s service area.\nLearn more about PPOs.\n\n \n\n \n \nOther Kinds of Plans\n\nEPO (exclusive provider organization) is a kind of managed care plan like an HMO or PPO. An EPO has a network of doctors and other providers that you have to use to get care (similar to an HMO). Similar to a PPO, you can usually go to a provider without a referral from your main doctor.\nPoint of Service plan is a type of managed care plan that combines the characteristics and rules of an HMO and PPO.\nFee-for-service insurance (indemnity insurance) usually costs more than HMOs and PPOs, but it gives you greater choice of doctors. Usually, you pay part of each bill, and the doctor bills your insurance company for the rest.\n\nWhat’s New with Health Coverage\n\nStarting January 1, 2020, Californians must have health insurance or face penalties at tax time.\n\n \n \n\nAbout OPA\r\n \r\n \r\n \r\n \r\n \r\n \r\n \r\n \r\n \r\n \n\nStaff\r\n \r\n \r\n \r\n \r\n \r\n \r\n \r\n \r\n \n\n\r\n\r\n\r\n\tStrategic Plan \r\n \r\n \r\n \r\n \r\n \r\n \n\n\r\n\r\n\tNews and Media\r\n \r\n \r\n \r\n \r\n \r\n \n\n\r\n Research and Reports\r\n \r\n \r\n \r\n \r\n \r\n \n\nContact Us\r\n \r\n \r\n \r\n \r\n \r\n \r\n \r\n \r\n \n\nHealth Care Quality\r\n \r\n \r\n \r\n \r\n \r\n \r\n \r\n \r\n \r\n \n\n\r\nHealth Plan Report Card\r\n \r\n \r\n \r\n \r\n \n\n\r\nCommercial Medical Group Report Card\r\n \r\n \r\n \r\n \r\n \n\n\r\nMedicare Medical Group Report Card\r\n \r\n \r\n \r\n \r\n \n\nComplaint Data Reports\n\nOther Resources\n\nHow to File a Complaint\n\nKnow Your Rights\n\nHealth Insurance and Public Coverage","title":"\n\t\n\tOffice of the Patient Advocate - State of California\n\n","score":7.3837147},{"document_id":"dc065f1d54c6f025-1282-3483","text":"\r\n\tCalCareers\r\n\nThese 22 groups, or job families, were developed by the federal government as a way to standardize the terminology to describe work across the nation – both in government and the private sector – based on similarities of the work performed, and sometimes on the skills, education, and training needed to perform the work. Click on a job group below for examples of the types of jobs in that category.\n\nArchitecture and Engineering\r\n \n\nArts, Design, Entertainment, Sports, and Media\r\n \n\nBuilding and Grounds Cleaning and Maintenance\r\n \n\nBusiness and Financial Operations\r\n \n\nCommunity and Social Services\r\n \n\nComputer and Mathematical\r\n \n\nConstruction and Extraction\r\n \n\nEducation, Training, and Library\r\n \n\nFarming, Fishing, and Forestry\r\n \n\nFood Preparation and Serving Related\r\n \n\nHealthcare Practitioners and Technical\r\n \n\nHealthcare Support\r\n \n\nInstallation, Maintenance, and Repair\r\n \n\nLegal\r\n \n\nLife, Physical, and Social Science\r\n \n\nManagement\r\n \n\nOffice and Administrative Support\r\n \n\nPersonal Care and Service\r\n \n\nProduction\r\n \n\nProtective Service\r\n \n\nSales and Related\r\n \n\nTransportation and Material Moving\r\n \n\n\r\n Show More\n\nHow to Apply for a State Job\n\n\r\n \r\n Learn more about the steps for getting a State Job - Click Here\r\n \n\n\r\n Step 1\r\n \n\r\n Search\r\n \n\n\r\n Step 2\r\n \n\r\n Assessment\r\n \n\n\r\n Step 3\r\n \n\r\n Apply\r\n \n\nTyping Certification\n\nA typing certification is required when applying for clerical positions for State civil service. The specific typing requirement for the classification will be noted in the Class Specification. State departments will honor typing certificates issued within the last four years, certified from a five (5) minute typing test, with a minimum of 40 WPM (words per minute) that meet CalHR requirements.\n\nJob Description / Salary Search\n\n\r\n Browse jobs listings, class specifications, and the latest salary information from the State Controller’s Office. Salary levels should be verified with each department personnel office prior to applying.\r\n \n\nEligible List Ranking Search\n\n\r\n If you’ve already achieved list eligibility by taking and passing an exam or assessment, \r\n and wish to see your current ranking on the list.\r\n \n\nHow to Reinstate with the State","title":"\r\n\tCalCareers\r\n","score":7.1982656},{"document_id":"5a727aaeaed2e9c7-4175-6530","text":"Bill Text - SB-225 Health care coverage: timely access to care.\n(a) A health care service plan that provides or arranges for the provision of hospital or physician services, including a specialized mental health plan that provides physician or hospital services, or that provides mental health services pursuant to a contract with a full service plan, shall comply with the following timely access requirements:(1) A health care service plan shall provide or arrange for the provision of covered health care services in a timely manner appropriate for the nature of the enrollee’s condition consistent with good professional practice. A plan shall establish and maintain networks, policies, procedures, and quality assurance monitoring systems and\n\tprocesses sufficient to ensure compliance with this clinical appropriateness standard. A health care service plan that uses a tiered network shall demonstrate compliance with the standards established by this section based on providers available at the lowest cost-sharing tier.(2) A health care service plan shall ensure that all plan and provider processes necessary to obtain covered health care services, including, but not limited to, prior authorization processes, are completed in a manner that assures the provision of covered health care services to an enrollee in a timely manner appropriate for the enrollee’s condition and in compliance with this section.(3) If it is necessary for a provider or an enrollee to reschedule an appointment, the appointment shall be promptly rescheduled\n\tin a manner that is appropriate for the enrollee’s health care needs, and ensures continuity of care consistent with good professional practice, and consistent with this section and the regulations adopted thereunder.(4) Interpreter services required by Section 1367.04 of this code and Section 1300.67.04 of Title 28 of the California Code of Regulations shall be coordinated with scheduled appointments for health care services in a manner that ensures the provision of interpreter services at the time of the appointment without imposing delay on the scheduling of the appointment. This subdivision does not modify the requirements established in Section 1300.67.04 of Title 28 of the California Code of Regulations, or approved by the department pursuant to Section 1300.67.04 of Title 28 of the California Code of Regulations for\n\ta plan’s language assistance program.","title":"Bill Text - SB-225 Health care coverage: timely access to care.","score":7.123769},{"document_id":"dcf45cd1bd02778d-120919-123209","text":"Self-Help Glossary - selfhelp\nsubstituted service: Service of process on a party by leaving the court papers with someone other than a party to the lawsuit; valid only if certain specified procedures are followed. (See also service of process.)\nsummary judgment: A court decision made on the basis of statements and evidence presented for the court record without a trial. It is used when no factual disputes exist in the case. Summary judgment is granted if, based on the undisputed facts in the record, a party is entitled to judgment in his or her favor as a matter of law.\nsummons: A notice to a defendant or respondent that an action against him or her was filed in the court issuing the summons and that a judgment will be taken against him or her if the defendant or respondent doesn't answer the complaint or petition within a certain time.\nsuperior court: The trial court in each county of the State of California. This court hears all adoption, family law, juvenile, criminal, civil, small claims, and probate cases.\nSupervised visitation: Visitation between a parent and a child that happens in the presence of another specified adult. The court may order supervised visitation when there has been domestic violence, child abuse, or a threat to take the child out of state. Click here for more information on supervised visitation.\nsupport order: A court order for the support of a child, spouse or domestic partner. A support order can include monetary support; health care; payment of debts; or repayment of court costs and attorney fees, interest, and penalties; and other kinds of support. (See also noncustodial parent, obligation, obligor.)\n\nsupport person: In a domestic violence case, the person who says s/he is the victim of domestic violence can choose someone, a support person, to provide moral and emotional support. The support person does not need to have any special training or qualification. The support person may sit with the person to be protected at court hearings if the person to be protected does not have a lawyer, but s/he is not allowed to give legal advice or advocate for the person to be protected. The support person can also go with the protected person to custody mediation or orientation to mediation. For more information on support persons, read Family Code section 6303.","title":"Self-Help Glossary - selfhelp","score":6.8008494}],"af57ff6995d958858fc451e606fdb54d<::>2":[{"document_id":"030c54337bc2a6b6-12720-14733","text":"e-Services for Business FAQs\nAll service recipients can file the DE 542 online.\nFollow these steps:\n\nLog in to e-Services for Business.\nSelect Show More from the Account Management panel.\nSelect File Report of Independent Contractors. You will be directed to the Internet Independent Contractor Reporting (iICR) website to complete and submit a Report of Independent Contractor(s) (DE 542).\nSelect Create New DE 542.\nComplete the required fields.\nReview and submit the completed DE 542.\n\nYou can save your report at any time as a draft. Select the draft icon and/or Edit to edit your saved draft.\nYou will be allowed to include up to 30 new independent contractors in one submission.\nImportant: The DE 542 can only be filed from 5 a.m. to 12 midnight, Pacific time, 7 days a week.\nFor More Information\nRefer to our e-Services for Business Tutorials.\n\nHow do I correct a previously filed Report of New Employee(s) (DE 34) or Report of Independent Contractor(s) (DE 542)?\n\nYou can file the employee information again to correct a previously filed report.\n\nI am not a California employer and I need to file the Report of Independent Contractor(s) (DE 542) as a service recipient, which type of enrollment should I select?\n\nYou must select Representative as the type of enrollment. This type of enrollment allows you access to e-Services for Business to file the DE 542 without registering for a California employer payroll tax account number.\n\nCan I submit a bulk file for these reports?\n\nYes. You can submit a bulk file for these reports online.\nFollow these steps:\n\nLog in to e-Services for Business.\nSelect More...\nSelect Upload a Bulk Return File from the Payments and Returns panel.\nSelect NER to upload a Report of New Employee(s).\nSelect ICR to upload a Report of Independent Contractor(s).\n\nFor More Information\n\nElectronic Filing Guide for the New Employee Registry (DE 340) (PDF)\nElectronic Filing Guide for the Independent Contractor Reporting Program (DE 542M) (PDF)\n\nFile Benefit Charge and Unemployment Insurance (UI) Rate Protests","title":"e-Services for Business FAQs","score":10.855017},{"document_id":"d49d5bd8c9f4f6ef-3147-5447","text":"Hiring a home-improvement contractor | New York State Attorney General\nWithhold final payment until the entire project is completed to your satisfaction and all required inspections and certificates \nof occupancy are finalized. \nGet everything in writing\nState law requires a contractor to provide a written contract for home improvement to work. The contract should include a timeline for work to be completed, a payment schedule, and specifics about the project — such as types or brands of materials. On larger projects, architect or engineer plans should specify virtually every detail. Remember, any verbal changes to the project must be added to the written contract. The contractor is bound only by what is in the contract. Keep copies for your records.\nKnow what permits are needed\nEven though a qualified contractor should be aware of the necessary permits and inspections, you should know them as well. Check with your local building department before beginning a project. Also check the New York State Department of State building code website.\nGet references and check them\nAsk friends and neighbors for names of contractors. Examine the completed project, and ask if they are satisfied with the results. Get references from the contractor and speak directly to former customers. Check the contractor's accreditation with the Better Business Bureau.\nKnow where your payments are going\nContractors are required to deposit progress payments in an escrow account. The payments are to be used solely for your project: Any withdrawal must bear a \"reasonable relationship\" to the work completed. The contractor can otherwise obtain bond insurance to protect your money. Know which option your contractor will use.\nNever do business with a contractor who is unwilling to abide by any of these conditions\nEven if the contractor seems reputable, it simply is not worth the risk.\nGet proof of insurance\nIf a worker is injured, or damage is caused on your property, you could be held liable if your contractor does not have the required insurance.\nCheck licenses where necessary\nIn the state of New York, home-improvement contractors must be licensed in New York City, Suffolk, Nassau, Westchester, Putnam, and Rockland counties.\nRunning into problems?\nSpeak with your contractor and try to reach a resolution.\nThe goal is to have the work finished to your satisfaction.","title":"Hiring a home-improvement contractor | New York State Attorney General","score":10.709544},{"document_id":"d49d5bd8c9f4f6ef-1545-3666","text":"Hiring a home-improvement contractor | New York State Attorney General\nEvent Archive\n\nContact\n\nContact Us\n\nFile a Complaint\n\nHow can we help you?\n\nI Want To...\n\nAppeal a background check\n\nApply for a Job/Internship\n\nDo Business with the OAG\n\nFile a Complaint\n\nFind Legal Services\n\nKnow My Rights\n\nMake a FOIL Request\n\nRegister/Submit a Filing\n\nReport a Data Breach\n\nRequest a Publication\n\nServe Papers on OAG\n\nUse the Whistleblower Portal\n\nHome\n\n Hiring a home-improvement contractor\n \n\nHiring a home-improvement contractor\nDo your homework!\n\nDear New Yorkers,\n\nThe average consumer now has access to a worldwide marketplace, and competition is fierce. Sometimes, it is hard to know the difference between a bargain and a ripoff. Here are some tips on how you can be a smart consumer.\nIf you run into problems, our office may be able to help. Our Bureau of Consumer Frauds and Protection offers an informal dispute resolution program for complaints against a merchant or business. In addition, we keep track of the filed complaints and can take action if there is a pattern of consumer fraud.\nRemember, if a deal seems too good to be true, it is probably not a good deal.\n \n\nSincerely,\n\n \n\n \n\n \n\nGetting started\nIdentify the full home-improvement project\nPrepare a comprehensive list of all work to be completed. Be specific. Set a reasonable budget for your project. \nShop around\nInterview multiple contractors. Contact at least three contractors and get written estimates for your project. Insist upon specific timelines detailing start and completion dates.\nYour home-improvement project \nNever pay the full price up front\nEstablish a payment schedule and adhere to it. Withhold final payment until the entire project is completed to your satisfaction and all required inspections and certificates \nof occupancy are finalized. \nGet everything in writing\nState law requires a contractor to provide a written contract for home improvement to work. The contract should include a timeline for work to be completed, a payment schedule, and specifics about the project — such as types or brands of materials. On larger projects, architect or engineer plans should specify virtually every detail.","title":"Hiring a home-improvement contractor | New York State Attorney General","score":10.5433035},{"document_id":"a4e2900142a3ed56-2-1969","text":"DES-PPM&OE - Contractor’s Corner\nDES-PPM&OE - Contractor’s Corner\n\nSkip to Main Content\n\nCA.gov\nHome\n\n Contact PPM&OE\n Settings\n\n×\n\nDefault\nHigh Contrast\n\nReset\nIncrease Font SizeFont Increase\nDecrease Font SizeFont Decrease\n\nMenu\n\nContractor's Corner\n\nGuidance\n\nCaltrans Bidding Connect\n\nSitemap\n\nCustom Google Search\n\nSubmit\nClose Search\n\nContractor’s Corner\nNew Updates. January 3, 2024\nCaltrans is dedicated to increasing the participation of small businesses in Non-Federal aid contracts awarded by the Department. \n Pursuant to Government Code Section 14110.3, Caltrans is committed to meet or exceed its statutory goal of 25 percent certified small business \n participation in Non-Federal aid contracts and procurements. In support of this effort, Caltrans is seeking the active support and participation \n of all of its prime contractor partners in helping Caltrans to meet this objective. Caltrans has established contract specific goals of 5% \n (and on selected projects a goal of 25%) on Non-Federal aid funded, construction-related contracts and procurements. \n \"Small Business Goals apply\" will be displayed on advertised projects when applicable. \nUnder Govt Code 14835 et seq. and 2 CA Code of Regs 1896 et seq., the Department gives preference to certified small businesses and \n non-small businesses who commit to 25 percent certified small business participation. \n \"Small Business Preference(s) apply\" will be displayed on advertised projects when applicable.\nIf you have any questions, please contact the Office of Construction Contract Awards at 916-227-6299.\nNew Updates. October 12, 2023\nOn August 23, 2023, the Office of Management and Budget posted revised guidance on the Federal Register in the \n form of 2 CFR 184 & 200. This includes expansion of construction materials subject to Buy America requirements. Accordingly, \n Caltrans will revise requirements in Section 6-1.04, \"Buy America,\" in the Special Provisions for most projects advertising \n after October 23, 2023.","title":"DES-PPM&OE - Contractor’s Corner","score":10.466002},{"document_id":"96279533404f74a9-1726-4033","text":"Reference | GSA\nSchedules and GSA Advantage\nGovernmentwide contracts for products and services at volume discount pricing.\n\nAuctions\nFederal assets available via auction to the general public.\n\n Sell to government\n Toggle submenu\n\n Explore sell to government\n \n\n Step 1: Learn about government contracting\n Toggle submenu\n\n Ways you can sell to government\n \n\n How to access contract opportunities\n \n\n Conduct market research\n \n\n Step 2: Compete for a contract\n Toggle submenu\n\n Register your business\n \n\n Certify as a small business\n \n\n Become a schedule holder\n \n\n Market your business\n \n\n Research active solicitations\n \n\n Respond to a solicitation\n \n\n What to expect during the award process\n \n\n Step 3: Manage your contract\n Toggle submenu\n\n Comply with contractual requirements\n \n\n Handle contract modifications\n \n\n Monitor past performance evaluations\n \n\nFeatured Topics\n\nContract opportunities on SAM.gov\nSearch current federal contract opportunities and procurement notices.\n\nForecast of contracting opportunities\nAnticipated contracts offered by GSA.\n\nVendor support center\nResearch the federal market, report sales, and upload contract information.\n\n Real estate\n Toggle submenu\n\n Explore real estate\n \n\n Design and construction\n Toggle submenu\n\n 3D-4D building information modeling\n \n\n Art in architecture | Fine arts\n \n\n Computer-aided design standards\n \n\n Commissioning\n \n\n Design excellence\n \n\n Engineering\n \n\n Project management information system\n \n\n Spatial data management\n \n\n Facilities management\n Toggle submenu\n\n Facilities operations\n \n\n Security\n \n\n Smart buildings\n \n\n Tenant services\n \n\n Utility services\n \n\n Water quality management\n \n\n Historic preservation\n Toggle submenu\n\n Explore historic buildings\n \n\n Heritage tourism\n \n\n Historic preservation policy, tools and resources\n \n\n Historic building stewardship\n \n\n Videos, pictures, posters and more\n \n\n NEPA implementation\n \n\n Our properties\n Toggle submenu\n\n Courthouse program\n \n\n Land ports of entry\n \n\n Prospectus library\n \n\n Regional buildings\n \n\n Renting property\n \n\n Visiting public buildings\n \n\n Real estate services\n Toggle submenu\n\n Leasing\n \n\n Real property disposal\n \n\n Reimbursable services (RWA)\n \n\n Rental policy and procedures\n \n\n Site selection and relocation\n \n\n For businesses seeking opportunities\n \n\n For federal customers","title":"Reference | GSA","score":10.214736}],"af57ff6995d958858fc451e606fdb54d<::>3":[{"document_id":"2cfec0466f870f42-1575-3691","text":"Business Resources - U.S. Department of Veterans Affairs\nVA Federal Supply Schedule (FSS)VA manages multiple award contracts for medical equipment, supply, pharmaceutical, and service Schedule programs.\nForecast of Contracting OpportunitiesThis forecast represents VA’s best estimate of procurement opportunities during the fiscal year.\nVA Acquisition Regulations (VAAR)Our supplement of the Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR). \nConstruction and Facilities Management (CFM)CFM provides a wide variety of services and expertise to VA to deliver high quality and cost-effective facilities in support of our Veterans.\nEnhanced-Use Lease (EUL)CFM provides a wide variety of services and expertise to VA to deliver high quality and cost-effective facilities in support of our Veterans.\nVA PathfinderAn interactive website to guide you through working and innovating with VA.\nVisit PathfinderNon-VA ResourcesThese additional resources our outside VA and are helpful to the business process\nSystem for Award ManagementA government-wide portal used by the Federal government in conducting the acquisition and financial assistance processes.\nProcurement Technical Assistance Program (PTAP)PTAP is a network of procurement professionals working to help local businesses compete.\n\n \n \n\n We’re here anytime, day or night - 24/7\n\nIf you are a Veteran in crisis\n or concerned about one, connect with our caring, qualified responders for confidential help. Many of\n them are Veterans themselves. \n\n Call 988 and press\n 1\n Text to 838255\n Chat confidentially now\n Call TTY if you\n have hearing loss 1-800-799-4889\n\nGet more resources at VeteransCrisisLine.net. \n\nOfficial website of the U.S. Department of Veterans Affairs\n\nVA.gov\nChooseVA\nDiscoverVA\nVA Forms\nVA Publications\nAbout VA\nVA mobile apps\nAccessibility at VA\nNo FEAR Act data\nWhistleblower Protection\nOffice of the Inspector General\nVA plans, budget, finances, and performance\nAgency Financial Report\nPrivacy policy\nFOIA requests\nDisclaimers\nOpen data\nVulnerability disclosure policy\nCopyright policy\n\nLooking for U.S. government information and services? Visit USA.gov\nAll VA Social Media U.S. Department of Veterans Affairs","title":"Business Resources - U.S. Department of Veterans Affairs","score":13.702497},{"document_id":"50a18d4423f7a219-750-2799","text":"Procurement Services Announcements | Office of General Services\nCareers with D&CEmergency ConstructionFormsMinority and Women-Owned BusinessesPreviously Approved Construction VendorsService-Disabled Veteran-Owned BusinessesProcurementProcurementContractsBid OpportunitiesBid Opening ResultsProcurement ResourcesAnnouncementsDo BusinessBuyer InformationGreen Purchasing Preferred SourcesVehicle MarketplaceState Procurement CouncilGovernment SupportGovernment SupportDigital & Media ServicesConstruction & Procurement During EmergenciesEnergy PlanningFederal SurplusFleet ManagementFood DistributionLanguage AccessMail & FreightPlaza DockmasterPrinting & CopyingRisk & InsuranceState SurplusResiliency & SustainabilityResiliency & SustainabilityGreenNYSustainable PurchasingZero Emission Vehicles & InfrastructureResiliencySustainable Buildings & InfrastructureDo BusinessDo BusinessConstruction OpportunitiesEvent Vendor OpportunitiesLeasing OpportunitiesMinority and Women-Owned BusinessesProcurement OpportunitiesService-Disabled Veteran-Owned BusinessesState EmployeesState EmployeesDowntown Albany Employee ParkingUpdate Your Employee Parking ProfileDining Options & MenusID CardsBusiness Services CenterBuilding Tenant InformationRSA SecurID TokenVisitVisitState Building DirectoryEmpire State PlazaHarriman State Office CampusPhoto ID Requirements in OGS BuildingsPlaza Lighting CalendarUpcoming EventsHarlem EventsHarlem Art CollectionDining Options & MenusNYSStore Public AuctionsAbout OGSAbout OGSStrategic PlanExecutive TeamCareers\n\nProcurement Services Announcements\n\n \n\n All \n Procurement Services Announcements \n\nFilter Options\n\nFilter\n\n2024\n2023\n2022\n2021\n2020\n2019\n2018\n2017\n2016\n2015\n2014\n2013\n2012\n2011\n2010\n2009\n2008\n2007\n2005\n2004\n\nRefine\n\nFrom\n\nTo\n\n229 results found \n \n \n\nImage of a newspaper.\n\n \n 2024\n \n\n CL 899 Discontinuation of OGS Centralized Contract for Aggregates...\n \n\n May 9, 2024\n |\n \n 1:32 PM EDT\n \n\nLearn more about CL 899 Discontinuation of OGS Centralized Contract for Aggregates Materials\n\n \n\n \n 2024\n \n\n Procurement Services Quarterly Update April 2024\n \n\n April 25, 2024\n |","title":"Procurement Services Announcements | Office of General Services","score":13.481264},{"document_id":"927e8c4b785ff2b4-2535-4782","text":"Buyer Information | Office of General Services\nBecome an Authorized User\nIf you are, among others, a state agency, a public authority or benefit corporation, a local government or political subdivision, a volunteer organization (such as ambulance services & fire companies), or a registered charitable organization, you may be eligible to use OGS centralized statewide contracts. Contracts are divided into three types:\n\r\nCommodity (e.g., fuel, vehicles, office supplies, and food)\r\nService (e.g., elevator maintenance)\r\nTechnology (e.g., hardware, software, telecommunications, and IT services)\n\r\nFor local governments and other government organizations, including schools and public authorities, no additional paperwork beyond your purchase order is needed. If you don’t have an authorized user identification number, we ask that you complete a simple eligibility application. This will provide assurances to companies that you are eligible to use state contracts.\n\nApply\n\nProcurement Resources\n\n \n\n Purchaser Notification Service (PNS)\n \n Register for OGS centralized contract email updates.\n\n \n\n 1122 Program\n \n\n Purchase equipment for counter-drug, homeland security, and emergency response.\n\n \n\n Conducting Your Own Procurement\n \n\n Informational resources and templates for conducting your own procurement.\n\n \n\n New York State Vehicle Marketplace\n \n\n Purchase or lease of new Class 1 - 8 vehicles.\n\n \n\n New York State Preferred Sources\n \n\n Preferred Source offerings, guidelines and related information.\n\n \n\n File Requirements Online\n \n\n Milk, salt, and certain fuels.\n\nWhat's Happening\nOffice of General Services — Upcoming Events\nFrom business outreach and training to community events, find out what's going on at the Office of General Services.\n\nAll Upcoming Events\n\n Office of General Services\n\nAbout\n\nAgency Overview\n\nCommissioner Jeanette M. Moy\n\nStrategic Plan\n\nEmployment\n\nContact Us\n\nBuy Flags\n\nPermits to Assemble\n\nPublic Information\n\nPress\n\nFreedom of Information Law (FOIL)\n\nOpen Meetings\n\nExecutive Law § 203-b List of State Boards\n\nOGS and Open Data\n\nDesign-Build Report\n\nSite Map\n\nLegal\n\nRules and Regulations\n\nService of Process\n\nDebarred and Non-Responsible Entities\n\nExecutive Order 157\n\nExecutive Order 16\n\nIran Divestment Act\n\nAdvisory Council on Procurement Lobbying","title":"Buyer Information | Office of General Services","score":12.886673},{"document_id":"50a18d4423f7a219-263-2449","text":"Procurement Services Announcements | Office of General Services\nNavigation Menu Toggle\n\n Office of General Services\n\nReal EstateReal EstateState Building DirectoryApply to Use OGS-Managed PropertyReal Estate AuctionsTenant InformationTenant RepresentativesLeasingLand ManagementDining Options & MenusDowntown Albany Employee ParkingDeliveries to the Empire State PlazaDesign & ConstructionDesign & ConstructionLet's Work Together! Upcoming ProjectsCurrent Bid OpportunitiesConstruction ContractorsConsultant ProfessionalsClient AgenciesBuild With Us! Careers with D&CEmergency ConstructionFormsMinority and Women-Owned BusinessesPreviously Approved Construction VendorsService-Disabled Veteran-Owned BusinessesProcurementProcurementContractsBid OpportunitiesBid Opening ResultsProcurement ResourcesAnnouncementsDo BusinessBuyer InformationGreen Purchasing Preferred SourcesVehicle MarketplaceState Procurement CouncilGovernment SupportGovernment SupportDigital & Media ServicesConstruction & Procurement During EmergenciesEnergy PlanningFederal SurplusFleet ManagementFood DistributionLanguage AccessMail & FreightPlaza DockmasterPrinting & CopyingRisk & InsuranceState SurplusResiliency & SustainabilityResiliency & SustainabilityGreenNYSustainable PurchasingZero Emission Vehicles & InfrastructureResiliencySustainable Buildings & InfrastructureDo BusinessDo BusinessConstruction OpportunitiesEvent Vendor OpportunitiesLeasing OpportunitiesMinority and Women-Owned BusinessesProcurement OpportunitiesService-Disabled Veteran-Owned BusinessesState EmployeesState EmployeesDowntown Albany Employee ParkingUpdate Your Employee Parking ProfileDining Options & MenusID CardsBusiness Services CenterBuilding Tenant InformationRSA SecurID TokenVisitVisitState Building DirectoryEmpire State PlazaHarriman State Office CampusPhoto ID Requirements in OGS BuildingsPlaza Lighting CalendarUpcoming EventsHarlem EventsHarlem Art CollectionDining Options & MenusNYSStore Public AuctionsAbout OGSAbout OGSStrategic PlanExecutive TeamCareers\n\nProcurement Services Announcements\n\n \n\n All \n Procurement Services Announcements \n\nFilter Options\n\nFilter\n\n2024\n2023\n2022\n2021\n2020\n2019\n2018\n2017\n2016\n2015\n2014\n2013\n2012\n2011\n2010\n2009\n2008\n2007\n2005\n2004\n\nRefine\n\nFrom","title":"Procurement Services Announcements | Office of General Services","score":12.529093},{"document_id":"927e8c4b785ff2b4-733-3007","text":"Buyer Information | Office of General Services\nCareers with D&CEmergency ConstructionFormsMinority and Women-Owned BusinessesPreviously Approved Construction VendorsService-Disabled Veteran-Owned BusinessesProcurementProcurementContractsBid OpportunitiesBid Opening ResultsProcurement ResourcesAnnouncementsDo BusinessBuyer InformationGreen Purchasing Preferred SourcesVehicle MarketplaceState Procurement CouncilGovernment SupportGovernment SupportDigital & Media ServicesConstruction & Procurement During EmergenciesEnergy PlanningFederal SurplusFleet ManagementFood DistributionLanguage AccessMail & FreightPlaza DockmasterPrinting & CopyingRisk & InsuranceState SurplusResiliency & SustainabilityResiliency & SustainabilityGreenNYSustainable PurchasingZero Emission Vehicles & InfrastructureResiliencySustainable Buildings & InfrastructureDo BusinessDo BusinessConstruction OpportunitiesEvent Vendor OpportunitiesLeasing OpportunitiesMinority and Women-Owned BusinessesProcurement OpportunitiesService-Disabled Veteran-Owned BusinessesState EmployeesState EmployeesDowntown Albany Employee ParkingUpdate Your Employee Parking ProfileDining Options & MenusID CardsBusiness Services CenterBuilding Tenant InformationRSA SecurID TokenVisitVisitState Building DirectoryEmpire State PlazaHarriman State Office CampusPhoto ID Requirements in OGS BuildingsPlaza Lighting CalendarUpcoming EventsHarlem EventsHarlem Art CollectionDining Options & MenusNYSStore Public AuctionsAbout OGSAbout OGSStrategic PlanExecutive TeamCareers\n\n \n\nBuyer/Authorized User Information\n\nInformation on using OGS centralized contracts and other procurement options.\n\nApply\n\nTOP\nBuyer Information\n\nSHARE\n\nShare by Email\n\nShare by Facebook\n\nShare by Twitter\n\nBuying 101\n\nUnderstand the Procurement Process\n\nState Agencies\n\nMunicipalities\n\nSchool Districts\n\nSUNY\n\nEligibility\nBecome an Authorized User\nIf you are, among others, a state agency, a public authority or benefit corporation, a local government or political subdivision, a volunteer organization (such as ambulance services & fire companies), or a registered charitable organization, you may be eligible to use OGS centralized statewide contracts. Contracts are divided into three types:\n\r\nCommodity (e.g., fuel, vehicles, office supplies, and food)\r\nService (e.g., elevator maintenance)","title":"Buyer Information | Office of General Services","score":12.438788}],"af57ff6995d958858fc451e606fdb54d<::>4":[{"document_id":"2cfec0466f870f42-1575-3691","text":"Business Resources - U.S. Department of Veterans Affairs\nVA Federal Supply Schedule (FSS)VA manages multiple award contracts for medical equipment, supply, pharmaceutical, and service Schedule programs.\nForecast of Contracting OpportunitiesThis forecast represents VA’s best estimate of procurement opportunities during the fiscal year.\nVA Acquisition Regulations (VAAR)Our supplement of the Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR). \nConstruction and Facilities Management (CFM)CFM provides a wide variety of services and expertise to VA to deliver high quality and cost-effective facilities in support of our Veterans.\nEnhanced-Use Lease (EUL)CFM provides a wide variety of services and expertise to VA to deliver high quality and cost-effective facilities in support of our Veterans.\nVA PathfinderAn interactive website to guide you through working and innovating with VA.\nVisit PathfinderNon-VA ResourcesThese additional resources our outside VA and are helpful to the business process\nSystem for Award ManagementA government-wide portal used by the Federal government in conducting the acquisition and financial assistance processes.\nProcurement Technical Assistance Program (PTAP)PTAP is a network of procurement professionals working to help local businesses compete.\n\n \n \n\n We’re here anytime, day or night - 24/7\n\nIf you are a Veteran in crisis\n or concerned about one, connect with our caring, qualified responders for confidential help. Many of\n them are Veterans themselves. \n\n Call 988 and press\n 1\n Text to 838255\n Chat confidentially now\n Call TTY if you\n have hearing loss 1-800-799-4889\n\nGet more resources at VeteransCrisisLine.net. \n\nOfficial website of the U.S. Department of Veterans Affairs\n\nVA.gov\nChooseVA\nDiscoverVA\nVA Forms\nVA Publications\nAbout VA\nVA mobile apps\nAccessibility at VA\nNo FEAR Act data\nWhistleblower Protection\nOffice of the Inspector General\nVA plans, budget, finances, and performance\nAgency Financial Report\nPrivacy policy\nFOIA requests\nDisclaimers\nOpen data\nVulnerability disclosure policy\nCopyright policy\n\nLooking for U.S. government information and services? Visit USA.gov\nAll VA Social Media U.S. Department of Veterans Affairs","title":"Business Resources - U.S. Department of Veterans Affairs","score":12.751697},{"document_id":"927e8c4b785ff2b4-2535-4782","text":"Buyer Information | Office of General Services\nBecome an Authorized User\nIf you are, among others, a state agency, a public authority or benefit corporation, a local government or political subdivision, a volunteer organization (such as ambulance services & fire companies), or a registered charitable organization, you may be eligible to use OGS centralized statewide contracts. Contracts are divided into three types:\n\r\nCommodity (e.g., fuel, vehicles, office supplies, and food)\r\nService (e.g., elevator maintenance)\r\nTechnology (e.g., hardware, software, telecommunications, and IT services)\n\r\nFor local governments and other government organizations, including schools and public authorities, no additional paperwork beyond your purchase order is needed. If you don’t have an authorized user identification number, we ask that you complete a simple eligibility application. This will provide assurances to companies that you are eligible to use state contracts.\n\nApply\n\nProcurement Resources\n\n \n\n Purchaser Notification Service (PNS)\n \n Register for OGS centralized contract email updates.\n\n \n\n 1122 Program\n \n\n Purchase equipment for counter-drug, homeland security, and emergency response.\n\n \n\n Conducting Your Own Procurement\n \n\n Informational resources and templates for conducting your own procurement.\n\n \n\n New York State Vehicle Marketplace\n \n\n Purchase or lease of new Class 1 - 8 vehicles.\n\n \n\n New York State Preferred Sources\n \n\n Preferred Source offerings, guidelines and related information.\n\n \n\n File Requirements Online\n \n\n Milk, salt, and certain fuels.\n\nWhat's Happening\nOffice of General Services — Upcoming Events\nFrom business outreach and training to community events, find out what's going on at the Office of General Services.\n\nAll Upcoming Events\n\n Office of General Services\n\nAbout\n\nAgency Overview\n\nCommissioner Jeanette M. Moy\n\nStrategic Plan\n\nEmployment\n\nContact Us\n\nBuy Flags\n\nPermits to Assemble\n\nPublic Information\n\nPress\n\nFreedom of Information Law (FOIL)\n\nOpen Meetings\n\nExecutive Law § 203-b List of State Boards\n\nOGS and Open Data\n\nDesign-Build Report\n\nSite Map\n\nLegal\n\nRules and Regulations\n\nService of Process\n\nDebarred and Non-Responsible Entities\n\nExecutive Order 157\n\nExecutive Order 16\n\nIran Divestment Act\n\nAdvisory Council on Procurement Lobbying","title":"Buyer Information | Office of General Services","score":11.891353},{"document_id":"50a18d4423f7a219-750-2799","text":"Procurement Services Announcements | Office of General Services\nCareers with D&CEmergency ConstructionFormsMinority and Women-Owned BusinessesPreviously Approved Construction VendorsService-Disabled Veteran-Owned BusinessesProcurementProcurementContractsBid OpportunitiesBid Opening ResultsProcurement ResourcesAnnouncementsDo BusinessBuyer InformationGreen Purchasing Preferred SourcesVehicle MarketplaceState Procurement CouncilGovernment SupportGovernment SupportDigital & Media ServicesConstruction & Procurement During EmergenciesEnergy PlanningFederal SurplusFleet ManagementFood DistributionLanguage AccessMail & FreightPlaza DockmasterPrinting & CopyingRisk & InsuranceState SurplusResiliency & SustainabilityResiliency & SustainabilityGreenNYSustainable PurchasingZero Emission Vehicles & InfrastructureResiliencySustainable Buildings & InfrastructureDo BusinessDo BusinessConstruction OpportunitiesEvent Vendor OpportunitiesLeasing OpportunitiesMinority and Women-Owned BusinessesProcurement OpportunitiesService-Disabled Veteran-Owned BusinessesState EmployeesState EmployeesDowntown Albany Employee ParkingUpdate Your Employee Parking ProfileDining Options & MenusID CardsBusiness Services CenterBuilding Tenant InformationRSA SecurID TokenVisitVisitState Building DirectoryEmpire State PlazaHarriman State Office CampusPhoto ID Requirements in OGS BuildingsPlaza Lighting CalendarUpcoming EventsHarlem EventsHarlem Art CollectionDining Options & MenusNYSStore Public AuctionsAbout OGSAbout OGSStrategic PlanExecutive TeamCareers\n\nProcurement Services Announcements\n\n \n\n All \n Procurement Services Announcements \n\nFilter Options\n\nFilter\n\n2024\n2023\n2022\n2021\n2020\n2019\n2018\n2017\n2016\n2015\n2014\n2013\n2012\n2011\n2010\n2009\n2008\n2007\n2005\n2004\n\nRefine\n\nFrom\n\nTo\n\n229 results found \n \n \n\nImage of a newspaper.\n\n \n 2024\n \n\n CL 899 Discontinuation of OGS Centralized Contract for Aggregates...\n \n\n May 9, 2024\n |\n \n 1:32 PM EDT\n \n\nLearn more about CL 899 Discontinuation of OGS Centralized Contract for Aggregates Materials\n\n \n\n \n 2024\n \n\n Procurement Services Quarterly Update April 2024\n \n\n April 25, 2024\n |","title":"Procurement Services Announcements | Office of General Services","score":11.646442},{"document_id":"50a18d4423f7a219-263-2449","text":"Procurement Services Announcements | Office of General Services\nNavigation Menu Toggle\n\n Office of General Services\n\nReal EstateReal EstateState Building DirectoryApply to Use OGS-Managed PropertyReal Estate AuctionsTenant InformationTenant RepresentativesLeasingLand ManagementDining Options & MenusDowntown Albany Employee ParkingDeliveries to the Empire State PlazaDesign & ConstructionDesign & ConstructionLet's Work Together! Upcoming ProjectsCurrent Bid OpportunitiesConstruction ContractorsConsultant ProfessionalsClient AgenciesBuild With Us! Careers with D&CEmergency ConstructionFormsMinority and Women-Owned BusinessesPreviously Approved Construction VendorsService-Disabled Veteran-Owned BusinessesProcurementProcurementContractsBid OpportunitiesBid Opening ResultsProcurement ResourcesAnnouncementsDo BusinessBuyer InformationGreen Purchasing Preferred SourcesVehicle MarketplaceState Procurement CouncilGovernment SupportGovernment SupportDigital & Media ServicesConstruction & Procurement During EmergenciesEnergy PlanningFederal SurplusFleet ManagementFood DistributionLanguage AccessMail & FreightPlaza DockmasterPrinting & CopyingRisk & InsuranceState SurplusResiliency & SustainabilityResiliency & SustainabilityGreenNYSustainable PurchasingZero Emission Vehicles & InfrastructureResiliencySustainable Buildings & InfrastructureDo BusinessDo BusinessConstruction OpportunitiesEvent Vendor OpportunitiesLeasing OpportunitiesMinority and Women-Owned BusinessesProcurement OpportunitiesService-Disabled Veteran-Owned BusinessesState EmployeesState EmployeesDowntown Albany Employee ParkingUpdate Your Employee Parking ProfileDining Options & MenusID CardsBusiness Services CenterBuilding Tenant InformationRSA SecurID TokenVisitVisitState Building DirectoryEmpire State PlazaHarriman State Office CampusPhoto ID Requirements in OGS BuildingsPlaza Lighting CalendarUpcoming EventsHarlem EventsHarlem Art CollectionDining Options & MenusNYSStore Public AuctionsAbout OGSAbout OGSStrategic PlanExecutive TeamCareers\n\nProcurement Services Announcements\n\n \n\n All \n Procurement Services Announcements \n\nFilter Options\n\nFilter\n\n2024\n2023\n2022\n2021\n2020\n2019\n2018\n2017\n2016\n2015\n2014\n2013\n2012\n2011\n2010\n2009\n2008\n2007\n2005\n2004\n\nRefine\n\nFrom","title":"Procurement Services Announcements | Office of General Services","score":11.293535},{"document_id":"927e8c4b785ff2b4-733-3007","text":"Buyer Information | Office of General Services\nCareers with D&CEmergency ConstructionFormsMinority and Women-Owned BusinessesPreviously Approved Construction VendorsService-Disabled Veteran-Owned BusinessesProcurementProcurementContractsBid OpportunitiesBid Opening ResultsProcurement ResourcesAnnouncementsDo BusinessBuyer InformationGreen Purchasing Preferred SourcesVehicle MarketplaceState Procurement CouncilGovernment SupportGovernment SupportDigital & Media ServicesConstruction & Procurement During EmergenciesEnergy PlanningFederal SurplusFleet ManagementFood DistributionLanguage AccessMail & FreightPlaza DockmasterPrinting & CopyingRisk & InsuranceState SurplusResiliency & SustainabilityResiliency & SustainabilityGreenNYSustainable PurchasingZero Emission Vehicles & InfrastructureResiliencySustainable Buildings & InfrastructureDo BusinessDo BusinessConstruction OpportunitiesEvent Vendor OpportunitiesLeasing OpportunitiesMinority and Women-Owned BusinessesProcurement OpportunitiesService-Disabled Veteran-Owned BusinessesState EmployeesState EmployeesDowntown Albany Employee ParkingUpdate Your Employee Parking ProfileDining Options & MenusID CardsBusiness Services CenterBuilding Tenant InformationRSA SecurID TokenVisitVisitState Building DirectoryEmpire State PlazaHarriman State Office CampusPhoto ID Requirements in OGS BuildingsPlaza Lighting CalendarUpcoming EventsHarlem EventsHarlem Art CollectionDining Options & MenusNYSStore Public AuctionsAbout OGSAbout OGSStrategic PlanExecutive TeamCareers\n\n \n\nBuyer/Authorized User Information\n\nInformation on using OGS centralized contracts and other procurement options.\n\nApply\n\nTOP\nBuyer Information\n\nSHARE\n\nShare by Email\n\nShare by Facebook\n\nShare by Twitter\n\nBuying 101\n\nUnderstand the Procurement Process\n\nState Agencies\n\nMunicipalities\n\nSchool Districts\n\nSUNY\n\nEligibility\nBecome an Authorized User\nIf you are, among others, a state agency, a public authority or benefit corporation, a local government or political subdivision, a volunteer organization (such as ambulance services & fire companies), or a registered charitable organization, you may be eligible to use OGS centralized statewide contracts. Contracts are divided into three types:\n\r\nCommodity (e.g., fuel, vehicles, office supplies, and food)\r\nService (e.g., elevator maintenance)","title":"Buyer Information | Office of General Services","score":10.903349}],"af57ff6995d958858fc451e606fdb54d<::>5":[{"document_id":"42a7a715a971d313-7634-9865","text":"Center for Women Veterans (CWV)\nLearn more about what earned benefits and services are available to you!\n\nVA offers benefits, services, and programs such as:\n\nBenefits, including:\n\nService-Connected Disability Compensation\nHome loans\nReadiness and employment services\nSmall business programs with initiatives specifically for women Veteran-owned small businesses\nBurial (including pre-need eligibility)\nLife insurance\nTransition and economic development\nEducation and training\nPension for Veterans and survivors\n\nHealth care, including:\n\nSpecialized care for women Veterans\nMilitary Sexual Harassment, Assault or Rape (Military Sexual Trauma)\nMaternity care\nPACT Act\nLGBTQ+ care\n\n \nApply now for benefits and health care. Do you still have questions? Contact us at 00w@va.gov, call or text the Women Veterans Call Center at 1-855-829-6636 or contact a local Veteran Service Officer.\nDid you know: if you need mental health services related to PTSD or other mental health conditions linked to your service (including conditions related to an experience of military sexual harassment, assault or rape) you may qualify for VA health benefits right away, even without a VA Character of Discharge review or a discharge upgrade.\nIf you have a less than honorable discharge you may be eligible for a discharge upgrade. Learn more »\n\nWomen Veterans NOT using VA Benefits and Services?\nWomen Veterans NOT using your earned VA Benefits & Services, we would love to hear from you. Please take our survey, it takes 5 minutes and is anonymous. Take the survey »\n\nVA Women’s Health Transition Training\nThe Women’s Health Services Office at the Department of Veterans Affairs, in conjunction with the Department of Defense, is hosting a Women’s Health Transition Training. The training will provide servicewomen with a deeper understanding of the women’s health services available to them within the VA health care system. Learn more »\n\n \n\nSite Navigation\n\nHome\nAbout Us\nAdvisory Committee\nWomen Veterans' Mental Health\nResources for Women Veterans\nWomen Veterans Outreach\nResearch and Reports\nCWV Partnerships\nFrequently Asked Questions\nEvents\nContact Us\n\nWomen Veteran Resources\n\nSubscribe to receive weekly women Veteran centric updates and news\n\nButton to subscribe to email","title":"Center for Women Veterans (CWV)","score":11.699538},{"document_id":"3b9228d5ddf7d49b-12609-14923","text":"California Blueprint for Women’s Pandemic Economic Recovery | CCSWG\nThirty-five percent of women workers in California sought benefits, compared to 28% of men. The Blueprint further determined that between March 2020 and December 2020, Unemployment Insurance benefits reached the families of approximately 3.6 million California children, reaching about 40% of the state’s children supporting those households in the first year of the pandemic. \n \n\nGender is a substantive element of the health of the state’s overall workforce and capacity for economic growth and must be considered as an essential element in state resource stewardship.\n\nCalifornia has barreled toward recovery, with overall unemployment rates falling to 3.9%, a historic low going back to the official data series started in 1976. The state as a whole has accounted for 16.1% of the nation’s new jobs as of July 2022 and has recovered all of the private-sector jobs lost during the pandemic. \nOne thing these numbers do not tell us, however, is the type of work, compensation, flexibility, or the intangible elements of work, including caregiving. It also does not address the lasting repercussions of the pandemic on women and families who could not afford to spend two years not working or working less. The overall hit to wealth building results in less savings, home ownership or investments or retirement savings and remains an issue for the state and the economy as a whole.\n\nA Call to Action\n\nCCSWG is concerned by the systematic erosion of women’s well-being, human rights, and economic status that have been profoundly accelerated by COVID-19. It will undoubtedly continue unless halted by deliberate interventions we must deploy now.\n \nSupport broad structural changes to end the gender wage gap, improve workplace equity for women, and alleviate poverty.\nSolutions include: Increasing California’s minimum wage, improving pay data transparency requirements for private companies, ensuring equal pay for equal work for temporary employees, support occupational transitions, protect against workplace discrimination, and improve workplace protections.\n \nExamine the long-term impact of Long COVID on women’s health and economic status.\nSolutions include: Plan for Long COVID, improve Covid-19 reporting, improve access to sick leave, palliative care, mental health support, and prioritize accessibility.","title":"California Blueprint for Women’s Pandemic Economic Recovery | CCSWG","score":10.831362},{"document_id":"3b9228d5ddf7d49b-14377-16744","text":"California Blueprint for Women’s Pandemic Economic Recovery | CCSWG\nSolutions include: Increasing California’s minimum wage, improving pay data transparency requirements for private companies, ensuring equal pay for equal work for temporary employees, support occupational transitions, protect against workplace discrimination, and improve workplace protections.\n \nExamine the long-term impact of Long COVID on women’s health and economic status.\nSolutions include: Plan for Long COVID, improve Covid-19 reporting, improve access to sick leave, palliative care, mental health support, and prioritize accessibility.\n \nBuild more equitable and comprehensive support system for the long term to alleviate poverty and support economic recovery for women.\nSolutions include: Enhance Unemployment Insurance and improve access to benefits that include Paid Family Leave, CalWorks and CalFresh. Incentivize through tax credits to include Low-Income Housing Tax Credits, Child Tax Credits, Young Child Tax Credit, and CalEITC. Dedicated support is needed for women-owned small businesses.\n \nCalifornia must apply significant investment to address a care system that was patchwork to begin with and envision a new approach to care.\nSolutions include: Affordable and accessible childcare options for families, to improving wages and incentives for the caregiving profession, investment in elder care, support in making up for lost retirement savings, increased flexibility for working parents, pilot a guaranteed income program.\n \nSupport California women in the workforce, especially in industries where they are often overlooked or under-resourced, specifically for women of color, women with disabilities, members of the LGBTQIA+ community.\nSolutions include: Future research and improved data collection and transparency centers an intersectional approaches that presuppose structural gender bias and compounding challenges. Elevating women’s voices and influence on critical matters of the state through gender advisors and establishing local women commissions to improve equitable representation.\n \n\nHave questions about the Blueprint? Contact me! \nDarcy Totten, CCSWG Director of External Affairs\nDarcy.Totten@women.ca.gov\n\n \n\n \n \n \n \n\nBack to Top\n\nAccessibility\n\nCertification\n\nConditions of Use\n\nPrivacy Policy\n\nDisclaimer\n\nDownload Free Readers\n\nReport A Web Problem\n\nCopyright © State of California\nPowered by: CAWeb Publishing Service","title":"California Blueprint for Women’s Pandemic Economic Recovery | CCSWG","score":10.403091},{"document_id":"0324a26acb64e2e0-6293-8507","text":"Women Veterans - Veterans\nRates: Veterans Pension\nRates: Survivors Pension\n\nAppeals Modernization\nSpecial Groups\n\nElderly Veterans\nGulf War Veterans\nHomeless Veterans\nIncarcerated Veterans\nKorean War Veterans\nLesbian Gay, Bisexual & Transgender Veterans\nMinority Veterans\nNative American Veterans\nFormer Prisoners of War\nVeterans Living Overseas\nVietnam War Veterans\nWomen Veterans\nWorld War II Veterans\nIndigent Veterans and Unclaimed Remains\n\nServices\n\nServices Home Page\nBeneficiary Financial Counseling\nCareers and Employment\nEducational and Vocational Counseling\nFiduciary Program\n\nFiduciary Program Home\nBeneficiary Overview\nFiduciary Overview\n\nIndependent Living\nMortgage Delinquency Assistance\nPrivate Providers Information\n\nApplying for Benefits\n\nApplying for Benefits Home\nCharacter of Discharge\n\nLocations\n\nRegional Offices\nRegional Loan Centers\n\nVBA Performance\n\nVBA Performance Home\nCharacteristics of Claims\nMonday Morning Workload Report\nAppeals Modernization Reporting\nAnnual Benefits Report\n\nMedia and Publications\nAbout VBA\n\nSubscribe to VA's Monthly Benefits Newsletter\n\nSubscription Type\n\nEmail\nSMS/Text Message\n\nWireless Number\n\n1 (US)\n1\n\nEmail Address\n\nVA » \n\t\n\t\n\t\n\tVeterans Benefits Administration » \n\t\n\t\n\t\n\t\n\t\n\t\n\t\n\t\n\tVeterans\n \n \n \n \n \n \n \n »\n \n\t\n\t\n \n\tWomen Veterans\n\t\n\n \n\nVeterans\n\nWomen Veterans\n\nWomen served in the United States Military as early as the Revolutionary War. Since then, women of all ages, ranks, and levels of authority have entered every branch of service, made significant contributions, and suffered the same sacrifices as men. As a woman with military service, you may qualify for a wide range of benefits offered by the Department of Veterans Affairs.\nVA Benefits\nWomen Veterans may be eligible for a wide-variety of benefits available to all U.S. military Veterans. VA benefits include disability compensation, pension, education and training, health care, home loans, insurance, vocational rehabilitation and employment, and burial. See our Veterans page for an overview of the benefits available to all Veterans.\nThe following sections provide information about VA benefits and programs specifically for Women Veterans.\nVA Benefits and Programs for Women Veterans\nCenter for Women Veterans","title":"Women Veterans - Veterans","score":10.189413},{"document_id":"0324a26acb64e2e0-7979-10461","text":"Women Veterans - Veterans\nWomen Veterans may be eligible for a wide-variety of benefits available to all U.S. military Veterans. VA benefits include disability compensation, pension, education and training, health care, home loans, insurance, vocational rehabilitation and employment, and burial. See our Veterans page for an overview of the benefits available to all Veterans.\nThe following sections provide information about VA benefits and programs specifically for Women Veterans.\nVA Benefits and Programs for Women Veterans\nCenter for Women Veterans\nVA's Center for Women Veterans monitors and coordinates VA's administration of benefit services and programs for women Veterans. The Center advocates for a cultural transformation that recognizes the service and contributions of women Veterans and women in the military, and also raises awareness of the responsibility to treat women Veterans with dignity and respect.\nLearn more about the Center for Women Veterans.\nWomen Veteran Coordinators\nThere are Women Veteran Coordinator (WVCs) located in every regional office who function as the primary contact for women Veterans. WVCs provide specific information and comprehensive assistance to women Veterans, their dependents, and beneficiaries concerning VA benefits and related non-VA benefits. They may assist you in the claims intake, development, and processing of military sexual and personal trauma claims.\nFind a regional office near you.\nVA Health Care for Women Veterans\nAt each VA medical center nationwide, a Women Veterans Program Manager (WVPM) is designated to advise and advocate for women Veterans. The WVPM can help coordinate all the services you may need, from primary care to specialized care for chronic conditions or reproductive health. Woman Veterans who are interested in receiving care at VA should contact the nearest VA Medical Center and ask for the WVPM.\nWoman Veterans who are interested in receiving care at VA should contact the nearest VA Medical Center and ask for the Women Veterans Program Manager.\nLearn more about the VA Health Care for Women Veterans.\nVA Benefits for Survivors of Military Sexual Trauma\nVA has special services available to help women who experienced military sexual trauma (MST), including free, confidential counseling and treatment for mental and physical health conditions related to MST. You do not need to have a service-connected disability or injury, and may be able to receive this benefit even if you are not eligible for other VA care.","title":"Women Veterans - Veterans","score":10.021616}],"af57ff6995d958858fc451e606fdb54d<::>6":[{"document_id":"a4ee11222d510562-0-2214","text":"Support For Your Veteran-Owned Small Business | Veterans Affairs\n\n\nSupport For Your Veteran-Owned Small Business | Veterans Affairs\n\nSkip to Content\n\nAn official website of the United States government\n\nHere’s how you know\n\nThe .gov means it’s official.\n\n Federal government websites often end in .gov or .mil. Before sharing sensitive information, make sure you're on a federal government site.\n \n\nThe site is secure.\n The https:// ensures that you're connecting to the official website and that any information you provide is encrypted and sent securely.\n \n\nTalk to the Veterans Crisis Line now\n\nHome\n \n\nCareers and employment\n\n Veteran-owned small business support\n \n\nCareers and employment\n\n Get benefits\n \n\nVeteran Readiness and Employment (Chapter 31)\n\nSupport-and-services tracks\n\nReemployment\n\nRapid Access to Employment\n\nSelf-Employment\n\nLong-Term Services\n\nIndependent Living\n\nEligibility\n\nHow to apply\n\nAccessing VR&E through IDES\n\nEducational and career counseling\n\nApply now\n\nVeteran-owned small business support\n\nDependent employment benefits\n\n Manage benefits\n \n\nVA Transition Assistance\n\nFind a job\n\nFind VA careers and support\n\nPrint Civil Service Preference Letter\n\nGet LinkedIn classes\n\nCheck claim, decision review, or appeal status\n\nRequest a decision review\n\n More resources\n \n\nSubsistence allowance rates\n\nCompare VA education benefits\n\nVetSuccess on Campus\n\nProgram definitions\n\nVR&E success stories\n\nEmployment resources for Veterans\n\nResources for family members\n\nIn this section\n\nSupport for your Veteran-Owned Small Business\n\nIf you have a Veteran-Owned Small Business, you may qualify for advantages when bidding on government contracts—along with access to other resources and support—through the Veteran Small Business Certification program (VetCert). \n\nVetCert is run by the U.S. Small Business Administration (SBA). Registering through SBA will allow you to work with us (all businesses who work with VA must be registered). Learn more about VetCert on the SBA website\n\nLast updated: April 15, 2024\n\nFeedback\n\n","title":"Support For Your Veteran-Owned Small Business | Veterans Affairs","score":13.553294},{"document_id":"2cfec0466f870f42-2-2134","text":"Business Resources - U.S. Department of Veterans Affairs\nBusiness Resources - U.S. Department of Veterans Affairs\n\n \n\nSkip to content\n\n \n\nAn official website of the United States government\nHere’s how you know\n\n Here’s how you know \n\n Talk to the Veterans Crisis Line now \n\n \n\n Official websites use .gov \n A .gov website belongs to an official government organization in the United States. \n\n \n\n Secure .gov websites use HTTPS \n A lock ( \n\nLock\nA locked padlock\n\n ) or https:// means you’ve safely connected to the .gov website. Share sensitive information only on official, secure websites. \n\nVA.govVA NewsLocationsBusinessVA CareersContact UsMAIN MENUMenu\n \n\nBusiness ResourcesDepartment of Veterans Affairs2022-09-14T14:23:53-04:00 \nHomeBusiness ResourcesWhether this is the first time your company has done business with the VA, you’re starting a new Veteran-owned business or you have a portfolio of contracts, you can find resources here to help your business-related needs.\nWhat are you looking for?Select a resource you want to use. \nSmall Business at VAResources for small businesses to get and maintain contracts.\nVeteran-Owned Businesses Resources for Veteran-owned businesses to get and maintain contracts.\nSmall Business Liaisons Small business liaisons are located nationwide to offer advice to Veteran-owned and other small businesses on doing business with VA.\nSmall Business EventsAccess our listing of business-related events.\nVendor Communication PlanAccess our agency communication plan on how we will interact with vendors.\nWorking with VAA wide variety of resources to help you get started working with VA.\nVA Federal Supply Schedule (FSS)VA manages multiple award contracts for medical equipment, supply, pharmaceutical, and service Schedule programs.\nForecast of Contracting OpportunitiesThis forecast represents VA’s best estimate of procurement opportunities during the fiscal year.\nVA Acquisition Regulations (VAAR)Our supplement of the Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR). \nConstruction and Facilities Management (CFM)CFM provides a wide variety of services and expertise to VA to deliver high quality and cost-effective facilities in support of our Veterans.","title":"Business Resources - U.S. Department of Veterans Affairs","score":11.498366},{"document_id":"0934b31d940efc39-33761-35570","text":"Veteran discounts available year round - VA News\nIt was updated 2-21-21. They cannot honor this offer at this time.\n\nKaren Jones\n\tMarch 24, 2021 at 22:44\t\n\nAre these discounts available to widows?\n\nPatricia Doyle\n\tMarch 24, 2021 at 22:24\t\n\nHow does the veterans advantage work how do you obtain it\n\nBrian Sheehan\n\tMarch 24, 2021 at 21:51\t\n\nIt’s not listed but Home Depot also offers a 10% discount. It’s not as easy to use as Lowe’s because they don’t do preregistration so no online discount and you need to show your Veterans ID at checkout, but it seems to have fewer restrictions and applies even on sale prices.\n\nMichael M Bates\n\tMarch 24, 2021 at 21:40\t\n\nUnless I’m missing something, to use the CVS discount you have to subscribe to a “Veterans Advantage” program, costing between $4.95 and $9.99 a month. Unless you order quite a lot from CVS, not much of a discount.\n\nAmy Fultz\n\tMarch 24, 2021 at 20:41\t\n\nYou need to state that Home Depot only gives discounts to retired or disabled veterans or active duty military. They DO NOT give discounts to all veterans except on Veterans Day.\n\nJack Levy\n\tMarch 24, 2021 at 20:10\t\n\nHello,\nAll those mentioned are great perks.\nOne suggestion that would be really nice to have is to have some kind of a discount from Comcast.\nComcast service is expensive and any brake in their monthly service fees would be a relief.\n\nBrian Lee Speir\n\tMarch 24, 2021 at 20:07\t\n\nI’m happy & grateful for any Veteran’s discount,no matter the percentage or conditions. The businesses don’t have to give a discount anyway so I appreciate it,just as I appreciate Senior discounts.\n\nRICHARD WENSEL\n\tMarch 24, 2021 at 20:06\t\n\nJust wondering why every offer expired 15 days before this was posted.\nNot very helpful.\n\nLouis Demerson jr\n\tMarch 24, 2021 at 19:57\t\n\nThanks for information that can be beneficial too many.\n\nRichard G Finkle","title":"Veteran discounts available year round - VA News","score":11.496132},{"document_id":"42a7a715a971d313-7634-9865","text":"Center for Women Veterans (CWV)\nLearn more about what earned benefits and services are available to you!\n\nVA offers benefits, services, and programs such as:\n\nBenefits, including:\n\nService-Connected Disability Compensation\nHome loans\nReadiness and employment services\nSmall business programs with initiatives specifically for women Veteran-owned small businesses\nBurial (including pre-need eligibility)\nLife insurance\nTransition and economic development\nEducation and training\nPension for Veterans and survivors\n\nHealth care, including:\n\nSpecialized care for women Veterans\nMilitary Sexual Harassment, Assault or Rape (Military Sexual Trauma)\nMaternity care\nPACT Act\nLGBTQ+ care\n\n \nApply now for benefits and health care. Do you still have questions? Contact us at 00w@va.gov, call or text the Women Veterans Call Center at 1-855-829-6636 or contact a local Veteran Service Officer.\nDid you know: if you need mental health services related to PTSD or other mental health conditions linked to your service (including conditions related to an experience of military sexual harassment, assault or rape) you may qualify for VA health benefits right away, even without a VA Character of Discharge review or a discharge upgrade.\nIf you have a less than honorable discharge you may be eligible for a discharge upgrade. Learn more »\n\nWomen Veterans NOT using VA Benefits and Services?\nWomen Veterans NOT using your earned VA Benefits & Services, we would love to hear from you. Please take our survey, it takes 5 minutes and is anonymous. Take the survey »\n\nVA Women’s Health Transition Training\nThe Women’s Health Services Office at the Department of Veterans Affairs, in conjunction with the Department of Defense, is hosting a Women’s Health Transition Training. The training will provide servicewomen with a deeper understanding of the women’s health services available to them within the VA health care system. Learn more »\n\n \n\nSite Navigation\n\nHome\nAbout Us\nAdvisory Committee\nWomen Veterans' Mental Health\nResources for Women Veterans\nWomen Veterans Outreach\nResearch and Reports\nCWV Partnerships\nFrequently Asked Questions\nEvents\nContact Us\n\nWomen Veteran Resources\n\nSubscribe to receive weekly women Veteran centric updates and news\n\nButton to subscribe to email","title":"Center for Women Veterans (CWV)","score":11.467961},{"document_id":"f049134faf2f34b3-1484-3668","text":"Free career guidance for Veterans from America's top companies - VA News\nAmerican Corporate Partners (ACP) connects post-9/11 Veterans with corporate professionals for customized career guidance. Veterans find meaningful employment outcomes, whether a higher-paying job or a promotion. The average starting annual salary for Veterans who use ACP is $93,000. The program helps Veterans find great jobs the first time.\nACP is a national non-profit organization dedicated to helping military Veterans make connections in the civilian workforce. \n\nSince 2010, nearly 30,000 Veterans have found success through ACP. Apply today.\nHow to get started \nVisit ACP’s website and fill out a brief application. Answer questions about your career goals, military experience and mentoring preferences.\nWhat to expect after applying? \n\nACP will reach out within one business day to schedule a 15-minute phone call to ask a few questions to match the Veteran with the right mentor. \nACP will introduce the Veteran to a mentor within several weeks of application to the program. ACP will also check in throughout the year to provide customized resources and ensure positive outcomes. Nearly 100% of Veterans would recommend ACP. \nAll post-9/11 Veterans who served at least 180 days of active duty since 9/11 are eligible. \nACP’s weekly LinkedIn Live series connects Veterans directly to partner companies and hiring managers. \nACP’s LinkedIn Group, ACP Connects, offers employment opportunities from military-ready employers and professional development resources.\n\nSenior executives from hundreds of America’s top companies provide volunteer mentors to ACP, including Amazon, Disney, Johnson & Johnson, Lockheed Martin, Morgan Stanley and more, \nTypical mentorship goals include:\n\nRésumé review and interview preparation\nCareer exploration and understanding job opportunities\nCareer advancement once a position is obtained\nWork-life balance\nNetworking\nSmall business development\nLeadership and professional communication.\n\nTopics in this storyAmerican Corporate PartnersCareer AdviceEmploymentLink DisclaimerThis page includes links to other websites outside our control and jurisdiction. VA is not responsible for the privacy practices or the content of non-VA Web sites.","title":"Free career guidance for Veterans from America's top companies - VA News","score":11.338274}],"af57ff6995d958858fc451e606fdb54d<::>7":[{"document_id":"a6b2bb85a051fd9a-1414-3099","text":"FEMA: FEMA's Environmental Planning and Historic Preservation (EHP) Program\nAchieving use of the environment without degradation or undesirable and unintended consequences;\nPreserving historic, cultural and natural aspects of national heritage and maintaining, wherever possible, an environment that supports diversity and variety of individual choice;\nAchieving a balance between resource use and development within the sustained carrying capacity of the ecosystem involved; and\nEnhancing the quality of renewable resources and working toward the maximum attainable recycling of depletable resources.\n\nBack To Top\n\nEHP Program\nThe Environmental Planning and Historic Preservation (EHP) program integrates the protection and enhancement of environmental, historic, and cultural resources into FEMA's mission, programs and activities; ensures that FEMA's activities and programs related to disaster response and recovery, hazard mitigation, and emergency preparedness comply with federal environmental and historic preservation laws and executive orders; and provides environmental and historic preservation technical assistance to FEMA staff, local, State and Federal partners, and grantees and subgrantees.\n\nPlease use the links on the left to navigate to a variety of EHP information.\nBack To Top\n\nLast Modified: Friday, 30-Jan-2009 12:59:15 EST\n\nSolutions\n\nBest Practices Portfolio\n\nOnline Tools\n\nPhoto Library\nFEMA Library\nFind a Flood Map\n\nRelated Topics\n\nAdvisory Council on Historic Preservation Honors FEMA's Historic Preservation Efforts in Gulf Coast\n\n Email Updates\n\nHome\nContact Us\nPrivacy Policy\nImportant Notices\nFOIA\nNo FEAR Act Data\nUSA.gov\nDHS\n\nFEMA 500 C Street SW, Washington, D.C. 20472Disaster Assistance: (800) 621-FEMA, TTY (800) 462-7585","title":"FEMA: FEMA's Environmental Planning and Historic Preservation (EHP) Program","score":11.851292},{"document_id":"5d60b702e2b88e1c-5-2462","text":"\r\n\tHabitat Conservation Planning Branch\r\n\nHabitat Conservation Planning Branch\r\n\nSkip to Main Content\n\n See the Emergency Closures page before visiting a CDFW office, facility or property.\n\t\n\n \n\n×\n\nSaving your location allows us to provide you with more relevant information.\n\nSet Location\n\nLogin\nAbout CDFW\nContact\n\nSearch\nGoogle Translate\n\nMenu\n\nHome\n\nHome\n\nFishing\n\nHunting\n\nLicensing\n\nConservation\n\nLearning\n\nHomeOrganization HCPB\n\n\r\n\tHabitat Conservation Planning Branch\r\n\t\r\n\t\n\nHabitat Conservation Programs\nCalifornia Endangered Species Act Permitting (CESA)\nThe California Endangered Species Act (CESA) allows CDFW to authorize project proponents to take state- listed threatened, endangered, or candidate species if certain conditions are met. The permitting program administers the incidental take provisions of CESA to ensure regulatory compliance and statewide consistency.\n\nCalifornia Environmental Quality Act Review (CEQA)\nCDFW consults with lead and responsible agencies and provides the requisite biological expertise to review and comment upon environmental documents and impacts arising from project activities under the California Environmental Quality Act.\n\nLake and Streambed Alteration Program (LSA)\nFish and Game Code Section 1602 requires any entity to notify CDFW before beginning any activity that may substantially divert or obstruct the natural flow of, or substantially change or use any material from the bed, channel, or bank of any river, stream, or lake. If CDFW determines that the activity may substantially adversely affect fish and wildlife resources, a Lake or Streambed Alteration Agreement will be prepared.\n\nTimberland Conservation Program\nForest practices on private timberlands in California are overseen by multiple state agencies to address the variety of potential impacts timber operations have on the environment. CDFW often issues permits for building roads across streams and for water drafting from streams and lakes. Occasionally, CDFW issues incidental take permits when timber operations impact threatened and endangered species.\n\nNatural Community Conservation Planning (NCCP)\nThe Natural Community Conservation Planning Program is a cooperative effort designed to protect species and their habitats through an ecosystem approach. The program helps identify and provide for large area-wide protection of plants, animals, and their habitats while allowing for compatible and appropriate economic activity.\n\nConservation and Mitigation Banking","title":"\r\n\tHabitat Conservation Planning Branch\r\n","score":10.716256},{"document_id":"8dd4304ad00694f0-1482-4100","text":"Links for Schools\nThe CEEIN partnership provides a forum for its members to share resources, programs and materials with California's public schools and students in grades kindergarten through university.California Department of Education-Office of Environmental EducationThe Office of Environmental Education provides grants and resources to encourage community partnerships to select, support, and develop sustainable educational projects and programs.California Regional Environmental Education CommunityThe California Regional Environmental Education Community (CREEC) Network is an educational project whose mission is To develop a communication network which provides educators with access to High Quality environmental education resources to enhance the environmental literacy of California Students. The CREEC Network is one of the best sources for Environmental Education resources in California.Department of Fish and Game – Project WILDProject WILD is an engaging, fun environment-based education program. Students of all ages enjoy experiencing Project WILD activities that help them understand and value the human, wildlife, habitat connections. Explore our site and discover more about Project WILD, the K-12 Curriculum & Activity Guides, workshops, the Going WILD Newsletter, and related educational materials.Department of Forestry and Fire ProtectionWildland fire safety begins with clearance around your homes, safe camping begins with getting a campfire permit, and keeping your children safe begins with important lessons like Stop, Drop, and Roll, and that matches are not toys. Information at this site could save you and your family. Fire Safety is up to each and every one of us.California Coastal CommissionThe California Coastal Commission Public Education Program works to increase public knowledge of coastal and marine resources and to engage the public in coastal protection and restoration activities. They offer a variety of conservation, education and community involvement programs. There is bound to be a program just right for you, so get involved!\nFederal Agencies\nNational Aeronautic and Space Administration - Athena: Earth ResourcesExplore the environment created by wetlands, volcanoes, and earthquakes, including their influence on Earth's geography and landforms. Part of NASA's Learning Technologies Project (LTP).Bureau of Land ManagementThis website is produced and maintained by the Environmental Education and Volunteers Group of the Bureau of Land Management. It presents learning opportunities associated with the 262 million acres of public lands that BLM manages for all Americans.","title":"Links for Schools","score":10.342089},{"document_id":"c0c0ad176692bfc1-65474-67620","text":"Bill Text - SB-375 Transportation planning: travel demand models: sustainable communities strategy: environmental review.\nThe program for preservation of the assisted housing developments shall utilize, to the extent necessary, all available federal, state, and local financing and subsidy programs identified in paragraph (9) of subdivision (a), except where a community has other urgent needs for which alternative funding sources are not available. The program may include strategies that involve local regulation and technical assistance.(7) The program shall include an identification of the agencies and officials responsible for the implementation of the various actions and the means by which consistency will be achieved with other general plan elements and community goals. The local government shall make a diligent effort to achieve public participation of all economic segments of the community in the development of the housing element, and the program shall\n\t describe this effort.(d) (1) A local government may satisfy all or part of its requirement to identify a zone or zones suitable for the development of emergency shelters pursuant to paragraph (4) of subdivision (a) by adopting and implementing a multijurisdictional agreement, with a maximum of two other adjacent communities, that requires the participating jurisdictions to develop at least one year-round emergency shelter within two years of the beginning of the planning period.(2) The agreement shall allocate a portion of the new shelter capacity to each jurisdiction as credit towards its emergency shelter need, and each jurisdiction shall describe how the capacity was allocated as part of its housing element.(3) Each member jurisdiction of a multijurisdictional agreement shall describe in\n\t its housing element all of the following:(A) How the joint facility will meet the jurisdiction’s emergency shelter need.(B) The jurisdiction’s contribution to the facility for both the development and ongoing operation and management of the facility.(C) The amount and source of the funding that the jurisdiction contributes to the facility.(4) The aggregate capacity claimed by the participating jurisdictions in their housing elements shall not exceed the actual capacity of the shelter.","title":"Bill Text - SB-375 Transportation planning: travel demand models: sustainable communities strategy: environmental review.","score":10.187257},{"document_id":"f855a4fc4c6fb8f4-5-2231","text":"\r\n\tEnvironmental Review and Permitting\r\n\nEnvironmental Review and Permitting\r\n\nSkip to Main Content\n\n See the Emergency Closures page before visiting a CDFW office, facility or property.\n\t\n\n \n\n×\n\nSaving your location allows us to provide you with more relevant information.\n\nSet Location\n\nLogin\nAbout CDFW\nContact\n\nSearch\nGoogle Translate\n\nMenu\n\nHome\n\nHome\n\nFishing\n\nHunting\n\nLicensing\n\nConservation\n\nLearning\n\nHomeConservation Environmental Review\n\n\r\n\tEnvironmental Review and Permitting\r\n\t\r\n\t\n\nCalifornia’s fish and wildlife depend upon the quality and quantity of habitat including lands, waters, and other environmental factors necessary for survival.\n\n\tCDFW’s Environmental Review and Permitting Programs implement sections of the California Fish and Game Code, California Code of Regulations, and other statutes and regulations. These Programs help fulfill CDFW’s mission to manage California’s diverse fish, wildlife, and plant resources, and the habitats upon which they depend, for their ecological values and for their use and enjoyment by the public.\n\n California Endangered Species Act (CESA) Permits\nCESA authorizes CDFW to permit project proponents to take state-listed threatened, endangered or candidate species if certain conditions are met. The CESA Program administers the incidental take provisions of CESA, including Incidental Take Permits, Consistency Determinations, and Safe Harbor Agreements to ensure regulatory compliance and statewide consistency.\n\n California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA) Review\nCEQA requires public agencies to disclose and mitigate environmental impacts of discretionary projects they approve. Most often, CDFW acts as a Trustee and/or Responsible Agency and provides the requisite biological expertise to review and comment upon CEQA environmental documents prepared by another Lead Agency. CDFW may also act as Lead Agency.\n\n Habitat Restoration and Enhancement Act (HREA) Approvals\nThe HREA established a process for CDFW to approve small-scale, voluntary habitat restoration projects that meet specific eligibility requirements. Projects approved by CDFW, pursuant to HREA, will not require additional permits from CDFW, such as an LSA agreement or CESA permit.\n\n Lake and Streambed Alteration (LSA) Program","title":"\r\n\tEnvironmental Review and Permitting\r\n","score":10.027489}],"af57ff6995d958858fc451e606fdb54d<::>8":[{"document_id":"fbc472c2e4c7193d-30248-32502","text":"FAQs | Caltrans\nWhere can I get information about the State of California Disadvantaged Business Enterprise (DBE), Minority Business Enterprise (MBE) and Women Business Enterprise (WBE)?\n\nThank you for your interest in participating\nin the State of California Disadvantaged Business Enterprise\n(DBE), Minority Business Enterprise (MBE) and Women\nBusiness Enterprise (WBE) program. \nThe purpose of the California Department\nof Transportation (Caltrans), Civil Rights Program is\nto increase the level of participation of disadvantaged\nbusinesses in all Federal contracting activities. Pursuant\nto Federal regulations, to participate in our program,\nqualifying firms must first be certified as a Disadvantaged\nBusiness Enterprise (DBE) by the Caltrans Civil Rights\nProgram. Firms interested in certification as a Small Business (SB) or Disabled Veteran Business Enterprise (DVBE) should contact the Department of General Services, Office of Small and Minority Business (OSBCR) (916) 322-5060. \n\nWho maintains the bridges in California?\n\nThe Division of Structure Maintenance\nand Investigations is responsible for managing the department's\ntransportation structures. This includes performing\nbridge inspections in accordance with federal regulations\non over 12,000 State Highway bridges and approximately\n12,200 bridges owned by local government agencies. Other\nresponsibilities include making structure work repair\nrecommendations, determining the safe load capacity\nof all bridges, reviewing and approving encroachment\npermits and air space lease proposals involving structures,\ndelivering plans, specifications and estimates for bridge\nmaintenance projects, and coordinating the protective\ncoating work on over 800 state highway steel bridges.\n\nThis Division also has the lead responsibility\nfor the investigation and repair of structures damaged\nby vehicular collision, fire, flood, earthquake etc.\n\nDoes my hybrid vehicle qualify for use in the HOV lane with just the driver?\n\nThe Air Resources Board\n (ARB) has information regarding qualifying\n vehicles for carpool lane use. The DMV is\n the agency that provides the carpool lane\n sticker to vehicles that qualify once the\n customer fills out the necessary DMV application\n form. To view the complete list of vehicles","title":"FAQs | Caltrans","score":11.945007},{"document_id":"ed17e5bd32458f9c-230782-233054","text":"Internal Revenue Bulletin: 2008-12 | Internal Revenue Service\nExcept as provided in Section 2.02, the IRS agrees not to examine any participating taxpayer (whether a foreign insurer, reinsurer, agent, solicitor or broker) with respect to tax liabilities arising under the four situations set forth in Rev. Rul. 2008-15, or any similar fact pattern, to the extent that premiums are paid or received by the participating taxpayer during any quarterly tax period prior to October 1, 2008. Section 6. Non-participating Taxpayers. A non-participating taxpayer under this voluntary compliance initiative is defined as an eligible foreign person who is not a participating taxpayer. The IRS may: (a) conduct examinations of a non-participating taxpayer covering any and all excise taxes due under section 4371 of the Code for any open tax periods, including tax periods beginning prior to October 1, 2008; and, (b) determine and assess the correct excise taxes due under section 4371 of the Code, including interest, additions to tax, and, if applicable, penalties under section 6712 of the Code for failure to disclose a treaty-based return position under section 6114 of the Code and the regulations thereunder, and penalties under section 7270 of the Code for failure to comply with section 4374 of the Code. Section 7. Contact Information. Various personnel from the Office of Large and Mid-Sized Business Unit, the Office of Small Business/Self Employed Business Unit, and the Office of the Associate Chief Counsel (International), participated in drafting this announcement. For further information regarding this announcement, contact Charles E. Jenkins with the Office of Large and Mid-Sized Business Unit (Pre-Filing and Technical Guidance) via e-mail at charles.e.jenkins@irs.gov, or Jody Angelo with the Office of Small Business/Self Employed Business Unit (Excise Policy) via e-mail at jody.j.angelo@irs.gov. Definition of Terms and Abbreviations Definition of Terms Amplified describes a situation where no change is being made in a prior published position, but the prior position is being extended to apply to a variation of the fact situation set forth therein. Thus, if an earlier ruling held that a principle applied to A, and the new ruling holds that the same principle also applies to B, the earlier ruling is amplified.","title":"Internal Revenue Bulletin: 2008-12 | Internal Revenue Service","score":11.871802},{"document_id":"c225494fb67307fa-222166-224334","text":"Bill Text - AB-132 Postsecondary education trailer bill.\nthe state, if they are capable of providing participating students with full-time employment opportunities, or opportunities to connect with other employers capable of providing participating students with full-time employment opportunities, within their areas of study after graduation.SEC. 37. Section 69956 of the Education Code is amended to read:69956. (a) A student from an underrepresented background satisfying all of the following criteria shall be eligible to participate in the program: (1) Enrollment on at least a half-time basis at a participating public postsecondary educational institution.(2) Resident classification pursuant to Part 41 (commencing with Section 68000).(3) Demonstrated maintenance of satisfactory academic progress in a program leading to a degree or a certificate, as determined by the public postsecondary educational institution in which the student is enrolled, applying standards of eligibility for federal financial aid. For purposes of this determination, homelessness, as defined as a “homeless individual” within the meaning of the federal McKinney-Vento Homeless Assistance Act (42 U.S.C. Sec. 11302(a)), or as defined as a “homeless child or youth,” as defined in subsection (2) of Section 725 of the federal McKinney-Vento Homeless Assistance Act (42 U.S.C. Sec. 11434a(2)), is an extenuating circumstance for students who are unable to meet the requirements deemed to constitute\n\t“satisfactory academic progress” at that institution that may be considered by the institution to alter or excuse compliance with the progress requirements.(4) Demonstrated financial need, as determined by the financial aid office of the institution in which the student is enrolled pursuant to the methodologies approved by the United States Department of Education for use in awarding funds provided under Title IV of the federal Higher Education Act of\n\t1965, as amended. If individual circumstances affect the ability of the student or the student’s family to contribute to the student’s total financial resources, the financial aid administrator may make reasonable individualized adjustments to the computed total applicant resources.","title":"Bill Text - AB-132 Postsecondary education trailer bill.","score":11.652883},{"document_id":"ed17e5bd32458f9c-229230-231395","text":"Internal Revenue Bulletin: 2008-12 | Internal Revenue Service\nFor example, if an insured pays to a participating taxpayer, prior to October 1, 2008, a premium on a covered policy that is exempt from foreign insurance excise tax under section 4371 of the Code by reason of an income tax treaty, and the participating taxpayer makes a premium payment reinsuring the risk covered by such policy with a person not entitled to the benefits of an income tax treaty on or after October 1, 2008, liability for the foreign insurance excise tax with respect to the premium paid to the participating taxpayer will generally attach as of the date that the second premium is paid by the participating taxpayer, and will, therefore, be treated as received by the participating taxpayer on or after October 1, 2008. Section 4. Notification Procedures for Participating Taxpayers. A participating taxpayer under this voluntary compliance initiative must file its Form 720 return described in Section 3 above with the Cincinnati Service Center at the following address: Department of Treasury Internal Revenue Service Center Cincinnati, OH 45999-0009 In addition to filing its Form 720 return with the Cincinnati Service Center, a participating taxpayer must also notify the IRS of its election to participate by including a notation, as described below, on the Form 720 return. A participating taxpayer must notate in red print at the top of the Form 720 return the following statement: Election to participate in FET Voluntary Compliance Initiative pursuant to Announcement 2008-18. Section 5. Terms for Participating Taxpayers. Except as provided in Section 2.02, the IRS agrees not to examine any participating taxpayer (whether a foreign insurer, reinsurer, agent, solicitor or broker) with respect to tax liabilities arising under the four situations set forth in Rev. Rul. 2008-15, or any similar fact pattern, to the extent that premiums are paid or received by the participating taxpayer during any quarterly tax period prior to October 1, 2008. Section 6. Non-participating Taxpayers. A non-participating taxpayer under this voluntary compliance initiative is defined as an eligible foreign person who is not a participating taxpayer.","title":"Internal Revenue Bulletin: 2008-12 | Internal Revenue Service","score":11.355035},{"document_id":"522d6360ebecd63e-0-2323","text":"Who Can Participate | Caltrans\n\n\nWho Can Participate | Caltrans\n\nSkip to Main Content\n\nCA.gov\n\nAbout Caltrans\nContact Us\nADA Certification\nRequest ADA Compliant Documents\n Settings\n Translate\n\n×\n\nDefault\nHigh Contrast\n\nReset\nIncrease Font SizeFont \nDecrease Font SizeFont \n\n×\r\n Translate this website to your preferred language:\n\nMenu\n\nSearch\n\nHome\n\nTravel\n\nWork with Caltrans\n\nPrograms\n\nCaltrans Near Me\n\nSearch\n\nCustom Google Search\n\nSubmit\nClose Search\n\nHomeProgramsMaintenanceAdopt-A-HighwayWho Can Participate\n\nWho Can Participate\n\nIndividuals, organizations, businesses, and city, county, state, and federal agencies can adopt sections of State highway roadside. Participants may perform the work themselves or hire a service contractor to perform the work on their behalf.\nSubject to Caltrans approval, minors aged 16 and older, may participate provided that they are adequately supervised.\nEligibility shall not be denied on the basis of race, sex, color, religion, national or ethnic origin, age, political affiliation, ancestry, marital status, sexual orientation, disability, or medical condition (unless the disability or medical condition would affect the participant’s or public’s safety).\nItems that can be displayed on Adopt-A-Highway signs are discussed in the program's Sign Restrictions and Controls.\n\nAdopt-A-Highway Links\n\nCOVID-19 Update\nAdopt-A-Highway Coordinators\nInformational Handouts\nOrdering Signs\nParticipant Testimonials\nWho Can Participate\n\nSacramento HQ\n1120 N Street, Sacramento, CA 95814\n(916) 639-5616\nAAH.HQ@dot.ca.gov \n\nAdopt-A-Highway Applications\n\nOnline Adopt-A-Highway Volunteer Application\n\nDownloadable Adopt-A-Highway Volunteer Application (PDF)\n \n\nStatewide Campaigns\n\nADA Access\nAdopt-A-Highway\nAmber Alert\nBe Work Zone Alert\nCAL FIRE\n \n\n Statewide Campaigns\n\nCal OES: Power Outage and Fire Recovery Resources\nCalifornia Climate Investments\nCalifornia Connected\nCalifornia Transportation Plan 2050\n \n\n Statewide Campaigns\n\nClean California\nEnergy Upgrade\nGo Safely California\nHeatReadyCA.com\nMove Over Law\n \n\n Statewide Campaigns\n\nREAL ID\nSave Our Water\nStormwater Education Campaign\nTenant and Landlord Resources\nUnclaimed Property\n \n\nBack to Top\nAccessibility\nPrivacy Policy\nConditions of Use\nRegister to Vote\n\nFacebook\nTwitter\n\n\r\n Copyright © 2024 State of California\r\n \n\n \n\n \n\n","title":"Who Can Participate | Caltrans","score":11.008025}],"af57ff6995d958858fc451e606fdb54d<::>9":[{"document_id":"42d552fc667db70b-2-2159","text":"Vendors - CA Department of Rehabilitation\nVendors - CA Department of Rehabilitation\n\nSkip to Main Content\n\nCA.gov\n\nHome\nFacebook\nInstagram\nLinkedIn\nTwitter\nEmail\n\nTranslate\n\n\r\n Reset\r\n \n\n\r\n High\r\n contrast\r\n \n\nIncrease font size\n\r\n Font\r\n increase\n\nDecrease font size\n\r\n Font decrease\n\nDyslexic font\n\nSearch\n\nMenu\n\nCustom Google Search\n\nSubmit\n\nClose\n\nHome\n\nGet Started\n\nAbout Us\n\nPrograms\n\nI Am Interested In\n\nContact us\n\nVendors List\n\nHome\nPrograms\nWeb Accessibility Toolkit\nVendors List\n\n\r\n\r\n For document specific services, resources are available at the Department of General Services which offers electronic Document Accessibility Remediation.\nIn order to procure products and/or services from the vendors listed on this page, departments must conduct a solicitation through an open competitive process, or utilize a Department of General Services Leveraged Procurement Agreements (LPAs) (i.e. CMAS - CA Multiple Award Schedule, IT-MSA - Master Service Agreement, SLP - Software License Program), Small Business (SB) or (DVBE) programs.\nLeveraged Procurement Agreements (LPAs) allow departments to buy directly from suppliers through existing contracts and agreements. LPAs are available to California's State, county, city, special district, education and other government entities. Information on Leveraged Procurement Agreements (LPAs).\nDisclaimer:\nInformation contained in this list is for general information purposes only. The State does not endorse, nor validate the vendor’s quality, reliability or ability to provide the products, services or information listed herein. \nThe State has no control over any links provided to websites of the nature, content and availability of those sites. The inclusion of any links does not necessarily imply a recommendation or endorse the view, products, or services listed herein. The State does not make any warranties about the completeness, suitability, reliability availability and accuracy of this information for any purpose. Any reliance or action a state department takes upon the information in this list is strictly at that department’s own discretion.\n \n\nCompany\nLeveraged Procurement Agreement (LPAs)\nProducts/Services\n\nAccess Ingenuity","title":"Vendors - CA Department of Rehabilitation","score":13.483007},{"document_id":"bc20609885f7639d-0-2541","text":"Procurement and Contracting | Cal Guard\n\n\nProcurement and Contracting | Cal Guard\n\n \n\nSkip to Main Content\n\nCA.gov\n\n Settings\n\t\n\nDefault\n\nHigh Contrast\n\nReset\n\nIncrease Font Size\nFont Increase\n\nDecrease Font Size\nFont Decrease\n\nDyslexic font\n\n×\n\nSearch\n\nMenu\n\nHome\n\nFallen Comrades\n\nResources\n\n\t\n\tCMD Patriotic Employer Certificate Request\n\t\n\n\t\n\tCMD Jobs\n\t\n\n\t\n\tProcurement and Contracting\n\t\n\n\t\n\tFreedom of Information Act\n\t\n\n\t\n\tVeterans Benefits\n\t\n\n\t\n\tEmergency Finance Section\n\t\n\n\t\n\tService of Process\n\t\n\nPages\n\n\t\n\tCyber Network Defense\n\t\n\n\t\n\tCMD Behavioral Health Office\n\t\n\n\t\n\tHRO\n\t\n\n\t\n\tEqual Opportunity and Equal Employment Opportunity\n\t\n\n\t\n\tCMD GI Bill Award Program\n\t\n\n\t\n\tG-1 Civilian Education Branch\n\t\n\n\t\n\tCDTF\n\t\n\n\t\n\t40 ID Urban Warfare\n\t\n\n\t\n\tCA ARNG Warrant Officer\n\t\n\nCommunity\n\n\t\n\tDiversity\n\t\n\n\t\n\tFamily Programs\n\t\n\n\t\n\tSexual Assault Prevention Response\n\t\n\n\t\n\tJoint Installations\n\t\n\n\t\n\tYouth Programs\n\t\n\n\t\n\tTrial Defense Services\n\t\n\nContact Us\n\n Search\n\nCustom Google Search\n\nSubmit\n\nClose Search\n\nProcurement and Contracting\n\nDoing Business with the Military Department\n\nThe Military Department encourages prospective contractors and vendors to consider programs and preferences that are available to Small Business (SBs), Disabled Veteran Enterprises (DVBEs) and other businesses covered by state programs.\nThe Military Department is committed to providing contracting opportunities to a diverse variety of suppliers in our communities.\nWe encourage you to review information and resources available, to learn more about purchasing and contracting opportunities with our State Agency.\n\nNon-IT Goods Non-IT ServicesIT Goods & Services Public Works & Construction SB/DVBE Advocate & SB Liaison Resources\n\nStay tuned for updates. \n\nStay tuned for updates. \n\nStay tuned for updates. \n\nStay tuned for updates. \n\nMarcus DelfinProcurement Equity Program Advocate (PEPA)SB/DVBE Advocate, SB LiaisonCalifornia Military Department HeadquartersComptroller, Purchasing & Contracting10601 Bear Hollow DriveRancho Cordova, CA 95670(916) 969-9002marcus.delfin@cmd.ca.gov\nThe Role of the SB/DVBE Advocate\nThe CMD SB/DVBE Advocate represents the department statewide to the SB/DVBE and non-profit vendor community. The CMD Advocate supports the business community with information and program compliance, including payment assistance, certification assistance, bidding opportunities and California certification process.\n\nStay tuned for updates. \n\n \n\n \n \n \n \n\nBack to Top\n\nCMD Privacy Policy\n\nAccessibility\n\nCopyright © State of California\nPowered by: CAWeb Publishing Service\n\n","title":"Procurement and Contracting | Cal Guard","score":13.447044},{"document_id":"91b7ed75cbe101bb-0-2265","text":"Procurement and Contracts (DPAC) | Caltrans\n\n\nProcurement and Contracts (DPAC) | Caltrans\n\nSkip to Main Content\n\nCA.gov\n\nAbout Caltrans\nContact Us\nADA Certification\nRequest ADA Compliant Documents\n Settings\n Translate\n\n×\n\nDefault\nHigh Contrast\n\nReset\nIncrease Font SizeFont \nDecrease Font SizeFont \n\n×\r\n Translate this website to your preferred language:\n\nMenu\n\nSearch\n\nHome\n\nTravel\n\nWork with Caltrans\n\nPrograms\n\nCaltrans Near Me\n\nSearch\n\nCustom Google Search\n\nSubmit\nClose Search\n\nHomeProgramsProcurement and Contracts (DPAC)\nProcurement and Contracts (DPAC)\n\r\n The Division of Procurement and Contracts is responsible for assisting Caltrans districts and programs with the procurement of information technology (IT) and non-IT commodities, service contracts, architectural and engineering (A&E) contracts, minor public works contracts, the CAL-Card Administration and Compliance Program, property control, and compliance reporting. Contact Procurement and Contracts\n\nContracts\n\nA&E Contract Information\nBecome a Certified Business\nBid Opening Schedule\nBid Results\nCal eProcure\nContract with Caltrans\nContractor Resources\nBid Opportunities\nEFA & ELB Contract Information\nNotices of Intent to Award\nProtest or Dispute a Contract\nPublic Records Request\nSubmit a Claim\nVendor Payment Information\n \n\nProcurement\n\nBecome a Certified Business\nCal eProcure\nCaltrans Commodities\nSeller Resources\nSubmit a Claim\nVendor Payment Information\n\nResources\n\nCaltrans District Offices\nCaltrans Event Calendar\nForms - Caltrans Electronic Forms System (CEFS)\nPublic Records Request\nPublications\nTitle VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964\n \n\nStatewide Campaigns\n\nADA Access\nAdopt-A-Highway\nAmber Alert\nBe Work Zone Alert\nCAL FIRE\n \n\n Statewide Campaigns\n\nCal OES: Power Outage and Fire Recovery Resources\nCalifornia Climate Investments\nCalifornia Connected\nCalifornia Transportation Plan 2050\n \n\n Statewide Campaigns\n\nClean California\nEnergy Upgrade\nGo Safely California\nHeatReadyCA.com\nMove Over Law\n \n\n Statewide Campaigns\n\nREAL ID\nSave Our Water\nStormwater Education Campaign\nTenant and Landlord Resources\nUnclaimed Property\n \n\nBack to Top\nAccessibility\nPrivacy Policy\nConditions of Use\nRegister to Vote\n\nFacebook\nTwitter\n\n\r\n Copyright © 2024 State of California\r\n \n\n \n\n \n\n","title":"Procurement and Contracts (DPAC) | Caltrans","score":13.427265},{"document_id":"9f96498cbb9c91e1-2-2274","text":"California Department of General Services\nCalifornia Department of General Services\n\nSkip to Main Content\n\nCA.gov\n\r\n CA.gov\r\n \n\nCA.gov\n \n\n \nShare via Facebook\nShare via X\nShare via Google+\nShare via Email\n\nTranslate\n\nTranslate this website to your preferred language:\n\nSite Search\n\nSearch this site:\n\nSearch\n\nClear Search\n\n \n\nView AllClose\n\nHome\n\nServices\n\n\r\n Divisions & Offices\r\n \n\nSub Menu Toggle\n\n Divisions & Offices\r\n \n\n\r\n Building Standards Commission\r\n \n\n\r\n California Commission on Disability Access\r\n \n\n\r\n Division of the State Architect\r\n \n\n\r\n Facilities Management Division\r\n \n\n\r\n Office of Administrative Hearings\r\n \n\n\r\n Office of Audit Services\r\n \n\n\r\n Office of Business and Acquisition Services\r\n \n\n\r\n Office of Fiscal Services\r\n \n\n\r\n Office of Fleet and Asset Management\r\n \n\n\r\n Office of Human Resources\r\n \n\n\r\n Office of Legal Services\r\n \n\n\r\n Office of Public School Construction\r\n \n\n\r\n Office of Risk and Insurance Management\r\n \n\n\r\n Office of State Publishing\r\n \n\n\r\n Office of Sustainability\r\n \n\n\r\n Procurement Division\r\n \n\n\r\n Real Estate Services Division\r\n \n\n\r\n Resources\r\n \n\nSub Menu Toggle\n\n Search all Resources\r\n \n\n\r\n E-Signature Toolkit\r\n \n\n\r\n Affordable Housing Development\r\n \n\n\r\n Legislative Reports\r\n \n\n\r\n Statewide Telework\r\n \n\n\r\n Management Memos\r\n \n\n\r\n State Administrative Manual (SAM)\r\n \n\n\r\n State Contracting Manual\r\n \n\n\r\n Statewide Forms Program\r\n \n\n\r\n Strategic Plan\r\n \n\nPress Releases\n\nCareers\n\nAbout\n\nContact\n\nState Administrative Manual (SAM)\nAccess statewide management policy.\n\nThe State Administrative Manual (SAM) is a resource for statewide policies, procedures, requirements and information developed and issued by authoring agencies which include the Governor's Office (GO), Department of Finance (DOF), Department of Human Resources (CalHR), Department of General Services (DGS), and the California Department of Technology (CDT).\n\nIn order to provide a uniform approach to statewide management policy, the contents are published under the authority of the Directors of DOF and DGS. SAM is administered by the DGS Office of Policy, Training and FI$Cal Services (OPTFS), Policy Unit.\nViewing SAM:\nSAM Publication Contacts (SAM 0030).\nSAM Table of Contents.\nSearching SAM:\nTo search the entire SAM use the \"Search Entire Manual\" feature on the left.\nSubscribing to SAM:","title":"California Department of General Services","score":12.358403},{"document_id":"4352ae6988fa486a-2-2394","text":"Careers\nCareers\n\nSkip to Main Content\n\nCA.gov\n\r\n CA.gov\r\n \n\nCA.gov\n \n\n \nShare via Facebook\nShare via X\nShare via Google+\nShare via Email\n\nTranslate\n\nTranslate this website to your preferred language:\n\nView AllClose\n\nHome\n\nServices\n\n\r\n Divisions & Offices\r\n \n\nSub Menu Toggle\n\n Divisions & Offices\r\n \n\n\r\n Building Standards Commission\r\n \n\n\r\n California Commission on Disability Access\r\n \n\n\r\n Division of the State Architect\r\n \n\n\r\n Facilities Management Division\r\n \n\n\r\n Office of Administrative Hearings\r\n \n\n\r\n Office of Audit Services\r\n \n\n\r\n Office of Business and Acquisition Services\r\n \n\n\r\n Office of Fiscal Services\r\n \n\n\r\n Office of Fleet and Asset Management\r\n \n\n\r\n Office of Human Resources\r\n \n\n\r\n Office of Legal Services\r\n \n\n\r\n Office of Public School Construction\r\n \n\n\r\n Office of Risk and Insurance Management\r\n \n\n\r\n Office of State Publishing\r\n \n\n\r\n Office of Sustainability\r\n \n\n\r\n Procurement Division\r\n \n\n\r\n Real Estate Services Division\r\n \n\n\r\n Resources\r\n \n\nSub Menu Toggle\n\n Search all Resources\r\n \n\n\r\n E-Signature Toolkit\r\n \n\n\r\n Affordable Housing Development\r\n \n\n\r\n Legislative Reports\r\n \n\n\r\n Statewide Telework\r\n \n\n\r\n Management Memos\r\n \n\n\r\n State Administrative Manual (SAM)\r\n \n\n\r\n State Contracting Manual\r\n \n\n\r\n Statewide Forms Program\r\n \n\n\r\n Strategic Plan\r\n \n\nPress Releases\n\nCareers\n\nAbout\n\nContact\n\n Office of Human Resources\n \n\nSite Search\n\nSearch this site:\n\nSearch\n\nClear Search\n\n \n\nView AllClose\n\nDGS Home\n\nHome\n\nCareers\n\nForms\n\nResources\n\nAbout\n\nContact\n\nHome\nOffice of Human Resources\nCareers\n\nCareers\n\nThe Department of General Services (DGS) serves as the business manager for the state of California providing a variety of innovative services to state agencies through procurement and acquisition solutions, real estate management and design, environmentally friendly transportation, professional printing, administrative hearings, legal services, building standards, and more. \nHeadquartered in West Sacramento, just over the river from Downtown Sacramento, DGS is a destination employer.\nClick here to see all of DGS' Employment Opportunities.\n6 Reasons to Join the DGS Team\n\nYou will make an impact! DGS is an extremely unique organization and offers some of the most diverse business services for the state of California.\n \nWe offer exceptional benefits packages, competitive salaries, and strong pension plans.\n \nYour talent, experience, and expertise are valued.","title":"Careers","score":12.172207}],"47b2471404382af6e973013ab1cf96b9<::>1":[{"document_id":"ibmcld_01660-8584-10307","text":"\nLite pricing plans are available with all account types. You can have one instance of a Lite plan for each service. For more information about Lite accounts, see [Account types](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/account?topic=account-accountsliteaccount).\n\n\n\n\n\n How many apps can I build? \n\nThere's no limit to the number of apps you can build in a Pay-As-You-Go or Subscription account.\n\nIf you created a Lite account before 12 August 2021, you can build and deploy apps with 256 MB of instantaneous runtime memory. To get 512 MB of free instantaneous runtime memory, upgrade to a Pay-As-You-Go or Subscription account and pay only for what you use over that limit.\n\n\n\n\n\n What happens when my Lite plan instance reaches the monthly quota? \n\nReaching any quota limit for Lite plan instances suspends the service for that month. Quota limits are per org, not instance. New instances that you create in the same org reflect any usage from previous instances. The quota limits reset on the first of every month.\n\nYou can check your usage by going to Manage > Billing and usage in the IBM Cloud console, and selecting Usage. For more information, see [Viewing your usage](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/billing-usage?topic=billing-usage-viewingusage).\n\n\n\n\n\n How many resource groups, orgs, or spaces can I create? \n\nIf you have a Pay-As-You-Go or Subscription account, there's no limit to the number of resource groups, orgs, or spaces that you can create. However, if you have a Lite account, you're limited to one org and one resource group.\n\n\n\n\n\n Can I change which notifications I receive? \n\nYes, you can update your email preferences for receiving notifications from the Email preferences page in the console. Click the Avatar icon !","score":21.12707},{"document_id":"ibmcld_07578-1076793-1078629","text":"\n* What's a Lite pricing plan for services?\n\nA Lite plan is a free quota-based service plan. You can use a service's Lite plan to build an app without incurring any charges. A Lite plan might be offered on a monthly cycle that is renewed each month or on a one-off usage basis. Lite pricing plans are available with all account types. You can have one instance of a Lite plan for each service. For more information about Lite accounts, see [Account types](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/account?topic=account-accountsliteaccount).\n* How many apps can I build?\n\nThere's no limit to the number of apps you can build in a Pay-As-You-Go or Subscription account.\n\nIf you created a Lite account before 12 August 2021, you can build and deploy apps with 256 MB of instantaneous runtime memory. To get 512 MB of free instantaneous runtime memory, upgrade to a Pay-As-You-Go or Subscription account and pay only for what you use over that limit.\n* What happens when my Lite plan instance reaches the monthly quota?\n\nReaching any quota limit for Lite plan instances suspends the service for that month. Quota limits are per org, not instance. New instances that you create in the same org reflect any usage from previous instances. The quota limits reset on the first of every month.\n\nYou can check your usage by going to Manage > Billing and usage in the IBM Cloud console, and selecting Usage. For more information, see [Viewing your usage](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/billing-usage?topic=billing-usage-viewingusage).\n* How many resource groups, orgs, or spaces can I create?\n\nIf you have a Pay-As-You-Go or Subscription account, there's no limit to the number of resource groups, orgs, or spaces that you can create. However, if you have a Lite account, you're limited to one org and one resource group.\n* Can I change which notifications I receive?","score":20.867868},{"document_id":"ibmcld_16727-1079289-1081125","text":"\n* What's a Lite pricing plan for services?\n\nA Lite plan is a free quota-based service plan. You can use a service's Lite plan to build an app without incurring any charges. A Lite plan might be offered on a monthly cycle that is renewed each month or on a one-off usage basis. Lite pricing plans are available with all account types. You can have one instance of a Lite plan for each service. For more information about Lite accounts, see [Account types](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/account?topic=account-accountsliteaccount).\n* How many apps can I build?\n\nThere's no limit to the number of apps you can build in a Pay-As-You-Go or Subscription account.\n\nIf you created a Lite account before 12 August 2021, you can build and deploy apps with 256 MB of instantaneous runtime memory. To get 512 MB of free instantaneous runtime memory, upgrade to a Pay-As-You-Go or Subscription account and pay only for what you use over that limit.\n* What happens when my Lite plan instance reaches the monthly quota?\n\nReaching any quota limit for Lite plan instances suspends the service for that month. Quota limits are per org, not instance. New instances that you create in the same org reflect any usage from previous instances. The quota limits reset on the first of every month.\n\nYou can check your usage by going to Manage > Billing and usage in the IBM Cloud console, and selecting Usage. For more information, see [Viewing your usage](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/billing-usage?topic=billing-usage-viewingusage).\n* How many resource groups, orgs, or spaces can I create?\n\nIf you have a Pay-As-You-Go or Subscription account, there's no limit to the number of resource groups, orgs, or spaces that you can create. However, if you have a Lite account, you're limited to one org and one resource group.\n* Can I change which notifications I receive?","score":20.867868},{"document_id":"ibmcld_01705-14609-15453","text":"\nCheck out the following list of key features that are available in a Lite account:\n\n\n\n* The account is free - no credit card required.\n* The account never expires.\n* You receive email notifications about your account status and quota limits.\n* You can create one instance of any service in the [IBM Cloud catalog](https://cloud.ibm.com/catalog/?search=label:lite%20lite) that has a Lite plan.\n* After 10 days of no development activity, your apps go to sleep. You can wake up your apps by continuing to work on them.\n* After 30 days of no development activity, your service instances with Lite plans are deleted\n\n\n\nOnly Lite accounts created before 12 August 2021 can use 186 GBH of free buildpacks and Cloud Foundry apps with up to 256 MB of free instantaneous runtime memory per month. The use of one org in one IBM Cloud region is supported.","score":20.808193},{"document_id":"ibmcld_01705-13208-15001","text":"\nIf you created a Lite account before 25 October 2021, your account doesn't expire and you can work in IBM Cloud for free by accessing services with select Lite plans, which are displayed with a Lite tag  in the catalog. To gain access to all Free plans, you can go ahead and [upgrade to a Pay-As-You-Go account](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/account?topic=account-accountfaqschangeacct) by adding your credit card information.\n\nStarting 25 October 2021, all new accounts are created as Pay-As-You-Go based on an update to our account registration process. As part of this update, you're asked to provide credit card information for identity verification. You have full access to the catalog, including all Free and Lite plans, and you get a $200 credit that you can apply in your first 30 days. You pay only for billable services that you use, with no long-term contracts or commitments.\n\nLite accounts have access to a single resource group that's created for you with the name Default. All of your service's instances are automatically added to this resource group. You can update the name of this resource group at any time. See [Renaming a resource group](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/account?topic=account-rgsrename_rgs) for the detailed steps.\n\n\n\n What's available in a lite account? \n\nCheck out the following list of key features that are available in a Lite account:\n\n\n\n* The account is free - no credit card required.\n* The account never expires.\n* You receive email notifications about your account status and quota limits.\n* You can create one instance of any service in the [IBM Cloud catalog](https://cloud.ibm.com/catalog/?search=label:lite%20lite) that has a Lite plan.","score":20.426775}],"47b2471404382af6e973013ab1cf96b9<::>2":[{"document_id":"ibmcld_01705-14609-15453","text":"\nCheck out the following list of key features that are available in a Lite account:\n\n\n\n* The account is free - no credit card required.\n* The account never expires.\n* You receive email notifications about your account status and quota limits.\n* You can create one instance of any service in the [IBM Cloud catalog](https://cloud.ibm.com/catalog/?search=label:lite%20lite) that has a Lite plan.\n* After 10 days of no development activity, your apps go to sleep. You can wake up your apps by continuing to work on them.\n* After 30 days of no development activity, your service instances with Lite plans are deleted\n\n\n\nOnly Lite accounts created before 12 August 2021 can use 186 GBH of free buildpacks and Cloud Foundry apps with up to 256 MB of free instantaneous runtime memory per month. The use of one org in one IBM Cloud region is supported.","score":19.866922},{"document_id":"ibmcld_01705-13208-15001","text":"\nIf you created a Lite account before 25 October 2021, your account doesn't expire and you can work in IBM Cloud for free by accessing services with select Lite plans, which are displayed with a Lite tag  in the catalog. To gain access to all Free plans, you can go ahead and [upgrade to a Pay-As-You-Go account](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/account?topic=account-accountfaqschangeacct) by adding your credit card information.\n\nStarting 25 October 2021, all new accounts are created as Pay-As-You-Go based on an update to our account registration process. As part of this update, you're asked to provide credit card information for identity verification. You have full access to the catalog, including all Free and Lite plans, and you get a $200 credit that you can apply in your first 30 days. You pay only for billable services that you use, with no long-term contracts or commitments.\n\nLite accounts have access to a single resource group that's created for you with the name Default. All of your service's instances are automatically added to this resource group. You can update the name of this resource group at any time. See [Renaming a resource group](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/account?topic=account-rgsrename_rgs) for the detailed steps.\n\n\n\n What's available in a lite account? \n\nCheck out the following list of key features that are available in a Lite account:\n\n\n\n* The account is free - no credit card required.\n* The account never expires.\n* You receive email notifications about your account status and quota limits.\n* You can create one instance of any service in the [IBM Cloud catalog](https://cloud.ibm.com/catalog/?search=label:lite%20lite) that has a Lite plan.","score":19.690062},{"document_id":"ibmcld_01660-23838-25711","text":"\nFor more information, see [Adding orgs and spaces](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/account?topic=account-orgsspacesuserscreateorg).\n\n\n\n\n\n Why do I get logged out of my account? \n\nThe administrator of your account has customized the duration of active and inactive accounts, which requires users to enter their credentials after a specific time. For more information, see [Managing user's login session durations](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/account?topic=account-iam-work-sessions).\n\n\n\n\n\n Why can't I create a Lite account? \n\nBased on an update to our account registration that released starting 25 October 2021, new accounts are created as Pay-As-You-Go. As part of this update, you're asked to provide credit card information for identity verification. After you register and create your new account, you can access the full IBM Cloud catalog, including all Free and Lite plans. And, you get a $200 credit that you can use on products in the first 30 days. You pay only for billable services that you use, with no long-term contracts or commitments.\n\nIf you created a Lite account before 25 October 2021, you can continue working as you always have. However, you can go ahead and [upgrade to a Pay-As-You-Go account](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/account?topic=account-accountfaqschangeacct) by adding your credit card information. This way, you can gain access to all Free service plans in the catalog.\n\n\n\n\n\n How do I see who created a service instance and when? \n\nFrom the [Resource list](https://cloud.ibm.com/resources), expand the appropriate section, and click the row for the instance that you want more details about. Additional details about the resource display including when the resource was created and by whom.\n\nFor classic infrastructure services, you can get similar information by using the [Audit log](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/account?topic=account-audit-log).","score":18.265703},{"document_id":"ibmcld_02301-7-1933","text":"\nUpgrading your account \n\nLite accounts make it easy to get started with IBM Cloud® and try out services. When you are ready for more, you can upgrade your account to a Pay-As-You-Go, or Subscription account to unlock the entire catalog of production-ready services.\n\nYou can check your current account type by going to Manage > Account > Account settings in the IBM Cloud console and looking in the Account Type section.\n\nNot sure which type of account you want to upgrade to? Get detailed information about the benefits of each account type in [Account types](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/account?topic=account-accounts).\n\nTo upgrade your account, you must have an access policy with the Editor role or higher on all account management services. For more information about IAM roles for managing accounts, see [Platform management roles](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/account?topic=account-userrolesplatformroles).\n\n\n\n Upgrading to a Pay-As-You-Go account \n\nWith a Pay-As-You-Go account, you pay for only what you use beyond the free runtime and service allowances. After you upgrade, you can continue to use any instances that you created with your Lite account.\n\nTo upgrade to a Pay-As-You-Go account, complete the following steps.\n\n\n\n1. Go to Manage > Account in the IBM Cloud console.\n2. Select Account settings, and click Add credit card.\n3. Enter your payment information, click Next, and submit your information.\n\n\n\nAfter your payment information is processed, your account is upgraded, and you can explore and access the full IBM Cloud catalog. For any billable services that you use beyond any free allowances, you receive a monthly invoice.\n\nIf you're upgrading to reactivate a deactivated account, your account might take a few days to be fully available. If your account continues to be in a pending state, see [Why can't I upgrade my account?](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/account?topic=account-ts_upgrade_cc) for help.","score":18.14793},{"document_id":"ibmcld_07578-1076793-1078629","text":"\n* What's a Lite pricing plan for services?\n\nA Lite plan is a free quota-based service plan. You can use a service's Lite plan to build an app without incurring any charges. A Lite plan might be offered on a monthly cycle that is renewed each month or on a one-off usage basis. Lite pricing plans are available with all account types. You can have one instance of a Lite plan for each service. For more information about Lite accounts, see [Account types](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/account?topic=account-accountsliteaccount).\n* How many apps can I build?\n\nThere's no limit to the number of apps you can build in a Pay-As-You-Go or Subscription account.\n\nIf you created a Lite account before 12 August 2021, you can build and deploy apps with 256 MB of instantaneous runtime memory. To get 512 MB of free instantaneous runtime memory, upgrade to a Pay-As-You-Go or Subscription account and pay only for what you use over that limit.\n* What happens when my Lite plan instance reaches the monthly quota?\n\nReaching any quota limit for Lite plan instances suspends the service for that month. Quota limits are per org, not instance. New instances that you create in the same org reflect any usage from previous instances. The quota limits reset on the first of every month.\n\nYou can check your usage by going to Manage > Billing and usage in the IBM Cloud console, and selecting Usage. For more information, see [Viewing your usage](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/billing-usage?topic=billing-usage-viewingusage).\n* How many resource groups, orgs, or spaces can I create?\n\nIf you have a Pay-As-You-Go or Subscription account, there's no limit to the number of resource groups, orgs, or spaces that you can create. However, if you have a Lite account, you're limited to one org and one resource group.\n* Can I change which notifications I receive?","score":17.745987}],"47b2471404382af6e973013ab1cf96b9<::>3":[{"document_id":"ibmcld_01705-7-1620","text":"\nAccount types \n\nWhen you register with IBM Cloud®, you are set up with a Pay-As-You-Go account. Even though you provide your credit card information for account security and identity verification purposes, you can still use IBM Cloud for free by selecting products in the catalog that offer Free and Lite pricing plans. Another account type, called a Subscription account, is also available. With a Subscription account, you get many of the same features of a Pay-As-You-Go account, plus discounts for platform services and support with a more consistent billing structure that uses subscriptions.\n\n\n\n Comparing accounts \n\nThe following table provides a comparison of Trial, Pay-As-You-Go, and Subscription accounts. For more details about each account, see the sections that follow.\n\n\n\nTable 1. Comparison of IBM Cloud accounts\nThis table has row and column headers. The row headers identify the feature. The column headers identify the account type. To understand which features apply to the account types, navigate to the row, and find the feature that you're interested in.\n\n Trial Pay-As-You-Go Subscription \n\n [Free community buildpacks](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/cloud-foundry-public?topic=cloud-foundry-public-available_buildpacks) 186 GBH 186 GBH 186 GBH \n Access to [Lite service plans](https://cloud.ibm.com/catalog/?search=label:lite)   !","score":16.715446},{"document_id":"ibmcld_01705-13208-15001","text":"\nIf you created a Lite account before 25 October 2021, your account doesn't expire and you can work in IBM Cloud for free by accessing services with select Lite plans, which are displayed with a Lite tag  in the catalog. To gain access to all Free plans, you can go ahead and [upgrade to a Pay-As-You-Go account](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/account?topic=account-accountfaqschangeacct) by adding your credit card information.\n\nStarting 25 October 2021, all new accounts are created as Pay-As-You-Go based on an update to our account registration process. As part of this update, you're asked to provide credit card information for identity verification. You have full access to the catalog, including all Free and Lite plans, and you get a $200 credit that you can apply in your first 30 days. You pay only for billable services that you use, with no long-term contracts or commitments.\n\nLite accounts have access to a single resource group that's created for you with the name Default. All of your service's instances are automatically added to this resource group. You can update the name of this resource group at any time. See [Renaming a resource group](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/account?topic=account-rgsrename_rgs) for the detailed steps.\n\n\n\n What's available in a lite account? \n\nCheck out the following list of key features that are available in a Lite account:\n\n\n\n* The account is free - no credit card required.\n* The account never expires.\n* You receive email notifications about your account status and quota limits.\n* You can create one instance of any service in the [IBM Cloud catalog](https://cloud.ibm.com/catalog/?search=label:lite%20lite) that has a Lite plan.","score":16.46403},{"document_id":"ibmcld_07578-1042894-1044946","text":"\nContact an [IBM Cloud Sales](https://cloud.ibm.com/catalog?contactmodule) representative to request a quote for additional server bandwidth.\n* What's the difference between a Pay-As-You-Go and Subscription account?\n\nWith Pay-As-You-Go accounts, you're billed monthly for your resource usage. Your resource usage consists of recurring and fluctuating costs. This account type is a good fit for developers or companies that want to explore the entire IBM Cloud catalog but have smaller or variable workloads. You pay only for what you use or commit to on a monthly basis, with no long-term contracts. Usage consists of products, services, and resources.\n\nWith Subscription accounts, you buy a subscription for an amount of credit to spend on resource usage within a certain time period. In exchange for this spending commitment, you get a discount on your usage costs. For more information about the differences between account types, see [Account types](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/account?topic=account-accounts).\n* What happens if my Lite plan instance reaches the monthly quota?\n\nWhen you reach any quota for Lite plan instances, the service for that month is suspended. Quotas are based per org and not per instance. New instances that are created in the same org show any usage from previous instances. The quota resets on the first of every month.\n* Can I use PayPal as a payment method?\n\nAs of March 31, 2023, PayPal is no longer accepted.\n* Can I update my credit card?\n\nUpdating your credit card is just like adding a new one. Go to the [Payments](https://cloud.ibm.com/billing/payments) page in the IBM Cloud console. In the Add Payment Method section, enter the billing information for your new card, and click Add credit card.\n\nTo switch to a different payment method, select Pay with Other, and click Submit change request. A support case to change your payment method is then created for you.\n\nIf your payments are managed outside of the console, go to IBM.com and log in to the Manage Payment Method application to update your credit card.","score":16.252777},{"document_id":"ibmcld_16727-1042765-1044817","text":"\nContact an [IBM Cloud Sales](https://cloud.ibm.com/catalog?contactmodule) representative to request a quote for additional server bandwidth.\n* What's the difference between a Pay-As-You-Go and Subscription account?\n\nWith Pay-As-You-Go accounts, you're billed monthly for your resource usage. Your resource usage consists of recurring and fluctuating costs. This account type is a good fit for developers or companies that want to explore the entire IBM Cloud catalog but have smaller or variable workloads. You pay only for what you use or commit to on a monthly basis, with no long-term contracts. Usage consists of products, services, and resources.\n\nWith Subscription accounts, you buy a subscription for an amount of credit to spend on resource usage within a certain time period. In exchange for this spending commitment, you get a discount on your usage costs. For more information about the differences between account types, see [Account types](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/account?topic=account-accounts).\n* What happens if my Lite plan instance reaches the monthly quota?\n\nWhen you reach any quota for Lite plan instances, the service for that month is suspended. Quotas are based per org and not per instance. New instances that are created in the same org show any usage from previous instances. The quota resets on the first of every month.\n* Can I use PayPal as a payment method?\n\nAs of March 31, 2023, PayPal is no longer accepted.\n* Can I update my credit card?\n\nUpdating your credit card is just like adding a new one. Go to the [Payments](https://cloud.ibm.com/billing/payments) page in the IBM Cloud console. In the Add Payment Method section, enter the billing information for your new card, and click Add credit card.\n\nTo switch to a different payment method, select Pay with Other, and click Submit change request. A support case to change your payment method is then created for you.\n\nIf your payments are managed outside of the console, go to IBM.com and log in to the Manage Payment Method application to update your credit card.","score":16.252777},{"document_id":"ibmcld_01660-23838-25711","text":"\nFor more information, see [Adding orgs and spaces](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/account?topic=account-orgsspacesuserscreateorg).\n\n\n\n\n\n Why do I get logged out of my account? \n\nThe administrator of your account has customized the duration of active and inactive accounts, which requires users to enter their credentials after a specific time. For more information, see [Managing user's login session durations](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/account?topic=account-iam-work-sessions).\n\n\n\n\n\n Why can't I create a Lite account? \n\nBased on an update to our account registration that released starting 25 October 2021, new accounts are created as Pay-As-You-Go. As part of this update, you're asked to provide credit card information for identity verification. After you register and create your new account, you can access the full IBM Cloud catalog, including all Free and Lite plans. And, you get a $200 credit that you can use on products in the first 30 days. You pay only for billable services that you use, with no long-term contracts or commitments.\n\nIf you created a Lite account before 25 October 2021, you can continue working as you always have. However, you can go ahead and [upgrade to a Pay-As-You-Go account](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/account?topic=account-accountfaqschangeacct) by adding your credit card information. This way, you can gain access to all Free service plans in the catalog.\n\n\n\n\n\n How do I see who created a service instance and when? \n\nFrom the [Resource list](https://cloud.ibm.com/resources), expand the appropriate section, and click the row for the instance that you want more details about. Additional details about the resource display including when the resource was created and by whom.\n\nFor classic infrastructure services, you can get similar information by using the [Audit log](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/account?topic=account-audit-log).","score":16.039583}],"47b2471404382af6e973013ab1cf96b9<::>4":[{"document_id":"ibmcld_01623-1601-3527","text":"\nGo to the [IBM Cloud login page](https://cloud.ibm.com/), and click Create an IBM Cloud account.\n2. Enter your IBMid email address. If you don't have an existing IBMid, an ID is created based on the email that you enter.\n3. Complete the remaining fields with your information.\n\nYou are prompted for your credit card information to verify your identity and secure your account. You can [try out IBM Cloud for free](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/overview?topic=overview-tutorial-try-for-free) and pay only for the billable services that you choose to use, with no long-term contracts or commitments.\n4. Click Create account.\n5. Confirm your account by clicking the link in the confirmation email that's sent to your provided email address.\n\n\n\nSee [Account types](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/account?topic=account-accounts) to compare and choose an account type.\n\n\n\n\n\n Personal use availability \n\n\n\n\n\n Personal use availability \n\nThe following table shows the countries where personal use of our platform that is not related to business, trade, craft, or professional purposes are not supported\n\nAfrica\n\nAsia\n\nEurope\n\n\n\nTable 2. Countries in Africa that are not supported\n\n Country \n\n Algeria \n Cameroon \n Canary Islands \n Egypt \n Ghana \n Ivory Coast \n Kenya \n Mauritania \n Nigeria \n Seychelles \n Tanzania \n Uganda \n\n\n\nIBM® Norway and IBM® Switzerland are able to contract with local customers to offer personal use accounts.\n\nTo work with a local Business Partner, go to the [IBM Business Partner Directory](https://www.ibm.com/partnerworld/bpdirectory/). Customers are not required to have a VAT ID to work with a local Business Partner.\n\n\n\n\n\n Using a federated ID \n\nA federated ID is an ID within a company's domain that is registered with IBM so that the domain and user credentials can be used to access IBM web applications. You can sign up for IBM Cloud with a federated ID only if your company is already registered with IBM.","score":18.139975},{"document_id":"ibmcld_01623-7-1977","text":"\nSetting up your IBM Cloud account \n\nThis tutorial walks you through the steps for setting up an account in IBM Cloud®. By completing this tutorial, you learn how to set up account authentication, manage your account settings, effectively organize resources in your account, and control access to resources.\n\nThis tutorial focuses on how to set up a Pay-As-You-Go account. For more information about setting up accounts in an enterprise hierarchy, see [Setting up an enterprise](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/secure-enterprise?topic=secure-enterprise-enterprise-tutorial).\n\n\n\n Step 1: Create your account \n\nFirst, create an account by using your existing IBMid or a new IBMid. If your company is registered to use a federated ID for single sign-on (SSO), you can use your federated ID instead.\n\n\n\nTable 1. ID options for creating an account\n\n Login ID Details \n\n Existing IBMid If you already have an IBMid, sign up for IBM Cloud with your existing credentials that you use for other IBM® products and services. \n New IBMid If you don't yet have an IBMid, you can create one when you sign up. With an IBMid, you can use one username to log in to all IBM products and services, including IBM Cloud. \n Federated ID If your company already requested to register the user credentials from your company's domain with IBM, you can sign up for IBM Cloud by using the credentials that you already use for your company's login. You must enter a phone number when you sign up. \n\n\n\n\n\n Using your IBMid \n\nIf you're not a part of a company that uses a federated ID, use your IBMid to create your account.\n\n\n\n1. Go to the [IBM Cloud login page](https://cloud.ibm.com/), and click Create an IBM Cloud account.\n2. Enter your IBMid email address. If you don't have an existing IBMid, an ID is created based on the email that you enter.\n3. Complete the remaining fields with your information.\n\nYou are prompted for your credit card information to verify your identity and secure your account.","score":18.017475},{"document_id":"ibmcld_02253-0-1711","text":"\n\n\n\n\n\n\n How can I get access to invite users to the account? \n\nYou must have specific access to invite users to an IBM Cloud® account if you aren't the account owner. Without the correct access, you can't invite users to an account.\n\n What’s happening \n\nWhen you click Invite users, the following message might be displayed:\n\n> Looks like you don't have access to invite users. You must be assigned the editor or administrator role for the User management service or be a Cloud Foundry org manager. Contact your account owner for access.\n\n Why it’s happening \n\nYou aren't assigned the correct access.\n\n How to fix it \n\nTo invite users and manage outstanding invitations, you must be an account owner, an organization manager, a user with an IAM access policy with the Editor role or higher on the user management account management service, or you must have classic infrastructure permissions to add users.\n\nTo review your assigned access in the account, complete the following steps:\n\n\n\n1. In the IBM Cloud console, click Manage > Access (IAM), and select Users.\n2. Select your name.\n3. Review the assigned access in the Access tab.\n\n\n\nIf you aren't assigned the correct access, contact the account owner. After you have the correct access, go to Manage > Access (IAM), then select Users, and click Invite users to add users to the account.\n\nIf you're the account owner and can't invite users, contact [Support](https://cloud.ibm.com/unifiedsupport/supportcenter).\n\nTo contact support, you can use the following methods:\n\n\n\n* If you have a Pay-As-You-Go or Subscription account, you can click Live chat with support.\n* You can [create a case](https://cloud.ibm.com/unifiedsupport/cases/form).\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n","score":17.712557},{"document_id":"ibmcld_05215-3419-5276","text":"\nOnly users who have an IBMid associated with their email address are included in the list of initially provisioned users.\n\nTo log on to your IBM Cloud Pak for Security as a Service deployment, use the URL included in the welcome email, select Enterprise SAML as the authentication method, and then click Sign in with IBMid.\n\n\n\n\n\n Creating users in IBM Cloud Pak for SaaS \n\nUsers who are listed as provisioned in the Welcome email can create additional users.\n\n\n\n\n\n Before you begin \n\n\n\n* You must have the Welcome email with details of your provisioned deployment for IBM Cloud Pak for Security as a Service.\n* To create new users, you must be listed in the Welcome email as a provisioned user.\n* The new users that you want to create must have an email address and an IBMid associated with their email address. Users can create an IBMid from [https://ibm.com/account](https://ibm.com/account).\n\n\n\n\n\n Create new users \n\n\n\n1. Log on to your IBM Verify instance by using the URL provided in the Welcome email and select Sign in with IBMid.\n2. Enter your IBMid login credentials.\n3. Add the new user in IBM Verify, as follows:\n\n\n\n1. Click your profile in the top right of the page and select Switch to admin.\n2. From the menu, select Users & groups. The Users tab is selected by default.\n3. Click Add user.\n4. From the Identity source drop-down menu, select IBMid.\n5. Enter a given name and scroll down and enter a surname, user name, and email address. The other fields are optional.\n6. Click Save.\n\n\n\n4. Log on to IBM Cloud Pak® for Security as a Service by using the deployment URL provided in your Welcome email.\n5. From the IBM Cloud Pak® for Security as a Service Homepage, click Settings > Manage users.\n\n\n\n1. From the Manage users page, click Add user.\n2. In the Name or Email address field, enter or select the user's email address.\n3. Click Add user.","score":17.56182},{"document_id":"ibmcld_02243-7-2098","text":"\nTransferring ownership of your account \n\nYou can transfer your IBM Cloud® account to a different owner by creating a support case with information about the new owner. You can transfer only Pay-As-You-Go or Subscription accounts.\n\nEvery IBM Cloud account must have a valid account owner. Accounts without a valid account owner are subject to suspension and possible termination.\n\n\n\n Transferring an account that you own \n\nAs the account owner, you can transfer your account to a new owner by creating a support case. The new owner must be an existing user within the account. If the person that you want to own the account isn't an existing user, [invite them to the account](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/account?topic=account-iamuserinv) before you create the support case.\n\nTo create the support case, click the Help icon  > Support center from the console menu bar, and click Create a case. In the case description, include the full name and IBMid of the user that is to be the new account owner.\n\nWhen you transfer your account to a new owner, be aware that you as the previous account owner will be automatically removed from that account. The new owner needs to invite the account's previous owner back to the transferred account to keep them within it.\n\n\n\n\n\n Transferring an account from another owner \n\nIf the owner of an account left your company and you need to transfer the account, you must choose a new owner and then create a support case to request a transfer.\n\nThe new owner must be a user in the account and can't be the owner of another IBM Cloud account. If the user isn't in the account, another user can invite them to the account or you can request to add them to the account in the support case that you create.\n\nIn the support case to request an account transfer, you must attach an official document from your company that contains the following information.\n\n\n\n* Your official company letterhead\n* Your company's article of incorporation, if applicable","score":17.477802}],"47b2471404382af6e973013ab1cf96b9<::>5":[{"document_id":"ibmcld_03729-1672-3956","text":"\nServices For Bare Metal Servers, there are fixed plans to choose from, and those plans are charged at a fixed monthly rate. \n Metered Usage is a unit-based pricing model in which you pay for what you consume. In this case, the number of GB hours that are consumed for runtimes and the number of IP addresses and storage that is consumed for containers. Services, Compute, and Containers For Push Notifications, any usage that is consumed over the free monthly allowance of 100,000 digital messages per month, will be charged. \n Tiered In this pricing model, you get a volumed-based discount according to your actual usage. Tiered pricing is typically used for charge metrics that are expected to have high quantities per month, such as API calls. Services might offer simple, graduated, or block tier pricing plans. Services For API Connect, one of the tiered plans charges $10,000 for the first 25 million monthly API calls and $40.00 USD per 100,000 API calls per month thereafter. \n Reserved Reserved pricing is based on a long-term commitment for a service, so you can get a discounted price. With a reserved plan, you get a dedicated service instance that is easy to set up, deploy, and deliver in the public IBM Cloud environment. Services Db2 on Cloud has reserved plans. \n\n\n\n\n\n Understanding monthly and hourly tags \n\nOn the usage dashboard, your products and resources can be labeled with Monthly, Hourly, or a combination of both tags to signify how often charges are updated.\n\nThe Monthly tag signifies that resources within your account have a fixed cost. These charge show up immediately after purchase and are prorated in proportion to how many days are left in the month. Any recurring monthly fixed costs are then shown at the first of every month.\n\nThe Hourly tag signifies that resources within your account have variable costs. These resources are updated daily.\n\n\n\n\n\n Lite plans \n\nLite plans are structured as a free quota. You can work on your projects worry free, without the risk of generating an accidental bill. The quota might operate for a specific time period, for example a month, or on a one-off usage basis. The following list provides some examples of Lite plan quotas:\n\n\n\n* Maximum number of registered devices\n* Maximum number of application bindings","score":18.420761},{"document_id":"ibmcld_03729-3519-5413","text":"\nThese resources are updated daily.\n\n\n\n\n\n Lite plans \n\nLite plans are structured as a free quota. You can work on your projects worry free, without the risk of generating an accidental bill. The quota might operate for a specific time period, for example a month, or on a one-off usage basis. The following list provides some examples of Lite plan quotas:\n\n\n\n* Maximum number of registered devices\n* Maximum number of application bindings\n* Encrypted data storage limit, for example 1 GB\n* Provisioned throughput capacity\n\n\n\nYou can easily find services for Lite plans in the catalog. By default, all services with a Lite plan are displayed with a Lite tag . Select a service to view the quota details for the associated Lite plan.\n\n\n\n\n\n Charges for compute resources \n\nYou're charged for the time that your apps run and the memory that's used in GB-hours. GB-hours is the calculation of the number of application instances that are multiplied by the memory per instance and by the hours that the instances run. You can customize the number of instances and the amount of memory per instance based on your needs. You can also add memory or instances to scale for more users. To get the amount charged, take your application instances that are multiplied by memory per instance and by hours running.\n\nFor example, consider a runtime that costs $0.07 per GB-hour in two 512-MB instances, running for 30 days (720 hours). These resources would cost $50.4 USD, with the following calculations:\n\n2 instances x 0.5 GB x 720 hours = 720 GB-hours.\n720 GB-hours x $0.07 per GB-hour = $50.4\n\n\n\n\n\n Charges for services \n\nMany services include monthly free allowances. Usage of services that aren't included as part of the free allowance is charged in one of the following ways:\n\nFixed charges","score":18.320219},{"document_id":"ibmcld_07578-1076793-1078629","text":"\n* What's a Lite pricing plan for services?\n\nA Lite plan is a free quota-based service plan. You can use a service's Lite plan to build an app without incurring any charges. A Lite plan might be offered on a monthly cycle that is renewed each month or on a one-off usage basis. Lite pricing plans are available with all account types. You can have one instance of a Lite plan for each service. For more information about Lite accounts, see [Account types](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/account?topic=account-accountsliteaccount).\n* How many apps can I build?\n\nThere's no limit to the number of apps you can build in a Pay-As-You-Go or Subscription account.\n\nIf you created a Lite account before 12 August 2021, you can build and deploy apps with 256 MB of instantaneous runtime memory. To get 512 MB of free instantaneous runtime memory, upgrade to a Pay-As-You-Go or Subscription account and pay only for what you use over that limit.\n* What happens when my Lite plan instance reaches the monthly quota?\n\nReaching any quota limit for Lite plan instances suspends the service for that month. Quota limits are per org, not instance. New instances that you create in the same org reflect any usage from previous instances. The quota limits reset on the first of every month.\n\nYou can check your usage by going to Manage > Billing and usage in the IBM Cloud console, and selecting Usage. For more information, see [Viewing your usage](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/billing-usage?topic=billing-usage-viewingusage).\n* How many resource groups, orgs, or spaces can I create?\n\nIf you have a Pay-As-You-Go or Subscription account, there's no limit to the number of resource groups, orgs, or spaces that you can create. However, if you have a Lite account, you're limited to one org and one resource group.\n* Can I change which notifications I receive?","score":18.176434},{"document_id":"ibmcld_16727-1079289-1081125","text":"\n* What's a Lite pricing plan for services?\n\nA Lite plan is a free quota-based service plan. You can use a service's Lite plan to build an app without incurring any charges. A Lite plan might be offered on a monthly cycle that is renewed each month or on a one-off usage basis. Lite pricing plans are available with all account types. You can have one instance of a Lite plan for each service. For more information about Lite accounts, see [Account types](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/account?topic=account-accountsliteaccount).\n* How many apps can I build?\n\nThere's no limit to the number of apps you can build in a Pay-As-You-Go or Subscription account.\n\nIf you created a Lite account before 12 August 2021, you can build and deploy apps with 256 MB of instantaneous runtime memory. To get 512 MB of free instantaneous runtime memory, upgrade to a Pay-As-You-Go or Subscription account and pay only for what you use over that limit.\n* What happens when my Lite plan instance reaches the monthly quota?\n\nReaching any quota limit for Lite plan instances suspends the service for that month. Quota limits are per org, not instance. New instances that you create in the same org reflect any usage from previous instances. The quota limits reset on the first of every month.\n\nYou can check your usage by going to Manage > Billing and usage in the IBM Cloud console, and selecting Usage. For more information, see [Viewing your usage](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/billing-usage?topic=billing-usage-viewingusage).\n* How many resource groups, orgs, or spaces can I create?\n\nIf you have a Pay-As-You-Go or Subscription account, there's no limit to the number of resource groups, orgs, or spaces that you can create. However, if you have a Lite account, you're limited to one org and one resource group.\n* Can I change which notifications I receive?","score":18.176434},{"document_id":"ibmcld_01660-8584-10307","text":"\nLite pricing plans are available with all account types. You can have one instance of a Lite plan for each service. For more information about Lite accounts, see [Account types](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/account?topic=account-accountsliteaccount).\n\n\n\n\n\n How many apps can I build? \n\nThere's no limit to the number of apps you can build in a Pay-As-You-Go or Subscription account.\n\nIf you created a Lite account before 12 August 2021, you can build and deploy apps with 256 MB of instantaneous runtime memory. To get 512 MB of free instantaneous runtime memory, upgrade to a Pay-As-You-Go or Subscription account and pay only for what you use over that limit.\n\n\n\n\n\n What happens when my Lite plan instance reaches the monthly quota? \n\nReaching any quota limit for Lite plan instances suspends the service for that month. Quota limits are per org, not instance. New instances that you create in the same org reflect any usage from previous instances. The quota limits reset on the first of every month.\n\nYou can check your usage by going to Manage > Billing and usage in the IBM Cloud console, and selecting Usage. For more information, see [Viewing your usage](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/billing-usage?topic=billing-usage-viewingusage).\n\n\n\n\n\n How many resource groups, orgs, or spaces can I create? \n\nIf you have a Pay-As-You-Go or Subscription account, there's no limit to the number of resource groups, orgs, or spaces that you can create. However, if you have a Lite account, you're limited to one org and one resource group.\n\n\n\n\n\n Can I change which notifications I receive? \n\nYes, you can update your email preferences for receiving notifications from the Email preferences page in the console. Click the Avatar icon !","score":17.54719}],"47b2471404382af6e973013ab1cf96b9<::>6":[{"document_id":"ibmcld_07578-1076793-1078629","text":"\n* What's a Lite pricing plan for services?\n\nA Lite plan is a free quota-based service plan. You can use a service's Lite plan to build an app without incurring any charges. A Lite plan might be offered on a monthly cycle that is renewed each month or on a one-off usage basis. Lite pricing plans are available with all account types. You can have one instance of a Lite plan for each service. For more information about Lite accounts, see [Account types](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/account?topic=account-accountsliteaccount).\n* How many apps can I build?\n\nThere's no limit to the number of apps you can build in a Pay-As-You-Go or Subscription account.\n\nIf you created a Lite account before 12 August 2021, you can build and deploy apps with 256 MB of instantaneous runtime memory. To get 512 MB of free instantaneous runtime memory, upgrade to a Pay-As-You-Go or Subscription account and pay only for what you use over that limit.\n* What happens when my Lite plan instance reaches the monthly quota?\n\nReaching any quota limit for Lite plan instances suspends the service for that month. Quota limits are per org, not instance. New instances that you create in the same org reflect any usage from previous instances. The quota limits reset on the first of every month.\n\nYou can check your usage by going to Manage > Billing and usage in the IBM Cloud console, and selecting Usage. For more information, see [Viewing your usage](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/billing-usage?topic=billing-usage-viewingusage).\n* How many resource groups, orgs, or spaces can I create?\n\nIf you have a Pay-As-You-Go or Subscription account, there's no limit to the number of resource groups, orgs, or spaces that you can create. However, if you have a Lite account, you're limited to one org and one resource group.\n* Can I change which notifications I receive?","score":15.614928},{"document_id":"ibmcld_16727-1079289-1081125","text":"\n* What's a Lite pricing plan for services?\n\nA Lite plan is a free quota-based service plan. You can use a service's Lite plan to build an app without incurring any charges. A Lite plan might be offered on a monthly cycle that is renewed each month or on a one-off usage basis. Lite pricing plans are available with all account types. You can have one instance of a Lite plan for each service. For more information about Lite accounts, see [Account types](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/account?topic=account-accountsliteaccount).\n* How many apps can I build?\n\nThere's no limit to the number of apps you can build in a Pay-As-You-Go or Subscription account.\n\nIf you created a Lite account before 12 August 2021, you can build and deploy apps with 256 MB of instantaneous runtime memory. To get 512 MB of free instantaneous runtime memory, upgrade to a Pay-As-You-Go or Subscription account and pay only for what you use over that limit.\n* What happens when my Lite plan instance reaches the monthly quota?\n\nReaching any quota limit for Lite plan instances suspends the service for that month. Quota limits are per org, not instance. New instances that you create in the same org reflect any usage from previous instances. The quota limits reset on the first of every month.\n\nYou can check your usage by going to Manage > Billing and usage in the IBM Cloud console, and selecting Usage. For more information, see [Viewing your usage](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/billing-usage?topic=billing-usage-viewingusage).\n* How many resource groups, orgs, or spaces can I create?\n\nIf you have a Pay-As-You-Go or Subscription account, there's no limit to the number of resource groups, orgs, or spaces that you can create. However, if you have a Lite account, you're limited to one org and one resource group.\n* Can I change which notifications I receive?","score":15.614928},{"document_id":"ibmcld_01705-14609-15453","text":"\nCheck out the following list of key features that are available in a Lite account:\n\n\n\n* The account is free - no credit card required.\n* The account never expires.\n* You receive email notifications about your account status and quota limits.\n* You can create one instance of any service in the [IBM Cloud catalog](https://cloud.ibm.com/catalog/?search=label:lite%20lite) that has a Lite plan.\n* After 10 days of no development activity, your apps go to sleep. You can wake up your apps by continuing to work on them.\n* After 30 days of no development activity, your service instances with Lite plans are deleted\n\n\n\nOnly Lite accounts created before 12 August 2021 can use 186 GBH of free buildpacks and Cloud Foundry apps with up to 256 MB of free instantaneous runtime memory per month. The use of one org in one IBM Cloud region is supported.","score":14.847175},{"document_id":"ibmcld_01029-0-4062","text":"\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Free Lite plan \n\nThe IBM® Db2® on Cloud Lite plan provides basic resources for you to develop or learn about Db2 without charge.\n\nThere is no time limit on the Lite plan, but users must re-extend their Lite plan every 30 days.\n\nOnly community support is available.\n\n\n\n Architecture \n\nUnlike other Db2 on Cloud plans, the free Db2 on Cloud Lite plan runs on a multi-tenant system.\n\nThe Lite plan uses one database schema.\n\nFor more information about the free Db2 on Cloud Lite plan, see the [FAQ](https://ibm.biz/db2oc_free_plan_faq).\n\n\n\n\n\n Regional availability \n\nThe Lite plan is available in the Dallas and London regions. If you do not see the Lite plan listed in the catalog, select either Dallas or London region.\n\n\n\n\n\n Restrictions \n\nIt is recommended that you use an enterprise-level service plan rather than a Lite service plan for mission-critical or performance-sensitive workloads.\n\nThe following table contains Db2 on Cloud Lite plan restrictions:\n\n\n\nTable 1. Db2 on Cloud Lite plan restrictions\n\n Category Item Restriction \n\n Resources Storage 200 MB of storage per user \n Connections 15 connections per user \n Performance Performance might fluctuate due to workloads run by other users on the multi-tenant system \n Features & functions Federation Not supported \n Oracle compatibility Not supported \n User-defined extensions (UDFs) Not supported on any Db2 on Cloud plans, including the Lite plan \n User management User not given administrative authority \n Row and column access control (RCAC) Not supported \n IBM InfoSphere Data Replication for use in loading data Not supported \n Networking environment IBM Cloud Integrated Analytics Not supported \n IBM Cloud Dedicated Not supported \n Security compliances Health Information Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (HIPAA) Not supported. Refer to your Service Description. \n EU General Data Protection Regulation (GDPR) Not supported. Refer to your Service Description. \n Account management Reactivation Reactivation required every 30 days. If not reactivated, Lite plan services are deleted 60 days later. \n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n","score":14.633961},{"document_id":"ibmcld_07578-45764-47767","text":"\nYou must use a paid plan to use customization.\n\nThe Lite plan is intended for any user who wants to try out the service before committing to a purchase. For more information, see the Speech to Text service in the [IBM Cloud® Catalog](https://%7BDomainName%7D/catalog/speech-to-text). Services that are created with the Lite plan are deleted after 30 days of inactivity.\n* What is the price for using the Speech to Text Plus plan?\n\nThe Plus plan provides access to all of the service's features:\n\n\n\n* Use of all available models (same as the Lite plan).\n* Unlimited creation and use of custom language and custom acoustic models at no extra charge.\n* A maximum of one hundred concurrent transcription requests from all interfaces, WebSocket and HTTP, combined.\n\n\n\nThe plan uses a simple tiered pricing model to give high-volume users further discounts as they use the service more heavily. Pricing is based on the aggregate number of minutes of audio that you recognize per month:\n\n\n\n* Users who recognize 1 to 999,999 minutes of audio in a given month pay $0.02 (USD) per minute of audio for that month.\n* Users who recognize at least 1,000,000 minutes of audio in a given month pay $0.01 (USD) per minute of audio for that month.\n\n\n\nThe Plus plan is intended for small businesses. It is also a good choice for large enterprises that want to develop and test larger applications before considering moving to a Premium plan. For more information, see the Speech to Text service in the [IBM Cloud® Catalog](https://%7BDomainName%7D/catalog/speech-to-text).\n* Can I continue to use the Speech to Text Standard plan?\n\nThe Standard plan is no longer available for purchase by new users. But existing users of the Standard plan can continue to use the plan indefinitely with no change in their pricing. Their API settings and custom models remain unaffected.\n\nExisting users can also choose to upgrade to the new Plus plan by visiting the [IBM Cloud® Catalog](https://%7BDomainName%7D/catalog/speech-to-text).","score":14.248899}],"47b2471404382af6e973013ab1cf96b9<::>7":[{"document_id":"ibmcld_07152-7168-8788","text":"\nPremium \n\nPremium plans offer developers and organizations a single tenant instance of one or more Watson services for better isolation and security. These plans offer compute-level isolation on the existing shared platform, as well as end-to-end encrypted data while in transit and at rest.\n\nFor more information, or to purchase a Premium plan, contact [Sales](https://ibm.biz/contact-wdc-premium).\n\n\n\n\n\n Additional information \n\nFor information about calculating costs, see the [IBM Cloud Pricing Calculator](https://cloud.ibm.com/estimator/review).\n\nFor additional pricing information, see the [Discovery catalog](https://cloud.ibm.com/catalog/services/discovery).\n\n\n\n\n\n Notes for Customers with Existing Plans \n\n\n\n* Beginning 1 August 2018, your billing and usage is based on this pricing plan.\n* The Lite plan is now reduced from 2,000 documents/400 Discovery News queries per month to 1,000 documents/200 Discovery News queries per month. If you already exceeded the new Lite plan limits, you cannot add any more documents. However, you can continue using it or upgrade to an Advanced or Premium plan.\n* The Standard plan is retired and is no longer available to new users. If you are currently on an existing Standard plan, you can continue using it or upgrade to an Advanced or Premium plan.\n* The Advanced and Premium plans are now based on document tiers. They are no longer based on document hours. Your monthly bill will not fluctuate, based on the number of documents, unless you switch between tiers.\n* Premium customers, contact [Sales](https://ibm.biz/contact-wdc-premium) for details on billing changes.","score":17.594715},{"document_id":"ibmcld_01660-8584-10307","text":"\nLite pricing plans are available with all account types. You can have one instance of a Lite plan for each service. For more information about Lite accounts, see [Account types](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/account?topic=account-accountsliteaccount).\n\n\n\n\n\n How many apps can I build? \n\nThere's no limit to the number of apps you can build in a Pay-As-You-Go or Subscription account.\n\nIf you created a Lite account before 12 August 2021, you can build and deploy apps with 256 MB of instantaneous runtime memory. To get 512 MB of free instantaneous runtime memory, upgrade to a Pay-As-You-Go or Subscription account and pay only for what you use over that limit.\n\n\n\n\n\n What happens when my Lite plan instance reaches the monthly quota? \n\nReaching any quota limit for Lite plan instances suspends the service for that month. Quota limits are per org, not instance. New instances that you create in the same org reflect any usage from previous instances. The quota limits reset on the first of every month.\n\nYou can check your usage by going to Manage > Billing and usage in the IBM Cloud console, and selecting Usage. For more information, see [Viewing your usage](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/billing-usage?topic=billing-usage-viewingusage).\n\n\n\n\n\n How many resource groups, orgs, or spaces can I create? \n\nIf you have a Pay-As-You-Go or Subscription account, there's no limit to the number of resource groups, orgs, or spaces that you can create. However, if you have a Lite account, you're limited to one org and one resource group.\n\n\n\n\n\n Can I change which notifications I receive? \n\nYes, you can update your email preferences for receiving notifications from the Email preferences page in the console. Click the Avatar icon !","score":17.493214},{"document_id":"ibmcld_01705-14609-15453","text":"\nCheck out the following list of key features that are available in a Lite account:\n\n\n\n* The account is free - no credit card required.\n* The account never expires.\n* You receive email notifications about your account status and quota limits.\n* You can create one instance of any service in the [IBM Cloud catalog](https://cloud.ibm.com/catalog/?search=label:lite%20lite) that has a Lite plan.\n* After 10 days of no development activity, your apps go to sleep. You can wake up your apps by continuing to work on them.\n* After 30 days of no development activity, your service instances with Lite plans are deleted\n\n\n\nOnly Lite accounts created before 12 August 2021 can use 186 GBH of free buildpacks and Cloud Foundry apps with up to 256 MB of free instantaneous runtime memory per month. The use of one org in one IBM Cloud region is supported.","score":17.361864},{"document_id":"ibmcld_07578-1076793-1078629","text":"\n* What's a Lite pricing plan for services?\n\nA Lite plan is a free quota-based service plan. You can use a service's Lite plan to build an app without incurring any charges. A Lite plan might be offered on a monthly cycle that is renewed each month or on a one-off usage basis. Lite pricing plans are available with all account types. You can have one instance of a Lite plan for each service. For more information about Lite accounts, see [Account types](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/account?topic=account-accountsliteaccount).\n* How many apps can I build?\n\nThere's no limit to the number of apps you can build in a Pay-As-You-Go or Subscription account.\n\nIf you created a Lite account before 12 August 2021, you can build and deploy apps with 256 MB of instantaneous runtime memory. To get 512 MB of free instantaneous runtime memory, upgrade to a Pay-As-You-Go or Subscription account and pay only for what you use over that limit.\n* What happens when my Lite plan instance reaches the monthly quota?\n\nReaching any quota limit for Lite plan instances suspends the service for that month. Quota limits are per org, not instance. New instances that you create in the same org reflect any usage from previous instances. The quota limits reset on the first of every month.\n\nYou can check your usage by going to Manage > Billing and usage in the IBM Cloud console, and selecting Usage. For more information, see [Viewing your usage](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/billing-usage?topic=billing-usage-viewingusage).\n* How many resource groups, orgs, or spaces can I create?\n\nIf you have a Pay-As-You-Go or Subscription account, there's no limit to the number of resource groups, orgs, or spaces that you can create. However, if you have a Lite account, you're limited to one org and one resource group.\n* Can I change which notifications I receive?","score":17.252073},{"document_id":"ibmcld_16727-1079289-1081125","text":"\n* What's a Lite pricing plan for services?\n\nA Lite plan is a free quota-based service plan. You can use a service's Lite plan to build an app without incurring any charges. A Lite plan might be offered on a monthly cycle that is renewed each month or on a one-off usage basis. Lite pricing plans are available with all account types. You can have one instance of a Lite plan for each service. For more information about Lite accounts, see [Account types](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/account?topic=account-accountsliteaccount).\n* How many apps can I build?\n\nThere's no limit to the number of apps you can build in a Pay-As-You-Go or Subscription account.\n\nIf you created a Lite account before 12 August 2021, you can build and deploy apps with 256 MB of instantaneous runtime memory. To get 512 MB of free instantaneous runtime memory, upgrade to a Pay-As-You-Go or Subscription account and pay only for what you use over that limit.\n* What happens when my Lite plan instance reaches the monthly quota?\n\nReaching any quota limit for Lite plan instances suspends the service for that month. Quota limits are per org, not instance. New instances that you create in the same org reflect any usage from previous instances. The quota limits reset on the first of every month.\n\nYou can check your usage by going to Manage > Billing and usage in the IBM Cloud console, and selecting Usage. For more information, see [Viewing your usage](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/billing-usage?topic=billing-usage-viewingusage).\n* How many resource groups, orgs, or spaces can I create?\n\nIf you have a Pay-As-You-Go or Subscription account, there's no limit to the number of resource groups, orgs, or spaces that you can create. However, if you have a Lite account, you're limited to one org and one resource group.\n* Can I change which notifications I receive?","score":17.252073}],"47b2471404382af6e973013ab1cf96b9<::>8":[{"document_id":"ibmcld_01705-14609-15453","text":"\nCheck out the following list of key features that are available in a Lite account:\n\n\n\n* The account is free - no credit card required.\n* The account never expires.\n* You receive email notifications about your account status and quota limits.\n* You can create one instance of any service in the [IBM Cloud catalog](https://cloud.ibm.com/catalog/?search=label:lite%20lite) that has a Lite plan.\n* After 10 days of no development activity, your apps go to sleep. You can wake up your apps by continuing to work on them.\n* After 30 days of no development activity, your service instances with Lite plans are deleted\n\n\n\nOnly Lite accounts created before 12 August 2021 can use 186 GBH of free buildpacks and Cloud Foundry apps with up to 256 MB of free instantaneous runtime memory per month. The use of one org in one IBM Cloud region is supported.","score":20.845411},{"document_id":"ibmcld_01029-0-4062","text":"\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Free Lite plan \n\nThe IBM® Db2® on Cloud Lite plan provides basic resources for you to develop or learn about Db2 without charge.\n\nThere is no time limit on the Lite plan, but users must re-extend their Lite plan every 30 days.\n\nOnly community support is available.\n\n\n\n Architecture \n\nUnlike other Db2 on Cloud plans, the free Db2 on Cloud Lite plan runs on a multi-tenant system.\n\nThe Lite plan uses one database schema.\n\nFor more information about the free Db2 on Cloud Lite plan, see the [FAQ](https://ibm.biz/db2oc_free_plan_faq).\n\n\n\n\n\n Regional availability \n\nThe Lite plan is available in the Dallas and London regions. If you do not see the Lite plan listed in the catalog, select either Dallas or London region.\n\n\n\n\n\n Restrictions \n\nIt is recommended that you use an enterprise-level service plan rather than a Lite service plan for mission-critical or performance-sensitive workloads.\n\nThe following table contains Db2 on Cloud Lite plan restrictions:\n\n\n\nTable 1. Db2 on Cloud Lite plan restrictions\n\n Category Item Restriction \n\n Resources Storage 200 MB of storage per user \n Connections 15 connections per user \n Performance Performance might fluctuate due to workloads run by other users on the multi-tenant system \n Features & functions Federation Not supported \n Oracle compatibility Not supported \n User-defined extensions (UDFs) Not supported on any Db2 on Cloud plans, including the Lite plan \n User management User not given administrative authority \n Row and column access control (RCAC) Not supported \n IBM InfoSphere Data Replication for use in loading data Not supported \n Networking environment IBM Cloud Integrated Analytics Not supported \n IBM Cloud Dedicated Not supported \n Security compliances Health Information Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (HIPAA) Not supported. Refer to your Service Description. \n EU General Data Protection Regulation (GDPR) Not supported. Refer to your Service Description. \n Account management Reactivation Reactivation required every 30 days. If not reactivated, Lite plan services are deleted 60 days later. \n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n","score":19.814623},{"document_id":"ibmcld_02660-1509-3609","text":"\nCurrently, Dallas (us-south), Washington DC (us-east), London (eu-gb), and Sydney (au-syd) regions are supported.\n4. Select a pricing plan - Based on your business requirements, select a pricing plan: Lite, Standard, and Enterprise.\n\n\n\n* Lite - Includes all App Configuration capabilities for evaluation only. Not to be used for production. Lite plan services are deleted after 30 days of inactivity.\n* Standard - The standard plan includes feature flags and property management capabilities. You can use simple and uniform REST APIs to configure, enable, segment, and monitor features to mobile devices and web applications.\n* Enterprise - The enterprise plan includes targeting segment in addition to the property management and feature flags that are found in the Standard plan. The enterprise plan now supports by using private endpoints.\n\n\n\nFor more information about App Configuration usage and billing, see [Usage and billing](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/app-configuration?topic=app-configuration-ac-faqs-usage).\n5. Configure your resource by providing a Service name for your instance, or use the preset name.\n6. Select a resource group - The resource group selection helps how you want resources to be organized in your account. The resource group that you select cannot be changed after the service instance is created.\n7. Optionally, define Tags to help you to identify and organize the instance in your account. If your tags are billing related, consider writing tags as key:value pairs to help group-related tags, such as costctr:124.\n8. Optionally, define Access management tags that are needed to apply flexible access policies on specific resources. For example, access:dev, proj:version-1.\n9. If you selected the Enterprise plan, then specify the Service endpoints. The following options are available:\n\n\n\n* Public network - The public network service endpoints are accessible from anywhere on the internet.\n* Both Public & Private network - use of both public and private service endpoint network access.\n\n\n\n10. Accept the licensing agreements and terms by clicking the checkbox.\n11.","score":19.74106},{"document_id":"ibmcld_01705-11723-13541","text":"\nWhen your service bundle expires or you use all of the credit, you can continue to use any of the services, with usage charged at the Pay-As-You Go rate.\n\n\n\n\n\n Expiring subscriptions \n\nWhen your subscription is about to expire, you are notified by email 60, 30, 14, and 1 day before the expiration date of the last subscription on the account. After your subscription expires, your account is converted to a Pay-As-You-Go account, which means you pay only for billable services that you use with no contracts or commitments. In addition, the discounts that are associated with your subscription account won't apply to the Pay-As-You-Go account. Go to the [Subscriptions](https://cloud.ibm.com/billing/subscriptions) page to check whether any of your subscriptions are approaching their expiration date.\n\nYou can work with [IBM Cloud Sales](https://www.ibm.com/cloud?contactmodule) to renew your subscription account.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Enterprise Savings Plan billing model \n\nIBM Cloud customers can sign up for the Enterprise Savings Plan billing model. With this billing model, you commit to spend a certain amount on IBM Cloud and you also receive discounts across the platform. You are billed monthly based on your usage and you continue to receive a discount even after you reach your committed amount. For more information about the billing model, see [Enterprise Savings Plan pricing model](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/billing-usage?topic=billing-usage-committed-use).\n\n\n\n\n\n Lite account \n\nIf you created a Lite account before 25 October 2021, your account doesn't expire and you can work in IBM Cloud for free by accessing services with select Lite plans, which are displayed with a Lite tag  in the catalog.","score":19.448198},{"document_id":"ibmcld_01705-13208-15001","text":"\nIf you created a Lite account before 25 October 2021, your account doesn't expire and you can work in IBM Cloud for free by accessing services with select Lite plans, which are displayed with a Lite tag  in the catalog. To gain access to all Free plans, you can go ahead and [upgrade to a Pay-As-You-Go account](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/account?topic=account-accountfaqschangeacct) by adding your credit card information.\n\nStarting 25 October 2021, all new accounts are created as Pay-As-You-Go based on an update to our account registration process. As part of this update, you're asked to provide credit card information for identity verification. You have full access to the catalog, including all Free and Lite plans, and you get a $200 credit that you can apply in your first 30 days. You pay only for billable services that you use, with no long-term contracts or commitments.\n\nLite accounts have access to a single resource group that's created for you with the name Default. All of your service's instances are automatically added to this resource group. You can update the name of this resource group at any time. See [Renaming a resource group](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/account?topic=account-rgsrename_rgs) for the detailed steps.\n\n\n\n What's available in a lite account? \n\nCheck out the following list of key features that are available in a Lite account:\n\n\n\n* The account is free - no credit card required.\n* The account never expires.\n* You receive email notifications about your account status and quota limits.\n* You can create one instance of any service in the [IBM Cloud catalog](https://cloud.ibm.com/catalog/?search=label:lite%20lite) that has a Lite plan.","score":19.23274}],"47b2471404382af6e973013ab1cf96b9<::>9":[{"document_id":"ibmcld_12545-7-2359","text":"\nUser management for enterprises \n\nIBM Cloud® enterprises are valuable for large companies or organizations that need to group a set of accounts while still maintaining a separation and isolation between the accounts for different departments or teams. The management of users and their access to resources in each account remains entirely separate even when the accounts are added and organized in an enterprise.\n\nSee [What is an enterprise?](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/secure-enterprise?topic=secure-enterprise-what-is-enterprise) for more information about enterprises.\n\nThe user list for each child account in an enterprise is accessible only to users in that child account. This means the users who are invited to the enterprise and the users who are invited to the accounts within the enterprise remain entirely separate. This is beneficial because you can add multiple accounts to an enterprise and organize them as needed into account groups, but keep the user lists restricted from other accounts.\n\nIn most cases, you want to add only the users to your enterprise account that need the ability to manage the enterprise. Depending on the role the user is assigned on the [Enterprise account management service](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/account?topic=account-account-servicesenterprise-account-management), they have varying levels of access for managing the enterprise. For example, a user assigned the Administrator role on the Enterprise service can rename the enterprise, update the domain, view usage, create accounts, and more. However, a user with the viewer or operator role is limited to viewing the accounts and account groups hierarchy for the enterprise.\n\nInviting users to the enterprise account doesn't provide access to manage any of the child accounts within the enterprise or their resources. If you add a user to an enterprise account that contains a number of accounts, those users do not automatically have access to manage those accounts as far as user management, billing, and more. The enterprise account users also don't have access to any resources in other accounts within the enterprise.\n\nIf you want a user to manage the enterprise and have access to resources within child accounts, you must invite them to both accounts. Assigning access policies in the enterprise account allows the user to manage the enterprise.","score":17.184471},{"document_id":"ibmcld_12561-4-2339","text":"\n* UI\n* CLI\n* API\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Viewing usage in an enterprise \n\nYou can track resource and support costs from accounts in your IBM Cloud® enterprise by viewing their usage. The accounts and account groups that you can view usage for depend on your assigned access.\n\nIBM Cloud enterprises enable you to centrally manage multiple IBM Cloud accounts. As an enterprise user, you can keep an eye on resource usage and the associated costs for any account in the enterprise. See [What is an enterprise?](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/secure-enterprise?topic=secure-enterprise-what-is-enterprise) for more information.\n\n\n\n Required access for viewing enterprise usage \n\nIn an enterprise, access to usage information is controlled by the Enterprise service. To view usage information, users must be invited to the enterprise account and have the Usage Reports Viewer, Editor, or Administrator role on the Enterprise service. The Usage Reports Viewer role provides access only to viewing usage reports, while the Editor and Administrator roles enable additional enterprise management actions. In keeping with security best practices, assign the least amount of access that is needed for the user to complete their task. For more information, see [Enterprise actions and roles](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/account?topic=account-account-servicesenterprise-account-management).\n\nYou can give users granular access so that they can view usage for a certain account or account group. For example, say that your enterprise has account groups for each department, and each department has account groups for each team. You can scope the access so that each enterprise user can see only the information that is needed to fulfill their job role.\n\n\n\n* Your financial officer needs to view usage for the entire enterprise so that they can track and recover costs for each department, but they don't need to create accounts or account groups. Assign them the Usage Reports Viewer role for the enterprise.\n* Each department lead needs to view usage for their department, and they also need to create and manage accounts and account groups for their teams. Assign each department lead the Editor role for their department's account group.\n* Each team lead needs to view their team's usage, but you want them to get department approval to add new accounts to their team.","score":17.124016},{"document_id":"ibmcld_10906-3434-5590","text":"\nThis checklist is for administrators who are responsible for creating and setting up an account structure in IBM Cloud and enabling users within their company to create and manage cloud resources. IBM Cloud offers you the ability to create a stand-alone account and an enterprise.\n\nStand-alone account\n: This type of account allows an account owner, for example a department or business unit administrator to add users to the account, assign access roles and permissions, manage billing and payments, and more.\n\nEnterprise\n: An enterprise manages the billing for the entire company, with usage costs from multiple accounts being rolled up and paid for from the enterprise account. Accounts that are created as part of an enterprise are just like stand-alone accounts, but the main difference is that these accounts don't manage their own billing or payments.\n\nUse the following checklist to track all of the tasks to create and configure your IBM Cloud account or enterprise.\n\n\n\nTable 2. Getting started tasks for setting up accounts and enterprises\n\n Task Description \n\n
* What's in an account?
Your IBM Cloud account includes many interacting components and systems for resource, user, and access management. Understanding concepts like how certain components are connected or how access works help you effectively set up your account. For more information, see [What's in an account](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/account?topic=account-overview). \n
* Determine if you need an enterprise
When you create an enterprise to manage your billing, you can move existing stand-alone accounts to it, or create new accounts as needed. Consider the following when determining whether you need an enterprise or a stand-alone account:
* In an enterprise, subscription discounts and cloud credits are available to all accounts that are in the enterprise.
* Stand-alone accounts control their own billing. If your company is globally distributed, you might have a mix of multiple enterprises and stand-alone accounts to support regional billing requirements.
Review the [What is an enterprise?]","score":16.928726},{"document_id":"ibmcld_10906-10094-12223","text":"\n
* Activate a subscription code
With an IBM Cloud subscription, you get discounted usage for platform services and support by committing to a minimum spending commitment for a certain period of time. After you buy a subscription for platform or support credit, you must add the credit to your account by applying a subscription code to your stand-alone account or enterprise. Applying the code ensures that the credit is added to your account, and you don't have unexpected overage charges. Make sure to add any purchased subscriptions to your account before creating resources. For more information, see [applying subscription codes](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/billing-usage?topic=billing-usage-subscription_code). \n
* Create and configure an enterprise
When you create an enterprise, the account that you used to initiate the process is automatically added to the enterprise, and a new enterprise account is created to manage the billing for the enterprise. Follow the steps in the [Setting up an enterprise](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/secure-enterprise?topic=secure-enterprise-enterprise-tutorial) documentation to create an enterprise. Keep in mind that when using an enterprise, users within each account in the enterprise can create, use, and collaborate on resources just as they can in a stand-alone account. \n
* Assign enterprise access to users
If you chose to create an enterprise, you might require that administrators manage the enterprise performing functions, such as creating account groups, creating and managing accounts. Review the access that is required, and add users as needed. For more information, see [Assigning access for enterprise management](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/secure-enterprise?topic=secure-enterprise-assign-access-enterprise). \n
* Create resource groups
Use resource groups to organize an account's resources for access control and billing purposes. For example, creating a resource group per project allows costs to be tracked at the project level even when your resources are distributed across regions.","score":16.823055},{"document_id":"ibmcld_12623-7-2328","text":"\nWhat is an enterprise? \n\nIBM Cloud®\n\nenterprisesprovide a way to centrally manage billing and resource usage across multiple accounts. Within an enterprise, you create a multitiered hierarchy of accounts, with billing and payments for all accounts managed at the enterprise level.\n\nWhen compared to using multiple stand-alone accounts, enterprises offer the following key benefits:\n\n\n\n* Centralized account management: View your entire enterprise hierarchy at a glance, without needing to switch accounts. You can add existing accounts or create new accounts directly within the enterprise.\n* Consolidated subscription billing: Track your subscriptions and credit spending for all accounts from a single view. Your subscription credit is pooled and shared among accounts in the enterprise.\n* Top-down usage reporting: From your enterprise account, you can view usage of all accounts in your enterprise, which is organized by account group.\n\n\n\n\n\n Watch and learn \n\n\n\n* Video transcript\n\nYour IBM Cloud account is your home for collaboration in the cloud. As you scale up your workloads, you might find that you're managing multiple IBM Cloud accounts. For example, your company might have many teams, each with one or more of their own accounts for development, testing, and production environments. Or, you might isolate certain workloads in separate accounts to meet security or compliance guidelines. As the number of accounts grows, it can become more difficult to track resource usage and associated costs.\n\nIBM Cloud enterprises offer a simpler way to centrally manage billing and usage across multiple accounts. Within an enterprise, you can create a multi-tiered hierarchy of accounts by adding new or existing accounts and nesting them in account groups. How you structure your enterprise is up to you. For example, for a large organization, you might organize your accounts by geography, or by department. You can choose the structure that best fits how you want to track your usage. If your teams change, no problem - you can move accounts within the enterprise as needed.\n\nConsolidated billing simplifies invoicing and payment within your enterprise. Usage costs are deducted from a subscription credit pool that's shared between all accounts, so you can add and manage subscription credit from a single place.","score":16.658829}],"8040ccdfc0a0ffb8e3f82d94f92ddb5c<::>1":[{"document_id":"580629-0-203","text":"\nI've noticed that most of the problems seem to occur when they assume I am a new user (the random ones you get for hitting help help) and asking a way more basic question than what I was actually asking.","score":9.171116},{"document_id":"133525-0-1045","text":"\nFrom the FAQ I think it is fairly clear that it is OK: Can I open a Help to Buy: ISA with someone else? No. Help to Buy: ISAs are only available to individuals. But, you can put more than one government bonus towards the home you are buying. So, if you are buying a home with someone else who is also a first time buyer, they can open and save money into their own account and receive a government bonus. Inference: if you are buying a home with someone else who is NOT also a first time buyer, they can't get their own account and get the bonus (but there's no problem with you doing so). Alternatively - open the Help To Buy ISA, you'll still get the normal interest rate on it, and then argue the case with the conveyancer / solicitor once you actually buy the property and claim the Government bonus. In fact, here is the declaration you (well, specifically, your girlfriend) would have to sign at the point you jointly make the purchase. Nothing in there that forbids it being a joint purchase with a non-first-time-buyer either.","score":6.4755898},{"document_id":"85518-0-353","text":"\nI remember walking into Sears with every intention of buying an expensive TV. I waited for 15 minutes for an employee to notice me and come help. Nothin'. I kept catching their eye and giving the eyebrows-raised, hey-can-you-help-me smile. Nothin'. I ended up walking out and going to London Drugs, of all places, where the staff was super helpful.","score":6.326177},{"document_id":"555659-0-545","text":"\nYou cannot really help someone who doesn't want to help themselves. Show me an addict who is suffering and asking for help; trying to hard to stop, and I'll help. But to the addict that is sitting on the bench drooling with needle mark on the arm, they are a lost cause until they decide they are ready for help. You do you, if you want to take your hard earned money and help those that I deem 'unworthy' by all means do it. If it makes you feel good who am I too stop you. However, don't turn your optional charity into forced taxation.","score":6.2648554},{"document_id":"455896-0-261","text":"\nHey man, help is help and I appreciate anything and everything. The best piece of business advice I ever got was to always look at your company from a consumer's point of view and that perfectly lines up with what you just said. I'd love to see what you have.","score":6.0594225}],"8040ccdfc0a0ffb8e3f82d94f92ddb5c<::>2":[{"document_id":"167202-0-404","text":"\nCredit in debit way - the card simply functions like a debit card for that transaction - pulling cash from your checking account. No difference. You've simply discovered the fact that some banks are using the same piece of plastic for two functions, debit which draws funds directly from your checking, and credit which offers you time to pay a bill the comes in some time later. It's a personal choice.","score":21.680614},{"document_id":"152039-0-563","text":"\nLets say Debit is what you pay and Credit is what somebody else pays for you. A Debit card will charge your bank account directly. A Credit card will charge your bank account some time later. In both cases the shop owner has the money available directly. It's called Credit because somebody believes you will be able to pay your debt on time (or later with an interest). As for purchase and sales. A customer buys = makes a purchase. A shopkeeper sells = makes a sale. Note from a bar: I made an agreement with the bank. They don't sell beer, I don't give Credit.","score":21.332043},{"document_id":"308307-0-567","text":"\nDebit is them taking the money, in your case electronically. Credit is somebody vouching for you and saying you will pay later. They are alternate ways to pay for a product. As a merchant, if you take a credit card you are agreeing that a the issuer of the credit card is going to pay you right away. The issuer of the credit will worry about collecting the money from me. There are a ton of details with regards to why you would use one over another, where the costs in each method are and who pays what for each. The main different is the source of the funds.","score":20.655535},{"document_id":"399382-0-325","text":"\nA debit card takes the funds right from your account. There's no 'credit' issued along the way. The credit card facilitates a short term loan. If you are a pay-in-full customer, as I am, there's a cost to lend the money, but we're not paying it. It's part of the fee charged to the merchant. Thus the higher transaction cost.","score":19.707254},{"document_id":"264565-0-1565","text":"\n\"The terms debit and credit come from double-entry book-keeping. In this system, every transaction is applied against two accounts: it debits one and credits the other by equal amounts. (Or more technically, it affects two or more accounts, and the total of the credits equals the total of the debits.) Whether a debit or a credit adds or subtracts from the balance depends on the type of account. The types of accounts were defined so that it is always possible to have these matching debits and credits. Assets, like cash or property that you own, are \"\"debit accounts\"\", that is, a debit is an increase in the balance of the account. Liabilities, like money you owe, are \"\"credit accounts\"\", that is, a credit is an increase. To get into all the details would require giving a tutorial on double-entry book-keeping, which I think is beyond the scope of a forum post. By a quick Bing search I find this one: http://simplestudies.com/double-entry-accounting-system.html. I haven't gone through it so I can't say if it's a particularly good tutorial. There are plenty of others on the Web and in bookstores. Note that the terminology can be backwards when someone you're doing business with is describing the account, because their viewpoint may be the opposite of yours. For example, to me, my credit card is a liability: I owe the bank money. So when I post a charge, that's a credit, and when I pay it off, that's a debit. But to the bank, my account is an asset: the customer (me) owes them money. So to the bank, a charge is a debit and a payment is a credit.\"","score":19.61379}],"8040ccdfc0a0ffb8e3f82d94f92ddb5c<::>3":[{"document_id":"596692-0-327","text":"\nYour best option is just to pick a card that gives you the best (highest) rewards without charging you an annual or other fees (or the lowest annual or other fees). As you are looking to pay off the full balance by the due date you won't have to worry about the interest rate but just make sure you get an interest free period.","score":16.273827},{"document_id":"85517-0-280","text":"\nEarly on, one might not be able to get credit for their business. For convenience, and the card perks, it makes sense to use the personal card. But for sake of a clean paper trail, I'd choose 1 card and use it exclusively, 100% for the business. Not one card here, one card there.","score":14.646883},{"document_id":"111891-0-159","text":"\nThey are not as good of an option when compared to a card you open chosen based on features and rates. Get a card with a lower rate that can be used anywhere.","score":14.150882},{"document_id":"133795-0-427","text":"\nThree things prevent you from doing this: Credit cards generally don't accept other credit cards as payment. You could do this with a cash advance or balance transfer, but Cash advances and balance transfers usually have fees associated with them, negating any reward you might earn. Your card might have a no-fee balance transfer promotion going, but Cash advances and balance transfers generally aren't eligible for rewards.","score":13.949307},{"document_id":"70156-0-319","text":"\nBanks use quite a few parameters to arrive at the decision for card approval. The credit score is just one input. There are multiple other inputs it would source, for example total years in job, the number of years in current job, income streams, etc ... the exact formula is a trade secret and varies from Bank to Bank","score":13.540964}],"8040ccdfc0a0ffb8e3f82d94f92ddb5c<::>4":[{"document_id":"63276-0-1067","text":"\n\"I'm not going to recommend a specific card. New card offers pop up all the time. My answer would be out of date in a month! As a general rule, if you pay off your balance every month, you should be looking at a cash-back or a rewards card. Cash-back cards will give you some money (say 1%) of every dollar you spend. Some will give you larger amounts of cash-back for certain types of spending (e.g. groceries). With a Rewards card, you usually get \"\"points\"\" or \"\"airline miles\"\", which can be redeemed for merchandise, flights around the wold, concert tickets, etc. With these types of cards, it makes sense to do as much of your spending as possible with the cards, so you can maximize the benefits. Which specific card is best will depend on your shopping habits, and which bank is offering the best deal that week. I recommend you start at http://www.creditcards.com to compare card offerings. For cash-back cards, you can also go to http://www.creditcardtuneup.com, enter some details of your spending, and see which one will give you the most cash back.\"","score":14.573083},{"document_id":"474235-0-425","text":"\nBased on the formula used by FICO which is pretty much what you want to focus on, the following is recommended for someone with no credit history: When you get all this, follow the following habits to make sure it does you some good: Follow these and you will do great, I started with a $500 Discover card and $500 Chase Visa at UCLA and a Union 76 gas card, I had 700+ credit in less than 2 years. Good luck and be vigilant.","score":14.537424},{"document_id":"539007-0-594","text":"\nA credit card is essentially a contract where they will loan you money in an on demand basis. It is not a contract for you to loan them money. The money that you have overpaid is generally treated as if it is a payment for a charge that you have made that has not been processed yet. The bank can not treat that money as a deposit and thus leverage it make money them selves. You can open an account and get a debit card. This would allow you to accrue interest for your deposit while using your money. But if you find one willing to pay you 25% interest please share with the rest of us :)","score":14.095703},{"document_id":"408763-0-405","text":"\nYou can improve your credit score simply by being an authorized user on someone's credit card account. They don't even physically have to give you a card to use, they can just add you to the account as an authorized user and your credit score will be affected. Be forewarned though, it can be negatively impacted as well. Only participate in such a scheme if it's with someone trustworthy and reliable.","score":13.992027},{"document_id":"399904-0-654","text":"\n\"Ironically, the worst financial advice I read comes from \"\"bankers.\"\" The top dozen members here can be trusted to give better advice than the average banker. Your score is not improved by maintaining a balance, only by using the card(s) regularly. No need to carry charges month to month and pay interest, rather, have the bill reflect a 1-9% utilization. I'd recommend Credit Karma to see how the factors affect your score. FICO scoring prefers to see a large number of accounts, low utilization, high average account age, low number of inquiries, no late payments. CK will let you see a simulated score and how it changes based on these variables.\"","score":13.918072}],"8040ccdfc0a0ffb8e3f82d94f92ddb5c<::>5":[{"document_id":"527759-0-27","text":"\nOK: here are some thoughts:","score":6.236195},{"document_id":"53468-1460-3429","text":"\nhttp://www.theregister.co.uk/2013/05/29/okpay_suspends_bitcoin_processing/ In March, the US Treasury said any firms dealing in the virtual currency would be considered \"\"money services businesses\"\" just like any other, which means they must hand over transaction information to the government and work to prevent money laundering. http://www.theregister.co.uk/2013/05/15/mt_gox_us_court/ In the UK, it apparently has also had trouble with banking partners (quoting a OkPay official regarding changing bank providers): The UK bank that we used before did not make a final decision on whether to handle transactions in favour of crypto-currencies or not. Therefore the compliance department of the bank asked us to restrict such transfers. This apparently allowed them to reverse a policy in the UK: OKPAY's policy shift comes just months after it stipulated that GBP users check a box, verifying that their funds would not be spent on cryptocurrency, a feature that further incited users. http://www.coindesk.com/okpay-gbp-bitcoin-transactions/ I hadn't heard of this company prior to your question, but having done some research, I tend to think that at least the part of this quote about language, attributed to a user, is true: OKPAY are quite paranoid about AML and another problem is that their support people seem to be very bad at English, so their replies are often hard to understand. Their support are also slow [sic]. However in my experience they are an honest company. I found at least one case where rumors that the entire company were going to shut down were traced back to a poorly translated message issued by the company. Again, I know only what I read just now about this company, but it looked like there were a few red flags - the problems with the US probably not being the most important. This type of service is probably part of the future, but I'm not sure that I'd send money through it now in its current state or organization and regulation.\"","score":5.3895617},{"document_id":"15411-0-409","text":"\n\"That seems to happen a lot. A lot of awesome potential is utterly wasted because old people are in charge who are too used to things being _one_ way to see that things are changing. They figure that if they just stay put they'll anchor reality and things will stay the way they always have. They're vital, they're necessary, the world can't move very far without them! Nope. Sorry. The world says, \"\"Bye!\"\"\"","score":5.1927195},{"document_id":"53468-0-2112","text":"\n\"The U.S. requires money transfer services to be licensed under 31 USC 5330 in addition to any applicable laws at the state level. According to multiple sources online, including the thread referenced by MD-Tech's answer, OkPay either cannot or will not get a license, so they are out. I dug on this a bit more because I thought it was interesting, and OkPay has other issues with U.S. and other regulators related to its interaction with Bitcoins, which themselves are a hot potato for regulation right now and may explain the licensing problem. It seems to also be facing regulatory pressure in other countries, by the way, so it's not strictly a problem they face in the U.S. Just for whatever reason, the problem is greater here. Some interesting summary points: With mounting pressure on online money exchanges from US regulators, payments processor OKPay has announced that it is suspending processing for all Bitcoin exchanges, including industry leader Mt. Gox. ... Earlier this month, the US Department of Homeland Security seized Mt. Gox's account with mobile payment processor Dwolla, on allegations that the account was in violation of US Code 18 USC § 1960 by operating an \"\"unlicensed money transmitting business.\"\" Just where the Bitcoin market falls under US law is unclear, because the legality of Bitcoin transactions has yet to be tried in court and law enforcement has refused to comment on ongoing investigations, such as the Dwolla case. http://www.theregister.co.uk/2013/05/29/okpay_suspends_bitcoin_processing/ In March, the US Treasury said any firms dealing in the virtual currency would be considered \"\"money services businesses\"\" just like any other, which means they must hand over transaction information to the government and work to prevent money laundering. http://www.theregister.co.uk/2013/05/15/mt_gox_us_court/ In the UK, it apparently has also had trouble with banking partners (quoting a OkPay official regarding changing bank providers): The UK bank that we used before did not make a final decision on whether to handle transactions in favour of crypto-currencies or not.","score":4.9805875},{"document_id":"221015-0-716","text":"\nIf you read the link that MD-Tech provided, it actually indicates that the foreign companies (mostly banks) are choosing not to work with the United States in their latest answer, so it looks like it's not OkPay, but the financial companies that they use. On further research, the reason that this is banned is to prevent capital flight in the future. OkPay offers may ways to transfer funds in and out, such as traditional credit cards, like VISA and MasterCard, and other non-traditional ways, such as crypto-coins. Here is another example of how the US government is limiting what US consumers can do with their money. Apparently while no one was looking in 2010, they were able to pass some new restrictions.","score":4.9487824}],"2f013337236ea4635ad106813275dab7<::>1":[{"document_id":"ibmcld_04866-7-2136","text":"\nUsing Immutable Object Storage to protect buckets \n\nImmutable Object Storage preserves electronic records and maintains data integrity. Retention policies ensure that data is stored in a WORM (Write-Once-Read-Many), non-erasable and non-rewritable manner. This policy is enforced until the end of a retention period and the removal of any legal holds.\n\nThis feature is not currently supported in Object Storage for Satellite. [Learn more.](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/cloud-object-storage?topic=cloud-object-storage-about-cos-satellite)\n\nPolicies are enforced until the end of a retention period, and can not be altered until the retention period has expired. While IBM Cloud Object Storage makes use of the S3 API for most operations, the APIs used for configuring retention policies is not the same as the S3 API, although some terminology may be shared. Read this documentation carefully to prevent any users in your organization from creating objects that can not be deleted, even by IBM Cloud administrators.\n\nThis feature can be used by any user that needs long-term data retention in their environment, including but not limited to organizations in the following industries:\n\n\n\n* Financial\n* Healthcare\n* Media content archives\n* Anyone looking to prevent privileged modification or deletion of objects or documents\n\n\n\nRetention policies can also be used by organizations that deal with financial records management, such as broker-dealer transactions, and might need to store data in a non-rewritable and non-erasable format.\n\nImmutable Object Storage is available in certain regions only, see [Integrated Services](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/services/cloud-object-storage/basics?topic=cloud-object-storage-service-availabilityservice-availability) for details. It also requires a Standard pricing plan. See [pricing](https://www.ibm.com/cloud/object-storage) for details.\n\nIt isn't possible to use Aspera high-speed transfer with buckets with a retention policy.\n\n\n\n Terminology and usage \n\n\n\n Retention period \n\nThe duration of time an object must be stored in the IBM Cloud Object Storage bucket.\n\n\n\n\n\n Retention policy","score":13.346956},{"document_id":"ibmcld_05032-7-2136","text":"\nUsing Immutable Object Storage to protect buckets \n\nImmutable Object Storage preserves electronic records and maintains data integrity. Retention policies ensure that data is stored in a WORM (Write-Once-Read-Many), non-erasable and non-rewritable manner. This policy is enforced until the end of a retention period and the removal of any legal holds.\n\nThis feature is not currently supported in Object Storage for Satellite. [Learn more.](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/cloud-object-storage?topic=cloud-object-storage-about-cos-satellite)\n\nPolicies are enforced until the end of a retention period, and can not be altered until the retention period has expired. While IBM Cloud Object Storage makes use of the S3 API for most operations, the APIs used for configuring retention policies is not the same as the S3 API, although some terminology may be shared. Read this documentation carefully to prevent any users in your organization from creating objects that can not be deleted, even by IBM Cloud administrators.\n\nThis feature can be used by any user that needs long-term data retention in their environment, including but not limited to organizations in the following industries:\n\n\n\n* Financial\n* Healthcare\n* Media content archives\n* Anyone looking to prevent privileged modification or deletion of objects or documents\n\n\n\nRetention policies can also be used by organizations that deal with financial records management, such as broker-dealer transactions, and might need to store data in a non-rewritable and non-erasable format.\n\nImmutable Object Storage is available in certain regions only, see [Integrated Services](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/services/cloud-object-storage/basics?topic=cloud-object-storage-service-availabilityservice-availability) for details. It also requires a Standard pricing plan. See [pricing](https://www.ibm.com/cloud/object-storage) for details.\n\nIt isn't possible to use Aspera high-speed transfer with buckets with a retention policy.\n\n\n\n Terminology and usage \n\n\n\n Retention period \n\nThe duration of time an object must be stored in the IBM Cloud Object Storage bucket.\n\n\n\n\n\n Retention policy","score":13.346956},{"document_id":"ibmcld_04866-4961-6763","text":"\nPermanent retention can only be enabled at a IBM Cloud Object Storage bucket level with retention policy enabled and users are able to select the permanent retention period option during object uploads. Once enabled, this process can't be reversed and objects uploaded that use a permanent retention period cannot be deleted. It's the responsibility of the users to validate at their end if there's a legitimate need to permanently store objects by using Object Storage buckets with a retention policy.\n\nWhen using Immutable Object Storage, you are responsible for ensuring that your IBM Cloud Account is kept in good standing per IBM Cloud policies and guidelines for as long as the data is subject to a retention policy. Refer to IBM Cloud Service terms for more information.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Immutable Object Storage and considerations for various regulations \n\nWhen using immutable Object Storage, it is the client's responsibility to check for and ensure whether any of the feature capabilities that are discussed can be used to satisfy and comply with the key rules around electronic records storage and retention that is generally governed by:\n\n\n\n* [Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) Rule 17a-4(f)](https://www.ecfr.gov/cgi-bin/text-idx?SID=b6b7a79d18d000a733725e88d333ddb5&mc=true&node=pt17.4.240&rgn=div5se17.4.240_117a_64),\n* [Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (FINRA) Rule 4511(c)](https://www.finra.org/rules-guidance/rulebooks/finra-rules/4511), and\n* [Commodity Futures Trading Commission (CFTC) Rule 1.31(c)-(d)](https://www.ecfr.gov/cgi-bin/text-idx?SID=2404f765a6f79e0b7fcf05b6844046cb&mc=true&node=se17.1.1_131&rgn=div8)\n\n\n\nTo assist clients in making informed decisions, IBM engaged Cohasset Associates Inc. to conduct an independent assessment of IBM’s Immutable Object Storage.","score":12.042932},{"document_id":"ibmcld_05032-4961-6763","text":"\nPermanent retention can only be enabled at a IBM Cloud Object Storage bucket level with retention policy enabled and users are able to select the permanent retention period option during object uploads. Once enabled, this process can't be reversed and objects uploaded that use a permanent retention period cannot be deleted. It's the responsibility of the users to validate at their end if there's a legitimate need to permanently store objects by using Object Storage buckets with a retention policy.\n\nWhen using Immutable Object Storage, you are responsible for ensuring that your IBM Cloud Account is kept in good standing per IBM Cloud policies and guidelines for as long as the data is subject to a retention policy. Refer to IBM Cloud Service terms for more information.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Immutable Object Storage and considerations for various regulations \n\nWhen using immutable Object Storage, it is the client's responsibility to check for and ensure whether any of the feature capabilities that are discussed can be used to satisfy and comply with the key rules around electronic records storage and retention that is generally governed by:\n\n\n\n* [Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) Rule 17a-4(f)](https://www.ecfr.gov/cgi-bin/text-idx?SID=b6b7a79d18d000a733725e88d333ddb5&mc=true&node=pt17.4.240&rgn=div5se17.4.240_117a_64),\n* [Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (FINRA) Rule 4511(c)](https://www.finra.org/rules-guidance/rulebooks/finra-rules/4511), and\n* [Commodity Futures Trading Commission (CFTC) Rule 1.31(c)-(d)](https://www.ecfr.gov/cgi-bin/text-idx?SID=2404f765a6f79e0b7fcf05b6844046cb&mc=true&node=se17.1.1_131&rgn=div8)\n\n\n\nTo assist clients in making informed decisions, IBM engaged Cohasset Associates Inc. to conduct an independent assessment of IBM’s Immutable Object Storage.","score":12.042932},{"document_id":"ibmcld_05168-15740-17188","text":"\nfmt.Println(r)\nfmt.Println(e)\n\n}\n\nShow more\n\nThe typical response is exemplified here.\n\n{\nRules: [{\nFilter: {\n\n},\nID: \"id3\",\nStatus: \"Enabled\",\nTransitions: {\nDays: 5,\nStorageClass: \"GLACIER\"\n}]\n}]\n}\n\n\n\n\n\n Immutable Object Storage \n\nUsers can configure buckets with an Immutable Object Storage policy to prevent objects from being modified or deleted for a defined period of time. The retention period can be specified on a per-object basis, or objects can inherit a default retention period set on the bucket. It is also possible to set open-ended and permanent retention periods. Immutable Object Storage meets the rules set forth by the SEC governing record retention, and IBM Cloud administrators are unable to bypass these restrictions.\n\nNote: Immutable Object Storage does not support Aspera transfers via the SDK to upload objects or directories at this stage.\n\nfunc main() {\n\n// Create Client\nsess := session.Must(session.NewSession())\nclient := s3.New(sess, conf)\n\n// Create a bucket\ninput := &s3.CreateBucketInput{\nBucket: aws.String(\"\"),\n}\nd, e := client.CreateBucket(input)\nfmt.Println(d) // should print an empty bracket\nfmt.Println(e) // should print \n\n// PUT BUCKET PROTECTION CONFIGURATION\npInput := &s3.PutBucketProtectionConfigurationInput{\nBucket: aws.String(\"\"),\nProtectionConfiguration: &s3.ProtectionConfiguration{\nDefaultRetention: &s3.BucketProtectionDefaultRetention{\nDays: aws.Int64(100),\n},","score":12.035454}],"2f013337236ea4635ad106813275dab7<::>2":[{"document_id":"ibmcld_05032-6428-8442","text":"\n* [Commodity Futures Trading Commission (CFTC) Rule 1.31(c)-(d)](https://www.ecfr.gov/cgi-bin/text-idx?SID=2404f765a6f79e0b7fcf05b6844046cb&mc=true&node=se17.1.1_131&rgn=div8)\n\n\n\nTo assist clients in making informed decisions, IBM engaged Cohasset Associates Inc. to conduct an independent assessment of IBM’s Immutable Object Storage. Review [Cohasset Associates Inc.’s report](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/images/immutable-cos.pdf) that provides details on the assessment of the Immutable Object Storage feature of IBM Cloud Object Storage.\n\n\n\n Audit of access and transactions \n\nAccess log data for Immutable Object Storage to review changes to retention parameters, object retention period, and application of legal holds is available on a case-by-case basis by opening a customer service ticket.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Using the console \n\nRetention policies can be added to new or existing empty buckets, and cannot be removed. For a new bucket, ensure that you are creating the bucket in a [supported region](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/services/cloud-object-storage/basics?topic=cloud-object-storage-service-availabilityservice-availability), and then choose the Add retention policy option. For an existing bucket, ensure that it has no objects and then navigate to configuration settings and click the Create policy button below the bucket retention policy section. In either case, set a minimum, maximum, and default retention periods.\n\n\n\n\n\n Using the REST API, Libraries, and SDKs \n\nSeveral new APIs have been introduced to the IBM Cloud Object Storage SDKs to provide support for applications working with retention policies. Select a language (HTTP, Java, JavaScript, or Python) at the beginning of this page to view examples that use the appropriate Object Storage SDK.\n\nAll code examples assume the existence of a client object that is called cos that can call the different methods. For details on creating clients, see the specific SDK guides.\n\nAll date values used to set retention periods are Greenwich mean time.","score":9.395275},{"document_id":"ibmcld_04866-6428-8391","text":"\n* [Commodity Futures Trading Commission (CFTC) Rule 1.31(c)-(d)](https://www.ecfr.gov/cgi-bin/text-idx?SID=2404f765a6f79e0b7fcf05b6844046cb&mc=true&node=se17.1.1_131&rgn=div8)\n\n\n\nTo assist clients in making informed decisions, IBM engaged Cohasset Associates Inc. to conduct an independent assessment of IBM’s Immutable Object Storage. Review [Cohasset Associates Inc.’s report](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/cloud-object-storage/images/immutable-cos.pdf) that provides details on the assessment of the Immutable Object Storage feature of IBM Cloud Object Storage.\n\n\n\n Audit of access and transactions \n\nAccess log data for Immutable Object Storage to review changes to retention parameters, object retention period, and application of legal holds is available on a case-by-case basis by opening a customer service ticket.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Using the console \n\nRetention policies can be added to new or existing empty buckets, and cannot be removed. For a new bucket, ensure that you are creating the bucket in a [supported region](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/services/cloud-object-storage/basics?topic=cloud-object-storage-service-availabilityservice-availability), and then choose the Add retention policy option. For an existing bucket, ensure that it has no objects and then navigate to configuration settings and click the Create policy button below the bucket retention policy section. In either case, set a minimum, maximum, and default retention periods.\n\n\n\n\n\n Using the REST API, Libraries, and SDKs \n\nSeveral new APIs have been introduced to the IBM Cloud Object Storage SDKs to provide support for applications working with retention policies. Select a language (HTTP, Java, JavaScript, or Python) at the beginning of this page to view examples that use the appropriate Object Storage SDK.\n\nAll code examples assume the existence of a client object that is called cos that can call the different methods. For details on creating clients, see the specific SDK guides.","score":8.839502},{"document_id":"ibmcld_14708-3638-5837","text":"\nThe [Compliance assessment report (by Cohasset)](https://www.veeam.com/wp-compliance-assessment-report-cohasset.html) describes the settings that must be configured to become compliant with the following regulations:\n\n\n\n* FINRA Rule 4511.\n* SEC Rule 17a-4(f).\n* CFTC Rule 1 .31 (c)-(d).\n\n\n\nThe previous assessment report considers the following details as best practice for a Linux hardened repository:\n\n\n\n* The Linux hardened repository can be independent or Scale-out backup repository. A repository that retains immutable backup files for compliance with SEC 17a-4(f) must be configured as a stand-alone backup repository as a Veeam Scale-Out backup Repository is not compliant with this rule.\n* It is recommended that the name and description attributes for the repository include the word “immutable\" when the Linux hardened repository feature is enabled.\n* To protect against the possibility of premature deletion of backup files that can result from accelerating the system time clock, Linux OS must be configured to synchronize with a secure time source. For example, with a network time protocol (NTP) clock.\n* Ensure separation of duties by assigning management of Linux hardened repositories to a team other than backup administrators.\n* Veeam recommends XFS for performance and space efficiency reasons (block cloning support). Due to the requirement for periodic full backups, means that due to fast cloning, synthetic full backups take no physical disk space, except for metadata.\n* Only backup job configurations with forward incremental with synthetic or active full are supported. Forward incremental with synthetic full is the default backup job setting.\n* For backup copy jobs, GFS must be enabled.\n* Encryption of backup files is available as follows:\n\n\n\n* When configured in a backup job, Veeam Backup and Replication can use 256-bit AES block cypher encryption.\n* For data in transit, a global network traffic rule can be configured to enable all traffic to be encrypted through 256-bit AES encryption. When enable and two backup infrastructure components need to communicate, a dynamic key is generated by the backup server and communicated to each node over a secure channel.","score":7.8864803},{"document_id":"ibmcld_00028-3354-4853","text":"\nfor param in params:\nprint(param)\nendpoint = params[0]\nbucket_name = params[1]\nlog_config_file = params[2]\naccess_key = params[3]\nsecret_key = params[4]\ncos = cos_utils.get_cos_object(access_key, secret_key, endpoint)\n\nretCode = cos_utils.download_file(log_config_file, cos, bucket_name, \"{}/{}\".format(install_path, log_config_file))\nif (retCode != 0):\nprint(\"non-zero return code while downloading file {}\".format(str(retCode)))\nsys.exit(retCode)\nelse:\nprint(\"Successfully downloaded file...\")\nShow more\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Using the library set created using script based customization \n\nWhen you use a library set that you created using a script, you need to include the path of the library in certain environment variables so that the library set can be accessed by your Spark application.\n\nFor example, if your custom library is a .so file, you need to add \"EXTRA_LD_LIBRARY_PATH\" to the \"env\" section of the Spark application submit call, with the value /home/spark/shared/user-libs//custom/. This prepends \"EXTRA_LD_LIBRARY_PATH\" to \"LD_LIBRARY_PATH\", ensuring that this is the first path to the .so file that is searched.\n\nIf your custom library is a JAR file and you need it to be accessible on the Spark classpath, you must specify the JAR file in the extra classpath for driver/executor depending on where you require the JAR file. For example, to add it in front of the driver classpath, add the following property, where the library set name is java_library:","score":5.3937106},{"document_id":"ibmcld_05512-0-650","text":"\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Cognos Dashboard Embedded end user experience \n\nIBM® Cognos Dashboard Embedded uses the powerful IBM Cognos Analytics dashboard experience. To learn more above the Cognos Analytics dashboard experience, please see [IBM Cognos Analytics - Dashboard documentation](https://www.ibm.com/support/knowledgecenter/en/SSEP7J_11.0.0/com.ibm.swg.ba.cognos.ug_ca_dshb.doc/wa_dashboard_discoveryset_intro.html).\n\nCognos Dashboard Embedded does not support:\n\n\n\n* Reporting and modelling.\n* Custom widgets. You cannot extend the set of shapes.\n* Pinned objects. There is no My pins panel.\n* Intent based authoring.\n* Drillthrough navigation.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n","score":5.325155}],"2f013337236ea4635ad106813275dab7<::>3":[{"document_id":"ibmcld_04866-1541-3629","text":"\nImmutable Object Storage is available in certain regions only, see [Integrated Services](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/services/cloud-object-storage/basics?topic=cloud-object-storage-service-availabilityservice-availability) for details. It also requires a Standard pricing plan. See [pricing](https://www.ibm.com/cloud/object-storage) for details.\n\nIt isn't possible to use Aspera high-speed transfer with buckets with a retention policy.\n\n\n\n Terminology and usage \n\n\n\n Retention period \n\nThe duration of time an object must be stored in the IBM Cloud Object Storage bucket.\n\n\n\n\n\n Retention policy \n\nA retention policy is enabled at the IBM Cloud Object Storage bucket level. Minimum, maximum and default retention period are defined by this policy and apply to all objects in the bucket.\n\nMinimum retention period is the minimum duration of time an object must be kept unmodified in the bucket.\n\nMaximum retention period is the maximum duration of time an object can be kept unmodified in the bucket.\n\nIf an object is stored in the bucket without specifying a custom retention period, the default retention period is used. The minimum retention period must be less than or equal to the default retention period, which in turn must be less than or equal to the maximum retention period.\n\nA maximum retention period of 1000 years can be specified for the objects.\n\nTo create a retention policy on a bucket, you need Manager role. See [Bucket permissions](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/services/cloud-object-storage/iam?topic=cloud-object-storage-iam-bucket-permissions) for more details.\n\n\n\n\n\n Legal hold \n\nCertain objects might need to be prevented from modification after a retention period expires. An example is an incomplete legal review, where records might need to be accessible for an extended duration beyond the retention period originally set. A legal hold flag can then be applied at the object level. Legal holds can be applied to objects during initial uploads or after an object is written. Note: A maximum of 100 legal holds can be applied per object.\n\n\n\n\n\n Indefinite retention","score":19.082005},{"document_id":"ibmcld_05032-1541-3629","text":"\nImmutable Object Storage is available in certain regions only, see [Integrated Services](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/services/cloud-object-storage/basics?topic=cloud-object-storage-service-availabilityservice-availability) for details. It also requires a Standard pricing plan. See [pricing](https://www.ibm.com/cloud/object-storage) for details.\n\nIt isn't possible to use Aspera high-speed transfer with buckets with a retention policy.\n\n\n\n Terminology and usage \n\n\n\n Retention period \n\nThe duration of time an object must be stored in the IBM Cloud Object Storage bucket.\n\n\n\n\n\n Retention policy \n\nA retention policy is enabled at the IBM Cloud Object Storage bucket level. Minimum, maximum and default retention period are defined by this policy and apply to all objects in the bucket.\n\nMinimum retention period is the minimum duration of time an object must be kept unmodified in the bucket.\n\nMaximum retention period is the maximum duration of time an object can be kept unmodified in the bucket.\n\nIf an object is stored in the bucket without specifying a custom retention period, the default retention period is used. The minimum retention period must be less than or equal to the default retention period, which in turn must be less than or equal to the maximum retention period.\n\nA maximum retention period of 1000 years can be specified for the objects.\n\nTo create a retention policy on a bucket, you need Manager role. See [Bucket permissions](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/services/cloud-object-storage/iam?topic=cloud-object-storage-iam-bucket-permissions) for more details.\n\n\n\n\n\n Legal hold \n\nCertain objects might need to be prevented from modification after a retention period expires. An example is an incomplete legal review, where records might need to be accessible for an extended duration beyond the retention period originally set. A legal hold flag can then be applied at the object level. Legal holds can be applied to objects during initial uploads or after an object is written. Note: A maximum of 100 legal holds can be applied per object.\n\n\n\n\n\n Indefinite retention","score":19.082005},{"document_id":"ibmcld_04831-50613-52356","text":"\nX-Clv-Request-Id: 3e8bdf1e-b611-4b83-a404-e7d3e58e60b0\nServer: Cleversafe/3.14.9.53\nX-Clv-S3-Version: 2.5\nx-amz-request-id: 3e8bdf1e-b611-4b83-a404-e7d3e58e60b0\n\nThe server responds with 204 No Content.\n\n\n\n\n\n Add a retention policy on an existing bucket \n\nImmutable Object Storage is available in certain regions only, see [Integrated Services](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/cloud-object-storage/basics?topic=cloud-object-storage-service-availabilityservice-availability) for details. The service also requires a Standard pricing plan. See [pricing](https://www.ibm.com/cloud/object-storage) for details.\n\nFind out more about Immutable Object Storage in the [documentation](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/cloud-object-storage?topic=cloud-object-storage-immutable).\n\nThe minimum and maximum supported values for the retention period settings MinimumRetention, DefaultRetention, and MaximumRetention are a minimum of 0 days and a maximum of 365243 days (1000 years).\n\nThis operation does not make use of extra query parameters. The required Content-MD5 header needs to be the binary representation of a base64-encoded MD5 hash. The following snippet shows one way to achieve the content for that particular header.\n\nPolicies are enforced until the end of a retention period, and can not be altered until the retention period has expired. While IBM Cloud Object Storage makes use of the S3 API for most operations, the APIs used for configuring retention policies is not the same as the S3 API, although some terminology may be shared. Read this documentation carefully to prevent any users in your organization from creating objects that can not be deleted, even by IBM Cloud administrators.\n\nNot all operations are supported in Satellite environments.","score":18.352621},{"document_id":"ibmcld_04991-50585-52328","text":"\nX-Clv-Request-Id: 3e8bdf1e-b611-4b83-a404-e7d3e58e60b0\nServer: Cleversafe/3.14.9.53\nX-Clv-S3-Version: 2.5\nx-amz-request-id: 3e8bdf1e-b611-4b83-a404-e7d3e58e60b0\n\nThe server responds with 204 No Content.\n\n\n\n\n\n Add a retention policy on an existing bucket \n\nImmutable Object Storage is available in certain regions only, see [Integrated Services](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/cloud-object-storage/basics?topic=cloud-object-storage-service-availabilityservice-availability) for details. The service also requires a Standard pricing plan. See [pricing](https://www.ibm.com/cloud/object-storage) for details.\n\nFind out more about Immutable Object Storage in the [documentation](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/cloud-object-storage?topic=cloud-object-storage-immutable).\n\nThe minimum and maximum supported values for the retention period settings MinimumRetention, DefaultRetention, and MaximumRetention are a minimum of 0 days and a maximum of 365243 days (1000 years).\n\nThis operation does not make use of extra query parameters. The required Content-MD5 header needs to be the binary representation of a base64-encoded MD5 hash. The following snippet shows one way to achieve the content for that particular header.\n\nPolicies are enforced until the end of a retention period, and can not be altered until the retention period has expired. While IBM Cloud Object Storage makes use of the S3 API for most operations, the APIs used for configuring retention policies is not the same as the S3 API, although some terminology may be shared. Read this documentation carefully to prevent any users in your organization from creating objects that can not be deleted, even by IBM Cloud administrators.\n\nNot all operations are supported in Satellite environments.","score":18.352621},{"document_id":"ibmcld_04866-7-2136","text":"\nUsing Immutable Object Storage to protect buckets \n\nImmutable Object Storage preserves electronic records and maintains data integrity. Retention policies ensure that data is stored in a WORM (Write-Once-Read-Many), non-erasable and non-rewritable manner. This policy is enforced until the end of a retention period and the removal of any legal holds.\n\nThis feature is not currently supported in Object Storage for Satellite. [Learn more.](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/cloud-object-storage?topic=cloud-object-storage-about-cos-satellite)\n\nPolicies are enforced until the end of a retention period, and can not be altered until the retention period has expired. While IBM Cloud Object Storage makes use of the S3 API for most operations, the APIs used for configuring retention policies is not the same as the S3 API, although some terminology may be shared. Read this documentation carefully to prevent any users in your organization from creating objects that can not be deleted, even by IBM Cloud administrators.\n\nThis feature can be used by any user that needs long-term data retention in their environment, including but not limited to organizations in the following industries:\n\n\n\n* Financial\n* Healthcare\n* Media content archives\n* Anyone looking to prevent privileged modification or deletion of objects or documents\n\n\n\nRetention policies can also be used by organizations that deal with financial records management, such as broker-dealer transactions, and might need to store data in a non-rewritable and non-erasable format.\n\nImmutable Object Storage is available in certain regions only, see [Integrated Services](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/services/cloud-object-storage/basics?topic=cloud-object-storage-service-availabilityservice-availability) for details. It also requires a Standard pricing plan. See [pricing](https://www.ibm.com/cloud/object-storage) for details.\n\nIt isn't possible to use Aspera high-speed transfer with buckets with a retention policy.\n\n\n\n Terminology and usage \n\n\n\n Retention period \n\nThe duration of time an object must be stored in the IBM Cloud Object Storage bucket.\n\n\n\n\n\n Retention policy","score":17.694046}],"2f013337236ea4635ad106813275dab7<::>4":[{"document_id":"ibmcld_04866-3142-5463","text":"\nCertain objects might need to be prevented from modification after a retention period expires. An example is an incomplete legal review, where records might need to be accessible for an extended duration beyond the retention period originally set. A legal hold flag can then be applied at the object level. Legal holds can be applied to objects during initial uploads or after an object is written. Note: A maximum of 100 legal holds can be applied per object.\n\n\n\n\n\n Indefinite retention \n\nAllows the user to set the object to be stored indefinitely until a new retention period is applied. This is set at a per object level.\n\n\n\n\n\n Event-based retention \n\nImmutable Object Storage allows users to set indefinite retention on the object if they are unsure of the final duration of the retention period, or want to use event-based retention. Once set to indefinite, user applications can then can change the object retention to a finite value later. For example, a company has a policy of retaining employee records for three years after the employee leaves the company. When an employee joins the company, the records that are associated with that employee can be indefinitely retained. When the employee leaves the company, the indefinite retention is converted to a finite value of three years from the current time, as defined by company policy. The object is then protected for three years after the retention period change. A user or third-party application can change the retention period from indefinite to finite retention that uses an SDK or REST API.\n\n\n\n\n\n Permanent retention \n\nPermanent retention ensures that data can not be deleted, ever, by anyone. Read the documentation carefully and do not use permanent retention unless there is a compelling regulatory or compliance need for permanent data storage.\n\nPermanent retention can only be enabled at a IBM Cloud Object Storage bucket level with retention policy enabled and users are able to select the permanent retention period option during object uploads. Once enabled, this process can't be reversed and objects uploaded that use a permanent retention period cannot be deleted. It's the responsibility of the users to validate at their end if there's a legitimate need to permanently store objects by using Object Storage buckets with a retention policy.","score":16.383076},{"document_id":"ibmcld_05032-3142-5463","text":"\nCertain objects might need to be prevented from modification after a retention period expires. An example is an incomplete legal review, where records might need to be accessible for an extended duration beyond the retention period originally set. A legal hold flag can then be applied at the object level. Legal holds can be applied to objects during initial uploads or after an object is written. Note: A maximum of 100 legal holds can be applied per object.\n\n\n\n\n\n Indefinite retention \n\nAllows the user to set the object to be stored indefinitely until a new retention period is applied. This is set at a per object level.\n\n\n\n\n\n Event-based retention \n\nImmutable Object Storage allows users to set indefinite retention on the object if they are unsure of the final duration of the retention period, or want to use event-based retention. Once set to indefinite, user applications can then can change the object retention to a finite value later. For example, a company has a policy of retaining employee records for three years after the employee leaves the company. When an employee joins the company, the records that are associated with that employee can be indefinitely retained. When the employee leaves the company, the indefinite retention is converted to a finite value of three years from the current time, as defined by company policy. The object is then protected for three years after the retention period change. A user or third-party application can change the retention period from indefinite to finite retention that uses an SDK or REST API.\n\n\n\n\n\n Permanent retention \n\nPermanent retention ensures that data can not be deleted, ever, by anyone. Read the documentation carefully and do not use permanent retention unless there is a compelling regulatory or compliance need for permanent data storage.\n\nPermanent retention can only be enabled at a IBM Cloud Object Storage bucket level with retention policy enabled and users are able to select the permanent retention period option during object uploads. Once enabled, this process can't be reversed and objects uploaded that use a permanent retention period cannot be deleted. It's the responsibility of the users to validate at their end if there's a legitimate need to permanently store objects by using Object Storage buckets with a retention policy.","score":16.383076},{"document_id":"ibmcld_05075-1845-4162","text":"\nThe object version can be be deleted after this date is passed (assuming there are no legal holds on the object version).\n\nThe retention period for new objects can be inherited from the default value set on the bucket, or it can be explicitly defined when writing the object by specifying a Retain Until Date.\n\nWhen you use bucket default settings, you don’t specify a Retain Until Date. Instead, you specify a duration, in either days or years, for which every object version placed in the bucket should be protected. When you place an object in the bucket, a Retain Until Date is calculated for the object version by adding the specified duration to the time of the object write.\n\nIf your request to place an object version in a bucket contains an explicit retention mode and Retain Until Date, those settings override any bucket default settings for that object version.\n\nLike all other Object Lock settings, the Retain Until Date applies to individual object versions. Different versions of a single object can have different retention modes and periods.\n\nImagine an object that is 60 days into a 90-day retention period, and you overwrite that object with the same name and a two year retention period. The operation will succeed and a new version of the object with a two year retention period is created. Meanwhile, after 30 more days the original version is eligible for deletion.\n\n\n\n\n\n Extending a retention period \n\nTo extend the retention period of an object, simply send a request to set a new, longer, retention period. The old value will be overwritten with the new, assuming the requestor has the cloud-object-storage.object.put_object_lock_retention and cloud-object-storage.object.put_object_lock_retention_version actions.\n\n\n\n\n\n Legal Hold \n\nA legal hold is like a retention period in that it prevents an object version from being overwritten or deleted. However, legal holds are more flexible and don't have a defined temporal component. Instead they simply remain in effect until removed. Legal holds can be freely placed and removed by any user who has the cloud-object-storage.object.put_object_lock_legal_hold and cloud-object-storage.object.put_object_lock_legal_hold_version actions.\n\nLegal holds have the additional benefit of acting as method for applying indefinite retention on an object.","score":14.682356},{"document_id":"ibmcld_05088-35529-37138","text":"\nThe new retention period can be provided as part of the object overwrite request or the default retention time of the bucket will be given to the object.\n\nThe minimum and maximum supported values for the retention period settings MinimumRetention, DefaultRetention, and MaximumRetention are a minimum of 0 days and a maximum of 365243 days (1000 years).\n\ndef add_protection_configuration_to_bucket(bucket_name):\ntry:\nnew_protection_config = {\n\"Status\": \"Retention\",\n\"MinimumRetention\": {\"Days\": 10},\n\"DefaultRetention\": {\"Days\": 100},\n\"MaximumRetention\": {\"Days\": 1000}\n}\n\ncos.put_bucket_protection_configuration(Bucket=bucket_name, ProtectionConfiguration=new_protection_config)\n\nprint(\"Protection added to bucket {0}n\".format(bucket_name))\nexcept ClientError as be:\nprint(\"CLIENT ERROR: {0}n\".format(be))\nexcept Exception as e:\nprint(\"Unable to set bucket protection config: {0}\".format(e))\nShow more\n\n\n\n\n\n Check protection on a bucket \n\ndef get_protection_configuration_on_bucket(bucket_name):\ntry:\nresponse = cos.get_bucket_protection_configuration(Bucket=bucket_name)\nprotection_config = response.get(\"ProtectionConfiguration\")\n\nprint(\"Bucket protection config for {0}n\".format(bucket_name))\nprint(protection_config)\nprint(\"n\")\nexcept ClientError as be:\nprint(\"CLIENT ERROR: {0}n\".format(be))\nexcept Exception as e:\nprint(\"Unable to get bucket protection config: {0}\".format(e))\n\n\n\n\n\n Upload a protected object \n\nObjects in protected buckets that are no longer under retention (retention period has expired and the object does not have any legal holds), when overwritten, will again come under retention.","score":14.650262},{"document_id":"ibmcld_05075-5285-7227","text":"\n* You will need to pick a region where Object Lock is supported, refer to [Integrated Services](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/cloud-object-storage?topic=cloud-object-storage-service-availability) for details.\n* A maximum default retention period of 100 years (or 36500 days) is supported.\n* When using the console, it is also possible to set a Retain Until Date in months, in addition to days or years.\n\n\n\nThe retention period for an object cannot be decreased. If you are using default retention for validation testing please use a lower duration (such as 1 day) as the default retention, increasing it to your desired setting as needed.\n\n\n\n Creating and setting up your new bucket for use with Object Lock \n\n\n\n1. Navigate to your desired Object Storage instance and use Create Bucket with Customize your bucket option\n2. Enter the required bucket configuration details as per your use case requirements\n3. Navigate to the Object Versioning section and set it to Enabled\n4. Look for Immutability, and under Object Lock click Add\n5. Set Object Lock to Enabled\n6. Optionally, set a default retention period.\n7. Click on Save\n8. Proceed with rest of the configuration settings and click Create bucket\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Enabling Object Lock on an existing bucket: \n\nA bucket can be set for Object Lock use as follows:\n\n\n\n1. Navigate to your bucket Configuration section\n2. Click on Object Versioning\n3. At the Object Versioning section click on Edit, set the configuration option to Enabled and Save\n4. Navigate to Object Lock section, click on Add\n5. Set Object Lock to Enabled\n6. Optionally, set a default retention period.\n7. Click on Save\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Adding a Retain Until Date or Legal Hold to an object \n\n\n\n1. Navigate to the bucket with the target object\n2. Toggle Display Versions\n3. Go to the details of the target version\n4. Add a retention period and/or toggle on a legal hold.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Using Object Lock for business continuity and disaster recovery","score":14.356989}],"2f013337236ea4635ad106813275dab7<::>5":[{"document_id":"ibmcld_08007-5991-8147","text":"\n[Object Storage](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/cloud-object-storage?topic=cloud-object-storage-about-cloud-object-storage) is an alternative storage option that is useful for certain use cases, including backup and recovery, data archiving, cloud-native application building, and AI and big data analytics. Object Storage stores encrypted and dispersed data across multiple geographic locations.\n\nBy default, all objects that are stored in Object Storage are encrypted by using randomly generated keys and an all-or-nothing-transform (AONT). While this default encryption model provides at-rest security, financial service workloads need full control over the data encryption keys used. Again, Hyper Protect Crypto Services should be used for this purpose.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Using IBM Cloud services outside of a VPC \n\nTo connect to IBM Cloud services from your VPC, you need to use [Virtual Private Endpoints (VPE) for VPC](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/vpc?topic=vpc-about-vpe). In the reference architecture diagram, VPEs appear in the middle subnets of the workload VPC. With VPEs, you can connect to supported IBM Cloud services from your VPC network by using the IP addresses of your choosing, which is allocated from a subnet within your VPC.\n\nVPE is an evolution of the private connectivity to IBM Cloud services. VPEs are virtual IP interfaces that are bound to an endpoint gateway created on a per service, or service instance, basis (depending on the service operation model). The endpoint gateway is a virtualized function that scales horizontally, is redundant and highly available, and spans all availability zones of your VPC. Endpoint gateways enable communications from virtual server instances within your VPC and IBM Cloud service on the private backbone. VPE for VPC gives you the experience of controlling all the private addressing within your cloud.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Variation with edge/transit VPC for public internet access \n\nYou might want to allow consumers to access your service through the public internet. This base architecture can be adapted to securely enable this type of access as shown in the following diagram, which introduces a new edge VPC.","score":14.366763},{"document_id":"ibmcld_04869-7924-8861","text":"\nYou can manage your keys manually by supplying your own encryption keys - referred to as Server-Side Encryption with Customer-Provided Keys (SSE-C).\n\n\n\n\n\n Archive rules \n\nIBM Cloud® Object Storage Archive is a low-cost option for data that is rarely accessed. You can migrate data from any of the storage tiers (Standard, Vault, Cold Vault, and Flex) to a long-term offline archive.\n\n\n\n\n\n Retention policies \n\nImmutable Object Storage maintains data integrity in a WORM (Write-Once-Read-Many) manner. Objects can't be modified until the end of their retention period and the removal of any legal holds.\n\n\n\n\n\n Aspera high-speed transfer \n\nAspera high-speed transfer improves data transfer performance under most conditions, especially in networks with high latency or packet loss. Instead of the standard HTTP PUT, Aspera high-speed transfer uploads the object by using the [FASP protocol](https://www.ibm.com/products/aspera/technology).","score":14.07155},{"document_id":"ibmcld_05126-7854-8791","text":"\nYou can manage your keys manually by supplying your own encryption keys - referred to as Server-Side Encryption with Customer-Provided Keys (SSE-C).\n\n\n\n\n\n Archive rules \n\nIBM Cloud® Object Storage Archive is a low-cost option for data that is rarely accessed. You can migrate data from any of the storage tiers (Standard, Vault, Cold Vault, and Flex) to a long-term offline archive.\n\n\n\n\n\n Retention policies \n\nImmutable Object Storage maintains data integrity in a WORM (Write-Once-Read-Many) manner. Objects can't be modified until the end of their retention period and the removal of any legal holds.\n\n\n\n\n\n Aspera high-speed transfer \n\nAspera high-speed transfer improves data transfer performance under most conditions, especially in networks with high latency or packet loss. Instead of the standard HTTP PUT, Aspera high-speed transfer uploads the object by using the [FASP protocol](https://www.ibm.com/products/aspera/technology).","score":14.07155},{"document_id":"ibmcld_13064-7-2233","text":"\nWhat is IBM Cloud Object Storage? \n\nIBM Cloud® Object Storage is a highly available, durable, and secure platform for storing unstructured data. Unstructured data (sometimes called binary or \"blob\" data) refers to data that is not highly structured in the manner of a database. Object storage is the most efficient way to store PDFs, media files, database backups, disk images, or even large structured datasets.\n\nThe files that are uploaded into IBM Cloud Object Storage are called objects. Objects can be anywhere from very small (a few bytes) [to very large] (up to 10TB). They are organized into buckets that serve as containers for objects, and which can be configured independently from one another in terms of locations, resiliency, billing rates, security, and object lifecycle. Objects themselves have their own metadata in the form of user-defined tags, legal holds, or archive status. Within a bucket, the hierarchy of objects is effectively \"flat\", although it is possible to add prefixes to object names to provide some organization and to provide flexibility in listing and other operations.\n\nIBM Cloud Object Storage is strongly consistent for all data operations, and eventually consistent for bucket configuration operations. This means that when an object is uploaded, the server responds with a 200 OK after the object is successfully written, and the object is immediately available for listing and reading. All data stored in IBM Cloud Object Storage is encrypted, erasure-coded, and dispersed across three locations (with the distance between locations ranging from within a single data center, across a Multi-Zone Region or MZR, or even across multiple MZRs). This geographic range of dispersal contributes to a bucket's resiliency.\n\nAll requests and responses are made over HTTPS and all requests support the use of hash-based integrity checks using a Content-MD5 header. If the provided MD5 hash does not match the checksum computed by the storage service, the object is discarded and an error is returned. All GET and HEAD requests made to objects return an Etag value with the MD5 hash of the object to ensure integrity on the client side.\n\nDevelopers use APIs to interact with their object storage.","score":13.813277},{"document_id":"ibmcld_05166-15912-16684","text":"\nThis allows for lower latency when accessing storage from compute resources co-located within the same data center, or for data requiring a specific geographic location. More information can be found in the [Select Regions and Endpoints](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/cloud-object-storage/basics?topic=cloud-object-storage-endpoints) documentation.\n\n\n\n\n\n 8 August 2017 \n\nIntroducing IBM Cloud Object Storage\n: Object Storage is a highly available, durable, and secure platform for storing unstructured data. Unstructured data (sometimes called binary or \"blob\" data) refers to data that is not highly structured in the manner of a database. Object storage is the most efficient way to store PDFs, media files, database backups, disk images, or even large structured datasets.","score":13.547807}],"2f013337236ea4635ad106813275dab7<::>6":[{"document_id":"ibmcld_04866-4961-6763","text":"\nPermanent retention can only be enabled at a IBM Cloud Object Storage bucket level with retention policy enabled and users are able to select the permanent retention period option during object uploads. Once enabled, this process can't be reversed and objects uploaded that use a permanent retention period cannot be deleted. It's the responsibility of the users to validate at their end if there's a legitimate need to permanently store objects by using Object Storage buckets with a retention policy.\n\nWhen using Immutable Object Storage, you are responsible for ensuring that your IBM Cloud Account is kept in good standing per IBM Cloud policies and guidelines for as long as the data is subject to a retention policy. Refer to IBM Cloud Service terms for more information.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Immutable Object Storage and considerations for various regulations \n\nWhen using immutable Object Storage, it is the client's responsibility to check for and ensure whether any of the feature capabilities that are discussed can be used to satisfy and comply with the key rules around electronic records storage and retention that is generally governed by:\n\n\n\n* [Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) Rule 17a-4(f)](https://www.ecfr.gov/cgi-bin/text-idx?SID=b6b7a79d18d000a733725e88d333ddb5&mc=true&node=pt17.4.240&rgn=div5se17.4.240_117a_64),\n* [Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (FINRA) Rule 4511(c)](https://www.finra.org/rules-guidance/rulebooks/finra-rules/4511), and\n* [Commodity Futures Trading Commission (CFTC) Rule 1.31(c)-(d)](https://www.ecfr.gov/cgi-bin/text-idx?SID=2404f765a6f79e0b7fcf05b6844046cb&mc=true&node=se17.1.1_131&rgn=div8)\n\n\n\nTo assist clients in making informed decisions, IBM engaged Cohasset Associates Inc. to conduct an independent assessment of IBM’s Immutable Object Storage.","score":16.190489},{"document_id":"ibmcld_05032-4961-6763","text":"\nPermanent retention can only be enabled at a IBM Cloud Object Storage bucket level with retention policy enabled and users are able to select the permanent retention period option during object uploads. Once enabled, this process can't be reversed and objects uploaded that use a permanent retention period cannot be deleted. It's the responsibility of the users to validate at their end if there's a legitimate need to permanently store objects by using Object Storage buckets with a retention policy.\n\nWhen using Immutable Object Storage, you are responsible for ensuring that your IBM Cloud Account is kept in good standing per IBM Cloud policies and guidelines for as long as the data is subject to a retention policy. Refer to IBM Cloud Service terms for more information.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Immutable Object Storage and considerations for various regulations \n\nWhen using immutable Object Storage, it is the client's responsibility to check for and ensure whether any of the feature capabilities that are discussed can be used to satisfy and comply with the key rules around electronic records storage and retention that is generally governed by:\n\n\n\n* [Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) Rule 17a-4(f)](https://www.ecfr.gov/cgi-bin/text-idx?SID=b6b7a79d18d000a733725e88d333ddb5&mc=true&node=pt17.4.240&rgn=div5se17.4.240_117a_64),\n* [Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (FINRA) Rule 4511(c)](https://www.finra.org/rules-guidance/rulebooks/finra-rules/4511), and\n* [Commodity Futures Trading Commission (CFTC) Rule 1.31(c)-(d)](https://www.ecfr.gov/cgi-bin/text-idx?SID=2404f765a6f79e0b7fcf05b6844046cb&mc=true&node=se17.1.1_131&rgn=div8)\n\n\n\nTo assist clients in making informed decisions, IBM engaged Cohasset Associates Inc. to conduct an independent assessment of IBM’s Immutable Object Storage.","score":16.190489},{"document_id":"ibmcld_04866-7-2136","text":"\nUsing Immutable Object Storage to protect buckets \n\nImmutable Object Storage preserves electronic records and maintains data integrity. Retention policies ensure that data is stored in a WORM (Write-Once-Read-Many), non-erasable and non-rewritable manner. This policy is enforced until the end of a retention period and the removal of any legal holds.\n\nThis feature is not currently supported in Object Storage for Satellite. [Learn more.](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/cloud-object-storage?topic=cloud-object-storage-about-cos-satellite)\n\nPolicies are enforced until the end of a retention period, and can not be altered until the retention period has expired. While IBM Cloud Object Storage makes use of the S3 API for most operations, the APIs used for configuring retention policies is not the same as the S3 API, although some terminology may be shared. Read this documentation carefully to prevent any users in your organization from creating objects that can not be deleted, even by IBM Cloud administrators.\n\nThis feature can be used by any user that needs long-term data retention in their environment, including but not limited to organizations in the following industries:\n\n\n\n* Financial\n* Healthcare\n* Media content archives\n* Anyone looking to prevent privileged modification or deletion of objects or documents\n\n\n\nRetention policies can also be used by organizations that deal with financial records management, such as broker-dealer transactions, and might need to store data in a non-rewritable and non-erasable format.\n\nImmutable Object Storage is available in certain regions only, see [Integrated Services](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/services/cloud-object-storage/basics?topic=cloud-object-storage-service-availabilityservice-availability) for details. It also requires a Standard pricing plan. See [pricing](https://www.ibm.com/cloud/object-storage) for details.\n\nIt isn't possible to use Aspera high-speed transfer with buckets with a retention policy.\n\n\n\n Terminology and usage \n\n\n\n Retention period \n\nThe duration of time an object must be stored in the IBM Cloud Object Storage bucket.\n\n\n\n\n\n Retention policy","score":15.705174},{"document_id":"ibmcld_05032-7-2136","text":"\nUsing Immutable Object Storage to protect buckets \n\nImmutable Object Storage preserves electronic records and maintains data integrity. Retention policies ensure that data is stored in a WORM (Write-Once-Read-Many), non-erasable and non-rewritable manner. This policy is enforced until the end of a retention period and the removal of any legal holds.\n\nThis feature is not currently supported in Object Storage for Satellite. [Learn more.](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/cloud-object-storage?topic=cloud-object-storage-about-cos-satellite)\n\nPolicies are enforced until the end of a retention period, and can not be altered until the retention period has expired. While IBM Cloud Object Storage makes use of the S3 API for most operations, the APIs used for configuring retention policies is not the same as the S3 API, although some terminology may be shared. Read this documentation carefully to prevent any users in your organization from creating objects that can not be deleted, even by IBM Cloud administrators.\n\nThis feature can be used by any user that needs long-term data retention in their environment, including but not limited to organizations in the following industries:\n\n\n\n* Financial\n* Healthcare\n* Media content archives\n* Anyone looking to prevent privileged modification or deletion of objects or documents\n\n\n\nRetention policies can also be used by organizations that deal with financial records management, such as broker-dealer transactions, and might need to store data in a non-rewritable and non-erasable format.\n\nImmutable Object Storage is available in certain regions only, see [Integrated Services](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/services/cloud-object-storage/basics?topic=cloud-object-storage-service-availabilityservice-availability) for details. It also requires a Standard pricing plan. See [pricing](https://www.ibm.com/cloud/object-storage) for details.\n\nIt isn't possible to use Aspera high-speed transfer with buckets with a retention policy.\n\n\n\n Terminology and usage \n\n\n\n Retention period \n\nThe duration of time an object must be stored in the IBM Cloud Object Storage bucket.\n\n\n\n\n\n Retention policy","score":15.705174},{"document_id":"ibmcld_05032-6428-8442","text":"\n* [Commodity Futures Trading Commission (CFTC) Rule 1.31(c)-(d)](https://www.ecfr.gov/cgi-bin/text-idx?SID=2404f765a6f79e0b7fcf05b6844046cb&mc=true&node=se17.1.1_131&rgn=div8)\n\n\n\nTo assist clients in making informed decisions, IBM engaged Cohasset Associates Inc. to conduct an independent assessment of IBM’s Immutable Object Storage. Review [Cohasset Associates Inc.’s report](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/images/immutable-cos.pdf) that provides details on the assessment of the Immutable Object Storage feature of IBM Cloud Object Storage.\n\n\n\n Audit of access and transactions \n\nAccess log data for Immutable Object Storage to review changes to retention parameters, object retention period, and application of legal holds is available on a case-by-case basis by opening a customer service ticket.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Using the console \n\nRetention policies can be added to new or existing empty buckets, and cannot be removed. For a new bucket, ensure that you are creating the bucket in a [supported region](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/services/cloud-object-storage/basics?topic=cloud-object-storage-service-availabilityservice-availability), and then choose the Add retention policy option. For an existing bucket, ensure that it has no objects and then navigate to configuration settings and click the Create policy button below the bucket retention policy section. In either case, set a minimum, maximum, and default retention periods.\n\n\n\n\n\n Using the REST API, Libraries, and SDKs \n\nSeveral new APIs have been introduced to the IBM Cloud Object Storage SDKs to provide support for applications working with retention policies. Select a language (HTTP, Java, JavaScript, or Python) at the beginning of this page to view examples that use the appropriate Object Storage SDK.\n\nAll code examples assume the existence of a client object that is called cos that can call the different methods. For details on creating clients, see the specific SDK guides.\n\nAll date values used to set retention periods are Greenwich mean time.","score":15.385843}],"2f013337236ea4635ad106813275dab7<::>7":[{"document_id":"ibmcld_04866-7-2136","text":"\nUsing Immutable Object Storage to protect buckets \n\nImmutable Object Storage preserves electronic records and maintains data integrity. Retention policies ensure that data is stored in a WORM (Write-Once-Read-Many), non-erasable and non-rewritable manner. This policy is enforced until the end of a retention period and the removal of any legal holds.\n\nThis feature is not currently supported in Object Storage for Satellite. [Learn more.](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/cloud-object-storage?topic=cloud-object-storage-about-cos-satellite)\n\nPolicies are enforced until the end of a retention period, and can not be altered until the retention period has expired. While IBM Cloud Object Storage makes use of the S3 API for most operations, the APIs used for configuring retention policies is not the same as the S3 API, although some terminology may be shared. Read this documentation carefully to prevent any users in your organization from creating objects that can not be deleted, even by IBM Cloud administrators.\n\nThis feature can be used by any user that needs long-term data retention in their environment, including but not limited to organizations in the following industries:\n\n\n\n* Financial\n* Healthcare\n* Media content archives\n* Anyone looking to prevent privileged modification or deletion of objects or documents\n\n\n\nRetention policies can also be used by organizations that deal with financial records management, such as broker-dealer transactions, and might need to store data in a non-rewritable and non-erasable format.\n\nImmutable Object Storage is available in certain regions only, see [Integrated Services](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/services/cloud-object-storage/basics?topic=cloud-object-storage-service-availabilityservice-availability) for details. It also requires a Standard pricing plan. See [pricing](https://www.ibm.com/cloud/object-storage) for details.\n\nIt isn't possible to use Aspera high-speed transfer with buckets with a retention policy.\n\n\n\n Terminology and usage \n\n\n\n Retention period \n\nThe duration of time an object must be stored in the IBM Cloud Object Storage bucket.\n\n\n\n\n\n Retention policy","score":17.89406},{"document_id":"ibmcld_05032-7-2136","text":"\nUsing Immutable Object Storage to protect buckets \n\nImmutable Object Storage preserves electronic records and maintains data integrity. Retention policies ensure that data is stored in a WORM (Write-Once-Read-Many), non-erasable and non-rewritable manner. This policy is enforced until the end of a retention period and the removal of any legal holds.\n\nThis feature is not currently supported in Object Storage for Satellite. [Learn more.](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/cloud-object-storage?topic=cloud-object-storage-about-cos-satellite)\n\nPolicies are enforced until the end of a retention period, and can not be altered until the retention period has expired. While IBM Cloud Object Storage makes use of the S3 API for most operations, the APIs used for configuring retention policies is not the same as the S3 API, although some terminology may be shared. Read this documentation carefully to prevent any users in your organization from creating objects that can not be deleted, even by IBM Cloud administrators.\n\nThis feature can be used by any user that needs long-term data retention in their environment, including but not limited to organizations in the following industries:\n\n\n\n* Financial\n* Healthcare\n* Media content archives\n* Anyone looking to prevent privileged modification or deletion of objects or documents\n\n\n\nRetention policies can also be used by organizations that deal with financial records management, such as broker-dealer transactions, and might need to store data in a non-rewritable and non-erasable format.\n\nImmutable Object Storage is available in certain regions only, see [Integrated Services](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/services/cloud-object-storage/basics?topic=cloud-object-storage-service-availabilityservice-availability) for details. It also requires a Standard pricing plan. See [pricing](https://www.ibm.com/cloud/object-storage) for details.\n\nIt isn't possible to use Aspera high-speed transfer with buckets with a retention policy.\n\n\n\n Terminology and usage \n\n\n\n Retention period \n\nThe duration of time an object must be stored in the IBM Cloud Object Storage bucket.\n\n\n\n\n\n Retention policy","score":17.89406},{"document_id":"ibmcld_04866-4961-6763","text":"\nPermanent retention can only be enabled at a IBM Cloud Object Storage bucket level with retention policy enabled and users are able to select the permanent retention period option during object uploads. Once enabled, this process can't be reversed and objects uploaded that use a permanent retention period cannot be deleted. It's the responsibility of the users to validate at their end if there's a legitimate need to permanently store objects by using Object Storage buckets with a retention policy.\n\nWhen using Immutable Object Storage, you are responsible for ensuring that your IBM Cloud Account is kept in good standing per IBM Cloud policies and guidelines for as long as the data is subject to a retention policy. Refer to IBM Cloud Service terms for more information.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Immutable Object Storage and considerations for various regulations \n\nWhen using immutable Object Storage, it is the client's responsibility to check for and ensure whether any of the feature capabilities that are discussed can be used to satisfy and comply with the key rules around electronic records storage and retention that is generally governed by:\n\n\n\n* [Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) Rule 17a-4(f)](https://www.ecfr.gov/cgi-bin/text-idx?SID=b6b7a79d18d000a733725e88d333ddb5&mc=true&node=pt17.4.240&rgn=div5se17.4.240_117a_64),\n* [Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (FINRA) Rule 4511(c)](https://www.finra.org/rules-guidance/rulebooks/finra-rules/4511), and\n* [Commodity Futures Trading Commission (CFTC) Rule 1.31(c)-(d)](https://www.ecfr.gov/cgi-bin/text-idx?SID=2404f765a6f79e0b7fcf05b6844046cb&mc=true&node=se17.1.1_131&rgn=div8)\n\n\n\nTo assist clients in making informed decisions, IBM engaged Cohasset Associates Inc. to conduct an independent assessment of IBM’s Immutable Object Storage.","score":17.529528},{"document_id":"ibmcld_05032-4961-6763","text":"\nPermanent retention can only be enabled at a IBM Cloud Object Storage bucket level with retention policy enabled and users are able to select the permanent retention period option during object uploads. Once enabled, this process can't be reversed and objects uploaded that use a permanent retention period cannot be deleted. It's the responsibility of the users to validate at their end if there's a legitimate need to permanently store objects by using Object Storage buckets with a retention policy.\n\nWhen using Immutable Object Storage, you are responsible for ensuring that your IBM Cloud Account is kept in good standing per IBM Cloud policies and guidelines for as long as the data is subject to a retention policy. Refer to IBM Cloud Service terms for more information.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Immutable Object Storage and considerations for various regulations \n\nWhen using immutable Object Storage, it is the client's responsibility to check for and ensure whether any of the feature capabilities that are discussed can be used to satisfy and comply with the key rules around electronic records storage and retention that is generally governed by:\n\n\n\n* [Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) Rule 17a-4(f)](https://www.ecfr.gov/cgi-bin/text-idx?SID=b6b7a79d18d000a733725e88d333ddb5&mc=true&node=pt17.4.240&rgn=div5se17.4.240_117a_64),\n* [Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (FINRA) Rule 4511(c)](https://www.finra.org/rules-guidance/rulebooks/finra-rules/4511), and\n* [Commodity Futures Trading Commission (CFTC) Rule 1.31(c)-(d)](https://www.ecfr.gov/cgi-bin/text-idx?SID=2404f765a6f79e0b7fcf05b6844046cb&mc=true&node=se17.1.1_131&rgn=div8)\n\n\n\nTo assist clients in making informed decisions, IBM engaged Cohasset Associates Inc. to conduct an independent assessment of IBM’s Immutable Object Storage.","score":17.529528},{"document_id":"ibmcld_05032-6428-8442","text":"\n* [Commodity Futures Trading Commission (CFTC) Rule 1.31(c)-(d)](https://www.ecfr.gov/cgi-bin/text-idx?SID=2404f765a6f79e0b7fcf05b6844046cb&mc=true&node=se17.1.1_131&rgn=div8)\n\n\n\nTo assist clients in making informed decisions, IBM engaged Cohasset Associates Inc. to conduct an independent assessment of IBM’s Immutable Object Storage. Review [Cohasset Associates Inc.’s report](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/images/immutable-cos.pdf) that provides details on the assessment of the Immutable Object Storage feature of IBM Cloud Object Storage.\n\n\n\n Audit of access and transactions \n\nAccess log data for Immutable Object Storage to review changes to retention parameters, object retention period, and application of legal holds is available on a case-by-case basis by opening a customer service ticket.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Using the console \n\nRetention policies can be added to new or existing empty buckets, and cannot be removed. For a new bucket, ensure that you are creating the bucket in a [supported region](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/services/cloud-object-storage/basics?topic=cloud-object-storage-service-availabilityservice-availability), and then choose the Add retention policy option. For an existing bucket, ensure that it has no objects and then navigate to configuration settings and click the Create policy button below the bucket retention policy section. In either case, set a minimum, maximum, and default retention periods.\n\n\n\n\n\n Using the REST API, Libraries, and SDKs \n\nSeveral new APIs have been introduced to the IBM Cloud Object Storage SDKs to provide support for applications working with retention policies. Select a language (HTTP, Java, JavaScript, or Python) at the beginning of this page to view examples that use the appropriate Object Storage SDK.\n\nAll code examples assume the existence of a client object that is called cos that can call the different methods. For details on creating clients, see the specific SDK guides.\n\nAll date values used to set retention periods are Greenwich mean time.","score":16.763077}],"2f013337236ea4635ad106813275dab7<::>8":[{"document_id":"ibmcld_04866-7-2136","text":"\nUsing Immutable Object Storage to protect buckets \n\nImmutable Object Storage preserves electronic records and maintains data integrity. Retention policies ensure that data is stored in a WORM (Write-Once-Read-Many), non-erasable and non-rewritable manner. This policy is enforced until the end of a retention period and the removal of any legal holds.\n\nThis feature is not currently supported in Object Storage for Satellite. [Learn more.](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/cloud-object-storage?topic=cloud-object-storage-about-cos-satellite)\n\nPolicies are enforced until the end of a retention period, and can not be altered until the retention period has expired. While IBM Cloud Object Storage makes use of the S3 API for most operations, the APIs used for configuring retention policies is not the same as the S3 API, although some terminology may be shared. Read this documentation carefully to prevent any users in your organization from creating objects that can not be deleted, even by IBM Cloud administrators.\n\nThis feature can be used by any user that needs long-term data retention in their environment, including but not limited to organizations in the following industries:\n\n\n\n* Financial\n* Healthcare\n* Media content archives\n* Anyone looking to prevent privileged modification or deletion of objects or documents\n\n\n\nRetention policies can also be used by organizations that deal with financial records management, such as broker-dealer transactions, and might need to store data in a non-rewritable and non-erasable format.\n\nImmutable Object Storage is available in certain regions only, see [Integrated Services](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/services/cloud-object-storage/basics?topic=cloud-object-storage-service-availabilityservice-availability) for details. It also requires a Standard pricing plan. See [pricing](https://www.ibm.com/cloud/object-storage) for details.\n\nIt isn't possible to use Aspera high-speed transfer with buckets with a retention policy.\n\n\n\n Terminology and usage \n\n\n\n Retention period \n\nThe duration of time an object must be stored in the IBM Cloud Object Storage bucket.\n\n\n\n\n\n Retention policy","score":18.452463},{"document_id":"ibmcld_05032-7-2136","text":"\nUsing Immutable Object Storage to protect buckets \n\nImmutable Object Storage preserves electronic records and maintains data integrity. Retention policies ensure that data is stored in a WORM (Write-Once-Read-Many), non-erasable and non-rewritable manner. This policy is enforced until the end of a retention period and the removal of any legal holds.\n\nThis feature is not currently supported in Object Storage for Satellite. [Learn more.](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/cloud-object-storage?topic=cloud-object-storage-about-cos-satellite)\n\nPolicies are enforced until the end of a retention period, and can not be altered until the retention period has expired. While IBM Cloud Object Storage makes use of the S3 API for most operations, the APIs used for configuring retention policies is not the same as the S3 API, although some terminology may be shared. Read this documentation carefully to prevent any users in your organization from creating objects that can not be deleted, even by IBM Cloud administrators.\n\nThis feature can be used by any user that needs long-term data retention in their environment, including but not limited to organizations in the following industries:\n\n\n\n* Financial\n* Healthcare\n* Media content archives\n* Anyone looking to prevent privileged modification or deletion of objects or documents\n\n\n\nRetention policies can also be used by organizations that deal with financial records management, such as broker-dealer transactions, and might need to store data in a non-rewritable and non-erasable format.\n\nImmutable Object Storage is available in certain regions only, see [Integrated Services](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/services/cloud-object-storage/basics?topic=cloud-object-storage-service-availabilityservice-availability) for details. It also requires a Standard pricing plan. See [pricing](https://www.ibm.com/cloud/object-storage) for details.\n\nIt isn't possible to use Aspera high-speed transfer with buckets with a retention policy.\n\n\n\n Terminology and usage \n\n\n\n Retention period \n\nThe duration of time an object must be stored in the IBM Cloud Object Storage bucket.\n\n\n\n\n\n Retention policy","score":18.452463},{"document_id":"ibmcld_04866-4961-6763","text":"\nPermanent retention can only be enabled at a IBM Cloud Object Storage bucket level with retention policy enabled and users are able to select the permanent retention period option during object uploads. Once enabled, this process can't be reversed and objects uploaded that use a permanent retention period cannot be deleted. It's the responsibility of the users to validate at their end if there's a legitimate need to permanently store objects by using Object Storage buckets with a retention policy.\n\nWhen using Immutable Object Storage, you are responsible for ensuring that your IBM Cloud Account is kept in good standing per IBM Cloud policies and guidelines for as long as the data is subject to a retention policy. Refer to IBM Cloud Service terms for more information.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Immutable Object Storage and considerations for various regulations \n\nWhen using immutable Object Storage, it is the client's responsibility to check for and ensure whether any of the feature capabilities that are discussed can be used to satisfy and comply with the key rules around electronic records storage and retention that is generally governed by:\n\n\n\n* [Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) Rule 17a-4(f)](https://www.ecfr.gov/cgi-bin/text-idx?SID=b6b7a79d18d000a733725e88d333ddb5&mc=true&node=pt17.4.240&rgn=div5se17.4.240_117a_64),\n* [Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (FINRA) Rule 4511(c)](https://www.finra.org/rules-guidance/rulebooks/finra-rules/4511), and\n* [Commodity Futures Trading Commission (CFTC) Rule 1.31(c)-(d)](https://www.ecfr.gov/cgi-bin/text-idx?SID=2404f765a6f79e0b7fcf05b6844046cb&mc=true&node=se17.1.1_131&rgn=div8)\n\n\n\nTo assist clients in making informed decisions, IBM engaged Cohasset Associates Inc. to conduct an independent assessment of IBM’s Immutable Object Storage.","score":18.101324},{"document_id":"ibmcld_05032-4961-6763","text":"\nPermanent retention can only be enabled at a IBM Cloud Object Storage bucket level with retention policy enabled and users are able to select the permanent retention period option during object uploads. Once enabled, this process can't be reversed and objects uploaded that use a permanent retention period cannot be deleted. It's the responsibility of the users to validate at their end if there's a legitimate need to permanently store objects by using Object Storage buckets with a retention policy.\n\nWhen using Immutable Object Storage, you are responsible for ensuring that your IBM Cloud Account is kept in good standing per IBM Cloud policies and guidelines for as long as the data is subject to a retention policy. Refer to IBM Cloud Service terms for more information.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Immutable Object Storage and considerations for various regulations \n\nWhen using immutable Object Storage, it is the client's responsibility to check for and ensure whether any of the feature capabilities that are discussed can be used to satisfy and comply with the key rules around electronic records storage and retention that is generally governed by:\n\n\n\n* [Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) Rule 17a-4(f)](https://www.ecfr.gov/cgi-bin/text-idx?SID=b6b7a79d18d000a733725e88d333ddb5&mc=true&node=pt17.4.240&rgn=div5se17.4.240_117a_64),\n* [Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (FINRA) Rule 4511(c)](https://www.finra.org/rules-guidance/rulebooks/finra-rules/4511), and\n* [Commodity Futures Trading Commission (CFTC) Rule 1.31(c)-(d)](https://www.ecfr.gov/cgi-bin/text-idx?SID=2404f765a6f79e0b7fcf05b6844046cb&mc=true&node=se17.1.1_131&rgn=div8)\n\n\n\nTo assist clients in making informed decisions, IBM engaged Cohasset Associates Inc. to conduct an independent assessment of IBM’s Immutable Object Storage.","score":18.101324},{"document_id":"ibmcld_05032-6428-8442","text":"\n* [Commodity Futures Trading Commission (CFTC) Rule 1.31(c)-(d)](https://www.ecfr.gov/cgi-bin/text-idx?SID=2404f765a6f79e0b7fcf05b6844046cb&mc=true&node=se17.1.1_131&rgn=div8)\n\n\n\nTo assist clients in making informed decisions, IBM engaged Cohasset Associates Inc. to conduct an independent assessment of IBM’s Immutable Object Storage. Review [Cohasset Associates Inc.’s report](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/images/immutable-cos.pdf) that provides details on the assessment of the Immutable Object Storage feature of IBM Cloud Object Storage.\n\n\n\n Audit of access and transactions \n\nAccess log data for Immutable Object Storage to review changes to retention parameters, object retention period, and application of legal holds is available on a case-by-case basis by opening a customer service ticket.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Using the console \n\nRetention policies can be added to new or existing empty buckets, and cannot be removed. For a new bucket, ensure that you are creating the bucket in a [supported region](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/services/cloud-object-storage/basics?topic=cloud-object-storage-service-availabilityservice-availability), and then choose the Add retention policy option. For an existing bucket, ensure that it has no objects and then navigate to configuration settings and click the Create policy button below the bucket retention policy section. In either case, set a minimum, maximum, and default retention periods.\n\n\n\n\n\n Using the REST API, Libraries, and SDKs \n\nSeveral new APIs have been introduced to the IBM Cloud Object Storage SDKs to provide support for applications working with retention policies. Select a language (HTTP, Java, JavaScript, or Python) at the beginning of this page to view examples that use the appropriate Object Storage SDK.\n\nAll code examples assume the existence of a client object that is called cos that can call the different methods. For details on creating clients, see the specific SDK guides.\n\nAll date values used to set retention periods are Greenwich mean time.","score":17.12127}],"2f013337236ea4635ad106813275dab7<::>9":[{"document_id":"ibmcld_02873-7270-8670","text":"\nThis standard type of node is useful to capture questions about a certain topic and then in the root response ask a follow-up question that is addressed by the child nodes. For example, it might recognize a user question about discounts and ask a follow-up question about whether the user is a member of any associations with which the company has special discount arrangements. And the child nodes provide different responses based on the user's answer to the question about association membership.\n* The second root node is a node with slots. It also conditions on an intent value. It defines a set of slots, one for each piece of information that you want to collect from the user. Each slot asks a question to elicit the answer from the user. It looks for a specific entity value in the user's reply to the prompt, which it then saves in a slot context variable.\n\nThis type of node is useful for collecting details you might need to perform a transaction on the user's behalf. For example, if the user's intent is to book a flight, the slots can collect the origin and destination location information, travel dates, and so on.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Ready to get started? \n\nFor more information, see [Building a dialog](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/assistant-data?topic=assistant-data-dialog-overview).\n\nNext topic:[Planning the dialog](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/assistant-data?topic=assistant-data-dialog-plan)","score":8.530601},{"document_id":"ibmcld_03056-7-2123","text":"\nSystem entities \n\nLearn about system entities that are provided by IBM for you to use out of the box. These built-in utility entities help your assistant recognize terms and references that are commonly used by customers in conversation, such as numbers and dates.\n\nSystem entities return an interpretation property. The information that is included by this property offers better date and time understanding and can classify mentions with more precision.\n\nIf you used an earlier product version and imported skills, review any dialog skills that use system entities. See if you can improve their detection capabilities by leveraging the new interpretation property.\n\nFor information about how to add system entities to your dialog skill, see [Creating entities](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/assistant-data?topic=assistant-data-entitiesentities-enable-system-entities).\n\nFor information about how to use contextual entities to identify people and location names, see the [Detecting Names And Locations With Watson Assistant](https://medium.com/ibm-watson/detecting-names-and-locations-with-watson-assistant-e3e1fa2a8427) blog post on Medium.\n\n\n\n @sys-currency entity \n\nThe @sys-currency system entity detects mentions of monetary currency values in user input. The currency can be expressed with a currency symbol or currency-specific terms. In either case, a number is returned.\n\n\n\n Recognized formats \n\n\n\n* 20 cents\n* Five dollars\n* $10\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Attributes \n\n\n\n* .literal: Exact phrase in input that is interpreted to be a currency mention.\n* .numeric_value: Canonical numeric value as an integer or a double, in base units.\n* .location: Lists the index element values of the first and last letters in the text string for the phrase that is interpreted to be a currency mention.\n* .unit: Base unit of currency specified as a 3-letter ISO currency code. For example, USD or EUR.\n\n\n\nThe following table illustrates the information that each attribute captures from the user input.\n\n\n\n@sys-currency examples\n\n Attribute Type Example (input = twenty dollars) Example (input = $1,234.56) \n\n @sys-currency string 20 1234.56","score":8.107513},{"document_id":"ibmcld_07771-0-1254","text":"\n\n\n\n\n\n\n IA-8 - Identification and Authentication (non-organizational Users) \n\n\n\n Control requirements \n\nIA-8 - 0\n: The information system uniquely identifies and authenticates non-organizational users (or processes acting on behalf of non-organizational users).\n\n\n\n\n\n NIST supplemental guidance \n\nNon-organizational users include information system users other than organizational users explicitly covered by IA-2. These individuals are uniquely identified and authenticated for accesses other than those accesses explicitly identified and documented in AC-14. In accordance with the E-Authentication E-Government initiative, authentication of non-organizational users accessing federal information systems may be required to protect federal, proprietary, or privacy-related information (with exceptions noted for national security systems). Organizations use risk assessments to determine authentication needs and consider scalability, practicality, and security in balancing the need to ensure ease of use for access to federal information and information systems with the need to protect and adequately mitigate risk. IA-2 addresses identification and authentication requirements for access to information systems by organizational users.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n","score":8.036526},{"document_id":"ibmcld_07098-4987-7173","text":"\nUp to 60 passages are sent to the answer-finding service. How these 60 passages are chosen differs based on the passages.per_document parameter value.\n\n\n\n* If passages.per_document is false, the top 60 passages from all of the documents that are returned by search are chosen based on their passage scores only.\n* If passages.per_document is true, the returned documents are ranked first, and then the top 60 passages from these top documents are chosen.\n\nFor example, if you set the query to return 100 documents (count=100) and ask for 2 passages from each document (passages.max_per_document=2), then 2 passages are chosen from each of the 30 top-ranked documents (2 x 30 = 60 passages) only. No passages are chosen from the remaining 70 documents.\n\n\n\nIf your goal is to get the best 10 short answers, a good approach is to give the answer-finding feature various passages from more documents than just the top 10. To do so, set passages.per_document to true, and then request 20 documents and up to 3 passages from each document with the answer-finding feature enabled. The answer-finding feature searches for answers in up to 20*3 = 60 passages.\n\nAnswer finding does not use the transformed query string that is generated by query analysis. Instead, it uses a copy of the user's original input that is stored at query time to find the best short answer. If the answer-finding module is confident that it found an answer in one of the passages, the answer confidence score is combined with the document and passage scores to produce a final ranking, which can promote a document or passage that might otherwise be missed.\n\n\n\n\n\n Answer-finding API details \n\nThe answer-finding API adds the following parameters to the passage section of the query API:\n\n\n\n* find_answers is optional and defaults to false. If it is set to true (and the natural_language_query parameter is set to a query string), the answer-finding feature is enabled.\n* max_answers_per_passage is optional and defaults to 1. In this case, the answer-finding feature finds the number of answers that are specified at most from any one passage.\n\n\n\nA section is also added to the return value within each passage object.","score":7.9187393},{"document_id":"ibmcld_07732-0-1352","text":"\n\n\n\n\n\n\n CP-3 - Contingency Training \n\n\n\n Control requirements \n\nThe organization provides contingency training to information system users consistent with assigned roles and responsibilities:\n\nCP-3 (a)\n: Within [IBM Assignment: 90 days] of assuming a contingency role or responsibility;\n\nCP-3 (b)\n: When required by information system changes; and\n\nCP-3 (c)\n: [IBM Assignment: at least annually] thereafter.\n\n\n\n\n\n NIST supplemental guidance \n\nContingency training provided by organizations is linked to the assigned roles and responsibilities of organizational personnel to ensure that the appropriate content and level of detail is included in such training. For example, regular users may only need to know when and where to report for duty during contingency operations and if normal duties are affected; system administrators may require additional training on how to set up information systems at alternate processing and storage sites; and managers/senior leaders may receive more specific training on how to conduct mission-essential functions in designated off-site locations and how to establish communications with other governmental entities for purposes of coordination on contingency-related activities. Training for contingency roles/responsibilities reflects the specific continuity requirements in the contingency plan.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n","score":7.84301}],"a3f07e9ed5f257db6aecd30511f03af1<::>1":[{"document_id":"842831882_29196-29596-0-400","text":"Grenade (song)\nBruno Mars -- lead vocals , instrumentation , songwriting Philip Lawrence -- songwriting Ari Levine -- engineer , instrumentation , songwriting The Smeezingtons -- production Brody Brown -- instrumentation , songwriting Claude Kelly -- songwriting Andrew Wyatt -- songwriting Manny Marroquin -- mixing Christian Plata -- mixing assistant Erik Madrid -- mixing assistant Stephen Marcussen -- mastering","title":"Grenade (song)","score":18.31451},{"document_id":"842831882_574-1434-0-858","text":"Grenade (song)\n`` Grenade '' is a song by American singer and songwriter Bruno Mars from his debut studio album , Doo - Wops & Hooligans ( 2010 ) . A pop and R&B ballad , `` Grenade '' was written and produced by The Smeezingtons ( Mars , Phillip Lawrence , Ari Levine ) with additional songwriting by Brody Brown , Claude Kelly , and Andrew Wyatt . The song was developed from an unreleased track with similar lyrical themes played by record producer Benny Blanco to Mars . `` Grenade '' was completely rearranged and re ‐ recorded two days before the album 's release . The song 's lyrics carry a message of unrequited love and how Mars ' heart was broken , despite his best efforts to show her his love . Initially released as a promotional single on September 28 , 2010 , it was later announced as the album 's second single , released by Atlantic and Elektra Records .","title":"Grenade (song)","score":18.301472},{"document_id":"842831882_20284-20861-0-577","text":"Grenade (song)\nThe music video was released on November 19 , 2010 on MTV and MTV.com. and it involves Mars 's efforts to sing to a woman he loves after dragging an upright piano with a rope tied to it through Los Angeles . Scenes also feature the singer singing in a dark bedroom , looking out of a rainy window . He wears a suit and encounters a gang and a pit bull along the way . When he reaches the woman 's house and finds out she is with another man , he drags himself and the piano in front of a train to attempt suicide . As the train approaches Bruno at full speed , the video ends .","title":"Grenade (song)","score":17.487192},{"document_id":"842831882_10116-11025-0-909","text":"Grenade (song)\nLyrically , the song contains masochistic themes and tells the story of heartbreak caused by a failed relationship : `` Gave you all I had / And you tossed it in the trash '' . The chorus has Mars singing , `` I 'd catch a grenade for ya , '' and speaks of unrequited love when the subject girl of his affections `` wo n't do the same '' . Tim Byron , writer for The Vine , `` ' Grenade ' is about the feeling of withdrawal '' . The critic added , `` Mars knows she is bad for him , that 's she 's preventing him from thinking straight , that he ca n't actually have her the way he wants , but he still nonetheless has crazy desires for that rush of romantic cocaine that he gets from her . '' As Mars commented in an interview to Blues & Soul : `` ' Grenade ' represents the OTHER side of love -- where you 're in love with a woman and you know for a fact that she does n't love you the way you love HER . ''","title":"Grenade (song)","score":17.288273},{"document_id":"842831882_76-573-0-497","text":"Grenade (song)\n`` Grenade '' Single by Bruno Mars from the album Doo - Wops & Hooligans Released September 28 , 2010 ( Promotional single ) Genre Pop R&B Length 3 : 42 Label Elektra Songwriter ( s ) Bruno Mars Philip Lawrence Ari Levine Brody Brown Claude Kelly Andrew Wyatt Producer ( s ) The Smeezingtons Bruno Mars singles chronology `` Just the Way You Are '' ( 2010 ) `` Grenade '' ( 2010 ) `` The Lazy Song '' ( 2011 ) `` Just the Way You Are '' ( 2010 ) `` Grenade '' ( 2010 ) `` The Lazy Song '' ( 2011 )","title":"Grenade (song)","score":16.936316}],"a3f07e9ed5f257db6aecd30511f03af1<::>2":[{"document_id":"842831882_29196-29596-0-400","text":"Grenade (song)\nBruno Mars -- lead vocals , instrumentation , songwriting Philip Lawrence -- songwriting Ari Levine -- engineer , instrumentation , songwriting The Smeezingtons -- production Brody Brown -- instrumentation , songwriting Claude Kelly -- songwriting Andrew Wyatt -- songwriting Manny Marroquin -- mixing Christian Plata -- mixing assistant Erik Madrid -- mixing assistant Stephen Marcussen -- mastering","title":"Grenade (song)","score":19.82035},{"document_id":"842831882_574-1434-0-858","text":"Grenade (song)\n`` Grenade '' is a song by American singer and songwriter Bruno Mars from his debut studio album , Doo - Wops & Hooligans ( 2010 ) . A pop and R&B ballad , `` Grenade '' was written and produced by The Smeezingtons ( Mars , Phillip Lawrence , Ari Levine ) with additional songwriting by Brody Brown , Claude Kelly , and Andrew Wyatt . The song was developed from an unreleased track with similar lyrical themes played by record producer Benny Blanco to Mars . `` Grenade '' was completely rearranged and re ‐ recorded two days before the album 's release . The song 's lyrics carry a message of unrequited love and how Mars ' heart was broken , despite his best efforts to show her his love . Initially released as a promotional single on September 28 , 2010 , it was later announced as the album 's second single , released by Atlantic and Elektra Records .","title":"Grenade (song)","score":18.541306},{"document_id":"842831882_20284-20861-0-577","text":"Grenade (song)\nThe music video was released on November 19 , 2010 on MTV and MTV.com. and it involves Mars 's efforts to sing to a woman he loves after dragging an upright piano with a rope tied to it through Los Angeles . Scenes also feature the singer singing in a dark bedroom , looking out of a rainy window . He wears a suit and encounters a gang and a pit bull along the way . When he reaches the woman 's house and finds out she is with another man , he drags himself and the piano in front of a train to attempt suicide . As the train approaches Bruno at full speed , the video ends .","title":"Grenade (song)","score":17.831324},{"document_id":"842831882_76-573-0-497","text":"Grenade (song)\n`` Grenade '' Single by Bruno Mars from the album Doo - Wops & Hooligans Released September 28 , 2010 ( Promotional single ) Genre Pop R&B Length 3 : 42 Label Elektra Songwriter ( s ) Bruno Mars Philip Lawrence Ari Levine Brody Brown Claude Kelly Andrew Wyatt Producer ( s ) The Smeezingtons Bruno Mars singles chronology `` Just the Way You Are '' ( 2010 ) `` Grenade '' ( 2010 ) `` The Lazy Song '' ( 2011 ) `` Just the Way You Are '' ( 2010 ) `` Grenade '' ( 2010 ) `` The Lazy Song '' ( 2011 )","title":"Grenade (song)","score":17.72931},{"document_id":"842831882_7809-8340-0-531","text":"Grenade (song)\n`` Grenade '' was recorded at Larrabee Recording Studios and Levcon Studios in Los Angeles , with Ari Levine , Bruno Mars and Brody Brown playing all the instruments on the track and recording them . Levine was also responsible for engineering the song at Levcon Studios in California . The mixing of the track was finished at Larrabee Sound Studios , in North Hollywood by Manny Marroquin , with Christian Plata and Erik Madrid serving as the assistants . Stephen Marcussen mastered the song at Marcussen Mastering in California .","title":"Grenade (song)","score":17.50095}],"a3f07e9ed5f257db6aecd30511f03af1<::>3":[{"document_id":"842831882_20284-20861-0-577","text":"Grenade (song)\nThe music video was released on November 19 , 2010 on MTV and MTV.com. and it involves Mars 's efforts to sing to a woman he loves after dragging an upright piano with a rope tied to it through Los Angeles . Scenes also feature the singer singing in a dark bedroom , looking out of a rainy window . He wears a suit and encounters a gang and a pit bull along the way . When he reaches the woman 's house and finds out she is with another man , he drags himself and the piano in front of a train to attempt suicide . As the train approaches Bruno at full speed , the video ends .","title":"Grenade (song)","score":20.74517},{"document_id":"842831882_574-1434-0-858","text":"Grenade (song)\n`` Grenade '' is a song by American singer and songwriter Bruno Mars from his debut studio album , Doo - Wops & Hooligans ( 2010 ) . A pop and R&B ballad , `` Grenade '' was written and produced by The Smeezingtons ( Mars , Phillip Lawrence , Ari Levine ) with additional songwriting by Brody Brown , Claude Kelly , and Andrew Wyatt . The song was developed from an unreleased track with similar lyrical themes played by record producer Benny Blanco to Mars . `` Grenade '' was completely rearranged and re ‐ recorded two days before the album 's release . The song 's lyrics carry a message of unrequited love and how Mars ' heart was broken , despite his best efforts to show her his love . Initially released as a promotional single on September 28 , 2010 , it was later announced as the album 's second single , released by Atlantic and Elektra Records .","title":"Grenade (song)","score":20.136015},{"document_id":"842831882_76-573-0-497","text":"Grenade (song)\n`` Grenade '' Single by Bruno Mars from the album Doo - Wops & Hooligans Released September 28 , 2010 ( Promotional single ) Genre Pop R&B Length 3 : 42 Label Elektra Songwriter ( s ) Bruno Mars Philip Lawrence Ari Levine Brody Brown Claude Kelly Andrew Wyatt Producer ( s ) The Smeezingtons Bruno Mars singles chronology `` Just the Way You Are '' ( 2010 ) `` Grenade '' ( 2010 ) `` The Lazy Song '' ( 2011 ) `` Just the Way You Are '' ( 2010 ) `` Grenade '' ( 2010 ) `` The Lazy Song '' ( 2011 )","title":"Grenade (song)","score":19.545555},{"document_id":"842831882_2117-2756-0-639","text":"Grenade (song)\nA music video for the single , directed by Nabil Elderkin , was released on November 19 , 2010 . In the video , Mars is seen dragging an upright piano through Los Angeles , by the time he arrives at the home of his beloved , he discovers she is with another man , so he decides to leave and ends up by killing himself . Mars performed `` Grenade '' on The Doo - Wops & Hooligans Tour ( 2010 -- 12 ) , the Moonshine Jungle Tour ( 2013 -- 14 ) and 24K Magic World Tour ( 2017 -- 18 ) . The song has been covered by a variety of performers . It was nominated for both Song of the Year and Record of the Year at the 54th Annual Grammy Awards .","title":"Grenade (song)","score":19.30906},{"document_id":"842831882_29196-29596-0-400","text":"Grenade (song)\nBruno Mars -- lead vocals , instrumentation , songwriting Philip Lawrence -- songwriting Ari Levine -- engineer , instrumentation , songwriting The Smeezingtons -- production Brody Brown -- instrumentation , songwriting Claude Kelly -- songwriting Andrew Wyatt -- songwriting Manny Marroquin -- mixing Christian Plata -- mixing assistant Erik Madrid -- mixing assistant Stephen Marcussen -- mastering","title":"Grenade (song)","score":18.751574}],"a3f07e9ed5f257db6aecd30511f03af1<::>4":[{"document_id":"842831882_29196-29596-0-400","text":"Grenade (song)\nBruno Mars -- lead vocals , instrumentation , songwriting Philip Lawrence -- songwriting Ari Levine -- engineer , instrumentation , songwriting The Smeezingtons -- production Brody Brown -- instrumentation , songwriting Claude Kelly -- songwriting Andrew Wyatt -- songwriting Manny Marroquin -- mixing Christian Plata -- mixing assistant Erik Madrid -- mixing assistant Stephen Marcussen -- mastering","title":"Grenade (song)","score":17.970549},{"document_id":"842831882_574-1434-0-858","text":"Grenade (song)\n`` Grenade '' is a song by American singer and songwriter Bruno Mars from his debut studio album , Doo - Wops & Hooligans ( 2010 ) . A pop and R&B ballad , `` Grenade '' was written and produced by The Smeezingtons ( Mars , Phillip Lawrence , Ari Levine ) with additional songwriting by Brody Brown , Claude Kelly , and Andrew Wyatt . The song was developed from an unreleased track with similar lyrical themes played by record producer Benny Blanco to Mars . `` Grenade '' was completely rearranged and re ‐ recorded two days before the album 's release . The song 's lyrics carry a message of unrequited love and how Mars ' heart was broken , despite his best efforts to show her his love . Initially released as a promotional single on September 28 , 2010 , it was later announced as the album 's second single , released by Atlantic and Elektra Records .","title":"Grenade (song)","score":17.83652},{"document_id":"842831882_26726-28494-0-1767","text":"Grenade (song)\nAdditionally , Mars performed on the Late Show with David Letterman , on November 11 , 2010 , with a soul redemption of `` Grenade '' accompanied by an all - female string section . Robbie Draw from website Idolator wrote a positive review , commenting `` Bruno Mars hit up the Late Show With David Letterman last night and left a piece of his heart on the stage after turning out an emotional , bluesy rendition of his new single `` Grenade '' `` . Story Gilmore of Neon Limelight also praised the performance , calling it `` nothing short of awesome '' and noticed that Mars `` takes this performing thing seriously . Even when he 's doing something as simple as a late night show performance , he makes sure he 's on his A game '' . The song was performed at NBC 's The Today Show on November 22 , 2010 , as part of the Toyota Concert Series and at the 2010 Soul Train Music Awards on November 28 , 2010 . On January 6 , 2011 , Mars performed `` Grenade '' on The Ellen DeGeneres Show with a guitar , `` backed by three background singers , a strings section , and pianist '' . He also performed the song on the Dutch television show The Voice of Holland on January 21 , 2011 . On February 13 , 2011 he performed the song live at the 2011 Grammy Awards , along with B.o.B. and Janelle Monáe . In Germany , Mars performed `` Grenade '' on two different shows Wetten , dass ... ? and at the Echo Awards , on 19 and 28 March 2011 , respectively . It was the eleventh song of his debut worldwide tour , The Doo - Wops & Hooligans Tour ( 2011 -- 12 ) and was thirteenth or tenth on the set list of his second tour , The Moonshine Jungle Tour ( 2013 -- 14 ) . On his third tour , the 24K Magic World Tour ( 2017 -- 18 ) , it was also the thirteenth item on the setlist .","title":"Grenade (song)","score":17.658697},{"document_id":"842831882_20284-20861-0-577","text":"Grenade (song)\nThe music video was released on November 19 , 2010 on MTV and MTV.com. and it involves Mars 's efforts to sing to a woman he loves after dragging an upright piano with a rope tied to it through Los Angeles . Scenes also feature the singer singing in a dark bedroom , looking out of a rainy window . He wears a suit and encounters a gang and a pit bull along the way . When he reaches the woman 's house and finds out she is with another man , he drags himself and the piano in front of a train to attempt suicide . As the train approaches Bruno at full speed , the video ends .","title":"Grenade (song)","score":17.610641},{"document_id":"842831882_14196-15932-0-1736","text":"Grenade (song)\n`` Grenade '' debuted on the Billboard Hot 100 the week of October 16 , 2010 at number 81 and climbed the chart to number five for the week ending December 18 , 2010 . On January 8 , 2011 , it peaked at number 1 , making it Bruno Mars ' third number one single on the chart , the others being B.o.B 's `` Nothin ' on You '' , on which he was featured , and `` Just the Way You Are '' . The peak position was reached due to 559 000 downloads and 89 million listener impressions , taking Digital Gainer and Airplay Gainer awards . Around this time , the song had become his second solo single to top the 2 million mark in downloads . The song dropped and rose back to the top spot two more times , making it one of only six singles in Billboard history to have three distinct runs at number one . In February , it topped the 3 million mark . The song spent 36 weeks on the Hot 100 . Months after the RIAA awarded five platinum to the song by selling five million copies in the country . As of October 2015 , the song has sold 6.1 million digital copies in the United States . On July 1 , 2016 , the single was certified seven times platinum by RIAA . It was Mars ' second single to sell over 5 million , just a week after `` Just the Way You Are '' achieved that feat , and it was only the third time in Billboard history that back - to - back singles have both sold 5 million copies in the digital era . The song has peaked at number one in the Canada . It replaced `` The Time ( Dirty Bit ) '' by The Black Eyed Peas , before being dethroned by `` Hold It Against Me '' by Britney Spears . On February 12 , 2011 , it took the top spot from Usher 's song `` More '' . Two weeks later it was replaced by Lady Gaga 's `` Born This Way '' .","title":"Grenade (song)","score":16.983234}],"a3f07e9ed5f257db6aecd30511f03af1<::>5":[{"document_id":"834210179_30364-31402-0-1038","text":"Super Bowl XLVIII\nOn September 8 , 2013 , the league announced that Bruno Mars would perform at halftime . On January 10 , 2014 , it was announced that Red Hot Chili Peppers would be joining Mars as halftime show performers . The show opened with a children 's choir singing a chorus from `` Billionaire . '' Afterward , Mars appeared , playing a drum solo . Mars then performed the songs `` Locked Out of Heaven '' , `` Treasure '' , `` Runaway Baby '' , `` Give It Away '' ( with Red Hot Chili Peppers ) and `` Just the Way You Are '' as a tribute to the United States Armed Forces . The halftime performance was the most watched in the history of the Super Bowl drawing in a record 115.3 million viewers , passing the record 114 million who watched Madonna perform two years earlier . It was later revealed that the music was pre-recorded . Red Hot Chili Pepper 's drummer , Chad Smith responded on Twitter by saying `` FYI ... Every band in the last 10 years at the Super Bowl has performed to a previously recorded track . It 's the NFL 's policy . ''","title":"Super Bowl XLVIII","score":17.108261},{"document_id":"837756128_23667-29241-4397-5562","text":"List of Super Bowl halftime shows\ninstrumental ) ( Coldplay ) `` Fix You '' / `` Up & Up '' ( Coldplay , Beyoncé and Bruno Mars ) LI Main article : Super Bowl LI halftime show Date : Feb 5 , 2017 Location : NRG Stadium ( Houston , Texas ) Performer : Lady Gaga Producer : Ricky Kirshner Director : Hamish Hamilton Sponsor : Pepsi Zero Sugar References : Setlist : `` God Bless America '' / `` This Land Is Your Land '' `` Poker Face '' `` Born This Way '' `` Telephone '' `` Just Dance '' `` Million Reasons '' `` Bad Romance '' LII Main article : Super Bowl LII halftime show Date : Feb 4 , 2018 Location : U.S. Bank Stadium ( Minneapolis , Minnesota ) Performer : Justin Timberlake and the Tennessee Kids , University of Minnesota Marching Band Producer : Ricky Kirshner Director : Hamish Hamilton Sponsor : Pepsi References : Setlist : `` Filthy '' `` Rock Your Body '' `` Señorita '' `` SexyBack '' `` My Love '' `` Cry Me a River '' `` Suit & Tie '' ( Featuring the University of Minnesota Marching Band ) `` Until the End of Time '' `` I Would Die 4 U '' ( Pre-recorded video of Prince ( displayed on a projection screen ) with Justin Timberlake ) `` Mirrors '' `` Ca n't Stop the Feeling ! ''","title":"List of Super Bowl halftime shows","score":14.276997},{"document_id":"837756128_23667-29241-2091-3246","text":"List of Super Bowl halftime shows\n'' ( Intro ) / Vince Lombardi `` Excellence '' speech voiceover `` Love on Top '' ( chorus a cappella ) ( Beyoncé ) `` Crazy in Love '' ( Beyoncé ) `` End of Time '' ( Beyoncé ) `` Baby Boy '' ( Beyoncé ) `` Bootylicious '' ( Destiny 's Child ) `` Independent Women Part I '' ( Destiny 's Child ) `` Single Ladies ( Put a Ring on It ) '' ( Beyoncé featuring Kelly Rowland and Michelle Williams ) `` Halo '' ( Beyoncé ) XLVIII Main article : Super Bowl XLVIII halftime show Date : Feb 2 , 2014 Location : MetLife Stadium ( East Rutherford , New Jersey ) Performers : Bruno Mars , Red Hot Chili Peppers Producer : Ricky Kirshner Director : Hamish Hamilton Sponsor : Pepsi References : Setlist : `` Billionaire '' ( Intro ) ( children 's choir ) `` Locked Out of Heaven '' ( Bruno Mars ) `` Treasure '' ( Bruno Mars ) `` Runaway Baby '' ( Bruno Mars ) `` Give It Away '' ( Red Hot Chili Peppers with Bruno Mars ) `` Just the Way You Are '' ( Bruno Mars ) XLIX Main article : Super Bowl XLIX halftime show Date : Feb 1 , 2015 Location : University of Phoenix Stadium ( Glendale , Arizona ) Performers : Katy Perry , Lenny Kravitz , Missy Elliott , and Arizona","title":"List of Super Bowl halftime shows","score":13.225012},{"document_id":"834210179_3380-3836-0-456","text":"Super Bowl XLVIII\nIn the United States , the game was televised by Fox ; with an average audience of 111.5 million viewers , and peaking at 115.3 million during the halftime show featuring Bruno Mars , the game was briefly the most - watched U.S. television broadcast of all time , until it was surpassed the following year . The game 's inaugural Spanish - language telecast on Fox Deportes was also the highest - rated Spanish - language cable telecast outside of soccer .","title":"Super Bowl XLVIII","score":13.077613},{"document_id":"837756128_23667-29241-3247-4396","text":"List of Super Bowl halftime shows\nState University Sun Devil Marching Band Producer : Ricky Kirshner Director : Hamish Hamilton Sponsor : Pepsi References : Setlist : `` Roar '' ( Katy Perry ) `` Dark Horse '' ( Katy Perry ) `` I Kissed a Girl '' ( Lenny Kravitz and Katy Perry ) `` Teenage Dream '' ( Katy Perry ) `` California Gurls '' ( Katy Perry ) `` Get Ur Freak On '' ( Missy Elliott and Katy Perry ) `` Work It '' ( Missy Elliott and Katy Perry ) `` Lose Control '' ( Missy Elliott ) `` Firework '' ( Katy Perry ) 50 Main article : Super Bowl 50 halftime show Date : Feb 7 , 2016 Location : Levi 's Stadium ( Santa Clara , California ) Performers : Coldplay , Beyoncé , Bruno Mars , Mark Ronson , Gustavo Dudamel , University of California Marching Band and Youth Orchestra L.A. Producer : Ricky Kirshner Director : Hamish Hamilton Sponsor : Pepsi References : Setlist : `` Yellow '' ( intro a cappella ) ( Coldplay ) `` Viva la Vida '' ( Coldplay ) `` Paradise '' ( Coldplay ) `` Adventure of a Lifetime '' ( Coldplay ) `` Uptown Funk '' ( Mark Ronson & Bruno Mars ) `` Formation '' ( Beyoncé ) `` Crazy In Love '' / `` Uptown Funk '' ( Beyoncé , Bruno Mars ) `` Clocks '' (","title":"List of Super Bowl halftime shows","score":13.0086975}],"a3f07e9ed5f257db6aecd30511f03af1<::>6":[{"document_id":"837756128_23667-29241-2091-3246","text":"List of Super Bowl halftime shows\n'' ( Intro ) / Vince Lombardi `` Excellence '' speech voiceover `` Love on Top '' ( chorus a cappella ) ( Beyoncé ) `` Crazy in Love '' ( Beyoncé ) `` End of Time '' ( Beyoncé ) `` Baby Boy '' ( Beyoncé ) `` Bootylicious '' ( Destiny 's Child ) `` Independent Women Part I '' ( Destiny 's Child ) `` Single Ladies ( Put a Ring on It ) '' ( Beyoncé featuring Kelly Rowland and Michelle Williams ) `` Halo '' ( Beyoncé ) XLVIII Main article : Super Bowl XLVIII halftime show Date : Feb 2 , 2014 Location : MetLife Stadium ( East Rutherford , New Jersey ) Performers : Bruno Mars , Red Hot Chili Peppers Producer : Ricky Kirshner Director : Hamish Hamilton Sponsor : Pepsi References : Setlist : `` Billionaire '' ( Intro ) ( children 's choir ) `` Locked Out of Heaven '' ( Bruno Mars ) `` Treasure '' ( Bruno Mars ) `` Runaway Baby '' ( Bruno Mars ) `` Give It Away '' ( Red Hot Chili Peppers with Bruno Mars ) `` Just the Way You Are '' ( Bruno Mars ) XLIX Main article : Super Bowl XLIX halftime show Date : Feb 1 , 2015 Location : University of Phoenix Stadium ( Glendale , Arizona ) Performers : Katy Perry , Lenny Kravitz , Missy Elliott , and Arizona","title":"List of Super Bowl halftime shows","score":12.938627},{"document_id":"837756128_11896-19263-2645-4128","text":"List of Super Bowl halftime shows\nXXVII Main article : Super Bowl XXVII halftime show Date : Jan 31 , 1993 Location : Rose Bowl ( Pasadena , California ) Performer : Michael Jackson Producer : Radio City , Scott Sanders and Don Mischer Productions References : Setlist : `` Jam '' ( M. Jackson ) `` Billie Jean '' ( M. Jackson ) `` Black or White '' ( M. Jackson ) `` We Are the World '' ( children 's choir ) `` Heal the World '' ( M. Jackson ) Notes : This halftime performance increased the TV ratings by a significant amount . It has been claimed to be one of the most watched events in American television history . After 1993 , the NFL made a deliberate effort to attract top performers for the halftime shows . XXVIII Date : Jan 30 , 1994 Location : Georgia Dome ( Atlanta , Georgia ) Theme : Rockin ' Country Sunday Performers : Clint Black , Tanya Tucker , Travis Tritt , The Judds Producer : Select Productions References : Setlist : `` Tuckered Out '' ( Clint Black ) `` It 's a Little Too Late '' ( Tanya Tucker ) `` T-R-O-U-B-L-E '' ( Travis Tritt ) `` No One Else on Earth '' ( Wynonna Judd ) `` Love Can Build a Bridge '' ( The Judds , joined by the other artists and special guests for the final verse ) Notes : Travis Tritt of Atlanta , joined several other artists in history to perform in the halftime show in his own hometown . The special guests for the finale included : Stevie Wonder , Ashley Judd , Lisa Hartman Black , The Georgia Satellites , Joe Namath , Elijah Wood , and Charlie Daniels .","title":"List of Super Bowl halftime shows","score":12.841067},{"document_id":"834210179_30364-31402-0-1038","text":"Super Bowl XLVIII\nOn September 8 , 2013 , the league announced that Bruno Mars would perform at halftime . On January 10 , 2014 , it was announced that Red Hot Chili Peppers would be joining Mars as halftime show performers . The show opened with a children 's choir singing a chorus from `` Billionaire . '' Afterward , Mars appeared , playing a drum solo . Mars then performed the songs `` Locked Out of Heaven '' , `` Treasure '' , `` Runaway Baby '' , `` Give It Away '' ( with Red Hot Chili Peppers ) and `` Just the Way You Are '' as a tribute to the United States Armed Forces . The halftime performance was the most watched in the history of the Super Bowl drawing in a record 115.3 million viewers , passing the record 114 million who watched Madonna perform two years earlier . It was later revealed that the music was pre-recorded . Red Hot Chili Pepper 's drummer , Chad Smith responded on Twitter by saying `` FYI ... Every band in the last 10 years at the Super Bowl has performed to a previously recorded track . It 's the NFL 's policy . ''","title":"Super Bowl XLVIII","score":12.633996},{"document_id":"837756128_19279-23651-1758-3302","text":"List of Super Bowl halftime shows\nI Feel like a Woman ! '' ( Shania Twain ) `` Up ! '' ( Shania Twain ) `` Just a Girl '' ( No Doubt ) `` Message in a Bottle '' ( Sting with No Doubt ) XXXVIII Date : Feb 1 , 2004 Location : Reliant Stadium ( Houston , Texas ) Theme : Choose or Lose Performers : Jessica Simpson , the Spirit of Houston from the University of Houston , and the Ocean of Soul of Texas Southern University marching bands , Janet Jackson , P. Diddy , Nelly , Kid Rock and Justin Timberlake Producer : MTV Sponsor : AOL TopSpeed References : Setlist : ' Choose to Party ! ' Intro ( Jessica Simpson ) Marching bands `` All for You '' ( Janet Jackson ) `` Bad Boy for Life '' ( P. Diddy ) `` Diddy '' to the tune of `` Mickey '' ( P. Diddy ) `` Hot in Herre '' ( Nelly ) , `` Mo Money Mo Problems '' ( P. Diddy ) `` Bawitdaba '' ( Kid Rock ) , `` Cowboy '' ( Kid Rock ) `` Rhythm Nation '' ( Janet Jackson ) `` Rock Your Body '' ( Justin Timberlake with Janet Jackson ) Further information : Super Bowl XXXVIII halftime show controversy XXXIX Date : Feb 6 , 2005 Location : Alltel Stadium ( Jacksonville , Florida ) Performer : Paul McCartney Producer : Don Mischer Productions Sponsor : Ameriquest Mortgage References : Setlist : `` Drive My Car '' `` Get Back '' `` Live and Let Die '' `` Hey Jude '' XL Date : Feb 5 , 2006 Location : Ford Field ( Detroit , Michigan ) Performer : The Rolling Stones Producer : Don Mischer Production Sponsor : Sprint Nextel References : Setlist : `` Start Me Up '' `` Rough Justice '' `` ( I Ca n't Get No ) Satisfaction '' XLI Date","title":"List of Super Bowl halftime shows","score":12.226449},{"document_id":"837756128_23667-29241-3247-4396","text":"List of Super Bowl halftime shows\nState University Sun Devil Marching Band Producer : Ricky Kirshner Director : Hamish Hamilton Sponsor : Pepsi References : Setlist : `` Roar '' ( Katy Perry ) `` Dark Horse '' ( Katy Perry ) `` I Kissed a Girl '' ( Lenny Kravitz and Katy Perry ) `` Teenage Dream '' ( Katy Perry ) `` California Gurls '' ( Katy Perry ) `` Get Ur Freak On '' ( Missy Elliott and Katy Perry ) `` Work It '' ( Missy Elliott and Katy Perry ) `` Lose Control '' ( Missy Elliott ) `` Firework '' ( Katy Perry ) 50 Main article : Super Bowl 50 halftime show Date : Feb 7 , 2016 Location : Levi 's Stadium ( Santa Clara , California ) Performers : Coldplay , Beyoncé , Bruno Mars , Mark Ronson , Gustavo Dudamel , University of California Marching Band and Youth Orchestra L.A. Producer : Ricky Kirshner Director : Hamish Hamilton Sponsor : Pepsi References : Setlist : `` Yellow '' ( intro a cappella ) ( Coldplay ) `` Viva la Vida '' ( Coldplay ) `` Paradise '' ( Coldplay ) `` Adventure of a Lifetime '' ( Coldplay ) `` Uptown Funk '' ( Mark Ronson & Bruno Mars ) `` Formation '' ( Beyoncé ) `` Crazy In Love '' / `` Uptown Funk '' ( Beyoncé , Bruno Mars ) `` Clocks '' (","title":"List of Super Bowl halftime shows","score":12.1845455}],"a3f07e9ed5f257db6aecd30511f03af1<::>7":[{"document_id":"842831882_25349-26725-0-1376","text":"Grenade (song)\nMars performed the song at the Bowery Ballroom in New York City on August 25 , 2010 , with him and his four - piece band dressed in blue tuxedos and black skinny ties . John Macdonald for Spin said `` Despite a couple pitch problems here and there , Mars proved to be nearly as good a performer as he is a songwriter '' . The song was also performed in a similar manner on the October 9 , 2010 episode of Saturday Night Live , as part of a segue from `` Nothin ' on You '' , the debut single was also performed . His performance was well received by critics . Billboard 's magazine critique Walter Frazier analysed the performance and commented `` Mars ' backing band ... dressed as a 1950s rockabilly group , while Mars resembled something of a modern - day Elvis , surely inspiring swoons for the `` SNL '' audience . '' The performance was also praised by Mawuse Ziegbe , MTV reviewer , who wrote : `` Mars peppered the performance with hip - swaying moves Elvis would be proud of and wrapped up the set in classic rock - star style with an enthusiastic jump in the air . '' On October 21 , 2010 , a soulful arrangement of the song was sung for a Billboard Tastemakers video session . On May 5 , 2011 Mars expressed his apprehension about performing the song because fans have been throwing dummy grenades on stage , some of which are metal and have posed a safety hazard .","title":"Grenade (song)","score":14.378257},{"document_id":"826405298_10081-10350-0-269","text":"Lana Del Rey\nDel Rey built anticipation to the album by doing a number of live appearances , such as promotional concerts at the Bowery Ballroom and at the Chateau Marmont , and with performances at television shows such as De Wereld Draait Door , and Later ... with Jools Holland .","title":"Lana Del Rey","score":12.970574},{"document_id":"834210179_30364-31402-0-1038","text":"Super Bowl XLVIII\nOn September 8 , 2013 , the league announced that Bruno Mars would perform at halftime . On January 10 , 2014 , it was announced that Red Hot Chili Peppers would be joining Mars as halftime show performers . The show opened with a children 's choir singing a chorus from `` Billionaire . '' Afterward , Mars appeared , playing a drum solo . Mars then performed the songs `` Locked Out of Heaven '' , `` Treasure '' , `` Runaway Baby '' , `` Give It Away '' ( with Red Hot Chili Peppers ) and `` Just the Way You Are '' as a tribute to the United States Armed Forces . The halftime performance was the most watched in the history of the Super Bowl drawing in a record 115.3 million viewers , passing the record 114 million who watched Madonna perform two years earlier . It was later revealed that the music was pre-recorded . Red Hot Chili Pepper 's drummer , Chad Smith responded on Twitter by saying `` FYI ... Every band in the last 10 years at the Super Bowl has performed to a previously recorded track . It 's the NFL 's policy . ''","title":"Super Bowl XLVIII","score":10.362321},{"document_id":"842831882_26726-28494-0-1767","text":"Grenade (song)\nAdditionally , Mars performed on the Late Show with David Letterman , on November 11 , 2010 , with a soul redemption of `` Grenade '' accompanied by an all - female string section . Robbie Draw from website Idolator wrote a positive review , commenting `` Bruno Mars hit up the Late Show With David Letterman last night and left a piece of his heart on the stage after turning out an emotional , bluesy rendition of his new single `` Grenade '' `` . Story Gilmore of Neon Limelight also praised the performance , calling it `` nothing short of awesome '' and noticed that Mars `` takes this performing thing seriously . Even when he 's doing something as simple as a late night show performance , he makes sure he 's on his A game '' . The song was performed at NBC 's The Today Show on November 22 , 2010 , as part of the Toyota Concert Series and at the 2010 Soul Train Music Awards on November 28 , 2010 . On January 6 , 2011 , Mars performed `` Grenade '' on The Ellen DeGeneres Show with a guitar , `` backed by three background singers , a strings section , and pianist '' . He also performed the song on the Dutch television show The Voice of Holland on January 21 , 2011 . On February 13 , 2011 he performed the song live at the 2011 Grammy Awards , along with B.o.B. and Janelle Monáe . In Germany , Mars performed `` Grenade '' on two different shows Wetten , dass ... ? and at the Echo Awards , on 19 and 28 March 2011 , respectively . It was the eleventh song of his debut worldwide tour , The Doo - Wops & Hooligans Tour ( 2011 -- 12 ) and was thirteenth or tenth on the set list of his second tour , The Moonshine Jungle Tour ( 2013 -- 14 ) . On his third tour , the 24K Magic World Tour ( 2017 -- 18 ) , it was also the thirteenth item on the setlist .","title":"Grenade (song)","score":10.120666},{"document_id":"837756128_23667-29241-4397-5562","text":"List of Super Bowl halftime shows\ninstrumental ) ( Coldplay ) `` Fix You '' / `` Up & Up '' ( Coldplay , Beyoncé and Bruno Mars ) LI Main article : Super Bowl LI halftime show Date : Feb 5 , 2017 Location : NRG Stadium ( Houston , Texas ) Performer : Lady Gaga Producer : Ricky Kirshner Director : Hamish Hamilton Sponsor : Pepsi Zero Sugar References : Setlist : `` God Bless America '' / `` This Land Is Your Land '' `` Poker Face '' `` Born This Way '' `` Telephone '' `` Just Dance '' `` Million Reasons '' `` Bad Romance '' LII Main article : Super Bowl LII halftime show Date : Feb 4 , 2018 Location : U.S. Bank Stadium ( Minneapolis , Minnesota ) Performer : Justin Timberlake and the Tennessee Kids , University of Minnesota Marching Band Producer : Ricky Kirshner Director : Hamish Hamilton Sponsor : Pepsi References : Setlist : `` Filthy '' `` Rock Your Body '' `` Señorita '' `` SexyBack '' `` My Love '' `` Cry Me a River '' `` Suit & Tie '' ( Featuring the University of Minnesota Marching Band ) `` Until the End of Time '' `` I Would Die 4 U '' ( Pre-recorded video of Prince ( displayed on a projection screen ) with Justin Timberlake ) `` Mirrors '' `` Ca n't Stop the Feeling ! ''","title":"List of Super Bowl halftime shows","score":9.099362}],"04f83f1199c7ce4d7bef50be70f2db73<::>1":[{"document_id":"2435e097253a8be4-3441-5216","text":"\r\n\tPhysical Activity\r\n\nFind support with friends and make it a group activity by scheduling virtual meetups.\n\t\n\nLearn more\n\nExercising with an Injury or Disability\n\nLimited mobility doesn't mean you can't exercise. Finding ways to stay active and healthy that work for your body are important.\n\t\n\nGet started\n\nFitness During and After Pregnancy\n\n\tYour fitness activities might change while you're pregnant, but staying active is more important than ever. An active lifestyle keeps both you and your baby healthy. And when you’re active, it’s easier to keep up with your kids as they grow!\n\t\n\nLearn more\n\nFamily Fitness\n\nGrowing children should get at least one hour of physical activity a day. Running, biking, or hiking are all great ways for children to get exercise, but there are many activities children can do indoors as well. Even getting them to assist with the chores can help!\n\t\n\nSimple exercise for kids\n\n\tStaying active helps kids do better in school. Children who get enough physical activity tend to have an easier time focusing and even perform better on tests. Physical activity is shown to have a positive influence on memory, flexible thinking and self-control. So get your kids moving by playing sports or games that involve the whole family.\n\t\n\nLearn how exercising helps growing brains\n\nFind More Healthy Tips\nInspired to get moving? Find the tools, tips and tricks that will help you be active and stay healthy.\n\t\n\nLearn more\n\n\tThis material was funded by USDA’s Supplemental Nutrition Assistance Program. \n\tThis institution is an equal opportunity provider.\nNondiscrimination Statement\n\nWebsite Accessibility Certification | \r\n\tConditions of Use | \r\n\tPrivacy Policy | \r\n\tNotice on Collection | \r\n\tAccessibility | \r\n\tGet Free Reader | \r\n Copyright 2024 CalFresh Healthy Living","title":"\r\n\tPhysical Activity\r\n","score":12.366726},{"document_id":"af6c1949b4fb05a5-2619-4382","text":"Active Transportation Program (ATP) | Rebuilding CA\nThe program held regular walk-to-school and bike-to-school days and school celebrations. It also offered safety education to students in grades k-12 at 10 elementary and middle schools, along with two high schools. A partnership bewteen Redding School District’s After School Program and the Advanced Cycling Education organization bought 12 bikes for the afterschool Bike Safety program at seven schools.A ped safety campaign with Pedestrians Don’t Wear Armor.School children crossing the street safely with the help of crossing guards.A new cross walk in front of Junction School on Walk to School Day.A walking school bus at Cypress School.A ped safety campaign with Pedestrians Don’t Wear Armor.School children crossing the street safely with the help of crossing guards.A new cross walk in front of Junction School on Walk to School Day.A walking school bus at Cypress School.A ped safety campaign with Pedestrians Don’t Wear Armor.Go to previous slide.Go to slide 0Go to slide 1Go to slide 2Go to slide 3Go to next slide.Key BenefitsEnhanced engagement with parents and families through surveys and feedback mechanisms.Increased use of walking and biking methods for student transportation.Additional education in the areas of bike and walking safety.Partner-supported investment in bicycles for the afterschool Bike Safety program.Project Stats1 Open street event4 Walking school buses started at four schools7 Bike safety programs provided in after school settings3,000 Participants in community events16,700 Students at school events and activitiesMore Featured ProgramsTrade Corridor Enhancement ProgramSolutions for Congested Corridors ProgramLocal Partnership ProgramState Highway Operation and Protection ProgramTransit Intercity Rail Capital Program","title":"Active Transportation Program (ATP) | Rebuilding CA","score":11.390656},{"document_id":"c41add8034d82d3f-2812-4704","text":"Walk. Run. Dance. Play. What's your move? - Move Your Way | health.gov\nGet your kids moving\n\nYou know kids need physical activity to grow up strong and healthy.But did you know it can help them feel better right away?Better sleepBetter moodBetter gradesAnd when you move with your kids, you get the health benefits, too!\n\nHelp your kids move moreUse our interactive graphic to see how they can get the recommended 60 minutes a day.\n\nLearn the basics\n\nFind out how your kids can get enough physical activity. Read the fact sheet for parents [PDF - 1.9 MB].\n\nLearn how sports can help your kids get active and build important life skills. Check out the sports fact sheet for parents [PDF - 1.7 MB].\n\nHelp children understand why physical activity is important. Share this fact sheet with your kids [PDF - 1.4 MB].\n\nWatch our videos\n\nGet moving as a family! See how you can get active together [YouTube – 1:55].\n\nStuck indoors? Learn how to get kids moving without leaving the house! [YouTube – 1:47].\n\nHave a teen? Get ideas for helping teens get more active [YouTube – 0:29].\n\nLearn about creating healthy habits as a family\n\nLuis, Camila, and their 3 kids are getting active and making healthy meals as a team. Read their story.\n\nFor during and after pregnancy:\nFind your way to move\n\nPhysical activity is safe and healthy during and after pregnancy — and it can help you feel better right away!More energyBetter moodLess stressIt can even make labor shorter and recovery faster. And when you’re active, it’s easier to keep up with your kids as they grow!\n\nReady to get more active?Use our interactive tool to see how you can build more activity into your day. You may already be more active than you think!\n\nFind more information\n\nPhysical activity can help you have a healthy pregnancy. Read this fact sheet to learn more [PDF - 586 KB].\n\nAfter having a baby, it can be hard to get active again. Check out this fact sheet for tips to get started [PDF - 713 KB].","title":"Walk. Run. Dance. Play. What's your move? - Move Your Way | health.gov","score":11.171634},{"document_id":"73b4dcd30526baee-1431-3469","text":"Joni - Move Your Way | health.gov\nThat’s not to say getting active is easy with a young child and a baby in the house! Taking them with me on walks is a challenge sometimes — and when I finally get some time to myself after the kids are in bed, physical activity usually isn’t the first thing on my list. But I try my best to get active a few times a week, whether it’s outside or with an online exercise video. I don’t always get to do as much as I’d like, but that’s okay! I like knowing that even a little bit of activity relieves some stress and helps me stay healthy — and it’s setting a good example for my kids.\n\n \n\nAdults need a mix of physical activity to stay healthy\n\n \n\n \n\nModerate-intensity aerobic activity\nAdults need at least 150 minutes each week of moderate-intensity aerobic activity. Anything that gets the heart beating faster counts! Brisk walking is a great option if you’re recovering from childbirth or if you’re just starting to get active — and you can do it almost anywhere. Invite a friend along for some social time while you get moving!\n\n \n\nMuscle-strengthening activity\nIt’s also important to do muscle-strengthening activities 2 days a week — that’s anything that makes your muscles work harder than usual.\n\n \n\nHow I make every bite count\n\nI grew up eating home-cooked meals, and I always thought I’d give my kids the same experience. But taking care of young children doesn’t leave much time for cooking — I’m not interested in anything that takes more than 30 minutes to make. The faster I can put together a meal, the better.\nIt’s also a challenge to find healthy foods that work for all of us — a young kid who’s still figuring out what they like, a baby who’s just starting to eat solid foods, and myself. I want to make sure we all get the nutrients we need, but at first I had no idea how to do that with so many different preferences to take into account.\nI talked to our family doctor about my concerns, and she shared some good advice: It’s absolutely okay not to cook a whole meal. Eating healthy doesn’t have to be complicated!","title":"Joni - Move Your Way | health.gov","score":10.503357},{"document_id":"7460265a7e8d043c-1981-4497","text":"Strategies for Physical Activity Through Community Design | Physical Activity | CDC\nFebruary 8, 2024\t\n\nError processing SSI file\n\nStrategies for Physical Activity Through Community Design \n\nKey points\n\nBeing physically active is one of the most important ways people can improve their health now and into the future.\n\nPhysical activity benefits people of all ages and abilities.\n\nTo increase physical activity, state and local organizations can implement policies and take action to connect activity-friendly routes to everyday destinations.\n\nBackground\n\nSafe places to walk are important community design elements.\nPhysical activity is one of the best things people of all ages can do to improve their health. It is vital for healthy aging and can reduce the burden of chronic diseases and prevent early death. Yet, only about 1 in 4 adults and 1 in 6 high school students fully meet the recommendations in the Physical Activity Guidelines for Americans.\nAccess to safe places to play and walk, such as parks, safe streets, trails, and greenways, is important for physical activity. It is also important to be able to safely and easily walk, bike, or take transit to everyday destinations such as homes, workplaces, schools, parks, health care, and food outlets.\nAdditionally, many people from racial and ethnic minority groups and from rural areas are less likely to have access to these safe spaces. Historical land use as well as housing and transportation policies can contribute to limited access. People impacted by these disparities are also less likely to meet the physical activity recommendations.\nDesigning communities to provide access to these safe spaces for everyone helps increase physical activity and can provide better places to live. It can also help improve health equity.\nConnect activity-friendly routes to everyday destinations\nTip\nImplement policies and activities to connect pedestrian, bicycle, or transit transportation networks (called activity-friendly routes) to everyday destinations.To align with the Community Preventive Services Task Force's built environment recommendation, increasing physical activity through community design needs to include at least one element from activity-friendly routes plus one element from everyday destinations. Possibilities for each are below.\nSee recommendation\n\nActivity-Friendly Routes\n\nEveryday Destinations\n\nThese may include new or improved:\r\n\nStreet pattern design and connectivity, such as convenient, connected, and accessible streets that create many route options, shorter block lengths, and shorter crossing distances.","title":"Strategies for Physical Activity Through Community Design | Physical Activity | CDC","score":10.216078}],"04f83f1199c7ce4d7bef50be70f2db73<::>2":[{"document_id":"c41add8034d82d3f-2812-4704","text":"Walk. Run. Dance. Play. What's your move? - Move Your Way | health.gov\nGet your kids moving\n\nYou know kids need physical activity to grow up strong and healthy.But did you know it can help them feel better right away?Better sleepBetter moodBetter gradesAnd when you move with your kids, you get the health benefits, too!\n\nHelp your kids move moreUse our interactive graphic to see how they can get the recommended 60 minutes a day.\n\nLearn the basics\n\nFind out how your kids can get enough physical activity. Read the fact sheet for parents [PDF - 1.9 MB].\n\nLearn how sports can help your kids get active and build important life skills. Check out the sports fact sheet for parents [PDF - 1.7 MB].\n\nHelp children understand why physical activity is important. Share this fact sheet with your kids [PDF - 1.4 MB].\n\nWatch our videos\n\nGet moving as a family! See how you can get active together [YouTube – 1:55].\n\nStuck indoors? Learn how to get kids moving without leaving the house! [YouTube – 1:47].\n\nHave a teen? Get ideas for helping teens get more active [YouTube – 0:29].\n\nLearn about creating healthy habits as a family\n\nLuis, Camila, and their 3 kids are getting active and making healthy meals as a team. Read their story.\n\nFor during and after pregnancy:\nFind your way to move\n\nPhysical activity is safe and healthy during and after pregnancy — and it can help you feel better right away!More energyBetter moodLess stressIt can even make labor shorter and recovery faster. And when you’re active, it’s easier to keep up with your kids as they grow!\n\nReady to get more active?Use our interactive tool to see how you can build more activity into your day. You may already be more active than you think!\n\nFind more information\n\nPhysical activity can help you have a healthy pregnancy. Read this fact sheet to learn more [PDF - 586 KB].\n\nAfter having a baby, it can be hard to get active again. Check out this fact sheet for tips to get started [PDF - 713 KB].","title":"Walk. Run. Dance. Play. What's your move? - Move Your Way | health.gov","score":10.006705},{"document_id":"2435e097253a8be4-3441-5216","text":"\r\n\tPhysical Activity\r\n\nFind support with friends and make it a group activity by scheduling virtual meetups.\n\t\n\nLearn more\n\nExercising with an Injury or Disability\n\nLimited mobility doesn't mean you can't exercise. Finding ways to stay active and healthy that work for your body are important.\n\t\n\nGet started\n\nFitness During and After Pregnancy\n\n\tYour fitness activities might change while you're pregnant, but staying active is more important than ever. An active lifestyle keeps both you and your baby healthy. And when you’re active, it’s easier to keep up with your kids as they grow!\n\t\n\nLearn more\n\nFamily Fitness\n\nGrowing children should get at least one hour of physical activity a day. Running, biking, or hiking are all great ways for children to get exercise, but there are many activities children can do indoors as well. Even getting them to assist with the chores can help!\n\t\n\nSimple exercise for kids\n\n\tStaying active helps kids do better in school. Children who get enough physical activity tend to have an easier time focusing and even perform better on tests. Physical activity is shown to have a positive influence on memory, flexible thinking and self-control. So get your kids moving by playing sports or games that involve the whole family.\n\t\n\nLearn how exercising helps growing brains\n\nFind More Healthy Tips\nInspired to get moving? Find the tools, tips and tricks that will help you be active and stay healthy.\n\t\n\nLearn more\n\n\tThis material was funded by USDA’s Supplemental Nutrition Assistance Program. \n\tThis institution is an equal opportunity provider.\nNondiscrimination Statement\n\nWebsite Accessibility Certification | \r\n\tConditions of Use | \r\n\tPrivacy Policy | \r\n\tNotice on Collection | \r\n\tAccessibility | \r\n\tGet Free Reader | \r\n Copyright 2024 CalFresh Healthy Living","title":"\r\n\tPhysical Activity\r\n","score":9.75432},{"document_id":"2435e097253a8be4-5-2156","text":"\r\n\tPhysical Activity\r\n\nPhysical Activity\r\n\nSkip to Main Content\n\n×\n\nSaving your location allows us to provide you with more relevant information.\n\nSet Location\n\nAbout Us\nContact Us\n Translate\n\nMenu\n\nHome\n\nHome\n\nHealthy on a Budget\n\nHealthy Recipes\n\nPhysical Activity\n\nWorksite Wellness\n\nEvents\n\nPartners\n\nSNAC\n\nAdministration\n\nPhysical Activity\n\n\tRegular physical activity is one of the most important things you can do for your health. Everyone can experience the health benefits of physical activity – age, abilities, shape, or size do not matter. Starting a new wellness routine can feel challenging, but don’t worry. Increases in daily activity can come from small changes made throughout your day, such as walking or cycling instead of using the car, getting off a bus a stop earlier and walking the rest of the way, or walking the children to school.\n\t\n\n\tRegardless of how you choose to incorporate physical activity in your life, the important part is that you do.\n\t\n\nGet Started\n\n\tExercise can be easy to do and fun for everyone. You don't need equipment or access to a gym to keep your body healthy and active. Find an exercise that fits your lifestyle, whether you're at the park, the office, or at home watching TV.\n\t\n\n\tCheck with your doctor before doing any physical activity if you have health issues or concerns.\n\t\n\nSimple Exercises\n\nStart with these exercises and build up slowly to a routine that works for you. The important thing is to get you moving and strengthen your muscles. Try them out and see how you feel.\n\t\n\nPelvic Neutral in Standing\n\tThis exercise strengthens your back and will help you execute exercises safely.\n\t\n\nWall Sits\n\tThese simple exercises can be done anywhere there's a wall to lean on and can help you increase your lower body strength and endurance.\n\t\n\nYoga Poses\n\tYoga has become a popular way of promoting physical and mental well-being. It can help you relax and manage stress and anxiety while also increasing your strength and flexibility.\n\t\n\nGet more exercises\n\nLet's Get Moving\n\nBeyond the Gym\n\n\tYour local park or even your home have all the space you need to stay active without the need of a gym or expensive equipment.","title":"\r\n\tPhysical Activity\r\n","score":9.50068},{"document_id":"73b4dcd30526baee-2-1871","text":"Joni - Move Your Way | health.gov\nJoni - Move Your Way | health.gov\n\n Skip to content\n\nU.S. Department of Health and Human Services\nOffice of Disease Prevention and Health Promotion\n\nMove Your Way\nHealthy eating and physical activity\n\nEnglish\n\nEn español\n\n← Back\n\nFacebook\nX\nEmail\n\n \n\n \n\nJoni\n\nMaking time to get active when life is busy and taking the stress out of eating healthy \n\n \n\nLife changes when you have young kids. But even when you don’t have much time to focus on yourself, you can take small steps to make healthy eating and physical activity part of your routine. They’ll go a long way to help protect your health — and will keep you at your best for those you love.\nLearn how Joni makes time to move her way and finds creative ways to eat healthy with a baby and a young child.\n\nHow I move my way\n\nBefore I had kids, I was pretty active. I spent lots of weekends hiking or going on bike rides with friends. But 2 pregnancies in just over 4 years changed all that!\nAfter my second child was born, I was constantly tired and just didn’t have any energy. I knew it was partly because I wasn’t getting enough sleep at night — but I also realized that I missed getting active. I found that getting outside even for just 15 minutes and taking a quick walk gave me an energy boost, and it helped me feel more like my old self. I take the kids along in the stroller — sometimes we stop by the park, and my older child and I play ball while the baby naps.\nThat’s not to say getting active is easy with a young child and a baby in the house! Taking them with me on walks is a challenge sometimes — and when I finally get some time to myself after the kids are in bed, physical activity usually isn’t the first thing on my list. But I try my best to get active a few times a week, whether it’s outside or with an online exercise video. I don’t always get to do as much as I’d like, but that’s okay!","title":"Joni - Move Your Way | health.gov","score":9.200641},{"document_id":"73b4dcd30526baee-1431-3469","text":"Joni - Move Your Way | health.gov\nThat’s not to say getting active is easy with a young child and a baby in the house! Taking them with me on walks is a challenge sometimes — and when I finally get some time to myself after the kids are in bed, physical activity usually isn’t the first thing on my list. But I try my best to get active a few times a week, whether it’s outside or with an online exercise video. I don’t always get to do as much as I’d like, but that’s okay! I like knowing that even a little bit of activity relieves some stress and helps me stay healthy — and it’s setting a good example for my kids.\n\n \n\nAdults need a mix of physical activity to stay healthy\n\n \n\n \n\nModerate-intensity aerobic activity\nAdults need at least 150 minutes each week of moderate-intensity aerobic activity. Anything that gets the heart beating faster counts! Brisk walking is a great option if you’re recovering from childbirth or if you’re just starting to get active — and you can do it almost anywhere. Invite a friend along for some social time while you get moving!\n\n \n\nMuscle-strengthening activity\nIt’s also important to do muscle-strengthening activities 2 days a week — that’s anything that makes your muscles work harder than usual.\n\n \n\nHow I make every bite count\n\nI grew up eating home-cooked meals, and I always thought I’d give my kids the same experience. But taking care of young children doesn’t leave much time for cooking — I’m not interested in anything that takes more than 30 minutes to make. The faster I can put together a meal, the better.\nIt’s also a challenge to find healthy foods that work for all of us — a young kid who’s still figuring out what they like, a baby who’s just starting to eat solid foods, and myself. I want to make sure we all get the nutrients we need, but at first I had no idea how to do that with so many different preferences to take into account.\nI talked to our family doctor about my concerns, and she shared some good advice: It’s absolutely okay not to cook a whole meal. Eating healthy doesn’t have to be complicated!","title":"Joni - Move Your Way | health.gov","score":9.101511}],"04f83f1199c7ce4d7bef50be70f2db73<::>3":[{"document_id":"2435e097253a8be4-3441-5216","text":"\r\n\tPhysical Activity\r\n\nFind support with friends and make it a group activity by scheduling virtual meetups.\n\t\n\nLearn more\n\nExercising with an Injury or Disability\n\nLimited mobility doesn't mean you can't exercise. Finding ways to stay active and healthy that work for your body are important.\n\t\n\nGet started\n\nFitness During and After Pregnancy\n\n\tYour fitness activities might change while you're pregnant, but staying active is more important than ever. An active lifestyle keeps both you and your baby healthy. And when you’re active, it’s easier to keep up with your kids as they grow!\n\t\n\nLearn more\n\nFamily Fitness\n\nGrowing children should get at least one hour of physical activity a day. Running, biking, or hiking are all great ways for children to get exercise, but there are many activities children can do indoors as well. Even getting them to assist with the chores can help!\n\t\n\nSimple exercise for kids\n\n\tStaying active helps kids do better in school. Children who get enough physical activity tend to have an easier time focusing and even perform better on tests. Physical activity is shown to have a positive influence on memory, flexible thinking and self-control. So get your kids moving by playing sports or games that involve the whole family.\n\t\n\nLearn how exercising helps growing brains\n\nFind More Healthy Tips\nInspired to get moving? Find the tools, tips and tricks that will help you be active and stay healthy.\n\t\n\nLearn more\n\n\tThis material was funded by USDA’s Supplemental Nutrition Assistance Program. \n\tThis institution is an equal opportunity provider.\nNondiscrimination Statement\n\nWebsite Accessibility Certification | \r\n\tConditions of Use | \r\n\tPrivacy Policy | \r\n\tNotice on Collection | \r\n\tAccessibility | \r\n\tGet Free Reader | \r\n Copyright 2024 CalFresh Healthy Living","title":"\r\n\tPhysical Activity\r\n","score":15.479488},{"document_id":"c41add8034d82d3f-2812-4704","text":"Walk. Run. Dance. Play. What's your move? - Move Your Way | health.gov\nGet your kids moving\n\nYou know kids need physical activity to grow up strong and healthy.But did you know it can help them feel better right away?Better sleepBetter moodBetter gradesAnd when you move with your kids, you get the health benefits, too!\n\nHelp your kids move moreUse our interactive graphic to see how they can get the recommended 60 minutes a day.\n\nLearn the basics\n\nFind out how your kids can get enough physical activity. Read the fact sheet for parents [PDF - 1.9 MB].\n\nLearn how sports can help your kids get active and build important life skills. Check out the sports fact sheet for parents [PDF - 1.7 MB].\n\nHelp children understand why physical activity is important. Share this fact sheet with your kids [PDF - 1.4 MB].\n\nWatch our videos\n\nGet moving as a family! See how you can get active together [YouTube – 1:55].\n\nStuck indoors? Learn how to get kids moving without leaving the house! [YouTube – 1:47].\n\nHave a teen? Get ideas for helping teens get more active [YouTube – 0:29].\n\nLearn about creating healthy habits as a family\n\nLuis, Camila, and their 3 kids are getting active and making healthy meals as a team. Read their story.\n\nFor during and after pregnancy:\nFind your way to move\n\nPhysical activity is safe and healthy during and after pregnancy — and it can help you feel better right away!More energyBetter moodLess stressIt can even make labor shorter and recovery faster. And when you’re active, it’s easier to keep up with your kids as they grow!\n\nReady to get more active?Use our interactive tool to see how you can build more activity into your day. You may already be more active than you think!\n\nFind more information\n\nPhysical activity can help you have a healthy pregnancy. Read this fact sheet to learn more [PDF - 586 KB].\n\nAfter having a baby, it can be hard to get active again. Check out this fact sheet for tips to get started [PDF - 713 KB].","title":"Walk. Run. Dance. Play. What's your move? - Move Your Way | health.gov","score":14.585408},{"document_id":"73b4dcd30526baee-1431-3469","text":"Joni - Move Your Way | health.gov\nThat’s not to say getting active is easy with a young child and a baby in the house! Taking them with me on walks is a challenge sometimes — and when I finally get some time to myself after the kids are in bed, physical activity usually isn’t the first thing on my list. But I try my best to get active a few times a week, whether it’s outside or with an online exercise video. I don’t always get to do as much as I’d like, but that’s okay! I like knowing that even a little bit of activity relieves some stress and helps me stay healthy — and it’s setting a good example for my kids.\n\n \n\nAdults need a mix of physical activity to stay healthy\n\n \n\n \n\nModerate-intensity aerobic activity\nAdults need at least 150 minutes each week of moderate-intensity aerobic activity. Anything that gets the heart beating faster counts! Brisk walking is a great option if you’re recovering from childbirth or if you’re just starting to get active — and you can do it almost anywhere. Invite a friend along for some social time while you get moving!\n\n \n\nMuscle-strengthening activity\nIt’s also important to do muscle-strengthening activities 2 days a week — that’s anything that makes your muscles work harder than usual.\n\n \n\nHow I make every bite count\n\nI grew up eating home-cooked meals, and I always thought I’d give my kids the same experience. But taking care of young children doesn’t leave much time for cooking — I’m not interested in anything that takes more than 30 minutes to make. The faster I can put together a meal, the better.\nIt’s also a challenge to find healthy foods that work for all of us — a young kid who’s still figuring out what they like, a baby who’s just starting to eat solid foods, and myself. I want to make sure we all get the nutrients we need, but at first I had no idea how to do that with so many different preferences to take into account.\nI talked to our family doctor about my concerns, and she shared some good advice: It’s absolutely okay not to cook a whole meal. Eating healthy doesn’t have to be complicated!","title":"Joni - Move Your Way | health.gov","score":13.911621},{"document_id":"c41add8034d82d3f-1300-3248","text":"Walk. Run. Dance. Play. What's your move? - Move Your Way | health.gov\nGet tips for fitting more activity into your day [YouTube – 1:59].\n\nRead stories about boosting your health with physical activity and healthy eating\n\nJeff gets active on most days and is trying to eat healthier. Read Jeff’s story.\n\nCheryl gets active with everyday tasks and saves time with meal prep and shopping smart. Read Cheryl’s story.\n\nFor older adults: \nGet active to age well \n\nPhysical activity can help you stay healthy and independent as you age. Being active can: Make it easier to do everyday tasks, like cleaning and grocery shoppingHelp ease pain and manage other health problemsLower your risk of falls — and your risk of an injury if you do fall\n\nReady to make a plan?Use our interactive tool to build your personalized weekly activity plan.\n\nLearn tips to get moving\n\nDid you know physical activity can help you stay independent as you get older? Read the fact sheet about physical activity for older adults [PDF - 1.2 MB].\n\nIt’s important to get a mix of activity types as you get older. Read the fact sheet about different activity types for older adults [PDF - 1.1 MB].\n\nCheck out our videos\n\nTrying to get motivated to move more? Make a pledge! Watch this video to see how [YouTube – 0:31]. \n\nWant to get active and get things done at the same time? Watch this video about making yardwork a workout [YouTube – 0:30].\n\nLearn about eating healthy and getting active safely as you age\n\nJohn and Patty find creative ways to eat healthy and get active indoors. Read their story.\n\nFor parents:\nGet your kids moving\n\nYou know kids need physical activity to grow up strong and healthy.But did you know it can help them feel better right away?Better sleepBetter moodBetter gradesAnd when you move with your kids, you get the health benefits, too!\n\nHelp your kids move moreUse our interactive graphic to see how they can get the recommended 60 minutes a day.\n\nLearn the basics\n\nFind out how your kids can get enough physical activity.","title":"Walk. Run. Dance. Play. What's your move? - Move Your Way | health.gov","score":12.834626},{"document_id":"2435e097253a8be4-5-2156","text":"\r\n\tPhysical Activity\r\n\nPhysical Activity\r\n\nSkip to Main Content\n\n×\n\nSaving your location allows us to provide you with more relevant information.\n\nSet Location\n\nAbout Us\nContact Us\n Translate\n\nMenu\n\nHome\n\nHome\n\nHealthy on a Budget\n\nHealthy Recipes\n\nPhysical Activity\n\nWorksite Wellness\n\nEvents\n\nPartners\n\nSNAC\n\nAdministration\n\nPhysical Activity\n\n\tRegular physical activity is one of the most important things you can do for your health. Everyone can experience the health benefits of physical activity – age, abilities, shape, or size do not matter. Starting a new wellness routine can feel challenging, but don’t worry. Increases in daily activity can come from small changes made throughout your day, such as walking or cycling instead of using the car, getting off a bus a stop earlier and walking the rest of the way, or walking the children to school.\n\t\n\n\tRegardless of how you choose to incorporate physical activity in your life, the important part is that you do.\n\t\n\nGet Started\n\n\tExercise can be easy to do and fun for everyone. You don't need equipment or access to a gym to keep your body healthy and active. Find an exercise that fits your lifestyle, whether you're at the park, the office, or at home watching TV.\n\t\n\n\tCheck with your doctor before doing any physical activity if you have health issues or concerns.\n\t\n\nSimple Exercises\n\nStart with these exercises and build up slowly to a routine that works for you. The important thing is to get you moving and strengthen your muscles. Try them out and see how you feel.\n\t\n\nPelvic Neutral in Standing\n\tThis exercise strengthens your back and will help you execute exercises safely.\n\t\n\nWall Sits\n\tThese simple exercises can be done anywhere there's a wall to lean on and can help you increase your lower body strength and endurance.\n\t\n\nYoga Poses\n\tYoga has become a popular way of promoting physical and mental well-being. It can help you relax and manage stress and anxiety while also increasing your strength and flexibility.\n\t\n\nGet more exercises\n\nLet's Get Moving\n\nBeyond the Gym\n\n\tYour local park or even your home have all the space you need to stay active without the need of a gym or expensive equipment.","title":"\r\n\tPhysical Activity\r\n","score":11.804383}],"04f83f1199c7ce4d7bef50be70f2db73<::>4":[{"document_id":"cc933ed9638e808e-58873-60184","text":"Results matching topic of quality-safety-costs | Page 1 of 6 | State of New York\nobesity\n \n\n (18)\n \n\n obs\n \n\n (1)\n \n\n occupancy\n \n\n (2)\n \n\n opcert\n \n\n (5)\n \n\n operating certificate\n \n\n (5)\n \n\n operation name\n \n\n (2)\n \n\n operator\n \n\n (5)\n \n\n oph\n \n\n (21)\n \n\n opioid\n \n\n (4)\n \n\n opioid death\n \n\n (2)\n \n\n opioid list\n \n\n (3)\n \n\n opioid tax\n \n\n (2)\n \n\n opmc\n \n\n (1)\n \n\n opra\n \n\n (2)\n \n\n order of birth\n \n\n (1)\n \n\n organ donation\n \n\n (4)\n \n\n organ procurement\n \n\n (7)\n \n\n other visits\n \n\n (1)\n \n\n out of wedlock\n \n\n (1)\n \n\n out of wedlock births\n \n\n (1)\n \n\n outpatient\n \n\n (14)\n \n\n overall rating\n \n\n (1)\n \n\n overview\n \n\n (1)\n \n\n overweight\n \n\n (1)\n \n\n part 438\n \n\n (2)\n \n\n partial inspections\n \n\n (1)\n \n\n patient\n \n\n (3)\n \n\n patient safety indicator\n \n\n (7)\n \n\n pca certificates\n \n\n (1)\n \n\n pci\n \n\n (5)\n \n\n pdi\n \n\n (6)\n \n\n pediatric\n \n\n (1)\n \n\n pediatric obesity\n \n\n (1)\n \n\n pediatric overweight\n \n\n (1)\n \n\n pediatric sepsis\n \n\n (1)\n \n\n perinatal\n \n\n (6)\n \n\n personal care aide\n \n\n (2)\n \n\n pests\n \n\n (5)\n \n\n phagocytophilum\n \n\n (2)\n \n\n pharmacy\n \n\n (2)\n \n\n physical activity\n \n\n (3)\n \n\n physician\n \n\n (1)\n \n\n place of birth\n \n\n (1)\n \n\n plan\n \n\n (46)\n \n\n plan performance\n \n\n (29)\n \n\n plan performance report\n \n\n (7)\n \n\n pnds\n \n\n (43)\n \n\n population\n \n\n (10)\n \n\n post-secondary\n \n\n (2)\n \n\n postpartum\n \n\n (3)\n \n\n potentially preventable complication\n \n\n (6)\n \n\n potentially preventable readmission","title":"Results matching topic of quality-safety-costs | Page 1 of 6 | State of New York","score":9.411858},{"document_id":"2846ac100114d1bb-1476-2640","text":"Calculate Your BMI - Metric BMI Calculator\nObesity = BMI of 30 or greater \nWhat Next? Take Action Towards Better Health:\nMaintain a Healthy Weight\n\nMaintaining a healthy weight is important for your heart health.\nLearn more about overweight and obesity\n\nIncrease Physical Activity\n\nMoving more can lower your risk factors for heart disease.\n\nEat a Heart-Healthy Diet\n\nEating a healthy diet is the key to heart disease prevention.\n\nKnow and Control Your Heart Health Numbers\n\nTracking your heart health stats can help you meet your heart health goals.\n\nDownload the BMI calculator app today (available for iPhone).\n\n \n\nBuilding 31\n31 Center Drive\nBethesda, MD 20892\n\nLearn more about getting to NIH\n\nGet Email Alerts\nReceive automatic alerts about NHLBI related news and highlights from across the Institute.\nLearn More\n\nConnect With Us\n\nContact Us Directly\n\nPolicies\n\nPrivacy Policy\n\nFreedom of Information Act (FOIA)\n\nAccessibility\n\nCopyright and Usage\n\nNo FEAR Act\n\nGrants and Funding\n\nCustomer Service/Center for Health Information\n\nEmail Alerts\n\nJobs and Careers\n\nSite Index\n\nAbout NHLBI\n\nNational Institute of Health\n\nDepartment of Health and Human Services \n\nHHS Vulnerability Disclosure\n\nOIG\n\nUSA.gov","title":"Calculate Your BMI - Metric BMI Calculator","score":9.134716},{"document_id":"5e122232877c3d86-1549-3620","text":"Take Action Toward Better Heart Health: | NHLBI, NIH\nMission and Strategic Vision\n\nLeadership\n\nDivisions, Offices and Centers\n\nAdvisory Committees\n\nBudget and Legislative Information\n\nJobs and Working at the NHLBI\n\nContact and FAQs\n\nNIH Sleep Research Plan\n\n\tHOME\n\t\n\n\tSearch Text:\n\t\n\n Home/Education and Awareness/The Heart Truth® / < Back To Let's Work Together to Prevent Heart Disease/Take Action Toward Better Heart Health: \n\nTake Action Toward Better Heart Health: \n\nMaintain a Healthy Weight\n \n\nBeing overweight is hard on your heart. It increases your risk of having heart disease, a stroke, high cholesterol, high blood pressure, and diabetes. Choosing heart-healthy foods and getting regular exercise will help you achieve and maintain a healthy weight. Also, find ways to reduce stress, which affects energy and hunger and, if chronic, can make your body store more fat.\nIf your doctor diagnosed you with overweight or obesity, it’s important to follow their recommendations for losing weight. Health professionals recommend losing 5% to 10% of your initial weight over the course of about 6 months. But a loss of just 3% to 5% of your current weight can lower triglycerides and glucose levels in your blood, as well as your risk of developing type 2 diabetes. Losing more than 3% to 5% of your weight can improve blood pressure readings, lower “bad” LDL cholesterol, and increase “good” HDL cholesterol.\nIf you need to lose weight, connecting with others can help keep you on track. Try these:\nJoin a weight loss program with a buddy.\nSign “social support” agreements with three family members or friends.\nGet your kids involved. Explain that it's important to sit less and move more to stay at a healthy weight and that they’ll have more energy to ride a bike or shoot hoops. Tell them you’ll do the same.\n\nThis video shows how little things we do each day can add up and lead to weight gain. Gaining 10 pounds adds more than 30 pounds of force to your knees, which can cause aches and pains. Taking action by eating healthy and getting physical activity can lower the risk of developing serious health problems.","title":"Take Action Toward Better Heart Health: | NHLBI, NIH","score":8.992504},{"document_id":"838fffa336b64b99-2847-5118","text":"West Nile Virus | Sierra County, CA - Official Website\nTake steps to avoid West Nile virus infection.How do I protect myself from West Nile virus?There is no vaccine to prevent West Nile virus infection.The best way to prevent diseases spread by mosquitoes is to protect yourself and your family from mosquito bites.Wear long-sleeved shirts and long pants.Stay in places with air conditioning and window and door screens to keep mosquitoes outside.Treat your clothing and gear with permethrin or buy pre-treated items.Use Environmental Protection Agency (EPA)-registered insect repellents.Always follow the product label instructions.When used as directed, these insect repellents are proven safe and effective even for pregnant and breastfeeding women.Do not use insect repellents on babies younger than 2 months old.Do not use products containing oil of lemon eucalyptus or para-menthane-diol on children younger than 3 years old.Mosquito netting can be used to cover babies younger than 2 months old in carriers, strollers, or cribs to protect them from mosquito bites.Sleep under a mosquito bed net if air conditioned or screened rooms are not available or if sleeping outdoors.If you have a baby or child:Do not use insect repellent on babies younger than 2 months old.Do not use products containing oil of lemon eucalyptus or para-menthane-diol on children younger than 3 years old.Dress your child in clothing that covers arms and legs.Cover crib, stroller, and baby carrier with mosquito netting.Do not apply insect repellent onto a child’s hands, eyes, mouth, and cut or irritated skin.Adults: Spray insect repellent onto your hands and then apply to a child’s face.More InformationInformation on West Nile virus from CDC.Information on insect repellent use and effectiveness from the EPA.The American Academy of Microbiology (AAM) comprehensive report published in 2013 called West Nile virus FAQ [1.58 MB]Information on West Nile virus from CDC.Information on insect repellent use and effectiveness from the EPA.The American Academy of Microbiology (AAM) comprehensive report published in 2013 called West Nile virus FAQ [1.58 MB]Content provided and maintained by the U.S. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC). Please see our system usage guidelines and disclaimer.\n\n \n \n \n\n \n\n \n\nCoronavirus (COVID-19)","title":"West Nile Virus | Sierra County, CA - Official Website","score":8.916592},{"document_id":"1c56aea339be06db-1588-3689","text":"Healthy Lifestyles & Prevention - New York State Department of Health\nHealthy Lifestyles at Work & Home\n\nAdapt the Fun for Everyone! Physical Activity and People with Disabilities\nFit for Life\nGuidelines for Healthy Meetings\nFood Standards for Workplaces Toolkit\nPromoting Worksite Wellness\n\nHuman Trafficking\n\nHuman Trafficking\n\nImmunization\n\nImmunization\n\nInjury Prevention\n\nChild Injury Prevention in New York State\nInjury Prevention in New York State\nTraumatic Brain Injury\nChoking Prevention for Children\nDriving\r\n \nChild Passenger Safety\nYounger Driver Safety\nDrowsy Driving Awareness\n\nFall Prevention in Older Adults, New York State\nFall Injuries\nInjury Prevention Statistics\nPedestrian Safety\nPoison Prevention\nChildren's Product Recalls\nShaken Baby Syndrome\nSuicide and Self-Harm Injuries\n\nLead Exposure\n\nLead\n\nNutrition\n\nChild and Adult Care Food Program (CACFP)\nCommodity Supplemental Food Program (CSFP)\nFarmers Market Nutrition Program\nFood Safety\nFood Standards for Hospitals Toolkit\nFood Standards for Workplaces Toolkit\nGuidelines for Healthy Meetings\nHunger Prevention and Nutrition Assistance Program (HPNAP)\nJust Say Yes to Fruits and Vegetables (JSY)\nNutrition Resources\nWIC (Special Supplemental Nutrition Program for Women, Infants and Children)\n\nObesity Prevention & Physical Activity\n\niChoose600™ – choosing lower calorie meals at fast food restaurants\nObesity\nTips for Child Care Professionals\nTips for Parents\n\nOral Health\n\nOral Health\n\nPregnancy\n\nHealthy Pregnancy Fact Sheet\n\nPrevention Agenda 2019-2024: New York State's Health Improvement Plan\n\nPrevention Agenda 2019-2024: New York State's Health Improvement Plan\n\nPublic Health\n\nPublic Health Works!\n\nRape Crisis and Sexual Violence Prevention\n\nRape Crisis and Sexual Violence Prevention Program\n\nSexual Health\n\nFamily Planning and Reproductive Health Care\nHIV/AIDS\n\nTalking with Young People about HIV/AIDS\n\nLesbian, Gay, Bisexual and Transgender (LGBT) Health Care\n\nGuidelines for Care of Lesbian, Gay, Bisexual and Transgender Patients\n\nNYS Condom Program (NYSCondom)\nSexually Transmitted Diseases\n\nTanning\n\nIndoor Tanning\n\nTobacco Control\n\nTobacco Control and Prevention\n\nRelated Links","title":"Healthy Lifestyles & Prevention - New York State Department of Health","score":8.768087}],"04f83f1199c7ce4d7bef50be70f2db73<::>5":[{"document_id":"2435e097253a8be4-3441-5216","text":"\r\n\tPhysical Activity\r\n\nFind support with friends and make it a group activity by scheduling virtual meetups.\n\t\n\nLearn more\n\nExercising with an Injury or Disability\n\nLimited mobility doesn't mean you can't exercise. Finding ways to stay active and healthy that work for your body are important.\n\t\n\nGet started\n\nFitness During and After Pregnancy\n\n\tYour fitness activities might change while you're pregnant, but staying active is more important than ever. An active lifestyle keeps both you and your baby healthy. And when you’re active, it’s easier to keep up with your kids as they grow!\n\t\n\nLearn more\n\nFamily Fitness\n\nGrowing children should get at least one hour of physical activity a day. Running, biking, or hiking are all great ways for children to get exercise, but there are many activities children can do indoors as well. Even getting them to assist with the chores can help!\n\t\n\nSimple exercise for kids\n\n\tStaying active helps kids do better in school. Children who get enough physical activity tend to have an easier time focusing and even perform better on tests. Physical activity is shown to have a positive influence on memory, flexible thinking and self-control. So get your kids moving by playing sports or games that involve the whole family.\n\t\n\nLearn how exercising helps growing brains\n\nFind More Healthy Tips\nInspired to get moving? Find the tools, tips and tricks that will help you be active and stay healthy.\n\t\n\nLearn more\n\n\tThis material was funded by USDA’s Supplemental Nutrition Assistance Program. \n\tThis institution is an equal opportunity provider.\nNondiscrimination Statement\n\nWebsite Accessibility Certification | \r\n\tConditions of Use | \r\n\tPrivacy Policy | \r\n\tNotice on Collection | \r\n\tAccessibility | \r\n\tGet Free Reader | \r\n Copyright 2024 CalFresh Healthy Living","title":"\r\n\tPhysical Activity\r\n","score":12.579473},{"document_id":"c41add8034d82d3f-2812-4704","text":"Walk. Run. Dance. Play. What's your move? - Move Your Way | health.gov\nGet your kids moving\n\nYou know kids need physical activity to grow up strong and healthy.But did you know it can help them feel better right away?Better sleepBetter moodBetter gradesAnd when you move with your kids, you get the health benefits, too!\n\nHelp your kids move moreUse our interactive graphic to see how they can get the recommended 60 minutes a day.\n\nLearn the basics\n\nFind out how your kids can get enough physical activity. Read the fact sheet for parents [PDF - 1.9 MB].\n\nLearn how sports can help your kids get active and build important life skills. Check out the sports fact sheet for parents [PDF - 1.7 MB].\n\nHelp children understand why physical activity is important. Share this fact sheet with your kids [PDF - 1.4 MB].\n\nWatch our videos\n\nGet moving as a family! See how you can get active together [YouTube – 1:55].\n\nStuck indoors? Learn how to get kids moving without leaving the house! [YouTube – 1:47].\n\nHave a teen? Get ideas for helping teens get more active [YouTube – 0:29].\n\nLearn about creating healthy habits as a family\n\nLuis, Camila, and their 3 kids are getting active and making healthy meals as a team. Read their story.\n\nFor during and after pregnancy:\nFind your way to move\n\nPhysical activity is safe and healthy during and after pregnancy — and it can help you feel better right away!More energyBetter moodLess stressIt can even make labor shorter and recovery faster. And when you’re active, it’s easier to keep up with your kids as they grow!\n\nReady to get more active?Use our interactive tool to see how you can build more activity into your day. You may already be more active than you think!\n\nFind more information\n\nPhysical activity can help you have a healthy pregnancy. Read this fact sheet to learn more [PDF - 586 KB].\n\nAfter having a baby, it can be hard to get active again. Check out this fact sheet for tips to get started [PDF - 713 KB].","title":"Walk. Run. Dance. Play. What's your move? - Move Your Way | health.gov","score":12.195418},{"document_id":"73b4dcd30526baee-1431-3469","text":"Joni - Move Your Way | health.gov\nThat’s not to say getting active is easy with a young child and a baby in the house! Taking them with me on walks is a challenge sometimes — and when I finally get some time to myself after the kids are in bed, physical activity usually isn’t the first thing on my list. But I try my best to get active a few times a week, whether it’s outside or with an online exercise video. I don’t always get to do as much as I’d like, but that’s okay! I like knowing that even a little bit of activity relieves some stress and helps me stay healthy — and it’s setting a good example for my kids.\n\n \n\nAdults need a mix of physical activity to stay healthy\n\n \n\n \n\nModerate-intensity aerobic activity\nAdults need at least 150 minutes each week of moderate-intensity aerobic activity. Anything that gets the heart beating faster counts! Brisk walking is a great option if you’re recovering from childbirth or if you’re just starting to get active — and you can do it almost anywhere. Invite a friend along for some social time while you get moving!\n\n \n\nMuscle-strengthening activity\nIt’s also important to do muscle-strengthening activities 2 days a week — that’s anything that makes your muscles work harder than usual.\n\n \n\nHow I make every bite count\n\nI grew up eating home-cooked meals, and I always thought I’d give my kids the same experience. But taking care of young children doesn’t leave much time for cooking — I’m not interested in anything that takes more than 30 minutes to make. The faster I can put together a meal, the better.\nIt’s also a challenge to find healthy foods that work for all of us — a young kid who’s still figuring out what they like, a baby who’s just starting to eat solid foods, and myself. I want to make sure we all get the nutrients we need, but at first I had no idea how to do that with so many different preferences to take into account.\nI talked to our family doctor about my concerns, and she shared some good advice: It’s absolutely okay not to cook a whole meal. Eating healthy doesn’t have to be complicated!","title":"Joni - Move Your Way | health.gov","score":10.271085},{"document_id":"7460265a7e8d043c-1981-4497","text":"Strategies for Physical Activity Through Community Design | Physical Activity | CDC\nFebruary 8, 2024\t\n\nError processing SSI file\n\nStrategies for Physical Activity Through Community Design \n\nKey points\n\nBeing physically active is one of the most important ways people can improve their health now and into the future.\n\nPhysical activity benefits people of all ages and abilities.\n\nTo increase physical activity, state and local organizations can implement policies and take action to connect activity-friendly routes to everyday destinations.\n\nBackground\n\nSafe places to walk are important community design elements.\nPhysical activity is one of the best things people of all ages can do to improve their health. It is vital for healthy aging and can reduce the burden of chronic diseases and prevent early death. Yet, only about 1 in 4 adults and 1 in 6 high school students fully meet the recommendations in the Physical Activity Guidelines for Americans.\nAccess to safe places to play and walk, such as parks, safe streets, trails, and greenways, is important for physical activity. It is also important to be able to safely and easily walk, bike, or take transit to everyday destinations such as homes, workplaces, schools, parks, health care, and food outlets.\nAdditionally, many people from racial and ethnic minority groups and from rural areas are less likely to have access to these safe spaces. Historical land use as well as housing and transportation policies can contribute to limited access. People impacted by these disparities are also less likely to meet the physical activity recommendations.\nDesigning communities to provide access to these safe spaces for everyone helps increase physical activity and can provide better places to live. It can also help improve health equity.\nConnect activity-friendly routes to everyday destinations\nTip\nImplement policies and activities to connect pedestrian, bicycle, or transit transportation networks (called activity-friendly routes) to everyday destinations.To align with the Community Preventive Services Task Force's built environment recommendation, increasing physical activity through community design needs to include at least one element from activity-friendly routes plus one element from everyday destinations. Possibilities for each are below.\nSee recommendation\n\nActivity-Friendly Routes\n\nEveryday Destinations\n\nThese may include new or improved:\r\n\nStreet pattern design and connectivity, such as convenient, connected, and accessible streets that create many route options, shorter block lengths, and shorter crossing distances.","title":"Strategies for Physical Activity Through Community Design | Physical Activity | CDC","score":10.209906},{"document_id":"7460265a7e8d043c-3755-6356","text":"Strategies for Physical Activity Through Community Design | Physical Activity | CDC\nImplement policies and activities to connect pedestrian, bicycle, or transit transportation networks (called activity-friendly routes) to everyday destinations.To align with the Community Preventive Services Task Force's built environment recommendation, increasing physical activity through community design needs to include at least one element from activity-friendly routes plus one element from everyday destinations. Possibilities for each are below.\nSee recommendation\n\nActivity-Friendly Routes\n\nEveryday Destinations\n\nThese may include new or improved:\r\n\nStreet pattern design and connectivity, such as convenient, connected, and accessible streets that create many route options, shorter block lengths, and shorter crossing distances.\nPedestrian infrastructure, such as sidewalk networks that can include trails, traffic calming, intersection safety, street lighting, benches, public bathrooms, shade, and landscaping.\nBicycle infrastructure, such as bicycle networks that can include slow/safe streets, protected bikeways, trails, traffic calming, intersection safety, street lighting, public bathrooms, shade, and landscaping.\nPublic transit infrastructure and access, such as transit networks that include expanded services, times, and locations and public bathrooms that are safe and easy to access.\n\nThese may include increased:\r\n\nProximity to community or neighborhood destinations, such as homes, worksites, schools, parks, grocery stores, health care facilities, pharmacies, and other shops.\nMixed land use such as neighborhoods that combine restaurants, offices, housing, or shops.\nResidential density to increase the variety of housing options in an area through compact community design and other approaches that reduce travel distances.\nParks and recreational facility access, such as parks and recreational facilities close to homes.\n\nPotential state activities\n\nTip\n* Designates short-term activities that may be accomplished in 1 to 2 years.+ Designates activities that may take up to 5 years, depending on the organization's capacity, previous work in this area, and size of the project.\n\nCreate interdepartmental memoranda of understanding, interagency agreements, or staff-sharing agreements with key departments. Include the state’s transportation department as well as others represented in your cross-sectoral coalition. Meet to formalize the public health relationship and identify topics, projects, communication channels, and opportunities for collaboration.*\nProvide technical assistance* on:\n\nCommunity engagement and organizing\n\nCoalition building\n\nNeeds assessment","title":"Strategies for Physical Activity Through Community Design | Physical Activity | CDC","score":10.085004}],"04f83f1199c7ce4d7bef50be70f2db73<::>6":[{"document_id":"5a0620324a34660c-3131-4885","text":"\r\n\tSwimming - NYS Parks, Recreation & Historic Preservation\r\n\nRed flags indicate a danger or hazard. Flag designations may vary, so be sure to understand the color coding before you dive in.\n\nBe attentive.\r\n\t\nAlways swim sober.\nIf you're swimming with children, designate a \"water watcher\" who will always keep a close eye on the kids. This person shouldn't be reading, using a phone, or doing anything but observing. \r\n\tNever let children swim unattended.\nKnow the signs of trouble: While we tend to think that swimmers in trouble will be waving their hands and making lots of noise, this may not always be the case. Watch out for people whose heads are low in\r\n\tthe water (mouth submerged) or tilted back with mouth open, eyes closed or unable to focus, legs vertical in the water, or who are trying to swim but not making progress.\n\nSwimming\nWater Quality - Beach Results\n\nParks, Recreation and Historic Preservation\n\nInside our Agency\n\nAbout Us\nRegions\nEmployment\nState Council of Parks\nNatural Heritage Trust\nInside our Agency\nFriends & Support\n\nResources\n\nPublic Documents\nPublications\nAccessibility\nGrants\nFreedom of Information Law (FOIL)\nMaster Plans\nDoing Business\nPrivacy Policy\n\nNews\n\nPress Releases\nPublic Meetings\nPress Contacts\nParks Blog\n\nQuick Links\n\nContact us\nPark Police\nPermits\nPark Store Apparel & Gifts\nGift Cards\nDonate\nContent Submission Agreement\n\nLanguage Access\n\nEspañol - Spanish\n中文 - Chinese\nРусский - Russian\nאידיש - Yiddish\nবাংলা - Bengali\n한국어 - Korean\nKreyòl Ayisyen - Haitian Creole\nItaliano - Italian\nالعَرَبِي - Arabic\nPolski - Polish\nFrançais - French\nاردو - Urdu\n\nCONNECT WITH US\n\nFACEBOOK\n\nTWITTER\n\nINSTAGRAM\n\nYOUTUBE\n\nFLICKR\n\nRSS FEED\n\n\r\n Your browser does not support iFrames\r\n \n\nTranslation Services\nThis page is available in other languages\n\nTranslate\n\nEnglish\n\nEspañol\n\n中文","title":"\r\n\tSwimming - NYS Parks, Recreation & Historic Preservation\r\n","score":12.403084},{"document_id":"5a0620324a34660c-1467-3525","text":"\r\n\tSwimming - NYS Parks, Recreation & Historic Preservation\r\n\nFor a fun, safe time, follow these tips:\n\nBe proactive\r\n\t\nMake sure everyone in your group knows how to swim.\nChoose bright colors for swimwear. Neon pink and neon orange offer the most visibility for light-bottomed pools. For lakes and dark-bottomed pools, neon green, neon orange and neon yellow are the most visible.\nConsider learning CPR. In an emergency, every second counts.\n\nBe aware of the conditions. \r\n\t\nOcean swimming is very different from pool swimming, so be prepared for powerful waves, strong surf and sudden drop-offs. \nRip currents usually form near a shallow point in the water, and can happen at any beach with breaking waves, including the Great Lakes. If you are caught in a rip current, try to remain calm and\r\n\tdon't fight it. Swim parallel to the shore until you are out of the current, and float or tread water if you begin to tire. More from the National Weather Service: Break the Grip of the Rip! \nKeep away from the water's edge. Jagged, slippery rocks and murky waters can be hazardous.\n\nBe aware of the rules.\r\n\t\nSwim only in designated areas, and only when a lifeguard is on duty. Prohibited swim areas are often accompanied by dangers such as turbulent underwater currents, extreme cold, and widely varying depths. \r\n\tThese hazards can put even good swimmers at risk.\nChoose a swimming spot near a lifeguard for maximum visibility. Always follow their directions, and ensure that any children you are swimming with do the same.\nWatch for warning flags and know what they mean. Green flags usually mark designated swimming areas - be sure to swim between the green flags. Yellow flags may denote a surfing beach or an advisory. \r\n\tRed flags indicate a danger or hazard. Flag designations may vary, so be sure to understand the color coding before you dive in.\n\nBe attentive.\r\n\t\nAlways swim sober.\nIf you're swimming with children, designate a \"water watcher\" who will always keep a close eye on the kids. This person shouldn't be reading, using a phone, or doing anything but observing. \r\n\tNever let children swim unattended.","title":"\r\n\tSwimming - NYS Parks, Recreation & Historic Preservation\r\n","score":11.829661},{"document_id":"ad0544154450d496-4805-6686","text":"As Part of NY SWIMS Initiative, Governor Hochul Announces Up to $90 Million Available for Municipal Swimming Facilities in Underserved Communities | Governor Kathy Hochul\nAll potential applicants are strongly encouraged to review the RFA, ask questions, and view the Webinar as the New York Statewide Investment in More Swimming initiative (NY SWIMS) Grant Application process will be explained in the Webinar Video. As New York State Parks celebrate their Centennial in 2024, NY SWIMS also reverses decades of disinvestment to ensure public parks offer new, state-of-the-art swimming facilities which can serve thousands of daily visitors. Disparate access to safe and convenient opportunities for swimming has denied far too many New Yorkers the chance to engage with the water and learn foundational water safety skills. Drownings in New York State have reached record highs in recent years, claiming the lives of 230 New Yorkers in 2021 (the last year data is available) and more than 1,000 New Yorkers from 2017 to 2021. Drowning now ranks as the leading cause of death among children aged one to four years old in the United States, and it is the second-leading cause of death for children aged 5 to 14. Without equitable and widespread access to safe swimming opportunities, fewer people will develop foundational swimming and water safety skills, more people will swim in unsafe waterways without lifeguards, and more preventable drowning deaths will continue to occur each year. \n\n Contact the Governor’s Press Office\n \n\n Contact us by phone:\n \nAlbany: (518) 474 - 8418New York City: (212) 681 - 4640\n\n Contact us by email:\n \n[email protected]\n\n Translations\n \n\nArabic Translation\n\n الترجمة إلى العربية\n \n\nDownload\n\nBengali Translation\n\n বাংলা অনুবাদ\n \n\nDownload\n\nChinese Translation\n\n 中文翻譯\n \n\nDownload\n\nFrench Translation\n\n Traduction en français\n \n\nDownload\n\nHaitian-Creole Translation\n\n Tradiksyon kreyòl ayisyen\n \n\nDownload\n\nItalian Translation\n\n Traduzione italiana\n \n\nDownload\n\nKorean Translation\n\n 한국어 번역\n \n\nDownload\n\nPolish Translation","title":"As Part of NY SWIMS Initiative, Governor Hochul Announces Up to $90 Million Available for Municipal Swimming Facilities in Underserved Communities | Governor Kathy Hochul","score":11.663435},{"document_id":"ad0544154450d496-1665-3901","text":"As Part of NY SWIMS Initiative, Governor Hochul Announces Up to $90 Million Available for Municipal Swimming Facilities in Underserved Communities | Governor Kathy Hochul\nThe first application round will make up to $90 million available for municipal swimming facility projects in underserved communities across New York State. The remaining NY SWIMS capital funding will be made available during subsequent application periods. “Drownings in New York State have reached record levels in the last few years, and our kids are particularly vulnerable,” Governor Hochul said. “Through NY SWIMS, we’re making sure that all New Yorkers know how to swim through the largest statewide investment in swimming since the New Deal. We look forward to municipalities taking advantage of this opportunity to create new ways to provide children and their families safe spaces to learn how to swim and prevent childhood drowning.”Included in Governor Hochul’s FY 2025 Enacted Budget and State of the State proposals, the program offers grants between $50,000 and $10 million to acquire, design, construct or reconstruct facilities, provide major renovations, improvements, and modernization or rehabilitation of swimming facilities and natural swimming areas. The Request for Applications for the first round of funding was posted today at www.dasny.org and www.parks.ny.gov. The first application period for the NY SWIMS capital grant will open on June 13, 2024, and applications must be submitted by July 12, 2024. Awards are expected to be announced no earlier than August 28, 2024. Applications will be evaluated on characteristics of projects’ need, impact, and viability. NY SWIMS grants will require applicants to provide a 20 percent matching contribution towards the overall project cost. In addition to various costs to develop swimming areas, NY SWIMS funds are also available to support ancillary projects, including splash pads, concession stands, picnic areas, and playgrounds. Funds for these costs are limited to 10 percent of grants awarded for any individual project. Recognizing that drowning is the leading cause of death for children ages 1-4 and that climate change will increase extreme heat events, NY SWIMS will build out municipal swimming facilities in high-need areas, connect New Yorkers to the State’s rivers and lakes, deploy pools in urban environments, and invest in State parks and pools.","title":"As Part of NY SWIMS Initiative, Governor Hochul Announces Up to $90 Million Available for Municipal Swimming Facilities in Underserved Communities | Governor Kathy Hochul","score":11.4993305},{"document_id":"eef1cf2550d82aa8-4177-6475","text":"Facility Information and FAQs | City of Morgan Hill, CA - Official Website\nCan my child work out at the CRC?CRC Fitness Center and Group Exercise Age Restrictions effective 2021The CRC welcomes children ages 8 - 9 into the Fitness Center and Group Exercise classes, when accompanied and directly supervised by a parent or guardian. Children ages 10 - 11 are welcome into the Fitness Center and Group Exercise classes, parent or guardian must be in the building. All youth in the facility are expected to use the facility for the purpose of fitness and exercise and must compete the Youth Strength Training session to use the equipment. Children are not able to sit and observe.The parent or guardian will be solely responsible for the child while they are in the fitness center or group exercise class. Each child and parent/guardian are required to review the new and updated guidelines before entering the fitness facility.The use of fitness equipment will be subject to height requirements, and the discretion of the Wellness Coach and CRC Staff.Youth 8-10 may participate (must be working out) in family friendly specific classes marked on the Group Exercise schedule. See schedule (PDF) for list of these classes. Those 12 years of age and older may use the facility without parental supervision.For all youth access in the facility, please view here: Youth Access (PDF) Senior Center Information: The Senior Nutrition Program is available Monday-Friday. The Café registration table and dining hall open at 10:30 a.m. and lunch is served at 11:30 a.m. Meals are a voluntary contribution of $3 for Seniors over 60 years and $8 for those under 60 years of age.The Senior Center is open weekdays from 9 a.m. - 3 p.m. with programs and activities. Visit the website for more information. Does Kids Club Require reservations? The CRC Kids' Club provides safe, programmed activities for youth 6 months to 9 years of age while parents are working out. Please view the Kids Club page for operating hours and monthly activity calendar. Indoor pool open information:The pool is open for lap swimming and swim lessons. The shallow water play area is also be open during pool hours. Please view the CRC Indoor Pool schedule (PDF) for availability.CRC memberships provide free access to the Aquatics Center. View the Aquatics Center Outdoor pool schedule (PDF) for availability.","title":"Facility Information and FAQs | City of Morgan Hill, CA - Official Website","score":10.913945}],"6a738cc02c5aa0b74319acd0e8a809dd<::>1":[{"document_id":"836413300_14735-15544-0-809","text":"Infertility\nThe main cause of male infertility is low semen quality . In men who have the necessary reproductive organs to procreate , infertility can be caused by low sperm count due to endocrine problems , drugs , radiation , or infection . There may be testicular malformations , hormone imbalance , or blockage of the man 's duct system . Although many of these can be treated through surgery or hormonal substitutions , some may be indefinite . Infertility associated with viable , but immotile sperm may be caused by primary ciliary dyskinesia . The sperm must provide the zygote with DNA , centrioles , and activation factor for the embryo to develop . A defect in any of these sperm structures may result in infertility that will not be detected by semen analysis . Antisperm antibodies cause immune infertility .","title":"Infertility","score":19.951603},{"document_id":"836413300_13498-14009-0-511","text":"Infertility\nAnother major cause of infertility in women may be the inability to ovulate . Malformation of the eggs themselves may complicate conception . For example , polycystic ovarian syndrome is when the eggs only partially developed within the ovary and there is an excess of male hormones . Some women are infertile because their ovaries do not mature and release eggs . In this case synthetic FSH by injection or Clomid ( Clomiphene citrate ) via a pill can be given to stimulate follicles to mature in the ovaries .","title":"Infertility","score":19.949036},{"document_id":"836413300_446-1385-0-939","text":"Infertility\nIn humans , infertility is the inability to become pregnant or carry a pregnancy to full term . There are many causes of infertility , including some that medical intervention can treat . Estimates from 1997 suggest that worldwide about five percent of all heterosexual couples have an unresolved problem with infertility . Many more couples , however , experience involuntary childlessness for at least one year : estimates range from 12 % to 28 % . '' 20 - 30 % of infertility cases are due to male infertility , 20 - 35 % are due to female infertility , and 25 - 40 % are due to combined problems in both parts . In 10 - 20 % of cases , no cause is found . The most common cause of female infertility is ovulatory problems which generally manifest themselves by sparse or absent menstrual periods . Male infertility is most commonly due to deficiencies in the semen , and semen quality is used as a surrogate measure of male fecundity .","title":"Infertility","score":19.227343},{"document_id":"836413300_12619-12940-0-321","text":"Infertility\nThe following causes of infertility may only be found in females . For a woman to conceive , certain things have to happen : vaginal intercourse must take place around the time when an egg is released from her ovary ; the system that produces eggs has to be working at optimum levels ; and her hormones must be balanced .","title":"Infertility","score":18.809986},{"document_id":"836413300_12271-12560-0-289","text":"Infertility\nGerman scientists have reported that a virus called Adeno - associated virus might have a role in male infertility , though it is otherwise not harmful . Other diseases such as chlamydia , and gonorrhea can also cause infertility , due to internal scarring ( fallopian tube obstruction ) .","title":"Infertility","score":18.704386}],"6a738cc02c5aa0b74319acd0e8a809dd<::>2":[{"document_id":"836413300_5266-5860-0-594","text":"Infertility\nIn the UK , previous NICE guidelines defined infertility as failure to conceive after regular unprotected sexual intercourse for 2 years in the absence of known reproductive pathology . Updated NICE guidelines do not include a specific definition , but recommend that `` A woman of reproductive age who has not conceived after 1 year of unprotected vaginal sexual intercourse , in the absence of any known cause of infertility , should be offered further clinical assessment and investigation along with her partner , with earlier referral to a specialist if the woman is over 36 years of age .","title":"Infertility","score":15.987293},{"document_id":"836413300_4516-4806-0-290","text":"Infertility\na woman under 35 has not conceived after 12 months of contraceptive - free intercourse . Twelve months is the lower reference limit for Time to Pregnancy ( TTP ) by the World Health Organization . a woman over 35 has not conceived after 6 months of contraceptive - free sexual intercourse .","title":"Infertility","score":15.827396},{"document_id":"836413300_17279-17477-0-198","text":"Infertility\nWomen over the age of 35 should see their physician or WHNP after six months as fertility tests can take some time to complete , and age may affect the treatment options that are open in that case .","title":"Infertility","score":15.809281},{"document_id":"836413300_5888-6160-0-272","text":"Infertility\nResearchers commonly base demographic studies on infertility prevalence on a five - year period . Practical measurement problems , however , exist for any definition , because it is difficult to measure continuous exposure to the risk of pregnancy over a period of years .","title":"Infertility","score":15.684655},{"document_id":"836413300_6204-6626-0-422","text":"Infertility\nPrimary infertility is defined as the absence of a live birth for women who desire a child and have been in a union for at least 12 months , during which they have not used any contraceptives . The World Health Organisation also adds that ' women whose pregnancy spontaneously miscarries , or whose pregnancy results in a still born child , without ever having had a live birth would present with primarily infertility ' .","title":"Infertility","score":15.071448}],"6a738cc02c5aa0b74319acd0e8a809dd<::>3":[{"document_id":"836413300_4516-4806-0-290","text":"Infertility\na woman under 35 has not conceived after 12 months of contraceptive - free intercourse . Twelve months is the lower reference limit for Time to Pregnancy ( TTP ) by the World Health Organization . a woman over 35 has not conceived after 6 months of contraceptive - free sexual intercourse .","title":"Infertility","score":13.331289},{"document_id":"836413300_5266-5860-0-594","text":"Infertility\nIn the UK , previous NICE guidelines defined infertility as failure to conceive after regular unprotected sexual intercourse for 2 years in the absence of known reproductive pathology . Updated NICE guidelines do not include a specific definition , but recommend that `` A woman of reproductive age who has not conceived after 1 year of unprotected vaginal sexual intercourse , in the absence of any known cause of infertility , should be offered further clinical assessment and investigation along with her partner , with earlier referral to a specialist if the woman is over 36 years of age .","title":"Infertility","score":12.6538515},{"document_id":"836413300_6204-6626-0-422","text":"Infertility\nPrimary infertility is defined as the absence of a live birth for women who desire a child and have been in a union for at least 12 months , during which they have not used any contraceptives . The World Health Organisation also adds that ' women whose pregnancy spontaneously miscarries , or whose pregnancy results in a still born child , without ever having had a live birth would present with primarily infertility ' .","title":"Infertility","score":12.497284},{"document_id":"836413300_6627-6848-0-221","text":"Infertility\nSecondary infertility is defined as the absence of a live birth for women who desire a child and have been in a union for at least 12 months since their last live birth , during which they did not use any contraceptives .","title":"Infertility","score":12.353144},{"document_id":"836413300_3763-4293-0-530","text":"Infertility\n`` Infertility is `` a disease of the reproductive system defined by the failure to achieve a clinical pregnancy after 12 months or more of regular unprotected sexual intercourse ( and there is no other reason , such as breastfeeding or postpartum amenorrhoea ) . Primary infertility is infertility in a couple who have never had a child . Secondary infertility is failure to conceive following a previous pregnancy . Infertility may be caused by infection in the man or woman , but often there is no obvious underlying cause . ''","title":"Infertility","score":12.261488}],"6a738cc02c5aa0b74319acd0e8a809dd<::>4":[{"document_id":"801197945_14330-14831-0-501","text":"Egg donation\nWomen may resort to egg donation because their ovaries may not be able to produce a substantial number of viable eggs . Women may experience premature ovarian failure and stop producing viable eggs during their reproductive years . Some women may be born without ovaries . Ovaries damaged by chemotherapy or radiotherapy may also no longer produce healthy eggs . Older women with diminished ovarian reserves or older women who are going through menopause could also become pregnant with egg donation .","title":"Egg donation","score":10.730868},{"document_id":"836413300_10980-12270-0-1290","text":"Infertility\nDNA damage DNA damage reduces fertility in female ovocytes , as caused by smoking , other xenobiotic DNA damaging agents ( such as radiation or chemotherapy ) or accumulation of the oxidative DNA damage 8 - hydroxy - deoxyguanosine DNA damage reduces fertility in male sperm , as caused by oxidative DNA damage , smoking , other xenobiotic DNA damaging agents ( such as drugs or chemotherapy ) or other DNA damaging agents including reactive oxygen species , fever or high testicular temperature . The damaged DNA related to infertility manifests itself by the increased susceptibility to denaturation inducible by heat or acid and / or by the presence of double - strand breaks that can be detected by the TUNEL assay . General factors Diabetes mellitus , thyroid disorders , undiagnosed and untreated coeliac disease , adrenal disease Hypothalamic - pituitary factors Hyperprolactinemia Hypopituitarism The presence of anti-thyroid antibodies is associated with an increased risk of unexplained subfertility with an odds ratio of 1.5 and 95 % confidence interval of 1.1 -- 2.0 . Environmental factors Toxins such as glues , volatile organic solvents or silicones , physical agents , chemical dusts , and pesticides . Tobacco smokers are 60 % more likely to be infertile than non-smokers .","title":"Infertility","score":10.518043},{"document_id":"836800285_8620-9445-0-825","text":"Adolescence\nThe major landmark of puberty for males is spermarche , the first ejaculation , which occurs , on average , at age 13 . For females , it is menarche , the onset of menstruation , which occurs , on average , between ages 12 and 13 . The age of menarche is influenced by heredity , but a girl 's diet and lifestyle contribute as well . Regardless of genes , a girl must have a certain proportion of body fat to attain menarche . Consequently , girls who have a high - fat diet and who are not physically active begin menstruating earlier , on average , than girls whose diet contains less fat and whose activities involve fat reducing exercise ( e.g. ballet and gymnastics ) . Girls who experience malnutrition or are in societies in which children are expected to perform physical labor also begin menstruating at later ages .","title":"Adolescence","score":10.260173},{"document_id":"836800285_6649-7732-0-1083","text":"Adolescence\nPuberty occurs through a long process and begins with a surge in hormone production , which in turn causes a number of physical changes . It is the stage of life characterized by the appearance and development of secondary sex characteristics ( for example , a deeper voice and larger adam 's apple in boys , and development of breasts and more curved and prominent hips in girls ) and a strong shift in hormonal balance towards an adult state . This is triggered by the pituitary gland , which secretes a surge of hormonal agents into the blood stream , initiating a chain reaction to occur . The male and female gonads are subsequently activated , which puts them into a state of rapid growth and development ; the triggered gonads now commence the mass production of the necessary chemicals . The testes primarily release testosterone , and the ovaries predominantly dispense estrogen . The production of these hormones increases gradually until sexual maturation is met . Some boys may develop gynecomastia due to an imbalance of sex hormones , tissue responsiveness or obesity .","title":"Adolescence","score":10.1996155},{"document_id":"836800285_11419-11862-0-443","text":"Adolescence\nGirls have usually reached full physical development around ages 15 -- 17 , while boys usually complete puberty around ages 16 -- 17 . Any increase in height beyond the post-pubertal age is uncommon . Girls attain reproductive maturity about four years after the first physical changes of puberty appear . In contrast , boys accelerate more slowly but continue to grow for about six years after the first visible pubertal changes . Approximate","title":"Adolescence","score":10.171162}],"6a738cc02c5aa0b74319acd0e8a809dd<::>5":[{"document_id":"845767737_9890-10432-0-542","text":"Graphical user interface\nApple , Digital Research , IBM and Microsoft used many of Xerox 's ideas to develop products , and IBM 's Common User Access specifications formed the basis of the user interfaces used in Microsoft Windows , IBM OS / 2 Presentation Manager , and the Unix Motif toolkit and window manager . These ideas evolved to create the interface found in current versions of Microsoft Windows , and in various desktop environments for Unix - like operating systems , such as macOS and Linux . Thus most current GUIs have largely common idioms . Macintosh","title":"Graphical user interface","score":4.7587585},{"document_id":"826581210_10680-11092-0-412","text":"Starbucks\nIn early 2008 , Starbucks started a community website , My Starbucks Idea , designed to collect suggestions and feedback from customers . Other users comment and vote on suggestions . Journalist Jack Schofield noted that `` My Starbucks seems to be all sweetness and light at the moment , which I do n't think is possible without quite a lot of censorship '' . The website is powered by Salesforce.com software .","title":"Starbucks","score":4.4649825},{"document_id":"826307079_8392-9393-0-1001","text":"Yahoo! Answers\nA number of studies have looked at the structure of the community and the interaction between askers and responders . Studies of user typology on the site have revealed that some users answer from personal knowledge -- `` specialists '' -- while others use external sources to construct answers -- `` synthesists '' , with synthesists tending to accumulate more reward points . Adamic et al. looked at the ego networks of users and showed that it is possible to distinguish `` answer people '' from `` discussion people '' with the former found in specialist categories for factual information , such as mathematics and the latter more common in general interest categories , such as marriage and wrestling . They also show that answer length is a good predictor of `` best answer '' choice . Kim and Oh looked at the comments given by users on choosing best answers and showed that content completeness , solution feasibility and personal agreement / confirmation were the most significant criteria .","title":"Yahoo! Answers","score":4.421058},{"document_id":"799836073_3795-4411-0-616","text":"Operating system\nSingle - user operating systems have no facilities to distinguish users , but may allow multiple programs to run in tandem . A multi-user operating system extends the basic concept of multi-tasking with facilities that identify processes and resources , such as disk space , belonging to multiple users , and the system permits multiple users to interact with the system at the same time . Time - sharing operating systems schedule tasks for efficient use of the system and may also include accounting software for cost allocation of processor time , mass storage , printing , and other resources to multiple users .","title":"Operating system","score":4.355182},{"document_id":"814786582_12698-14047-0-1349","text":"Gatekeeping (communication)\nAlong with Web 2.0 environment , users have begun playing a greater role in producing and ( re ) distributing online news items via online social networks such as Twitter and Facebook . Shoemaker and Vos ( 2011 ) theorized such practice as `` audience gatekeeping '' . According to them ( 2011 ) , audience gatekeeping is the process in which users `` pass along already available news items and comment on them '' based on the user 's own set of criteria about the newsworthiness '' ( p. 113 ) . Kwon et al. ( 2013 ) adapted the theory of audience gatekeeping to explore what channels are mainly adopted for Twitter audiences to filter and share news contents . The notion of audience gatekeeping consists with Goode 's ( 2009 ) discussion on metajournalism , whereby users ' role in reprocessing and rebroadcasting the existing online contents are as equally emphasized as users ' original creation in nurturing citizen journalism as reshaping the existing hierarchy of journalism system . Kwon et al. ( 2013 ) also found that re-processed news items by user - generated content websites , or social media , are more frequently adopted by Twitter users than the direct news times from traditional mass media organizations , confirming the empowering role of ordinary online users in retelling and redistributing news agendas to networked publics .","title":"Gatekeeping (communication)","score":4.2798815}],"6a738cc02c5aa0b74319acd0e8a809dd<::>6":[{"document_id":"836413300_10980-12270-0-1290","text":"Infertility\nDNA damage DNA damage reduces fertility in female ovocytes , as caused by smoking , other xenobiotic DNA damaging agents ( such as radiation or chemotherapy ) or accumulation of the oxidative DNA damage 8 - hydroxy - deoxyguanosine DNA damage reduces fertility in male sperm , as caused by oxidative DNA damage , smoking , other xenobiotic DNA damaging agents ( such as drugs or chemotherapy ) or other DNA damaging agents including reactive oxygen species , fever or high testicular temperature . The damaged DNA related to infertility manifests itself by the increased susceptibility to denaturation inducible by heat or acid and / or by the presence of double - strand breaks that can be detected by the TUNEL assay . General factors Diabetes mellitus , thyroid disorders , undiagnosed and untreated coeliac disease , adrenal disease Hypothalamic - pituitary factors Hyperprolactinemia Hypopituitarism The presence of anti-thyroid antibodies is associated with an increased risk of unexplained subfertility with an odds ratio of 1.5 and 95 % confidence interval of 1.1 -- 2.0 . Environmental factors Toxins such as glues , volatile organic solvents or silicones , physical agents , chemical dusts , and pesticides . Tobacco smokers are 60 % more likely to be infertile than non-smokers .","title":"Infertility","score":16.786564},{"document_id":"836413300_14735-15544-0-809","text":"Infertility\nThe main cause of male infertility is low semen quality . In men who have the necessary reproductive organs to procreate , infertility can be caused by low sperm count due to endocrine problems , drugs , radiation , or infection . There may be testicular malformations , hormone imbalance , or blockage of the man 's duct system . Although many of these can be treated through surgery or hormonal substitutions , some may be indefinite . Infertility associated with viable , but immotile sperm may be caused by primary ciliary dyskinesia . The sperm must provide the zygote with DNA , centrioles , and activation factor for the embryo to develop . A defect in any of these sperm structures may result in infertility that will not be detected by semen analysis . Antisperm antibodies cause immune infertility .","title":"Infertility","score":14.040766},{"document_id":"836413300_15575-15915-0-340","text":"Infertility\nIn some cases , both the man and woman may be infertile or sub-fertile , and the couple 's infertility arises from the combination of these conditions . In other cases , the cause is suspected to be immunological or genetic ; it may be that each partner is independently fertile but the couple can not conceive together without assistance .","title":"Infertility","score":13.823887},{"document_id":"798162198_8695-9359-0-664","text":"Genetic recombination\nDuring both mitosis and meiosis , DNA damages caused by a variety of exogenous agents ( e.g. UV light , X-rays , chemical cross-linking agents ) can be repaired by homologous recombinational repair ( HRR ) . These findings suggest that DNA damages arising from natural processes , such as exposure to reactive oxygen species that are byproducts of normal metabolism , are also repaired by HRR . In humans and rodents , deficiencies in the gene products necessary for HRR during meiosis cause infertility . In humans , deficiencies in gene products necessary for HRR , such as BRCA1 and BRCA2 , increase the risk of cancer ( see DNA repair - deficiency disorder ) .","title":"Genetic recombination","score":13.658104},{"document_id":"836413300_20181-20287-0-106","text":"Infertility\nOther medical techniques are e.g. tuboplasty , assisted hatching , and Preimplantation genetic diagnosis .","title":"Infertility","score":13.261869}],"6a738cc02c5aa0b74319acd0e8a809dd<::>7":[{"document_id":"836413300_10980-12270-0-1290","text":"Infertility\nDNA damage DNA damage reduces fertility in female ovocytes , as caused by smoking , other xenobiotic DNA damaging agents ( such as radiation or chemotherapy ) or accumulation of the oxidative DNA damage 8 - hydroxy - deoxyguanosine DNA damage reduces fertility in male sperm , as caused by oxidative DNA damage , smoking , other xenobiotic DNA damaging agents ( such as drugs or chemotherapy ) or other DNA damaging agents including reactive oxygen species , fever or high testicular temperature . The damaged DNA related to infertility manifests itself by the increased susceptibility to denaturation inducible by heat or acid and / or by the presence of double - strand breaks that can be detected by the TUNEL assay . General factors Diabetes mellitus , thyroid disorders , undiagnosed and untreated coeliac disease , adrenal disease Hypothalamic - pituitary factors Hyperprolactinemia Hypopituitarism The presence of anti-thyroid antibodies is associated with an increased risk of unexplained subfertility with an odds ratio of 1.5 and 95 % confidence interval of 1.1 -- 2.0 . Environmental factors Toxins such as glues , volatile organic solvents or silicones , physical agents , chemical dusts , and pesticides . Tobacco smokers are 60 % more likely to be infertile than non-smokers .","title":"Infertility","score":16.786564},{"document_id":"836413300_14735-15544-0-809","text":"Infertility\nThe main cause of male infertility is low semen quality . In men who have the necessary reproductive organs to procreate , infertility can be caused by low sperm count due to endocrine problems , drugs , radiation , or infection . There may be testicular malformations , hormone imbalance , or blockage of the man 's duct system . Although many of these can be treated through surgery or hormonal substitutions , some may be indefinite . Infertility associated with viable , but immotile sperm may be caused by primary ciliary dyskinesia . The sperm must provide the zygote with DNA , centrioles , and activation factor for the embryo to develop . A defect in any of these sperm structures may result in infertility that will not be detected by semen analysis . Antisperm antibodies cause immune infertility .","title":"Infertility","score":14.040766},{"document_id":"836413300_15575-15915-0-340","text":"Infertility\nIn some cases , both the man and woman may be infertile or sub-fertile , and the couple 's infertility arises from the combination of these conditions . In other cases , the cause is suspected to be immunological or genetic ; it may be that each partner is independently fertile but the couple can not conceive together without assistance .","title":"Infertility","score":13.823887},{"document_id":"798162198_8695-9359-0-664","text":"Genetic recombination\nDuring both mitosis and meiosis , DNA damages caused by a variety of exogenous agents ( e.g. UV light , X-rays , chemical cross-linking agents ) can be repaired by homologous recombinational repair ( HRR ) . These findings suggest that DNA damages arising from natural processes , such as exposure to reactive oxygen species that are byproducts of normal metabolism , are also repaired by HRR . In humans and rodents , deficiencies in the gene products necessary for HRR during meiosis cause infertility . In humans , deficiencies in gene products necessary for HRR , such as BRCA1 and BRCA2 , increase the risk of cancer ( see DNA repair - deficiency disorder ) .","title":"Genetic recombination","score":13.658104},{"document_id":"836413300_20181-20287-0-106","text":"Infertility\nOther medical techniques are e.g. tuboplasty , assisted hatching , and Preimplantation genetic diagnosis .","title":"Infertility","score":13.261869}],"6a738cc02c5aa0b74319acd0e8a809dd<::>8":[{"document_id":"801197945_32002-32515-0-513","text":"Egg donation\nHaving contact and meeting among families sharing the same donor generally has positive effects . It gives the child an additional extended family and may help give the child a sense of identity by answering questions about the donor . It is more common among open identity - families headed by single men / women . Less than 1 % of those seeking donor - siblings find it a negative experience , and in such cases it is mostly where the parents disagree with each other about how the relationship should proceed .","title":"Egg donation","score":19.819828},{"document_id":"801197945_4236-4818-0-582","text":"Egg donation\nThis work established the technical foundation and legal - ethical framework surrounding the clinical use of human oocyte and embryo donation , a mainstream clinical practice , which has evolved over the past 25 years . Building upon this groundbreaking research and since the initial birth announcement in 1984 , well over 47,000 live births resulting from donor oocyte embryo transfer have been and continue to be recorded by the Centers for Disease Control ( CDC ) in the United States to infertile women , who otherwise would not have had children by any other existing method .","title":"Egg donation","score":19.112059},{"document_id":"801197945_19696-20137-0-441","text":"Egg donation\nThe recipient also trusts that the medical history of the donor and her family is accurate . This factor of trust should not be underestimated in importance . Donors in the US are paid thousands of dollars ; such compensation may attract unscrupulous individuals inclined to conceal their true motivations . However , a full psychological evaluation is required by most IVF clinics , giving an indication if the donor is trustworthy or not .","title":"Egg donation","score":18.787523},{"document_id":"801197945_32696-33417-0-721","text":"Egg donation\nFor a donor to be accepted by an agency and repeatedly used she must be marketable and appealing to the recipients . Although egg donation is a significant , life - giving act , the companies participating in this industry still have to operate with an economical mind - set . Matches between egg recipients and egg donors are what make the profit for the company and achievable to continue these processes for others . The most sought - after donors tend to be those who are ( 1 ) proven ( i.e. , have donated before and produced a pregnancy from it , proving themselves both fertile and reliable ) ; ( 2 ) conventionally attractive ; ( 3 ) healthy , with good family health histories ; and ( 4 ) smart , well educated .","title":"Egg donation","score":18.564703},{"document_id":"801197945_14832-14940-0-108","text":"Egg donation\nWomen who produce healthy eggs may also elect to use a donor egg so they will not pass on genetic diseases .","title":"Egg donation","score":18.248873}],"6a738cc02c5aa0b74319acd0e8a809dd<::>9":[{"document_id":"801197945_24423-25987-0-1564","text":"Egg donation\nHaving an attorney draft a contract is recommended in order to ensure that the donor has no possible legal rights or responsibilities over the child or any frozen embryos . Hiring an attorney who specializes in reproductive law is thus strongly recommended , at least in the United States ; other countries may have other procedures for clarifying the parties ' rights , or may simply have legislation that defines the parties ' rights . In the US , before the egg donor 's IVF cycle begins she typically must sign the Egg Donor Contract , which specifies the rights of the donor and the recipient ( s ) with respect to the retrieved eggs , the embryos , and any children conceived from the donation . Such contracts should specify that the recipients are the legal parents of the child and the legal owners of any eggs or embryos resulting from the cycle ; in other words , while the donor has the right to cancel the cycle at any time prior to egg donation ( although if she does so the contract generally provides that she will not be paid ) , once the eggs are retrieved they belong to the recipient ( s ) . In individual cases the donors and parents may also wish to negotiate terms relating to any unused embryos ( e.g. , some donors would prefer that unused embryos be destroyed or donated to science , while others would prefer or allow them to be donated to another infertile couple ) . Some states have also adopted the Uniform Parentage Act , which provides that the recipient or recipients have complete parental responsibility of the conceived child .","title":"Egg donation","score":18.613806},{"document_id":"801197945_33418-34806-0-1388","text":"Egg donation\nDonor profiles presented on agency websites are their primary marketing tool to find recipients and learn what these future consumers want . On the donor profiles listed on the agency website for recipients , or `` clients '' , to peruse for their desired egg match , `` physical characteristics , family health history , educational attainment ( in some cases , standardized test scores , GPA , and IQ scores are requested ) , as well as open - ended questions about hobbies , likes and dislikes , and motivations for donating '' are included . Donors are encouraged to submit attractive photos and are advised of what the recipient finds as desirable . Profiles that are at some point deemed unacceptable are deleted , whether it be because their personalities did not stand out or their portrayals were viewed as negative in some way . Overweight volunteers for donation are also most often not accepted , not just because of conventional views on physical attractiveness but also because women with a higher body - mass index tend to respond differently ( less well ) to ovarian stimulation drugs and IVF clinics thus generally recommend that patients not use donors with higher BMIs . Egg donors also have a higher standard of physical appearance than sperm donors ; many sperm donors are not required to provide adult photographs of themselves , or in some cases , any photographs .","title":"Egg donation","score":18.203043},{"document_id":"801197945_19696-20137-0-441","text":"Egg donation\nThe recipient also trusts that the medical history of the donor and her family is accurate . This factor of trust should not be underestimated in importance . Donors in the US are paid thousands of dollars ; such compensation may attract unscrupulous individuals inclined to conceal their true motivations . However , a full psychological evaluation is required by most IVF clinics , giving an indication if the donor is trustworthy or not .","title":"Egg donation","score":17.902525},{"document_id":"801197945_32696-33417-0-721","text":"Egg donation\nFor a donor to be accepted by an agency and repeatedly used she must be marketable and appealing to the recipients . Although egg donation is a significant , life - giving act , the companies participating in this industry still have to operate with an economical mind - set . Matches between egg recipients and egg donors are what make the profit for the company and achievable to continue these processes for others . The most sought - after donors tend to be those who are ( 1 ) proven ( i.e. , have donated before and produced a pregnancy from it , proving themselves both fertile and reliable ) ; ( 2 ) conventionally attractive ; ( 3 ) healthy , with good family health histories ; and ( 4 ) smart , well educated .","title":"Egg donation","score":17.897406},{"document_id":"801197945_19084-19695-0-611","text":"Egg donation\nThe recipient has a minimal risk of contracting a transmittable disease . While the donor may test negative for HIV , such testing does not exclude the possibility that the donor has contracted HIV very recently , so the recipient faces a residual risk of exposure . However , the FDA governs this and requires full infectious disease testing no more than 30 days prior to retrieval and / or transfer . Most clinics now require , however , that donors be retested a few days prior to retrieval so the risk to the recipient is minimal . Intimate partners of both the egg donor and the recipient are also tested .","title":"Egg donation","score":17.687597}],"2b34f5e7861ca9b1b3eab65ad6d6b4b0<::>1":[{"document_id":"278196-0-843","text":"\nThe Euro is a common currency between various countries in Europe. This means that individual countries give up their traditional sovereign control of their own currency, and cede that control to the EU. Such a system has many advantages, but it also means that individual countries cannot deal with their unique situations as easily. For instance, if the US were a part of the EU, then the Fed couldn't issue $600B the way they are to bolster the economy. The danger to the Euro is that countries will withdraw their participation in order to micromanage their economies more effectively. If a major country withdraws its participation, it could start a domino effect where many countries withdraw so that they too can manage their economies more effectively. As more countries withdraw, a shared currency becomes less and less appealing.","score":14.679551},{"document_id":"371672-0-1243","text":"\nThe Euro will collapse because Spain, Italy, Portugal and Greece will have to default on their debt. In order to keep up with current payments they have to take emergency loans at the same time that their economies are in recession and demands on social programs are increasing. There is simply no way that they can cut enough spending and raise enough revenue to balance their budgets. That is not opinion, it is arithmetic. If they cannot pay their loans they will either voluntarily leave the Euro, or they will be forced out. Next comes France who also has a large and growing budget deficit and a large public debt. It is unsustainable. That which is unsustainable will end. The last reason that the Euro will fail and that it will be soon is Germany. Up to now, all the bailouts of Ireland, Portugal, Italy, Greece and Spain have come predominantly from Germany. In order to float the Eurobonds that some idiots think might save Europe, the German people have to authorize their government to participate and thereby take on another mountain of debt. The German people will not vote for that authorization. Is that enough reasons? Because there are more. Lots more. Read [Mike Shedlock](http://globaleconomicanalysis.blogspot.com)","score":13.492476},{"document_id":"535947-0-901","text":"\nKrugman (Nobel prize in Economy) has just said: Greek euro exit, very possibly next month. Huge withdrawals from Spanish and Italian banks, as depositors try to move their money to Germany. 3a. Maybe, just possibly, de facto controls, with banks forbidden to transfer deposits out of country and limits on cash withdrawals. 3b. Alternatively, or maybe in tandem, huge draws on ECB credit to keep the banks from collapsing. 4a. Germany has a choice. Accept huge indirect public claims on Italy and Spain, plus a drastic revision of strategy — basically, to give Spain in particular any hope you need both guarantees on its debt to hold borrowing costs down and a higher eurozone inflation target to make relative price adjustment possible; or: 4b. End of the euro. And we’re talking about months, not years, for this to play out. http://krugman.blogs.nytimes.com/2012/05/13/eurodammerung-2/","score":12.670532},{"document_id":"143823-0-472","text":"\nSo the Euro was doomed from the start because there was no provisions of kicking out and/or halting countries from excessive borrowing? I think the Euro is stronger in the long run because no single country can put inflationary pressure on the Euro due to irresponsible borrowing by that single state (e.g. United States). In the end of the day, they have to work their way out of debt with real economic growth thusly making it an attractive currency for the long term.","score":12.588527},{"document_id":"353780-0-251","text":"\nThe EU's situation is nothing like the United States. The core problem there is a monetary union without a fiscal union. All the member countries were bound to a currency they had no control over, despite the health and resources of their economies.","score":12.532674}],"2b34f5e7861ca9b1b3eab65ad6d6b4b0<::>2":[{"document_id":"111035-0-354","text":"\nName one country that spend that much money in such short period to get out of recession. You have to find some sub-saharan despot to match the number. (no. japan ain't it. considering the massive surplus current account and trade balance.) https://tradingeconomics.com/japan/current-account https://tradingeconomics.com/united-states/current-account","score":10.611623},{"document_id":"278510-0-362","text":"\nA recession has nothing to do with the stock market and everything to do with gross domestic product. By definition a recession is when for two or more consecutive quarters GDP remains constant or decreases. Officially US recessions are declared by the national bureau of economic research, a private non profit, non government organization tasked with doing so.","score":10.523536},{"document_id":"584131-0-1254","text":"\nThe technical term of a recession is 2 successive quarters of negative GDP growth. As is the natural cycle, the curve will invert at some point in the future; maybe it's tomorrow or 5 years from now - but nobody knows for certain. One also shouldn't take any single indicator as the end all be all of indicators. For example, there are other spreads that indicate the health of credit in the global economy such as the TED spread and the LIBOR-OIS spread. If you take a peek at the TED spread (http://www.macrotrends.net/1447/ted-spread-historical-chart), it tells a much different story. The TED spread measures the health of the global banking system by tracking the rate at which banks lend to each other. A lower TED rate equals more trust and perceived creditworthiness of the borrower, which would be another bank. Lastly, you really can't rely on a single article or single indicator to come to the conclusion that the sky is falling. Even if we are on the precipice of a recession here in the US, nobody can tell predetermine the impact and depth of the recession. In my opinion, we are nearing the top of the credit cycle and should be expecting a bit of a cooling off in the near term 1-3 years. Outside of that, your guess is as good as mine.","score":10.520692},{"document_id":"375026-0-505","text":"\nThose surveys suck. I've seen them jump all over the place. Not too long ago the northeast one was way up. Real live recessions don't usually happen unless the yield curve is inverted. This muddling along crap is pretty characteristic of a recovery from a financial panic. Lots of slow deleveraging fed by easy money. I'd be really surprised to see a real recession. I do think corporate earnings are going to start missing estimates. But that is more about some mean reversion than anything else.","score":9.749164},{"document_id":"109937-0-847","text":"\nwe have massive numbers of people out of work and our infrastructure is crumbling. We put people to work just like we did in the 30's; our infrastructure gets fixed and so does our economy. I totally agree that for an economy to grow we have to make more stuff. We're not making the stuff now because people cannot afford to purchase it. If given funds, people would purchase stuff, and stuff would get made. This got us out of them great depression and has kept Scandinavia strong, and even got Iceland out of it's terrible brush with Libertarianism. Brazil is becoming a first world powerhouse by this sort of redistribution. Redistributing money down the ladder has the benefit of working. Austerity leads to Greece. And Spain. And Portugal. And Ireland. But not Germany, because they deficit-spent their way out of their recession.","score":9.691413}],"2b34f5e7861ca9b1b3eab65ad6d6b4b0<::>3":[{"document_id":"371672-0-1243","text":"\nThe Euro will collapse because Spain, Italy, Portugal and Greece will have to default on their debt. In order to keep up with current payments they have to take emergency loans at the same time that their economies are in recession and demands on social programs are increasing. There is simply no way that they can cut enough spending and raise enough revenue to balance their budgets. That is not opinion, it is arithmetic. If they cannot pay their loans they will either voluntarily leave the Euro, or they will be forced out. Next comes France who also has a large and growing budget deficit and a large public debt. It is unsustainable. That which is unsustainable will end. The last reason that the Euro will fail and that it will be soon is Germany. Up to now, all the bailouts of Ireland, Portugal, Italy, Greece and Spain have come predominantly from Germany. In order to float the Eurobonds that some idiots think might save Europe, the German people have to authorize their government to participate and thereby take on another mountain of debt. The German people will not vote for that authorization. Is that enough reasons? Because there are more. Lots more. Read [Mike Shedlock](http://globaleconomicanalysis.blogspot.com)","score":15.356217},{"document_id":"189811-0-637","text":"\n>The EU focus on fiscal deficit is completely mistaken. They are the result of the crisis, not the cause. The fiscal deficit was *increased* by the crisis, but there would not have been a crisis at all if nobody had been running up debts either. It's possible to shift private deficits to public (as happens if people borrow more money than they are taking in, default on loans, cause a bank to run out of money, and the government decides to transfer the bank's losses to its taxpaying public). However, it's still ultimately driven by running a deficit until an unsustainable amount of debt is public, via one mechanism or other.","score":11.162089},{"document_id":"140947-0-1555","text":"\n\"The US national debt isn't the problem. If the Bush-era tax cuts had been allowed to expire then US debt would have been paid off reasonably quickly. The CBO’s “baseline” budget forecast, which assumes that the cuts do indeed expire as planned, sees the deficit falling from 9.1% of GDP in 2010 to 2.5% in 2014. These are just the debts the US has already incurred. The problem is the future entitlements the US is promising to its soon-to-be-retired generation of Baby Boomers. Medicare, health insurance, and so on are all future costs that can be calculated fairly accurately when considering the size and earnings of the work-force relative to the size, longevity and health of the newly-retired. Governments can \"\"solve\"\" the problems of entitlements simply be reneging on their promises. The concern that investors have is that either entitlements will be paid by raising taxes (and so cutting profits and investment returns) or countries will simply default on their existing debts as their tax receipts run out. As Europe has shown (from French workers rioting about having to retire at 62, to British students rioting about paying their tuition fees), breaking promises has consequences for elected politicians too. Europe is already going rather painfully through this process of economic restructuring. The US will eventually come round as well. Just don't expect it to be painless. So keep your money and invest it wisely. No doubt that tax collectors will be round in a while to take their cut so you can make your contribution.\"","score":10.657415},{"document_id":"589950-0-427","text":"\n\"The Euro is not the reason for the debt crisis. It is only preventing those countries affected from using the easy way out. The fault is entirely that of those countries. They were given billions and billions in structural aid, to put the \"\"convergence criteria\"\" into reality. Instead they chose bubble economies. And no, this is not the same all around Europe. I don't see France or Germany having a giant property bubble.\"","score":10.169316},{"document_id":"515042-0-453","text":"\nThe government has expenditures, part of which includes interest expense on debt. The government first pays with your taxes, the remainder, which varies between a few billion to tens of billions to sometimes hundreds of billions of dollars, is called the deficit. The government takes out loans, called US Treasury Bonds, to pay the deficiet. The interest payments on this new debt is added to the interest expenditure the government pays every year.","score":9.835333}],"2b34f5e7861ca9b1b3eab65ad6d6b4b0<::>4":[{"document_id":"43428-0-461","text":"\n\"Correct me if I am wrong, but Germany has a very extremely diversified economy. It does not depend primarily upon oil exports like other countries, but rather on very complex machinery and other finished products. So being locked upon a system that \"\"puts exports ahead of anything else\"\" from my perspective is not bad for the German economy. If an industry collapses, the whole country does not go into panic straight away like oil rich exporting economies.\"","score":16.62653},{"document_id":"26182-1371-2398","text":"\nThe fact is the world is very global nowadays. Its easier and cheaper for the companies to just leave instead of being forced to pay higher taxes... IMO, Germany hit it right on the head. Low corporate tax rates with high personal tax rates. This maintains a very business friendly environment (business move there because of the skilled labor and low corporate taxes), but they effectively pass the burden on to individuals (who also benefit from the pro-business environment). You'd be hard pressed to find an economist that doesn't think Germany's economy has been very strong over the past decade (very good Soros speech that was recently posted about his analysis of the Euro and Germany's unfair benefits, but that's a whole different gear). What I find the issue to be is the whole concept is complex enough that's difficult to explain to the average person with a 2 second attention span. That's why I like writing posts like this, to try to help people understand how finance and businesses operate behind the scenes!\"","score":15.373092},{"document_id":"191850-0-388","text":"\nThe German language has a great influence on the world because Germany plays a vital role in the European Union. Also, the economy of Germany encourages the growth of the German translation industry. Besides, the prosperity of tourism in Germany increases the need for learning and translating German. As a result, this language is widely learned, used, and translated in the Middle East.","score":14.004112},{"document_id":"387230-0-346","text":"\nYou need to find a good balance for exactly that reason and with Germany having nearly full employment and many people still having to relying on the government, it is something we have to address. Especially if we want to get rid of our import deficit. I agree with the notion though that the US has many problems that we would consider basic.","score":12.741018},{"document_id":"212956-0-1195","text":"\nYes this! Unions are what ruined the German economy and put them at the bottom of the list of world manufacturers. They are bleeding so many jobs to China and south east Asia experts are predicting they won't have any manufacturing sector jobs left within the year. This is going to exacerbate Germany's already sky high unemployment rate and god knows how they are going to pay off their enormous national debt. On another point I just don't understand how we allow police and fire unions as they don't make those jobs any safer and just end up costing the tax payers more money. If it weren't for them we could pay our police and fire fighters minimum wages. That would equate to about a hundred dollars in tax savings for each and every property owner in a municipality. Furthermore the rights of the workers are best represented by their employers and not an expensive, corrupt union. You can clearly see the efficiency with which large employers like Flour Daniels takes care of their non-union employees. Sure the non-union people have a much higher medical debt load, less home ownership and more frequent bankruptcies due to unpaid medical debt but that is not without its advantages.","score":12.4028425}],"2b34f5e7861ca9b1b3eab65ad6d6b4b0<::>5":[{"document_id":"102620-0-616","text":"\nYou are diversified within a particular type of security. Notably the stock market. A truly diversified portfolio not only has multiple types of holdings within a single type of security (what your broad market fund does) but between different types. You have partially succeeded in doing this with the international fund - that way your risk is spread between domestic and international stocks. But there are other holdings. Cash, bonds, commodities, real estate, etc. There are broad index funds/ETFs for those as well, which may reduce your risk when the stock market as a whole tanks - which it does on occasion.","score":16.314774},{"document_id":"541335-0-429","text":"\nYes, you should own a diverse mix of company sizes to be well diversified. While both will probably get hit in a recession, different economies suit different sized companies very differently in many cases, and this diversity positions you best to not only not miss out in cases where small companies do better out of recessions than large, but also in environments where small companies rate of growth is larger in bull markets.","score":15.99503},{"document_id":"502495-0-471","text":"\nDiversification is a good method of risk management. Different types of investments do better in different situations and economic climates. Invest all your money at the wrong time in a single product and you could lose everything. You could also technically make a great deal of money, but actions such as these are the actions of speculators, not investors. Spreading your investments appropriately lets you maximize your growth opportunities while limiting your risk.","score":14.78325},{"document_id":"322806-0-2123","text":"\n\"Diversification is the only real free lunch in finance (reduction in risk without any reduction in expected returns), so clearly every good answer to your question will be \"\"yes.\"\" Diversification is good.\"\" Let's talk about many details your question solicits. Many funds are already pretty diversified. If you buy a mutual fund, you are generally already getting a large portion of the gains from diversification. There is a very large difference between the unnecessary risk in your portfolio if you only hold a couple of stocks and if you hold a mutual fund. Should you be diversified across mutual funds as well? It depends on what your funds are. Many funds, such as target-date funds, are intended to be your sole investment. If you have funds covering every major asset class, then there may not be any additional benefit to buying other funds. You probably could not have picked your \"\"favorite fund\"\" early on. As humans, we have cognitive biases that make us think we knew things early on that we did not. I'm sure at some point at the very beginning you had a positive feeling toward that fund. Today you regret not acting on it and putting all your money there. But the number of such feelings is very large and if you acted on all those, you would do a lot of crazy and harmful things. You didn't know early on which fund would do well. You could just as well have had a good feeling about a fund that subsequently did much worse than your diversified portfolio did. The advice you have had about your portfolio probably isn't based on sound finance theory. You say you have always kept your investments in line with your age. This implies that you believe the guidelines given you by your broker or financial advisor are based in finance theory. Generally speaking, they are not. They are rules of thumb that seemed good to someone but are not rigorously proven either in theory or empirics. For example the notion that you should slowly shift your investments from speculative to conservative as you age is not based on sound finance theory. It just seems good to the people who give advice on such things.","score":14.516269},{"document_id":"312942-0-1522","text":"\nDiversified is relative. Alfred has all his money in Apple. He's done very well over the last 10 years, but I think most investors would say that he's taking an incredible risk by putting everything on one stock. Betty has stock in Apple, Microsoft, and Google. Compared to Alfred, she is diversified. Charlie looks at Betty and realizes that she is only investing in one particular industry. All the companies in an individual industry can have a downturn together, so he invests everything in an S&P 500 index fund. David looks at Charlie and notes that he's got everything in large, high-capitalization companies. Small-cap stocks are often where the growth happens, so he invests in a total stock market fund. Evelyn realizes that David has all his money tied up in one country, the United States. What about the rest of the world? She invests in a global fund. Frank really likes Evelyn's broad approach to equities, but he knows that some portion of fixed-income assets (e.g. cash deposits, bonds) can reduce portfolio volatility—and may even enhance returns through periodic rebalancing. He does what Evelyn does, but also allocates some percentage of his portfolio to fixed income, and intends to maintain his target allocations. Being diversified enough depends on your individual goals and investing philosophy. There are some who would say that it is wrong to put all of your money in one fund, no matter what it is. Others would say that a sufficiently broad index fund is inherently diversified as-is.","score":13.944204}],"2b34f5e7861ca9b1b3eab65ad6d6b4b0<::>6":[{"document_id":"59110-0-1774","text":"\nThose government workers in Greece were just mooching off a corrupt system that was enabled by the blind pursuit of yield and the moral hazard of bailout expectations. They were way overpaid to do nothing but collect bribes and drink coffee all day. Good riddance. Greece is a poor agricultural country with some tourism and some shipping, and needs to go back to living within its means. Nobody is going to starve, and high unemployment was always the norm there until a few years ago - I lived there before the Euro, and they managed just fine despite high interest rates and inflation. Japan has had lost decades because its banks, like those in the west now, are practicing extend and pretend, so there hasn't been a proper flush of the system. The PIIGS should just flat out default and get it over with, rather than slowly default while giving up sovereignty. Even Germany would be better off if the PIIGS defaulted, since it is German taxpayers and savers who are going to pay for these bailouts. Let the banks fail, meaning let their equityholders and bondholders take losses - the depositors will be fine. The resulting lower asset prices will tempt risk capital back into the system, and life will go on. Bailouts just throw good money after bad and prop up corrupt banks and politicians. EDIT: Let me clarify about depositors making out fine. The banks' equityholders and bondholders take losses before depositors, who are insured anyway. In most cases, in Europe as in the US, the write-downs are not large enough to eat through this cushion before threatening depositors. Creditors were rewarded with higher interest for lending to these irresponsible banks, so they should take the hit rather than get made whole at taxpayer and saver (inflation) expense.","score":12.031575},{"document_id":"371672-0-1243","text":"\nThe Euro will collapse because Spain, Italy, Portugal and Greece will have to default on their debt. In order to keep up with current payments they have to take emergency loans at the same time that their economies are in recession and demands on social programs are increasing. There is simply no way that they can cut enough spending and raise enough revenue to balance their budgets. That is not opinion, it is arithmetic. If they cannot pay their loans they will either voluntarily leave the Euro, or they will be forced out. Next comes France who also has a large and growing budget deficit and a large public debt. It is unsustainable. That which is unsustainable will end. The last reason that the Euro will fail and that it will be soon is Germany. Up to now, all the bailouts of Ireland, Portugal, Italy, Greece and Spain have come predominantly from Germany. In order to float the Eurobonds that some idiots think might save Europe, the German people have to authorize their government to participate and thereby take on another mountain of debt. The German people will not vote for that authorization. Is that enough reasons? Because there are more. Lots more. Read [Mike Shedlock](http://globaleconomicanalysis.blogspot.com)","score":11.364759},{"document_id":"546589-0-710","text":"\nIcelandish and Irish Economies began to fail in 2008, Ireland was bailed out by the IMF and Britain, Iceland by the Germany and the IMF. Greek economy has essentially failed, and is at risk of being kicked out of the Euro currency by the Eurozone members. Spanish and Italian economies are faltering. Worst case scenario, everybody can't pay back money and keep accumulating debt, which would lead to a complete collapse of the European economy, resulting in a global economic meltdown. Germany currently are in control of al lot of countries debts (especially Ireland) which means that they will become the main players in decisions regarding the proliferation/faltering of the european economy in the future.","score":11.187618},{"document_id":"110628-0-1025","text":"\n> Europe is a temporary problem. Lol.. The better question for this thread is how is the European economy not utterly doomed? I see no way at all of the Euro surviving. Greece has already technically defaulted by saying it's not going to pay back all of it's debt. They will officially default when Germany stops bailing them out. Spain is in the exact same situation, just about a year behind. They haven't technically defaulted yet, but they will. They're receiving bailout after bailout and the Greece situation only makes their interest rates worse. Italy is just barely behind Spain, the Greek default followed by the Spanish defualt will send Italian interest rates through the roof dooming them to the same fate. This will eventually effect the US, but our borrowing rates are held artificially low due to the Fed just printing up more fake money and letting the US borrow as much as it wants. If you don't see this scheme crumbling and collapsing, I'm just curious what you actually think *will* happen?","score":10.39229},{"document_id":"342743-0-504","text":"\nThe government bailed out the financial system because it was in its best interest to. Letting the system all crash on top of yourself is definitely not smart. So we loan financial institutions money, shore up any short term issues, and we get most of the money back, if not all of it. If I'm not mistaken, all the bail out money was paid back. But beyond the point, there may be merit in basic income ideas, but this is definitely not the kind of rhetoric, thinking, analysis, or insight that it needs.","score":9.913503}],"2b34f5e7861ca9b1b3eab65ad6d6b4b0<::>7":[{"document_id":"59110-0-1774","text":"\nThose government workers in Greece were just mooching off a corrupt system that was enabled by the blind pursuit of yield and the moral hazard of bailout expectations. They were way overpaid to do nothing but collect bribes and drink coffee all day. Good riddance. Greece is a poor agricultural country with some tourism and some shipping, and needs to go back to living within its means. Nobody is going to starve, and high unemployment was always the norm there until a few years ago - I lived there before the Euro, and they managed just fine despite high interest rates and inflation. Japan has had lost decades because its banks, like those in the west now, are practicing extend and pretend, so there hasn't been a proper flush of the system. The PIIGS should just flat out default and get it over with, rather than slowly default while giving up sovereignty. Even Germany would be better off if the PIIGS defaulted, since it is German taxpayers and savers who are going to pay for these bailouts. Let the banks fail, meaning let their equityholders and bondholders take losses - the depositors will be fine. The resulting lower asset prices will tempt risk capital back into the system, and life will go on. Bailouts just throw good money after bad and prop up corrupt banks and politicians. EDIT: Let me clarify about depositors making out fine. The banks' equityholders and bondholders take losses before depositors, who are insured anyway. In most cases, in Europe as in the US, the write-downs are not large enough to eat through this cushion before threatening depositors. Creditors were rewarded with higher interest for lending to these irresponsible banks, so they should take the hit rather than get made whole at taxpayer and saver (inflation) expense.","score":11.237586},{"document_id":"546589-0-710","text":"\nIcelandish and Irish Economies began to fail in 2008, Ireland was bailed out by the IMF and Britain, Iceland by the Germany and the IMF. Greek economy has essentially failed, and is at risk of being kicked out of the Euro currency by the Eurozone members. Spanish and Italian economies are faltering. Worst case scenario, everybody can't pay back money and keep accumulating debt, which would lead to a complete collapse of the European economy, resulting in a global economic meltdown. Germany currently are in control of al lot of countries debts (especially Ireland) which means that they will become the main players in decisions regarding the proliferation/faltering of the european economy in the future.","score":10.406354},{"document_id":"371672-0-1243","text":"\nThe Euro will collapse because Spain, Italy, Portugal and Greece will have to default on their debt. In order to keep up with current payments they have to take emergency loans at the same time that their economies are in recession and demands on social programs are increasing. There is simply no way that they can cut enough spending and raise enough revenue to balance their budgets. That is not opinion, it is arithmetic. If they cannot pay their loans they will either voluntarily leave the Euro, or they will be forced out. Next comes France who also has a large and growing budget deficit and a large public debt. It is unsustainable. That which is unsustainable will end. The last reason that the Euro will fail and that it will be soon is Germany. Up to now, all the bailouts of Ireland, Portugal, Italy, Greece and Spain have come predominantly from Germany. In order to float the Eurobonds that some idiots think might save Europe, the German people have to authorize their government to participate and thereby take on another mountain of debt. The German people will not vote for that authorization. Is that enough reasons? Because there are more. Lots more. Read [Mike Shedlock](http://globaleconomicanalysis.blogspot.com)","score":10.1163225},{"document_id":"119018-0-473","text":"\nYes. When the currency of a country appreciates, it benefits some groups and disadvantages others. In particular, exporters suffer when a currency increases in value relative to other countries. In a country like the US, where exporters are small relative to the economy, this isn't a big deal. In germany, where exporters make up a big part of the economy, a currency increasing in value leads to large numbers of layoffs and other negative net effects to the economy.","score":9.571727},{"document_id":"110628-0-1025","text":"\n> Europe is a temporary problem. Lol.. The better question for this thread is how is the European economy not utterly doomed? I see no way at all of the Euro surviving. Greece has already technically defaulted by saying it's not going to pay back all of it's debt. They will officially default when Germany stops bailing them out. Spain is in the exact same situation, just about a year behind. They haven't technically defaulted yet, but they will. They're receiving bailout after bailout and the Greece situation only makes their interest rates worse. Italy is just barely behind Spain, the Greek default followed by the Spanish defualt will send Italian interest rates through the roof dooming them to the same fate. This will eventually effect the US, but our borrowing rates are held artificially low due to the Fed just printing up more fake money and letting the US borrow as much as it wants. If you don't see this scheme crumbling and collapsing, I'm just curious what you actually think *will* happen?","score":9.461035}],"2b34f5e7861ca9b1b3eab65ad6d6b4b0<::>8":[{"document_id":"371672-0-1243","text":"\nThe Euro will collapse because Spain, Italy, Portugal and Greece will have to default on their debt. In order to keep up with current payments they have to take emergency loans at the same time that their economies are in recession and demands on social programs are increasing. There is simply no way that they can cut enough spending and raise enough revenue to balance their budgets. That is not opinion, it is arithmetic. If they cannot pay their loans they will either voluntarily leave the Euro, or they will be forced out. Next comes France who also has a large and growing budget deficit and a large public debt. It is unsustainable. That which is unsustainable will end. The last reason that the Euro will fail and that it will be soon is Germany. Up to now, all the bailouts of Ireland, Portugal, Italy, Greece and Spain have come predominantly from Germany. In order to float the Eurobonds that some idiots think might save Europe, the German people have to authorize their government to participate and thereby take on another mountain of debt. The German people will not vote for that authorization. Is that enough reasons? Because there are more. Lots more. Read [Mike Shedlock](http://globaleconomicanalysis.blogspot.com)","score":11.966842},{"document_id":"546589-0-710","text":"\nIcelandish and Irish Economies began to fail in 2008, Ireland was bailed out by the IMF and Britain, Iceland by the Germany and the IMF. Greek economy has essentially failed, and is at risk of being kicked out of the Euro currency by the Eurozone members. Spanish and Italian economies are faltering. Worst case scenario, everybody can't pay back money and keep accumulating debt, which would lead to a complete collapse of the European economy, resulting in a global economic meltdown. Germany currently are in control of al lot of countries debts (especially Ireland) which means that they will become the main players in decisions regarding the proliferation/faltering of the european economy in the future.","score":11.457678},{"document_id":"59110-0-1774","text":"\nThose government workers in Greece were just mooching off a corrupt system that was enabled by the blind pursuit of yield and the moral hazard of bailout expectations. They were way overpaid to do nothing but collect bribes and drink coffee all day. Good riddance. Greece is a poor agricultural country with some tourism and some shipping, and needs to go back to living within its means. Nobody is going to starve, and high unemployment was always the norm there until a few years ago - I lived there before the Euro, and they managed just fine despite high interest rates and inflation. Japan has had lost decades because its banks, like those in the west now, are practicing extend and pretend, so there hasn't been a proper flush of the system. The PIIGS should just flat out default and get it over with, rather than slowly default while giving up sovereignty. Even Germany would be better off if the PIIGS defaulted, since it is German taxpayers and savers who are going to pay for these bailouts. Let the banks fail, meaning let their equityholders and bondholders take losses - the depositors will be fine. The resulting lower asset prices will tempt risk capital back into the system, and life will go on. Bailouts just throw good money after bad and prop up corrupt banks and politicians. EDIT: Let me clarify about depositors making out fine. The banks' equityholders and bondholders take losses before depositors, who are insured anyway. In most cases, in Europe as in the US, the write-downs are not large enough to eat through this cushion before threatening depositors. Creditors were rewarded with higher interest for lending to these irresponsible banks, so they should take the hit rather than get made whole at taxpayer and saver (inflation) expense.","score":11.149777},{"document_id":"110628-0-1025","text":"\n> Europe is a temporary problem. Lol.. The better question for this thread is how is the European economy not utterly doomed? I see no way at all of the Euro surviving. Greece has already technically defaulted by saying it's not going to pay back all of it's debt. They will officially default when Germany stops bailing them out. Spain is in the exact same situation, just about a year behind. They haven't technically defaulted yet, but they will. They're receiving bailout after bailout and the Greece situation only makes their interest rates worse. Italy is just barely behind Spain, the Greek default followed by the Spanish defualt will send Italian interest rates through the roof dooming them to the same fate. This will eventually effect the US, but our borrowing rates are held artificially low due to the Fed just printing up more fake money and letting the US borrow as much as it wants. If you don't see this scheme crumbling and collapsing, I'm just curious what you actually think *will* happen?","score":11.052832},{"document_id":"246940-0-492","text":"\nFolks, they aren't making the ESM just for shits and giggles. Of course it will be used. The real question is how far this goes. If growth doesn't come back then not only Italy will need a bailout but so will France. And not even the ESM is big enough for France. But Spain and Italy are already pretty much baked into their planning. All of this stuff is already laid out but you can still bet the breathless media will report every single step like no one ever before contemplated it.","score":10.10198}],"95a0893567c7519c090ecbcdd14daccd<::>1":[{"document_id":"846282869_1580-2418-0-838","text":"Great Wall of China\nThe Great Wall of China is a series of fortifications made of stone , brick , tamped earth , wood , and other materials , generally built along an east - to - west line across the historical northern borders of China to protect the Chinese states and empires against the raids and invasions of the various nomadic groups of the Eurasian Steppe with an eye to expansion . Several walls were being built as early as the 7th century BC ; these , later joined together and made bigger and stronger , are collectively referred to as the Great Wall . Especially famous is the wall built in 220 -- 206 BC by Qin Shi Huang , the first Emperor of China . Little of that wall remains . The Great Wall has been rebuilt , maintained , and enhanced over various dynasties ; the majority of the existing wall is from the Ming Dynasty ( 1368 -- 1644 ) .","title":"Great Wall of China","score":20.99429},{"document_id":"846282869_19534-20837-0-1303","text":"Great Wall of China\nBefore the use of bricks , the Great Wall was mainly built from rammed earth , stones , and wood . During the Ming , however , bricks were heavily used in many areas of the wall , as were materials such as tiles , lime , and stone . The size and weight of the bricks made them easier to work with than earth and stone , so construction quickened . Additionally , bricks could bear more weight and endure better than rammed earth . Stone can hold under its own weight better than brick , but is more difficult to use . Consequently , stones cut in rectangular shapes were used for the foundation , inner and outer brims , and gateways of the wall . Battlements line the uppermost portion of the vast majority of the wall , with defensive gaps a little over 30 cm ( 12 in ) tall , and about 23 cm ( 9.1 in ) wide . From the parapets , guards could survey the surrounding land . Communication between the army units along the length of the Great Wall , including the ability to call reinforcements and warn garrisons of enemy movements , was of high importance . Signal towers were built upon hill tops or other high points along the wall for their visibility . Wooden gates could be used as a trap against those going through . Barracks , stables , and armories were built near the wall 's inner surface .","title":"Great Wall of China","score":20.59738},{"document_id":"846282869_10357-11574-0-1217","text":"Great Wall of China\nUnlike the earlier fortifications , the Ming construction was stronger and more elaborate due to the use of bricks and stone instead of rammed earth . Up to 25,000 watchtowers are estimated to have been constructed on the wall . As Mongol raids continued periodically over the years , the Ming devoted considerable resources to repair and reinforce the walls . Sections near the Ming capital of Beijing were especially strong . Qi Jiguang between 1567 and 1570 also repaired and reinforced the wall , faced sections of the ram - earth wall with bricks and constructed 1,200 watchtowers from Shanhaiguan Pass to Changping to warn of approaching Mongol raiders . During the 1440s -- 1460s , the Ming also built a so - called `` Liaodong Wall '' . Similar in function to the Great Wall ( whose extension , in a sense , it was ) , but more basic in construction , the Liaodong Wall enclosed the agricultural heartland of the Liaodong province , protecting it against potential incursions by Jurched - Mongol Oriyanghan from the northwest and the Jianzhou Jurchens from the north . While stones and tiles were used in some parts of the Liaodong Wall , most of it was in fact simply an earth dike with moats on both sides .","title":"Great Wall of China","score":19.601881},{"document_id":"801328598_15083-16504-0-1417","text":"History of the Great Wall of China\nThe walls , known as Changcheng ( 長城 ) -- literally `` long walls '' , but often translated as `` Great Wall '' -- were mostly constructed of tamped earth , with some parts built with stones . Where natural barriers like ravines and rivers sufficed for defence , the walls were erected sparingly , but long fortified lines were laid where such advantageous terrains did not exist . Often in addition to the wall , the defensive system included garrisons and beacon towers inside the wall , and watchtowers outside at regular intervals . In terms of defence , the walls were generally effective at countering cavalry shock tactics , but there are doubts as to whether these early walls were actually defensive in nature . Nicola Di Cosmo points out that the northern frontier walls were built far to the north and included traditionally nomadic lands , and so rather than being defensive , the walls indicate the northward expansions of the three northern states and their desire to safeguard their recent territorial acquisitions . This theory is supported by the archeological discovery of nomadic artifacts within the walls , suggesting the presence of pre-existing or conquered barbarian societies . It is entirely possible , as Western scholars like di Cosmo and Lattimore suggest , that nomadic aggression against the Chinese in the coming centuries was partly caused by Chinese expansionism during this period .","title":"History of the Great Wall of China","score":19.516705},{"document_id":"801328598_41454-42423-0-967","text":"History of the Great Wall of China\nIn the west , the Tanguts took control of the Ordos region , where they established the Western Xia dynasty . Although the Xia were not traditionally known for building walls , in 2011 archeologists uncovered 100 kilometres ( 62 mi ) of walls at Ömnögovi Province in Mongolia in what had been Western Xia territory . Radiocarbon analysis showed that they were constructed from 1040 to 1160 . The walls were as tall as 2.75 metres ( 9 ft 0 in ) at places when they were discovered , and may have been around 2 metres ( 6 ft 7 in ) taller originally . They were built with mud and saxaul ( a desert shrub ) in one section , and dark basalt blocks in another , suggesting that the rocks may have been quarried from nearby extinct volcanoes and transported to the construction site . Archaeologists have not yet found traces of human activity around this stretch of wall , which suggests that the Xia wall in this location may have been incomplete and not ready for use .","title":"History of the Great Wall of China","score":19.369617}],"95a0893567c7519c090ecbcdd14daccd<::>2":[{"document_id":"846282869_4965-5966-0-989","text":"Great Wall of China\nThe longer Chinese name `` Ten - Thousand Mile Long Wall '' ( 萬里 長城 , Wanli Changcheng ) came from Sima Qian 's description of it in the Records , though he did not name the walls as such . The AD 493 Book of Song quotes the frontier general Tan Daoji referring to `` the long wall of 10,000 miles '' , closer to the modern name , but the name rarely features in pre-modern times otherwise . The traditional Chinese mile ( 里 , lǐ ) was an often irregular distance that was intended to show the length of a standard village and varied with terrain but was usually standardized at distances around a third of an English mile ( 540 m ) . Since China 's metrication in 1930 , it has been exactly equivalent to 500 metres or 1,600 feet , which would make the wall 's name describe a distance of 5,000 km ( 3,100 mi ) . However , this use of `` ten - thousand '' ( wàn ) is figurative in a similar manner to the Greek and English myriad and simply means `` innumerable '' or `` immeasurable '' .","title":"Great Wall of China","score":21.639727},{"document_id":"846282869_17917-18703-0-771","text":"Great Wall of China\nOne of the most striking sections of the Ming Great Wall is where it climbs extremely steep slopes in Jinshanling . There it runs 11 km ( 7 mi ) long , ranges from 5 to 8 m ( 16 ft 5 in to 26 ft 3 in ) in height , and 6 m ( 19 ft 8 in ) across the bottom , narrowing up to 5 m ( 16 ft 5 in ) across the top . Wangjinglou ( t 望 京 樓 , s 望 京 楼 , Wàngjīng Lóu ) is one of Jinshanling 's 67 watchtowers , 980 m ( 3,220 ft ) above sea level . Southeast of Jinshanling is the Mutianyu Great Wall which winds along lofty , cragged mountains from the southeast to the northwest for 2.25 km ( 1.40 mi ) . It is connected with Juyongguan Pass to the west and Gubeikou to the east . This section was one of the first to be renovated following the turmoil of the Cultural Revolution .","title":"Great Wall of China","score":21.091768},{"document_id":"846282869_2966-3838-0-872","text":"Great Wall of China\nThe frontier walls built by different dynasties have multiple courses . Collectively , they stretch from Dandong in the east to Lop Lake in the west , from present - day Sino - Russian border in the north to Qinghai in the south ; along an arc that roughly delineates the edge of Mongolian steppe . A comprehensive archaeological survey , using advanced technologies , has concluded that the walls built by the Ming dynasty measure 8,850 km ( 5,500 mi ) . This is made up of 6,259 km ( 3,889 mi ) sections of actual wall , 359 km ( 223 mi ) of trenches and 2,232 km ( 1,387 mi ) of natural defensive barriers such as hills and rivers . Another archaeological survey found that the entire wall with all of its branches measures out to be 21,196 km ( 13,171 mi ) . Today , the Great Wall is generally recognized as one of the most impressive architectural feats in history .","title":"Great Wall of China","score":20.672386},{"document_id":"801328598_39828-41422-0-1582","text":"History of the Great Wall of China\nThis long period of wall - building burdened the populace and provoked controversy . Sometime between 1190 and 1196 , during Zhangzong 's reign , the high official Zhang Wangong ( 張萬公 ) and the Censorate recommended that work on the wall be indefinitely suspended due to a recent drought , noting : `` What has been begun is already being flattened by sandstorms , and bullying the people into defence works will simply exhaust them . '' However , Chancellor Wanyan Xiang ( 完 顏 襄 ) convinced the emperor of the walls ' merits based on an optimistic cost estimate -- `` Although the initial outlay for the walls will be one million strings of cash , when the work is done the frontier will be secure with only half the present number of soldiers needed to defend it , which means that every year you will save three million strings of cash ... The benefits will be everlasting '' -- and so construction continued unabated . All this work created an extensive systems of walls , which consisted of a 700 kilometres ( 430 mi ) `` outer wall '' from Heilongjiang to Mongolia and a 1,000 kilometres ( 620 mi ) network of `` inner walls '' north and northeast of Beijing . Together , they formed a roughly elliptical web of fortifications 1,400 kilometres ( 870 mi ) in length and 440 kilometres ( 270 mi ) in diameter . Some of these walls had inner moats ( from 10 to 60 metres ( 33 to 197 feet ) in width ) , beacon towers , battlements , parapets , and outward - facing semicircular platforms protruding from the wall -- features that set the Jin walls apart from their predecessors .","title":"History of the Great Wall of China","score":20.19625},{"document_id":"801328598_29219-30460-0-1239","text":"History of the Great Wall of China\nThe Northern Wei collapsed in 535 due to civil insurrection to be eventually succeeded by the Northern Qi ( 550 -- 575 ) and Northern Zhou ( 557 -- 580 ) . Faced with the threat of the Göktürks from the north , from 552 to 556 the Qi built up to 3,000 li ( about 1,600 kilometres ( 990 mi ) ) of wall from Shanxi to the sea at Shanhai Pass . Over the course of the year 555 alone , 1.8 million men were mobilized to build the Juyong Pass and extend its wall by 450 kilometres ( 280 mi ) through Datong to the eastern banks of the Yellow River . In 557 a secondary wall was built inside the main one . These walls were built quickly from local earth and stones or formed by natural barriers . Two stretches of the stone - and - earth Qi wall still stand in Shanxi today , measuring 3.3 metres ( 11 ft ) wide at their bases and 3.5 metres ( 11 ft ) high on average . In 577 the Northern Zhou conquered the Northern Qi and in 580 made repairs to the existing Qi walls . The route of the Qi and Zhou walls would be mostly followed by the later Ming wall west of Gubeikou , which includes reconstructed walls from Qi and Zhou . In more recent times , the reddish remnants of the Zhou ramparts in Hebei gave rise to the nickname `` Red Wall '' .","title":"History of the Great Wall of China","score":19.84834}],"95a0893567c7519c090ecbcdd14daccd<::>3":[{"document_id":"801328598_28455-29218-0-763","text":"History of the Great Wall of China\nAs Northern Wei became more economically dependent on agriculture , the Xianbei emperors made a conscious decision to adopt Chinese customs , including passive methods of frontier defence . In 423 , a defence line over 2,000 li ( 1,080 kilometres ( 670 mi ) ) long was built to resist the Rouran ; its path roughly followed the old Zhao wall from Chicheng County in Hebei Province to Wuyuan County , Inner Mongolia . In 446 , 100,000 men were put to work building an inner wall from Yanqing , passing south of the Wei capital Pingcheng , and ending up near Pingguan on the eastern bank of the Yellow River . The two walls formed the basis of the double - layered Xuanfu -- Datong wall system that protected Beijing a thousand years later during the Ming dynasty .","title":"History of the Great Wall of China","score":18.210062},{"document_id":"801328598_1429-1730-0-301","text":"History of the Great Wall of China\nAlthough a useful deterrent against raids , at several points throughout its history the Great Wall failed to stop enemies , including in 1644 when the Manchu Qing marched through the gates of Shanhai Pass and replaced the most ardent of the wall - building dynasties , the Ming , as rulers of China .","title":"History of the Great Wall of China","score":17.906654},{"document_id":"801328598_9536-11743-0-2195","text":"History of the Great Wall of China\nOne of the first mentions of a wall built against northern invaders is found in a poem , dated from the seventh century BC , recorded in the Classic of Poetry . The poem tells of a king , now identified as King Xuan ( r . 827 -- 782 BC ) of the Western Zhou dynasty ( 1046 -- 771 BC ) , who commanded General Nan Zhong ( 南仲 ) to build a wall in the northern regions to fend off the Xianyun . The Xianyun , whose base of power was in the Ordos region , were regarded as part of the charioteering Rong tribes , and their attacks aimed at the early Zhou capital region of Haojing were probably the reason for King Xuan 's response . Nan Zhong 's campaign was recorded as a great victory . However , only a few years later in 771 BC another branch of the Rong people , the Quanrong , responded to a summons by the renegade Marquess of Shen by over-running the Zhou defences and laying waste to the capital . The cataclysmic event killed King Xuan 's successor King You ( 795 -- 771 BC ) , forced the court to move the capital east to Chengzhou ( 成 周 , later known as Luoyang ) a year later , and thus ushered in the Eastern Zhou dynasty ( 770 -- 256 BC ) . Most importantly , the fall of Western Zhou redistributed power to the states that had acknowledged Zhou 's nominal rulership . The rule of the Eastern Zhou dynasty was marked by bloody interstate anarchy . With smaller states being annexed and larger states waging constant war upon one another , many rulers came to feel the need to erect walls to protect their borders . Of the earliest textual reference to such a wall was the State of Chu 's wall of 656 BC , 1,400 metres ( 4,600 feet ) of which were excavated in southern Henan province in the modern era . The State of Qi also had fortified borders up by the 7th century BC , and the extant portions in Shandong province had been christened the Great Wall of Qi . The State of Wei built two walls , the western one completed in 361 BC and the eastern in 356 BC , with the extant western wall found in Hancheng , Shaanxi . Even non-Chinese peoples built walls , such as the Di state of Zhongshan and the Yiqu Rong ( 義 渠 ) , whose walls were intended to defend against the State of Qin .","title":"History of the Great Wall of China","score":17.650494},{"document_id":"846282869_1580-2418-0-838","text":"Great Wall of China\nThe Great Wall of China is a series of fortifications made of stone , brick , tamped earth , wood , and other materials , generally built along an east - to - west line across the historical northern borders of China to protect the Chinese states and empires against the raids and invasions of the various nomadic groups of the Eurasian Steppe with an eye to expansion . Several walls were being built as early as the 7th century BC ; these , later joined together and made bigger and stronger , are collectively referred to as the Great Wall . Especially famous is the wall built in 220 -- 206 BC by Qin Shi Huang , the first Emperor of China . Little of that wall remains . The Great Wall has been rebuilt , maintained , and enhanced over various dynasties ; the majority of the existing wall is from the Ming Dynasty ( 1368 -- 1644 ) .","title":"Great Wall of China","score":17.624765},{"document_id":"846282869_11575-12486-0-911","text":"Great Wall of China\nTowards the end of the Ming , the Great Wall helped defend the empire against the Manchu invasions that began around 1600 . Even after the loss of all of Liaodong , the Ming army held the heavily fortified Shanhai Pass , preventing the Manchus from conquering the Chinese heartland . The Manchus were finally able to cross the Great Wall in 1644 , after Beijing had already fallen to Li Zicheng 's rebels . Before this time , the Manchus had crossed the Great Wall multiple times to raid , but this time it was for conquest . The gates at Shanhai Pass were opened on May 25 by the commanding Ming general , Wu Sangui , who formed an alliance with the Manchus , hoping to use the Manchus to expel the rebels from Beijing . The Manchus quickly seized Beijing , and eventually defeated both the rebel - founded Shun dynasty and the remaining Ming resistance , establishing the Qing dynasty rule over all of China .","title":"Great Wall of China","score":17.547731}],"95a0893567c7519c090ecbcdd14daccd<::>4":[{"document_id":"801328598_16571-17855-0-1284","text":"History of the Great Wall of China\nIn 221 BC , the state of Qin completed its conquest over the other Warring States and united China under Qin Shi Huang , the first emperor of China . These conquests , combined with the Legalist reforms started by Shang Yang in the 4th century BC , transformed China from a loose confederation of feudal states to an authoritarian empire . With the transformation , Qin became able to command a far greater assembly of labourers to be used in public works than the prior feudal kingdoms . Also , once unification was achieved , Qin found itself in possession of a large professional army with no more internal enemies to fight and thus had to find a new use for them . Soon after the conquests , in the year 215 BC , the emperor sent the famed general Meng Tian to the Ordos region to drive out the Xiongnu nomads settled there , who had risen from beyond the fallen marginal states along the northern frontier . Qin 's campaign against the Xiongnu was preemptive in nature , since there was no pressing nomadic menace to be faced at the time ; its aim was to annexe the ambiguous territories of the Ordos and to clearly define the Qin 's northern borders . Once the Xiongnu were chased away , Meng Tian introduced 30,000 settler families to colonize the newly conquered territories .","title":"History of the Great Wall of China","score":13.277256},{"document_id":"846282869_7770-9663-0-1893","text":"Great Wall of China\nKing Zheng of Qin conquered the last of his opponents and unified China as the First Emperor of the Qin dynasty ( `` Qin Shi Huang '' ) in 221 BC . Intending to impose centralized rule and prevent the resurgence of feudal lords , he ordered the destruction of the sections of the walls that divided his empire among the former states . To position the empire against the Xiongnu people from the north , however , he ordered the building of new walls to connect the remaining fortifications along the empire 's northern frontier . `` Build and move on '' was a central guiding principle in constructing the wall , implying that the Chinese were not erecting a permanently fixed border . Transporting the large quantity of materials required for construction was difficult , so builders always tried to use local resources . Stones from the mountains were used over mountain ranges , while rammed earth was used for construction in the plains . There are no surviving historical records indicating the exact length and course of the Qin walls . Most of the ancient walls have eroded away over the centuries , and very few sections remain today . The human cost of the construction is unknown , but it has been estimated by some authors that hundreds of thousands , if not up to a million , workers died building the Qin wall . Later , the Han , the Sui , and the Northern dynasties all repaired , rebuilt , or expanded sections of the Great Wall at great cost to defend themselves against northern invaders . The Tang and Song dynasties did not undertake any significant effort in the region . The Liao , Jin , and Yuan dynasties , who ruled Northern China throughout most of the 10th -- 13th centuries , constructed defensive walls in the 12th century but those were located much to the north of the Great Wall as we know it , within China 's province of Inner Mongolia and in Mongolia itself .","title":"Great Wall of China","score":12.557946},{"document_id":"801328598_20509-20945-0-436","text":"History of the Great Wall of China\nThe settlement of the north continued up to Qin Shi Huang 's death in 210 BC , upon which Meng Tian was ordered to commit suicide in a succession conspiracy . Before killing himself , Meng Tian expressed regret for his walls : `` Beginning at Lintao and reaching to Liaodong , I built walls and dug moats for more than ten thousand li ; was it not inevitable that I broke the earth 's veins along the way ? This then was my offense . ''","title":"History of the Great Wall of China","score":12.14},{"document_id":"801328598_11868-12016-0-148","text":"History of the Great Wall of China\nOf these walls , those of the northern states Yan , Zhao , and Qin were connected by Qin Shi Huang when he united the Chinese states in 221 BC . Map","title":"History of the Great Wall of China","score":11.299078},{"document_id":"801328598_13594-15082-0-1488","text":"History of the Great Wall of China\nQin was originally a state on the western fringe of the Chinese political sphere , but it grew into a formidable power in the later parts of the Warring States period when it aggressively expanded in all directions . In the north , the state of Wei and the Yiqu built walls to protect themselves from Qin aggression , but were still unable to stop Qin from eating into their territories . The Qin reformist Shang Yang forced the Wei out of their walled area west of the Yellow River in 340 BC , and King Huiwen of Qin ( r . 338 -- 311 BC ) took 25 Yiqu forts in a northern offensive . When King Huiwen died , his widow the Queen Dowager Xuan acted as regent because the succeeding sons were deemed too young to govern . During the reign of King Zhaoxiang ( r . 306 -- 251 BC ) , the queen dowager apparently entered illicit relations with the Yiqu king and gave birth to two of his sons , but later tricked and killed the Yiqu king . Following that coup , the Qin army marched into Yiqu territory at the queen dowager 's orders ; the Qin annihilated the Yiqu remnants and thus came to possess the Ordos region . At this point the Qin built a wall around their new territories to defend against the true nomads even further north , incorporating the Wei walls . As a result , an estimated total of 1,775 kilometres ( 1,103 mi ) of Qin walls ( including spurts ) extended from southern Gansu to the bank of the Yellow River in the Jungar Banner , close to the border with Zhao at the time .","title":"History of the Great Wall of China","score":11.21383}],"95a0893567c7519c090ecbcdd14daccd<::>5":[{"document_id":"801328598_20509-20945-0-436","text":"History of the Great Wall of China\nThe settlement of the north continued up to Qin Shi Huang 's death in 210 BC , upon which Meng Tian was ordered to commit suicide in a succession conspiracy . Before killing himself , Meng Tian expressed regret for his walls : `` Beginning at Lintao and reaching to Liaodong , I built walls and dug moats for more than ten thousand li ; was it not inevitable that I broke the earth 's veins along the way ? This then was my offense . ''","title":"History of the Great Wall of China","score":12.110965},{"document_id":"801328598_20946-21419-0-473","text":"History of the Great Wall of China\nMeng Tian 's settlements in the north were abandoned , and the Xiongnu nomads moved back into the Ordos Loop as the Qin empire became consumed by widespread rebellion due to public discontent . Owen Lattimore concluded that the whole project relied upon military power to enforce agriculture on a land more suited for herding , resulting in `` the anti-historical paradox of attempting two mutually exclusive forms of development simultaneously '' that was doomed to fail .","title":"History of the Great Wall of China","score":10.7353945},{"document_id":"801328598_16571-17855-0-1284","text":"History of the Great Wall of China\nIn 221 BC , the state of Qin completed its conquest over the other Warring States and united China under Qin Shi Huang , the first emperor of China . These conquests , combined with the Legalist reforms started by Shang Yang in the 4th century BC , transformed China from a loose confederation of feudal states to an authoritarian empire . With the transformation , Qin became able to command a far greater assembly of labourers to be used in public works than the prior feudal kingdoms . Also , once unification was achieved , Qin found itself in possession of a large professional army with no more internal enemies to fight and thus had to find a new use for them . Soon after the conquests , in the year 215 BC , the emperor sent the famed general Meng Tian to the Ordos region to drive out the Xiongnu nomads settled there , who had risen from beyond the fallen marginal states along the northern frontier . Qin 's campaign against the Xiongnu was preemptive in nature , since there was no pressing nomadic menace to be faced at the time ; its aim was to annexe the ambiguous territories of the Ordos and to clearly define the Qin 's northern borders . Once the Xiongnu were chased away , Meng Tian introduced 30,000 settler families to colonize the newly conquered territories .","title":"History of the Great Wall of China","score":9.233871},{"document_id":"827357703_6604-6933-0-325","text":"Chinese Buddhism\nThe emperor then sent an envoy to Tianzhu ( Southern India ) to inquire about the teachings of the Buddha . Buddhist scriptures were said to have been returned to China on the backs of white horses , after which White Horse Temple was named . Two Indian monks also returned with them , named Dharmaratna and Kaśyapa Mātaṅga .","title":"Chinese Buddhism","score":9.032056},{"document_id":"808407177_7699-8228-0-524","text":"Boötes\nThe other Chinese constellations made up of the stars of Boötes existed in the modern constellation 's north ; they are all representations of weapons . Tianqiang , the spear , was formed from Iota , Kappa , and Theta Boötis ; Genghe , variously representing a lance or shield , was formed from Epsilon , Rho , and Sigma Boötis . There were also two weapons made up of a singular star . Xuange , the halberd , was represented by Lambda Boötis , and Zhaoyao , either the sword or the spear , was represented by Gamma Boötis .","title":"Boötes","score":8.538314}],"95a0893567c7519c090ecbcdd14daccd<::>6":[{"document_id":"801328598_1731-2271-0-540","text":"History of the Great Wall of China\nThe Great Wall of China visible today largely dates from the Ming dynasty , as they rebuilt much of the wall in stone and brick , often extending its line through challenging terrain . Some sections remain in relatively good condition or have been renovated , while others have been damaged or destroyed for ideological reasons , deconstructed for their building materials , or lost due to the ravages of time . For long an object of fascination for foreigners , the wall is now a revered national symbol and a popular tourist destination .","title":"History of the Great Wall of China","score":15.504707},{"document_id":"846282869_15228-15651-0-423","text":"Great Wall of China\nWhen China opened its borders to foreign merchants and visitors after its defeat in the First and Second Opium Wars , the Great Wall became a main attraction for tourists . The travelogues of the later 19th century further enhanced the reputation and the mythology of the Great Wall , such that in the 20th century , a persistent misconception exists about the Great Wall of China being visible from the Moon or even Mars .","title":"Great Wall of China","score":15.324344},{"document_id":"846282869_17224-17916-0-692","text":"Great Wall of China\nThe sections of the Great Wall around Beijing municipality are especially famous : they were frequently renovated and are regularly visited by tourists today . The Badaling Great Wall near Zhangjiakou is the most famous stretch of the Wall , for this is the first section to be opened to the public in the People 's Republic of China , as well as the showpiece stretch for foreign dignitaries . South of Badaling is the Juyong Pass ; when used by the Chinese to protect their land , this section of the wall had many guards to defend China 's capital Beijing . Made of stone and bricks from the hills , this portion of the Great Wall is 7.8 m ( 25 ft 7 in ) high and 5 m ( 16 ft 5 in ) wide .","title":"Great Wall of China","score":15.154868},{"document_id":"801328598_63947-64353-0-406","text":"History of the Great Wall of China\nExposure to such works brought many foreign visitors to the Great Wall after China opened its borders as a result of the nation 's defeat in the Opium Wars of the mid-19th century at the hands of Britain and the other Western powers . The Juyong Pass near Beijing and the `` Old Dragon Head , '' where the Great Wall meets the sea at the Shanhai Pass , proved popular destinations for these wall watchers .","title":"History of the Great Wall of China","score":14.617184},{"document_id":"801328598_68006-68590-0-584","text":"History of the Great Wall of China\nIn 1952 , the scholar - turned - bureaucrat Guo Moruo laid out the first modern proposal to repair the Great Wall . Five years later , the renovated Badaling became the first section to be opened to the public since the establishment of the PRC . The Badaling Great Wall has since become a staple stop for foreign dignitaries who come to China , beginning with Nepali prime minister Bishweshwar Prasad Koirala in 1960 , and most notably the American president Richard Nixon in his historic 1972 visit to China . To date , Badaling is still the most visited stretch of the Great Wall .","title":"History of the Great Wall of China","score":14.5228815}],"95a0893567c7519c090ecbcdd14daccd<::>7":[{"document_id":"807203428_14662-15590-0-928","text":"Modern history\nIn China , urbanization increased as the population grew and as the division of labor grew more complex . Large urban centers , such as Nanjing and Beijing , also contributed to the growth of private industry . In particular , small - scale industries grew up , often specializing in paper , silk , cotton , and porcelain goods . For the most part , however , relatively small urban centers with markets proliferated around the country . Town markets mainly traded food , with some necessary manufactures such as pins or oil . Despite the xenophobia and intellectual introspection characteristic of the increasingly popular new school of neo-Confucianism , China under the early Ming dynasty was not isolated . Foreign trade and other contacts with the outside world , particularly Japan , increased considerably . Chinese merchants explored all of the Indian Ocean , reaching East Africa with the treasure voyages of Zheng He .","title":"Modern history","score":13.384726},{"document_id":"838404409_23078-23478-0-400","text":"Geography of China\nChina 's economy has recently become export - oriented . The coastal provinces got the greatest benefits from the recent development of China 's economy , becoming the new economic center of China . The Chinese leadership has long encouraged a move inland , and in 2012 , following the western crisis , the top leadership announced a policy to redirect Chinese production toward the national market .","title":"Geography of China","score":13.182533},{"document_id":"818663358_2670-3433-0-763","text":"Standard of living in China\nWhile food production rose substantially after 1949 , population increases were nearly as great until the 1980s . Production of grain , the source of about 75 percent of the calories in the Chinese diet , grew at an average rate of 2.7 percent a year between 1952 and 1979 , while population growth averaged almost 2 percent a year . Total grain output per capita grew from 288 kilograms a year in 1952 to 319 kilograms in 1978 , an increase of only 11 percent in 26 years . In 1984 , however , a remarkably good harvest produced 396 kilograms of grain per capita , an increase of 24 percent in only 6 years . In 1985 grain output fell below the peak level of 1984 , to 365 kilograms per person , and recovered only partially in 1986 to 369 kilograms per capita .","title":"Standard of living in China","score":13.10132},{"document_id":"818663358_1279-1523-0-244","text":"Standard of living in China\nUntil the end of the 1970s , the fruits of economic growth were largely negated by population increases , which prevented significant advances in the per capita availability of food , clothing , and housing beyond levels achieved in the 1950s .","title":"Standard of living in China","score":13.066064},{"document_id":"838404409_2075-2517-0-442","text":"Geography of China\nTraditionally , the Chinese population centered on the Chinese central plain and oriented itself toward its own enormous inland market , developing as an imperial power whose center lay in the middle and lower reaches of the Yellow River on the northern plains . More recently , the 18,000 km ( 11,000 mi ) coastline has been used extensively for export - oriented trade , causing the coastal provinces to become the leading economic center .","title":"Geography of China","score":13.021406}],"5f9ccf0a4ff691fc482432af64cc3c9d<::>1":[{"document_id":"5614642324237198-7278-9265","text":"Let’s talk about spam texts and emails | Consumer Advice\nBefore you enter personal information on a website, email, or text chain, stop. Ask yourself: Why do they need this information? And what’s going to happen to it? Remember, too: never share your Social Security number with someone who reaches out to you. Unsubscribe from unwanted emails. Getting fewer unwanted emails helps you avoid clicking on links that can lead to a phishing attack.Report unwanted messages. Unwanted messages often lead to scams. Report them. Use your phone’s “report junk” option or forward unwanted texts to 7726 (SPAM) and unwanted emails to your email provider.Learn more about how to get fewer spam texts and emails. If you spot a scam, report it to the FTC at ReportFraud.ftc.gov.\n\nImage\n\n \n\nTopics\n\nUnwanted Emails, Texts, and Mail\nIdentity Theft\n\nScams\n\nPhishing Scams\n\nLeave a comment\n\nAdd new comment\n\nYour name\n\n \n\nComment\n\n CAPTCHA\n \n\n \n\nThis question is for testing whether or not you are a human visitor and to prevent automated spam submissions.\n\n Read Our Privacy Act Statement\n \n\nIt is your choice whether to submit a comment. If you do, you must create a user name, or we will not post your comment. The Federal Trade Commission Act authorizes this information collection for purposes of managing online comments. Comments and user names are part of the Federal Trade Commission’s (FTC) public records system, and user names also are part of the FTC’s computer user records system. We may routinely use these records as described in the FTC’s Privacy Act system notices. For more information on how the FTC handles information that we collect, please read our privacy policy.\n\n Read Our Comment Policy\n \n\nThe purpose of this blog and its comments section is to inform readers about Federal Trade Commission activity, and share information to help them avoid, report, and recover from fraud, scams, and bad business practices. Your thoughts, ideas, and concerns are welcome, and we encourage comments. But keep in mind, this is a moderated blog.","title":"Let’s talk about spam texts and emails | Consumer Advice","score":16.056149},{"document_id":"e6ea24fa9e962807-14777-16658","text":"Report phishing | Internal Revenue Service\nOnce you have determined that it is not legitimate, report the incident to TIGTA and to phishing@irs.gov (Subject: FAX).\n\nWhat to do if you receive an unsolicited solicitation involving a stock or share purchase, that involves suspicious IRS or Department of Treasury documents such as \"advance fees\" or \"penalties\" (updated Jan. 19, 2024)\n\nIf you are a U.S. citizen located in the United States or its territories or a U.S. citizen living abroad:\nComplete the appropriate complaint form with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.\nForward email to phishing@irs.gov (Subject: Stock).\nIf you are a victim of monetary or identity theft, you may submit a complaint to the Federal Trade Commission and to the Internet Crime Complaint Center. Please see the Federal Bureau of Investigation’s Guidance for Cryptocurrency Scam Victims. IRS's phishing@irs.gov does not assist in the recovery of monetary losses.\nIf you are not a U.S. citizen and reside outside the United States:\nComplete the appropriate complaint form with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.\nContact your securities regulator and file a complaint.\nForward email to phishing@irs.gov (Subject: Stock).\nIf you are a victim of monetary or identity theft, you may report your complaint to econsumer.gov.\n\nWhat if I receive an unsolicited text message or Short Message Service (SMS) message claiming to be from the IRS? (updated Jan. 19, 2024)\n\nDon't reply.\nDon't open any attachments. They can contain malicious code that may infect your computer or mobile phone.\nDon't click on any links. If you clicked on links in a suspicious SMS and entered confidential information, visit Identity Theft Central.\nReport the message to 7726 (SPAM). \nPlease include both the Caller ID and the message body in your email to phishing@irs.gov. Create a new email. Copy the Caller ID from the message and paste into the email.","title":"Report phishing | Internal Revenue Service","score":15.80416},{"document_id":"994cf15a893d61b1-4523-6282","text":"About Us | Consumer Advice\nDid you know that scammers send fake package shipment and delivery notifications to try to steal people's personal information — not just at the holidays, but all year long? Here's what you need to know to protect yourself from these scams.\n\nView all Consumer Alerts\nGet Consumer Alerts\n\nScams\n\nSearch\n\nShow/hide Search menu items\n\nItems per page\n\n20\n50\n100\n\nFilters\n\nFulltext search\n\nCFG: Translation Menu\n\nEspañol\n\nCFG: Secondary Menu\n\nReport Fraud\n\nRead Consumer Alerts\n\nGet Consumer Alerts\n\nVisit ftc.gov\n\nCFG: Main Navigation\n\nShopping and Donating\n\nShow/hide Shopping and Donating menu items\n\nShopping\n\nFor the Home\n\nHealth\n\nFunerals\n\nBuying and Owning a Car\n\nDonating to Charity\n\nCredit, Loans, and Debt\n\nShow/hide Credit, Loans, and Debt menu items\n\nCredit and Debt\n\nLoans and Mortgages\n\nJobs and Making Money\n\nShow/hide Jobs and Making Money menu items\n\nMoney-Making Opportunities and Investments\n\nJobs\n\nEducation and Training\n\nUnwanted Calls, Emails, and Texts\n\nShow/hide Unwanted Calls, Emails, and Texts menu items\n\nUnwanted Calls\n\nUnwanted Emails, Texts, and Mail\n\nIdentity Theft and Online Security\n\nShow/hide Identity Theft and Online Security menu items\n\nIdentity Theft\n\nOnline Privacy and Security\n\nProtecting Kids Online\n\nScams\n\nShow/hide Scams menu items\n\nGift Card Scams\n\nGovernment and Business Impersonators\n\nPhone Scams\n\nRomance Scams\n\nScams Against Immigrants\n\nScams Against Older Adults\n\nScams Against Small Businesses\n\nWire Transfer Scams\n\nItems per page\n\n20\n50\n100\n\nFilters\n\nFulltext search\n\nAbout Us\n\nVea esta página en español\n\nThe FTC works to stop deceptive and unfair business practices and scams, and to help consumers like you recognize and recover from them. Sign up for email updates at ftc.gov/subscribe.\nReport to the FTC","title":"About Us | Consumer Advice","score":15.548586},{"document_id":"83c70676a34f41b9-4529-6367","text":"Identity Theft | Consumer Advice\nDid you know that scammers send fake package shipment and delivery notifications to try to steal people's personal information — not just at the holidays, but all year long? Here's what you need to know to protect yourself from these scams.\n\nView all Consumer Alerts\nGet Consumer Alerts\n\nScams\n\nSearch\n\nShow/hide Search menu items\n\nItems per page\n\n20\n50\n100\n\nFilters\n\nFulltext search\n\nCFG: Translation Menu\n\nEspañol\n\nCFG: Secondary Menu\n\nReport Fraud\n\nRead Consumer Alerts\n\nGet Consumer Alerts\n\nVisit ftc.gov\n\nCFG: Main Navigation\n\nShopping and Donating\n\nShow/hide Shopping and Donating menu items\n\nShopping\n\nFor the Home\n\nHealth\n\nFunerals\n\nBuying and Owning a Car\n\nDonating to Charity\n\nCredit, Loans, and Debt\n\nShow/hide Credit, Loans, and Debt menu items\n\nCredit and Debt\n\nLoans and Mortgages\n\nJobs and Making Money\n\nShow/hide Jobs and Making Money menu items\n\nMoney-Making Opportunities and Investments\n\nJobs\n\nEducation and Training\n\nUnwanted Calls, Emails, and Texts\n\nShow/hide Unwanted Calls, Emails, and Texts menu items\n\nUnwanted Calls\n\nUnwanted Emails, Texts, and Mail\n\nIdentity Theft and Online Security\n\nShow/hide Identity Theft and Online Security menu items\n\nIdentity Theft\n\nOnline Privacy and Security\n\nProtecting Kids Online\n\nScams\n\nShow/hide Scams menu items\n\nGift Card Scams\n\nGovernment and Business Impersonators\n\nPhone Scams\n\nRomance Scams\n\nScams Against Immigrants\n\nScams Against Older Adults\n\nScams Against Small Businesses\n\nWire Transfer Scams\n\nItems per page\n\n20\n50\n100\n\nFilters\n\nFulltext search\n\nIdentity Theft\n\nBreadcrumb\n\nHome\n\nFeature Pages\n\nVea esta página en español\n\nRecovering from Identity Theft\nIs someone using your personal information to open accounts, file taxes, or make purchases? Visit IdentityTheft.gov, the federal government’s one-stop resource to help you report and recover from identity theft.","title":"Identity Theft | Consumer Advice","score":15.505701},{"document_id":"a618f0371eb48adf-8901-9561","text":"Identity Theft and Online Security | Consumer Advice\nNow scammers are upping the stakes — instead of hundreds of dollars, people are unknowingly handing over tens or even hundreds of thousands of dollars to tech support scammers. Here’s how.\n\nAll Identity Theft and Online Security alerts\n\nMore from the FTC\n\n \n\nReport to help fight fraud!\n\nProtect your community by reporting fraud,\nscams, and bad business practices.\nReport fraud\n\nGet consumer alerts\nEmail Signup\n\nReturn to top\n\nMenu\n\nCFG: Footer Menu\n\nFeature Pages\n\nArticles\n\nConsumer Alerts\n\nVideos\n\nCFG: Footer Menu Right\n\nReport Fraud\n\nGet Consumer Alerts\n\nCFG: Footer\n\nftc.gov\n\nAbout Us\n\nContact Us\n\nPrivacy and Notices\n\nFOIA\n\nOffice of Inspector General","title":"Identity Theft and Online Security | Consumer Advice","score":15.482445}],"5f9ccf0a4ff691fc482432af64cc3c9d<::>2":[{"document_id":"e6ea24fa9e962807-14777-16658","text":"Report phishing | Internal Revenue Service\nOnce you have determined that it is not legitimate, report the incident to TIGTA and to phishing@irs.gov (Subject: FAX).\n\nWhat to do if you receive an unsolicited solicitation involving a stock or share purchase, that involves suspicious IRS or Department of Treasury documents such as \"advance fees\" or \"penalties\" (updated Jan. 19, 2024)\n\nIf you are a U.S. citizen located in the United States or its territories or a U.S. citizen living abroad:\nComplete the appropriate complaint form with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.\nForward email to phishing@irs.gov (Subject: Stock).\nIf you are a victim of monetary or identity theft, you may submit a complaint to the Federal Trade Commission and to the Internet Crime Complaint Center. Please see the Federal Bureau of Investigation’s Guidance for Cryptocurrency Scam Victims. IRS's phishing@irs.gov does not assist in the recovery of monetary losses.\nIf you are not a U.S. citizen and reside outside the United States:\nComplete the appropriate complaint form with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.\nContact your securities regulator and file a complaint.\nForward email to phishing@irs.gov (Subject: Stock).\nIf you are a victim of monetary or identity theft, you may report your complaint to econsumer.gov.\n\nWhat if I receive an unsolicited text message or Short Message Service (SMS) message claiming to be from the IRS? (updated Jan. 19, 2024)\n\nDon't reply.\nDon't open any attachments. They can contain malicious code that may infect your computer or mobile phone.\nDon't click on any links. If you clicked on links in a suspicious SMS and entered confidential information, visit Identity Theft Central.\nReport the message to 7726 (SPAM). \nPlease include both the Caller ID and the message body in your email to phishing@irs.gov. Create a new email. Copy the Caller ID from the message and paste into the email.","title":"Report phishing | Internal Revenue Service","score":35.672237},{"document_id":"e6ea24fa9e962807-11727-13639","text":"Report phishing | Internal Revenue Service\nIR-2016-34, IRS Alerts Payroll and HR Professionals to Phishing Scheme Involving W-2s\nIR-2017-10, IRS, States and Tax Industry Renew Alert about Form W-2 Scam Targeting Payroll, Human Resource Departments\nIR-2017-20, Dangerous W-2 Phishing Scam Evolving; Targeting Schools, Restaurants, Hospitals, Tribal Groups and Others\nIR-2017-130, Don't Take the Bait, Step 6: Watch Out for the W-2 Email Scam\nIR-2018-8, IRS, States and Tax Industry Warn Employers to Beware of Form W-2 Scam; Tax Season Could Bring New Surge in Phishing Scheme\n\nWhat if I am a tax preparer and I receive or I am a victim of an IRS-related or tax-related email? (updated Jan. 19, 2024)\n\nSee How do I verify contact from the IRS?\nIf you determine that the contact is not legitimate:\nIf the scam is IRS-related, report the incident to phishing@irs.gov, the Treasury Inspector General for Tax Administration (TIGTA), the Federal Trade Commission, and the Internet Crime Complaint Center (IC3).\nIf the scam is tax-related, report to phishing@irs.gov and the Federal Trade Commission.\nIf you are a victim of a security incident, please review Publication 4557PDF and contact your stakeholder liaison (SL).\nFor additional guidance please see FTC Data breach guidance: A guide for businesses.\n\nWhat if I received a solicitation via social media from someone who claims to be from the IRS? (added Jan. 19, 2024)\n\nPlease report the added social media account to the appropriate social media provider.\nPlease include the full URL of the social media account and report the incident to phishing@irs.gov, the Treasury Inspector General for Tax Administration (TIGTA), the Federal Trade Commission, and the Internet Crime Complaint Center (IC3).\n\nWhat if I receive an unsolicited email that references the IRS or taxes? (updated Jan. 19, 2024)\n\nPlease send the full email headers to phishing@irs.gov and your internet service provider’s abuse department.","title":"Report phishing | Internal Revenue Service","score":29.739187},{"document_id":"e6ea24fa9e962807-13190-15224","text":"Report phishing | Internal Revenue Service\nPlease include the full URL of the social media account and report the incident to phishing@irs.gov, the Treasury Inspector General for Tax Administration (TIGTA), the Federal Trade Commission, and the Internet Crime Complaint Center (IC3).\n\nWhat if I receive an unsolicited email that references the IRS or taxes? (updated Jan. 19, 2024)\n\nPlease send the full email headers to phishing@irs.gov and your internet service provider’s abuse department.\nReport it to the Federal Trade Commission.\n\nWhat if I receive a suspicious piece of tax-related US mail that is not from the IRS? (added Jan. 19, 2024)\n\nMost letters sent via US mail from the IRS will include a letter or number. See How do I verify contact from the IRS? In some cases the letters might not be from the IRS but from private debt collection agencies.\nOther letters might be unsolicited mailers sent from tax debt relief or tax resolution companies.\nReport these mailers to the United States Postal Service and the Federal Trade Commission. The Federal Trade Commission provides guidance for reducing junk mail.\nContact your attorney general’s office of consumer protection.\n\nWhat if I was charged for an employer identification number (EIN) from an online service? (added Jan. 19, 2024) \n\nContact your credit card company to dispute the charges and report the company to the Federal Trade Commission.\nThe IRS provides information on obtaining an EIN.\n\nWhat to do if you receive an unsolicited IRS-related fax\n\nThere is a scam that involves a fake Form W8-BEN. If you are a foreign citizen, please visit the FATCA webpage.\nOnce you have determined that it is not legitimate, report the incident to TIGTA and to phishing@irs.gov (Subject: FAX).\n\nWhat to do if you receive an unsolicited solicitation involving a stock or share purchase, that involves suspicious IRS or Department of Treasury documents such as \"advance fees\" or \"penalties\" (updated Jan. 19, 2024)\n\nIf you are a U.S. citizen located in the United States or its territories or a U.S. citizen living abroad:","title":"Report phishing | Internal Revenue Service","score":28.684399},{"document_id":"e6ea24fa9e962807-10446-12124","text":"Report phishing | Internal Revenue Service\nIf you don't find information on our website or the instructions are different from what you were told to do in the letter, notice or form, please use the appropriate online resources.\nOnce you have determined that it is not legitimate, report the incident to TIGTA and phishing@irs.gov.\n\nWhat if I receive an email requesting W-2 information? (updated Jan. 19, 2024)\n\nSince 2016, phishing@irs.gov has received emails from organizations that have been targeted by the business email compromise (BEC) / business email spoofing (BES) W-2 scam.\nThere are multiple variants of this scam (e.g., fake invoice, gift card, wire transfer, title/escrow, etc.). Please only contact the IRS for the W-2 variant. You can report the W-2 variant to the IRS – whether you are a victim or not – and should report any BEC/BES variants to the Internet Crime Complaint Center.\nIf you are a victim of this scam (e.g., you responded by sending the W-2s) please email dataloss@irs.gov and also send the full email headers to phishing@irs.gov (Subject: W-2 Scam).\nIf you are a recipient of this scam but did not send any information, please send the full email headers to phishing@irs.gov (Subject: W-2 Scam).\nIf you report the W-2 scam to phishing@irs.gov please clarify if you are a victim.\nPlease see:\nIR-2016-34, IRS Alerts Payroll and HR Professionals to Phishing Scheme Involving W-2s\nIR-2017-10, IRS, States and Tax Industry Renew Alert about Form W-2 Scam Targeting Payroll, Human Resource Departments\nIR-2017-20, Dangerous W-2 Phishing Scam Evolving; Targeting Schools, Restaurants, Hospitals, Tribal Groups and Others\nIR-2017-130, Don't Take the Bait, Step 6: Watch Out for the W-2 Email Scam","title":"Report phishing | Internal Revenue Service","score":27.87826},{"document_id":"e6ea24fa9e962807-5649-7760","text":"Report phishing | Internal Revenue Service\nFraud/Scams\n\nNotices and Letters\n\nAppeals\n\nFrequently Asked Questions\n\nAccessibility\n\nContact Your Local IRS Office\n\nContact an International IRS Office\n\nTax Topics\n\nOther Languages\n\nThe IRS doesn't initiate contact with taxpayers by email, text messages or social media channels to request personal or financial information. This includes requests for PIN numbers, passwords or similar access information for credit cards, banks or other financial accounts.\n\nWhat is phishing? (updated Jan. 19, 2024)\n\nReport all unsolicited email - including the full email headers - claiming to be from the IRS or an IRS-related function to phishing@irs.gov. If you've experienced any monetary losses due to an IRS-related incident, please report it to the Treasury Inspector General for Tax Administration (TIGTA), the Federal Trade Commission, and the Internet Crime Complaint Center (IC3). People can also forward the email to your internet service provider’s abuse department.\nNOTE: You can get help with most tax issues online or by phone.\n\nWhat to do if you receive a suspicious IRS-related email (updated Jan. 19, 2024)\n\nIf you receive an email claiming to be from the IRS that contains a request for personal information, taxes associated with a large investment, inheritance or lottery.\nDon't reply.\nDon't open any attachments. They can contain malicious code that may infect your computer or mobile phone.\nDon't click on any links. Visit our identity protection page if you clicked on links in a suspicious email or website and entered confidential information.\nSend the full email headers or forward the email as-is to phishing@irs.gov. Don't forward screenshots or scanned images of emails because this removes valuable information. \nDelete the original email.\n\nWhat to do if you receive a suspicious IRS-related telephone call (updated Jan. 19, 2024)\n\nIRS impersonation telephone calls – as well as other types of unwanted calls (e.g., telemarketing robocalls, fake grants, tech support, sweepstakes winnings, etc.) – remain popular scams. Blocking these types of calls is one strategy taxpayers should consider.","title":"Report phishing | Internal Revenue Service","score":25.891092}],"5f9ccf0a4ff691fc482432af64cc3c9d<::>3":[{"document_id":"040af5da2ab87936-3419-5470","text":"Common Scams and Schemes | Danville, CA\nScammers can be very convincing, and who wouldn’t want to win big!Lottery and sweepstakes scams are one of the most common consumer frauds operating today. Government Impostor scams: You get a text, call, or email from someone who says the are with the government. They may claim to be a U.S. Marshal, saying you must pay a fine for missing jury duty. Or the IRS, saying that you owe thousands in back taxes. Some might threaten legal action, deportation, or arrest if you do not pay up or give them your financial information.These are all scams. Scammers will try to make themselves seem legitimate. They may give you a badge number, or even know information about you, like the last four digits of your Social Security number. A Washington, D.C. area code on your caller ID also may seem convincing. But caller ID can be faked. If someone calls, texts, or emails saying they’re with the government and you must pay, end the conversation by hanging up immediately. \n\n \n \n\nCommon In-person Scams: Contractors When choosing a contractor to perform work on your residence, it is important to do your homework prior to hiring a company or individual. Recently there have been some reported “door-to-door” solicitations from people claiming to be licensed contractors. The information below can help you recognize common schemes used by scam artists to trick you into hiring them.Door-to-Door Solicitations: A solicitor may offer to do roofing, painting, or paving work with “leftover” materials at a “reduced” or significantly discounted price. Once payment is made, little or no works is done and the project is abandoned.High Pressure Sales: A fast-talking operator might push you for an immediate decision about work, which makes it impossible for you to get the recommended three competitive bids, check their license, obtain building permits, or review references.Scare Tactics: A scam artist may offer to perform a free inspection, then claim that a serious problem such as faulty wiring, bad plumbing, or a leaky roof, will put you in danger.","title":"Common Scams and Schemes | Danville, CA","score":14.541109},{"document_id":"040af5da2ab87936-1805-3968","text":"Common Scams and Schemes | Danville, CA\nThis scam occurs when someone gets an email or most often a phone call and the caller begins speaking very quickly about common computer issues that slow performance or even potential hacks to your system. The high pressure tactics are designed to convince you that they need immediate access to your PC to make urgent repairs to your operating system or to stop a hack already in progress.Some of these callers even claim to be from or affiliated with Microsoft in an effort to legitimize their scam. Microsoft currently does not use second or third party contractors for such services and they have specific protocol in place for assisting clients with service and software issues.Many times these scammers will charge a small initial fee only to bill you for larger amounts after the phone call is ended. Again pre-loaded cards, credit or debit cards are the preferred method of payment with money transfers always a suitable option for the scammer. Winners are Losers in Lottery & Sweepstakes Scams: You get a card, call, or email telling you that you won! Maybe it’s a lottery, sweepstakes, or some other prize. The person calling is excited and cannot wait for you to get your winnings.But here is what happens next: they tell you there is a fee, some taxes, or customs duties to pay. They ask for your bank account information, or ask you to send money via a wire transfer or to purchase gift cards and provide the card numbers. Whichever way you send it, you lose money instead of winning it. You never get that big prize. Instead, you get more requests for money, and more promises that you have won big. Scammers can be very convincing, and who wouldn’t want to win big!Lottery and sweepstakes scams are one of the most common consumer frauds operating today. Government Impostor scams: You get a text, call, or email from someone who says the are with the government. They may claim to be a U.S. Marshal, saying you must pay a fine for missing jury duty. Or the IRS, saying that you owe thousands in back taxes. Some might threaten legal action, deportation, or arrest if you do not pay up or give them your financial information.These are all scams.","title":"Common Scams and Schemes | Danville, CA","score":14.416014},{"document_id":"f81a8bb78e5bbc6f-5426-7600","text":"Fraud and scam answers | Consumer Financial Protection Bureau\nIdentity theft occurs when someone steals your identity to commit fraud.Stealing your identity could mean using personal information without your permission, such as your name, Social Security number, bank account information, or credit card number. The Federal Trade Commission offers information about preventing and responding to identify theft.\n\n Imposter scams\n \n\nImposter scammers try to convince you to send money by pretending to be someone you know or trust like a sheriff, local, state, or federal government employee, or charity organization. Remember, caller ID can be faked. You can always call the organization or government agency and ask if the person works for them before giving any money.\n\n Mail fraud\n \n\nMail fraud letters look real but the promises are fake. A common warning sign is a letter asking you to send money or personal information now to get something valuable after you send the money or information.\n\n Phishing\n \n\nIn phishing, a scammer impersonates a business or a person to trick you into giving out your personal information, such as passwords, credit card numbers, or bank account information. A scammer may use fraudulent emails, texts, or websites to steal this information from you. These emails can look authentic.\n\n Security freeze for prevention\n \n\nA security freeze prevents new creditors from accessing your credit file and others from opening accounts requiring a credit check in your name, until you lift the freeze.Because most businesses will not open credit accounts without checking your credit report, a freeze can stop identity thieves from opening new accounts in your name. Be mindful that a freeze doesn’t prevent identity thieves from taking over existing accounts. Read more.\n\n Spoofing\n \n\nSpoofing occurs when a caller disguises the information shown on your caller ID. This gives the caller the ability to disguise or \"spoof\" the name and/or number to appear as though they are calling as a certain person from a specific location.\n\n Wire or money transfer fraud\n \n\nSome scammers trick you into wiring or transferring money to steal from you. One common example of a wire transfer fraud is the “grandparent scam.”","title":"Fraud and scam answers | Consumer Financial Protection Bureau","score":13.53545},{"document_id":"f81a8bb78e5bbc6f-3846-6133","text":"Fraud and scam answers | Consumer Financial Protection Bureau\nForeclosure relief and mortgage loan modification scams are schemes to take your money or your house—often by making a false promise of saving you from foreclosure. These scammers may ask for money upfront and claim to guarantee that you can get your mortgage terms changed. If you’re having trouble making mortgage payments, a HUD-approved housing counseling agency can walk you through your options for free.\n\n Fraud alert for prevention\n \n\nA fraud alert is something you can use to reduce the likelihood that you will be the victim of new account identity theft. It requires creditors who check your credit report to take steps to verify your identity before opening a new account, issuing an additional card, or increasing the credit limit on an existing account. When you place a fraud alert on your credit report at one of the nationwide credit reporting companies, the company must notify the others.There are two main types of fraud alerts: initial fraud alerts and extended alerts. Members of the military have an additional option available to them—active duty alerts, which give service members protection while they are on active duty. Read more.\n\n Fraud by fiduciaries\n \n\nA fiduciary is someone who manages someone else’s money or property. For example, agents under a power of attorney and court-appointed guardians are fiduciaries.When you are named a fiduciary, you are required by law to manage the person’s money and property for his or her benefit, not yours. When a fiduciary spends the money for his or her own benefit, that may be fraud.\n\n Identity theft\n \n\nIdentity theft occurs when someone steals your identity to commit fraud.Stealing your identity could mean using personal information without your permission, such as your name, Social Security number, bank account information, or credit card number. The Federal Trade Commission offers information about preventing and responding to identify theft.\n\n Imposter scams\n \n\nImposter scammers try to convince you to send money by pretending to be someone you know or trust like a sheriff, local, state, or federal government employee, or charity organization. Remember, caller ID can be faked. You can always call the organization or government agency and ask if the person works for them before giving any money.","title":"Fraud and scam answers | Consumer Financial Protection Bureau","score":13.334506},{"document_id":"f81a8bb78e5bbc6f-2145-4411","text":"Fraud and scam answers | Consumer Financial Protection Bureau\nRegistration & Submission Programs\n\n \n\n \n \n\n \n\n \n\n Amicus Program\n\n \n\n \n \n\n \n\n \n\n Consumer Complaint Program\n\n \n\n \n \n\n \n\n \n\n Data & Research\n\n \n \n\n Back\n \n\n Data & Research Overview\n \n\n \n\n \n\n Reports\n\n \n\n \n \n\n \n\n \n\n Research Hub\n\n \n\n \n \n\n \n\n \n\n Consumer Complaint Database\n\n \n\n \n \n\n \n\n \n\n Mortgage Database (HMDA)\n\n \n\n \n \n\n \n\n \n\n Small Business Lending Database\n\n \n\n \n \n\n \n\n \n\n Public Data Inventory\n\n \n\n \n \n\n \n\n \n\n Consumer Credit Trends\n\n \n\n \n \n\n \n\n \n\n Mortgage Performance Trends\n\n \n\n \n \n\n \n\n \n\n Financial Well-Being Survey\n\n \n\n \n \n\n \n\n \n\n Credit Card Surveys & Agreements\n\n \n\n \n \n\n \n\n \n\n Prepaid Account Agreements\n\n \n\n \n \n\n Featured\n \n\nHelp advance financial well-being\n\n \n\n \n\n News\n\n \n \n\n Back\n \n\n \n\n \n\n Press Releases\n\n \n\n \n \n\n \n\n \n\n Speeches & Op-eds\n\n \n\n \n \n\n \n\n \n\n Testimony\n\n \n\n \n \n\n \n\n \n\n Statements\n\n \n\n \n \n\n \n\n \n\n Blog\n\n \n\n \n \n\n \n\n \n\n Director’s Notebook\n\n \n\n \n \n\n \n\n \n\n Recent Updates\n\n \n\n \n \n\n \n\n \n\n Consumer Advisories\n\n \n\n \n \n\n Español\n \n\n 中文\n \n\n Tiếng Việt\n \n\n 한국어\n \n\n Tagalog\n \n\n Pусский\n \n\n العربية\n \n\n Kreyòl Ayisyen\n \n\n(855) 411-2372\n\n \n \n \n \n\n \n\n / \n\n \n \n Fraud and scams\n \n\n Navigate this section\n \n\n Fraud and scams\n\n Basics\n\n Key terms\n\n Common issues\n\n Know your rights\n\n How-to guides\n\n Fraud and scams key terms\n \n\nEnglish\n\nEspañol\n \n\n Elder financial exploitation\n \n\nElder financial exploitation is the illegal or improper use of an older adult’s funds, property, or assets. It is the most common form of elder abuse, but only a small fraction of incidents are reported.The perpetrators can be strangers who gain the trust of older adults, but they can also be family members or friends. It's important to know the warning signs. Read more.\n\n Foreclosure relief scam\n \n\nForeclosure relief and mortgage loan modification scams are schemes to take your money or your house—often by making a false promise of saving you from foreclosure. These scammers may ask for money upfront and claim to guarantee that you can get your mortgage terms changed. If you’re having trouble making mortgage payments, a HUD-approved housing counseling agency can walk you through your options for free.\n\n Fraud alert for prevention\n \n\nA fraud alert is something you can use to reduce the likelihood that you will be the victim of new account identity theft.","title":"Fraud and scam answers | Consumer Financial Protection Bureau","score":12.967011}],"5f9ccf0a4ff691fc482432af64cc3c9d<::>4":[{"document_id":"f81a8bb78e5bbc6f-3846-6133","text":"Fraud and scam answers | Consumer Financial Protection Bureau\nForeclosure relief and mortgage loan modification scams are schemes to take your money or your house—often by making a false promise of saving you from foreclosure. These scammers may ask for money upfront and claim to guarantee that you can get your mortgage terms changed. If you’re having trouble making mortgage payments, a HUD-approved housing counseling agency can walk you through your options for free.\n\n Fraud alert for prevention\n \n\nA fraud alert is something you can use to reduce the likelihood that you will be the victim of new account identity theft. It requires creditors who check your credit report to take steps to verify your identity before opening a new account, issuing an additional card, or increasing the credit limit on an existing account. When you place a fraud alert on your credit report at one of the nationwide credit reporting companies, the company must notify the others.There are two main types of fraud alerts: initial fraud alerts and extended alerts. Members of the military have an additional option available to them—active duty alerts, which give service members protection while they are on active duty. Read more.\n\n Fraud by fiduciaries\n \n\nA fiduciary is someone who manages someone else’s money or property. For example, agents under a power of attorney and court-appointed guardians are fiduciaries.When you are named a fiduciary, you are required by law to manage the person’s money and property for his or her benefit, not yours. When a fiduciary spends the money for his or her own benefit, that may be fraud.\n\n Identity theft\n \n\nIdentity theft occurs when someone steals your identity to commit fraud.Stealing your identity could mean using personal information without your permission, such as your name, Social Security number, bank account information, or credit card number. The Federal Trade Commission offers information about preventing and responding to identify theft.\n\n Imposter scams\n \n\nImposter scammers try to convince you to send money by pretending to be someone you know or trust like a sheriff, local, state, or federal government employee, or charity organization. Remember, caller ID can be faked. You can always call the organization or government agency and ask if the person works for them before giving any money.","title":"Fraud and scam answers | Consumer Financial Protection Bureau","score":18.30405},{"document_id":"f81a8bb78e5bbc6f-2145-4411","text":"Fraud and scam answers | Consumer Financial Protection Bureau\nRegistration & Submission Programs\n\n \n\n \n \n\n \n\n \n\n Amicus Program\n\n \n\n \n \n\n \n\n \n\n Consumer Complaint Program\n\n \n\n \n \n\n \n\n \n\n Data & Research\n\n \n \n\n Back\n \n\n Data & Research Overview\n \n\n \n\n \n\n Reports\n\n \n\n \n \n\n \n\n \n\n Research Hub\n\n \n\n \n \n\n \n\n \n\n Consumer Complaint Database\n\n \n\n \n \n\n \n\n \n\n Mortgage Database (HMDA)\n\n \n\n \n \n\n \n\n \n\n Small Business Lending Database\n\n \n\n \n \n\n \n\n \n\n Public Data Inventory\n\n \n\n \n \n\n \n\n \n\n Consumer Credit Trends\n\n \n\n \n \n\n \n\n \n\n Mortgage Performance Trends\n\n \n\n \n \n\n \n\n \n\n Financial Well-Being Survey\n\n \n\n \n \n\n \n\n \n\n Credit Card Surveys & Agreements\n\n \n\n \n \n\n \n\n \n\n Prepaid Account Agreements\n\n \n\n \n \n\n Featured\n \n\nHelp advance financial well-being\n\n \n\n \n\n News\n\n \n \n\n Back\n \n\n \n\n \n\n Press Releases\n\n \n\n \n \n\n \n\n \n\n Speeches & Op-eds\n\n \n\n \n \n\n \n\n \n\n Testimony\n\n \n\n \n \n\n \n\n \n\n Statements\n\n \n\n \n \n\n \n\n \n\n Blog\n\n \n\n \n \n\n \n\n \n\n Director’s Notebook\n\n \n\n \n \n\n \n\n \n\n Recent Updates\n\n \n\n \n \n\n \n\n \n\n Consumer Advisories\n\n \n\n \n \n\n Español\n \n\n 中文\n \n\n Tiếng Việt\n \n\n 한국어\n \n\n Tagalog\n \n\n Pусский\n \n\n العربية\n \n\n Kreyòl Ayisyen\n \n\n(855) 411-2372\n\n \n \n \n \n\n \n\n / \n\n \n \n Fraud and scams\n \n\n Navigate this section\n \n\n Fraud and scams\n\n Basics\n\n Key terms\n\n Common issues\n\n Know your rights\n\n How-to guides\n\n Fraud and scams key terms\n \n\nEnglish\n\nEspañol\n \n\n Elder financial exploitation\n \n\nElder financial exploitation is the illegal or improper use of an older adult’s funds, property, or assets. It is the most common form of elder abuse, but only a small fraction of incidents are reported.The perpetrators can be strangers who gain the trust of older adults, but they can also be family members or friends. It's important to know the warning signs. Read more.\n\n Foreclosure relief scam\n \n\nForeclosure relief and mortgage loan modification scams are schemes to take your money or your house—often by making a false promise of saving you from foreclosure. These scammers may ask for money upfront and claim to guarantee that you can get your mortgage terms changed. If you’re having trouble making mortgage payments, a HUD-approved housing counseling agency can walk you through your options for free.\n\n Fraud alert for prevention\n \n\nA fraud alert is something you can use to reduce the likelihood that you will be the victim of new account identity theft.","title":"Fraud and scam answers | Consumer Financial Protection Bureau","score":16.519545},{"document_id":"994cf15a893d61b1-4523-6282","text":"About Us | Consumer Advice\nDid you know that scammers send fake package shipment and delivery notifications to try to steal people's personal information — not just at the holidays, but all year long? Here's what you need to know to protect yourself from these scams.\n\nView all Consumer Alerts\nGet Consumer Alerts\n\nScams\n\nSearch\n\nShow/hide Search menu items\n\nItems per page\n\n20\n50\n100\n\nFilters\n\nFulltext search\n\nCFG: Translation Menu\n\nEspañol\n\nCFG: Secondary Menu\n\nReport Fraud\n\nRead Consumer Alerts\n\nGet Consumer Alerts\n\nVisit ftc.gov\n\nCFG: Main Navigation\n\nShopping and Donating\n\nShow/hide Shopping and Donating menu items\n\nShopping\n\nFor the Home\n\nHealth\n\nFunerals\n\nBuying and Owning a Car\n\nDonating to Charity\n\nCredit, Loans, and Debt\n\nShow/hide Credit, Loans, and Debt menu items\n\nCredit and Debt\n\nLoans and Mortgages\n\nJobs and Making Money\n\nShow/hide Jobs and Making Money menu items\n\nMoney-Making Opportunities and Investments\n\nJobs\n\nEducation and Training\n\nUnwanted Calls, Emails, and Texts\n\nShow/hide Unwanted Calls, Emails, and Texts menu items\n\nUnwanted Calls\n\nUnwanted Emails, Texts, and Mail\n\nIdentity Theft and Online Security\n\nShow/hide Identity Theft and Online Security menu items\n\nIdentity Theft\n\nOnline Privacy and Security\n\nProtecting Kids Online\n\nScams\n\nShow/hide Scams menu items\n\nGift Card Scams\n\nGovernment and Business Impersonators\n\nPhone Scams\n\nRomance Scams\n\nScams Against Immigrants\n\nScams Against Older Adults\n\nScams Against Small Businesses\n\nWire Transfer Scams\n\nItems per page\n\n20\n50\n100\n\nFilters\n\nFulltext search\n\nAbout Us\n\nVea esta página en español\n\nThe FTC works to stop deceptive and unfair business practices and scams, and to help consumers like you recognize and recover from them. Sign up for email updates at ftc.gov/subscribe.\nReport to the FTC","title":"About Us | Consumer Advice","score":16.398102},{"document_id":"a7b76650e1b68c81-4527-6376","text":"For the Home | Consumer Advice\nDid you know that scammers send fake package shipment and delivery notifications to try to steal people's personal information — not just at the holidays, but all year long? Here's what you need to know to protect yourself from these scams.\n\nView all Consumer Alerts\nGet Consumer Alerts\n\nScams\n\nSearch\n\nShow/hide Search menu items\n\nItems per page\n\n20\n50\n100\n\nFilters\n\nFulltext search\n\nCFG: Translation Menu\n\nEspañol\n\nCFG: Secondary Menu\n\nReport Fraud\n\nRead Consumer Alerts\n\nGet Consumer Alerts\n\nVisit ftc.gov\n\nCFG: Main Navigation\n\nShopping and Donating\n\nShow/hide Shopping and Donating menu items\n\nShopping\n\nFor the Home\n\nHealth\n\nFunerals\n\nBuying and Owning a Car\n\nDonating to Charity\n\nCredit, Loans, and Debt\n\nShow/hide Credit, Loans, and Debt menu items\n\nCredit and Debt\n\nLoans and Mortgages\n\nJobs and Making Money\n\nShow/hide Jobs and Making Money menu items\n\nMoney-Making Opportunities and Investments\n\nJobs\n\nEducation and Training\n\nUnwanted Calls, Emails, and Texts\n\nShow/hide Unwanted Calls, Emails, and Texts menu items\n\nUnwanted Calls\n\nUnwanted Emails, Texts, and Mail\n\nIdentity Theft and Online Security\n\nShow/hide Identity Theft and Online Security menu items\n\nIdentity Theft\n\nOnline Privacy and Security\n\nProtecting Kids Online\n\nScams\n\nShow/hide Scams menu items\n\nGift Card Scams\n\nGovernment and Business Impersonators\n\nPhone Scams\n\nRomance Scams\n\nScams Against Immigrants\n\nScams Against Older Adults\n\nScams Against Small Businesses\n\nWire Transfer Scams\n\nItems per page\n\n20\n50\n100\n\nFilters\n\nFulltext search\n\nFor the Home\n\nGet advice on maintaining and improving your home, making eco-friendly choices, renting, and buying and selling timeshares.\n\nVea esta página en español\n\nRemodeling, Repair, and Maintenance\n\nHow To Avoid a Home Improvement Scam\n\nWhat to consider when shopping for a competent and reliable contractor for your project.","title":"For the Home | Consumer Advice","score":15.787064},{"document_id":"a618f0371eb48adf-1447-3375","text":"Identity Theft and Online Security | Consumer Advice\nCredit, Loans, and Debt\nLearn about getting and using credit, borrowing money, and managing debt.\nView Credit, Loans, and Debt\n\nVideo\n\nTopics\n\nTopics\n\nCredit and Debt\n\nLoans and Mortgages\n\nConsumer Alerts\n\nSkip the scams as you look for options to avoid foreclosure \n\nApril 23, 2024\n\nGema de las Heras \n\n Are you having a hard time paying your mortgage? Even if you’ve missed payments or you’re already facing foreclosure, you still might have options. You really do, but that’s the same thing scammers will tell you. Fortunately, there are ways to spot mortgage relief scams while you focus on saving your home.\n\nView all Consumer Alerts\nGet Consumer Alerts\n\nShow/hide Jobs and Making Money menu items\n\nJobs and Making Money\nWhat to know when you're looking for a job or more education, or considering a money-making opportunity or investment.\nView Jobs and Making Money\n\nVideo\n\nTopics\n\nTopics\n\nMoney-Making Opportunities and Investments\n\nJobs\n\nEducation and Training\n\nConsumer Alerts\n\nMystery shopping, (fake) checks, and gift cards \n\nApril 18, 2024\n\nAndrew Rayo\n\n If you’re looking for a new job, getting paid to shop might sound like a dream. Companies hire mystery shoppers to try products or services and share experiences about things like buying or returning something, or their overall customer experience. But while some mystery shopping jobs are legitimate, many aren’t. So how do you spot the scams?\n\nView all Consumer Alerts\nGet Consumer Alerts\n\nShow/hide Unwanted Calls, Emails, and Texts menu items\n\nUnwanted Calls, Emails, and Texts\nWhat to do about unwanted calls, emails, and text messages that can be annoying, might be illegal, and are probably scams.\nView Unwanted Calls, Emails, and Texts\n\nVideo\n\nTopics\n\nTopics\n\nUnwanted Calls\n\nUnwanted Emails, Texts, and Mail\n\nConsumer Alerts\n\nFake shipping notification emails and text messages: What you need to know this holiday season\n\nDecember 14, 2023\n\nAlvaro Puig","title":"Identity Theft and Online Security | Consumer Advice","score":15.719162}],"5f9ccf0a4ff691fc482432af64cc3c9d<::>5":[{"document_id":"040af5da2ab87936-2-2306","text":"Common Scams and Schemes | Danville, CA\nCommon Scams and Schemes | Danville, CA\n\n \n\nSkip to Main Content\n\n \n\nSearch\n\n \n \n \n\nTown GovernmentServicesDoing BusinessLive LocallyHow Do I?\n\n \n\n \n\n \n\n \n\n \n\n \n\n \n\n \nTown of Danville, Calif. – Official WebsiteTown GovernmentPolice ServicesCommunity ServicesCrime PreventionCommon Scams and Schemes\n\n\r\n\r\nCommon Scams and Schemes\t\n\nCriminals use clever schemes to defraud millions of people every year. They often combine new technology with old tricks to get people to send money or give out personal information. Don’t be fooled – “If it’s too good to be true, it probably is.” If you experience a scam, report it to the Danville Police Department and to the Federal Trade Commission using the following link: Federal Trade Commission Your reports help the FTC and other law enforcement investigate scams and bring crooks to justice.\n\n \n \n \n\nCommon Phone and Mail Schemes Occurring in The AreaIncarcerated Relative Scam: The victim receives a phone call from someone claiming a relationship to them; usually grandchild, child or sibling. The caller will indicate that the \"relative\" has been involved in some type of law enforcement interaction such as a car crash or an arrest. The caller requests funds for bail, an attorney or perhaps insurance deductible fees.Please verify the relationship with actual family members! Do not be pressured into wiring money without verification. Wired transactions that are not halted within the first 15-30 minutes are usually non-reversible causing the victim to be out of pocket of any funds wired. The callers can be very convincing and often target older adults and senior citizens.Computer Repair / Microsoft Scam: Computer repair scams are on the rise, and unsuspecting citizens can fall prey to these smooth talking sales pitches if they are uninformed. This scam occurs when someone gets an email or most often a phone call and the caller begins speaking very quickly about common computer issues that slow performance or even potential hacks to your system. The high pressure tactics are designed to convince you that they need immediate access to your PC to make urgent repairs to your operating system or to stop a hack already in progress.Some of these callers even claim to be from or affiliated with Microsoft in an effort to legitimize their scam.","title":"Common Scams and Schemes | Danville, CA","score":14.847215},{"document_id":"040af5da2ab87936-1805-3968","text":"Common Scams and Schemes | Danville, CA\nThis scam occurs when someone gets an email or most often a phone call and the caller begins speaking very quickly about common computer issues that slow performance or even potential hacks to your system. The high pressure tactics are designed to convince you that they need immediate access to your PC to make urgent repairs to your operating system or to stop a hack already in progress.Some of these callers even claim to be from or affiliated with Microsoft in an effort to legitimize their scam. Microsoft currently does not use second or third party contractors for such services and they have specific protocol in place for assisting clients with service and software issues.Many times these scammers will charge a small initial fee only to bill you for larger amounts after the phone call is ended. Again pre-loaded cards, credit or debit cards are the preferred method of payment with money transfers always a suitable option for the scammer. Winners are Losers in Lottery & Sweepstakes Scams: You get a card, call, or email telling you that you won! Maybe it’s a lottery, sweepstakes, or some other prize. The person calling is excited and cannot wait for you to get your winnings.But here is what happens next: they tell you there is a fee, some taxes, or customs duties to pay. They ask for your bank account information, or ask you to send money via a wire transfer or to purchase gift cards and provide the card numbers. Whichever way you send it, you lose money instead of winning it. You never get that big prize. Instead, you get more requests for money, and more promises that you have won big. Scammers can be very convincing, and who wouldn’t want to win big!Lottery and sweepstakes scams are one of the most common consumer frauds operating today. Government Impostor scams: You get a text, call, or email from someone who says the are with the government. They may claim to be a U.S. Marshal, saying you must pay a fine for missing jury duty. Or the IRS, saying that you owe thousands in back taxes. Some might threaten legal action, deportation, or arrest if you do not pay up or give them your financial information.These are all scams.","title":"Common Scams and Schemes | Danville, CA","score":14.67772},{"document_id":"040af5da2ab87936-3419-5470","text":"Common Scams and Schemes | Danville, CA\nScammers can be very convincing, and who wouldn’t want to win big!Lottery and sweepstakes scams are one of the most common consumer frauds operating today. Government Impostor scams: You get a text, call, or email from someone who says the are with the government. They may claim to be a U.S. Marshal, saying you must pay a fine for missing jury duty. Or the IRS, saying that you owe thousands in back taxes. Some might threaten legal action, deportation, or arrest if you do not pay up or give them your financial information.These are all scams. Scammers will try to make themselves seem legitimate. They may give you a badge number, or even know information about you, like the last four digits of your Social Security number. A Washington, D.C. area code on your caller ID also may seem convincing. But caller ID can be faked. If someone calls, texts, or emails saying they’re with the government and you must pay, end the conversation by hanging up immediately. \n\n \n \n\nCommon In-person Scams: Contractors When choosing a contractor to perform work on your residence, it is important to do your homework prior to hiring a company or individual. Recently there have been some reported “door-to-door” solicitations from people claiming to be licensed contractors. The information below can help you recognize common schemes used by scam artists to trick you into hiring them.Door-to-Door Solicitations: A solicitor may offer to do roofing, painting, or paving work with “leftover” materials at a “reduced” or significantly discounted price. Once payment is made, little or no works is done and the project is abandoned.High Pressure Sales: A fast-talking operator might push you for an immediate decision about work, which makes it impossible for you to get the recommended three competitive bids, check their license, obtain building permits, or review references.Scare Tactics: A scam artist may offer to perform a free inspection, then claim that a serious problem such as faulty wiring, bad plumbing, or a leaky roof, will put you in danger.","title":"Common Scams and Schemes | Danville, CA","score":14.410626},{"document_id":"f81a8bb78e5bbc6f-5426-7600","text":"Fraud and scam answers | Consumer Financial Protection Bureau\nIdentity theft occurs when someone steals your identity to commit fraud.Stealing your identity could mean using personal information without your permission, such as your name, Social Security number, bank account information, or credit card number. The Federal Trade Commission offers information about preventing and responding to identify theft.\n\n Imposter scams\n \n\nImposter scammers try to convince you to send money by pretending to be someone you know or trust like a sheriff, local, state, or federal government employee, or charity organization. Remember, caller ID can be faked. You can always call the organization or government agency and ask if the person works for them before giving any money.\n\n Mail fraud\n \n\nMail fraud letters look real but the promises are fake. A common warning sign is a letter asking you to send money or personal information now to get something valuable after you send the money or information.\n\n Phishing\n \n\nIn phishing, a scammer impersonates a business or a person to trick you into giving out your personal information, such as passwords, credit card numbers, or bank account information. A scammer may use fraudulent emails, texts, or websites to steal this information from you. These emails can look authentic.\n\n Security freeze for prevention\n \n\nA security freeze prevents new creditors from accessing your credit file and others from opening accounts requiring a credit check in your name, until you lift the freeze.Because most businesses will not open credit accounts without checking your credit report, a freeze can stop identity thieves from opening new accounts in your name. Be mindful that a freeze doesn’t prevent identity thieves from taking over existing accounts. Read more.\n\n Spoofing\n \n\nSpoofing occurs when a caller disguises the information shown on your caller ID. This gives the caller the ability to disguise or \"spoof\" the name and/or number to appear as though they are calling as a certain person from a specific location.\n\n Wire or money transfer fraud\n \n\nSome scammers trick you into wiring or transferring money to steal from you. One common example of a wire transfer fraud is the “grandparent scam.”","title":"Fraud and scam answers | Consumer Financial Protection Bureau","score":13.350959},{"document_id":"994cf15a893d61b1-4523-6282","text":"About Us | Consumer Advice\nDid you know that scammers send fake package shipment and delivery notifications to try to steal people's personal information — not just at the holidays, but all year long? Here's what you need to know to protect yourself from these scams.\n\nView all Consumer Alerts\nGet Consumer Alerts\n\nScams\n\nSearch\n\nShow/hide Search menu items\n\nItems per page\n\n20\n50\n100\n\nFilters\n\nFulltext search\n\nCFG: Translation Menu\n\nEspañol\n\nCFG: Secondary Menu\n\nReport Fraud\n\nRead Consumer Alerts\n\nGet Consumer Alerts\n\nVisit ftc.gov\n\nCFG: Main Navigation\n\nShopping and Donating\n\nShow/hide Shopping and Donating menu items\n\nShopping\n\nFor the Home\n\nHealth\n\nFunerals\n\nBuying and Owning a Car\n\nDonating to Charity\n\nCredit, Loans, and Debt\n\nShow/hide Credit, Loans, and Debt menu items\n\nCredit and Debt\n\nLoans and Mortgages\n\nJobs and Making Money\n\nShow/hide Jobs and Making Money menu items\n\nMoney-Making Opportunities and Investments\n\nJobs\n\nEducation and Training\n\nUnwanted Calls, Emails, and Texts\n\nShow/hide Unwanted Calls, Emails, and Texts menu items\n\nUnwanted Calls\n\nUnwanted Emails, Texts, and Mail\n\nIdentity Theft and Online Security\n\nShow/hide Identity Theft and Online Security menu items\n\nIdentity Theft\n\nOnline Privacy and Security\n\nProtecting Kids Online\n\nScams\n\nShow/hide Scams menu items\n\nGift Card Scams\n\nGovernment and Business Impersonators\n\nPhone Scams\n\nRomance Scams\n\nScams Against Immigrants\n\nScams Against Older Adults\n\nScams Against Small Businesses\n\nWire Transfer Scams\n\nItems per page\n\n20\n50\n100\n\nFilters\n\nFulltext search\n\nAbout Us\n\nVea esta página en español\n\nThe FTC works to stop deceptive and unfair business practices and scams, and to help consumers like you recognize and recover from them. Sign up for email updates at ftc.gov/subscribe.\nReport to the FTC","title":"About Us | Consumer Advice","score":12.987047}],"5f9ccf0a4ff691fc482432af64cc3c9d<::>6":[{"document_id":"e6ea24fa9e962807-10446-12124","text":"Report phishing | Internal Revenue Service\nIf you don't find information on our website or the instructions are different from what you were told to do in the letter, notice or form, please use the appropriate online resources.\nOnce you have determined that it is not legitimate, report the incident to TIGTA and phishing@irs.gov.\n\nWhat if I receive an email requesting W-2 information? (updated Jan. 19, 2024)\n\nSince 2016, phishing@irs.gov has received emails from organizations that have been targeted by the business email compromise (BEC) / business email spoofing (BES) W-2 scam.\nThere are multiple variants of this scam (e.g., fake invoice, gift card, wire transfer, title/escrow, etc.). Please only contact the IRS for the W-2 variant. You can report the W-2 variant to the IRS – whether you are a victim or not – and should report any BEC/BES variants to the Internet Crime Complaint Center.\nIf you are a victim of this scam (e.g., you responded by sending the W-2s) please email dataloss@irs.gov and also send the full email headers to phishing@irs.gov (Subject: W-2 Scam).\nIf you are a recipient of this scam but did not send any information, please send the full email headers to phishing@irs.gov (Subject: W-2 Scam).\nIf you report the W-2 scam to phishing@irs.gov please clarify if you are a victim.\nPlease see:\nIR-2016-34, IRS Alerts Payroll and HR Professionals to Phishing Scheme Involving W-2s\nIR-2017-10, IRS, States and Tax Industry Renew Alert about Form W-2 Scam Targeting Payroll, Human Resource Departments\nIR-2017-20, Dangerous W-2 Phishing Scam Evolving; Targeting Schools, Restaurants, Hospitals, Tribal Groups and Others\nIR-2017-130, Don't Take the Bait, Step 6: Watch Out for the W-2 Email Scam","title":"Report phishing | Internal Revenue Service","score":17.325308},{"document_id":"12d29ec93f1a85f7-1309-3318","text":"Scams | FTB.ca.gov\nAsks for passwords for your credit cards, bank account, bank debit card, MyFTB account, email account, personal or business accounts. \nThreatens to contact law-enforcement to have you arrested if a tax debt is not paid.\nDemands payment by third-party issued or pre-paid debit cards. We do not accept these forms of payment.\nClaims that there is a problem with your account. Our agents already have access to your account information and will explain the nature and details of your tax or nontax debt.\n\nEmail\nIf you receive a suspicious email that claims to be from us requesting personal information, it may be a phishing email. Phishing emails look legitimate because they often use real logos and phone numbers. Delete it from your inbox and your trash folder. \nCommonly requested information in a phishing email may include:\n\nSocial security number\nUsername\nPassword\nCredit card or bank account numbers\nWage withholding\nEmployee payroll\n\nThe email may also direct you to a fake website. Once you enter your personal information, it can be used to steal your identity.\nMail\nIf you receive a letter by mail that claims to be from us requesting personal information, it may be a scam. View our letters page to verify the notices we send. If you would like additional verification, contact us.\nPhone\nPhone scams are the most common method used to scam taxpayers. Phone scams involve a caller claiming to be associated with us. \nThe caller may:\n\nSay you owe taxes\nDemand payment and ask for the payment to be made through a pre-paid card, even staying on the phone with you while you go to purchase one\nThreaten to contact law-enforcement to:\r\n \nHave you arrested\nSuspend your license\nHave you deported\n\nText messaging\nIf you receive a suspicious or unsolicited text message claiming to be from FTB, do not respond or click on any links, as the text may be a phishing scam. \nA phishing text may ask for:\n\nUsernames\nPasswords\nPayment\nCredit and debit card numbers\nBanking information\nPINs\nSocial security number","title":"Scams | FTB.ca.gov","score":17.267532},{"document_id":"e6ea24fa9e962807-11727-13639","text":"Report phishing | Internal Revenue Service\nIR-2016-34, IRS Alerts Payroll and HR Professionals to Phishing Scheme Involving W-2s\nIR-2017-10, IRS, States and Tax Industry Renew Alert about Form W-2 Scam Targeting Payroll, Human Resource Departments\nIR-2017-20, Dangerous W-2 Phishing Scam Evolving; Targeting Schools, Restaurants, Hospitals, Tribal Groups and Others\nIR-2017-130, Don't Take the Bait, Step 6: Watch Out for the W-2 Email Scam\nIR-2018-8, IRS, States and Tax Industry Warn Employers to Beware of Form W-2 Scam; Tax Season Could Bring New Surge in Phishing Scheme\n\nWhat if I am a tax preparer and I receive or I am a victim of an IRS-related or tax-related email? (updated Jan. 19, 2024)\n\nSee How do I verify contact from the IRS?\nIf you determine that the contact is not legitimate:\nIf the scam is IRS-related, report the incident to phishing@irs.gov, the Treasury Inspector General for Tax Administration (TIGTA), the Federal Trade Commission, and the Internet Crime Complaint Center (IC3).\nIf the scam is tax-related, report to phishing@irs.gov and the Federal Trade Commission.\nIf you are a victim of a security incident, please review Publication 4557PDF and contact your stakeholder liaison (SL).\nFor additional guidance please see FTC Data breach guidance: A guide for businesses.\n\nWhat if I received a solicitation via social media from someone who claims to be from the IRS? (added Jan. 19, 2024)\n\nPlease report the added social media account to the appropriate social media provider.\nPlease include the full URL of the social media account and report the incident to phishing@irs.gov, the Treasury Inspector General for Tax Administration (TIGTA), the Federal Trade Commission, and the Internet Crime Complaint Center (IC3).\n\nWhat if I receive an unsolicited email that references the IRS or taxes? (updated Jan. 19, 2024)\n\nPlease send the full email headers to phishing@irs.gov and your internet service provider’s abuse department.","title":"Report phishing | Internal Revenue Service","score":16.475655},{"document_id":"c550156dbbfe212c-25923-28047","text":"Newsroom | Internal Revenue Service\nDirty Dozen: Beware of offer in compromise \"mills\" that falsely claim their services are necessary to resolve IRS debt\nIR-2024-91, April 3, 2024 — As part of the annual Dirty Dozen list of tax scams, the Internal Revenue Service today renewed its warning to taxpayers concerning pricey offer in compromise (OIC) \"mills” that aggressively mislead taxpayers into thinking their tax debts can disappear.\nIRS reminder to taxpayers affected by terrorist attacks in Israel: 2023 returns and payments are now due Oct. 7; other relief available\nIR-2024-90, April 3, 2024 — The Internal Revenue Service today reminded individuals and businesses affected by the terrorist attacks in the State of Israel that they have until Oct. 7, 2024, to file various federal returns, make tax payments and perform other time-sensitive tax-related actions.\nDirty Dozen: IRS warns about false Fuel Tax Credit claims; taxpayers should be wary of scammers, heightened review\nIR-2024-89, April 2, 2024 — The Internal Revenue Service today warned taxpayers to watch out for promoters who push improper Fuel Tax Credits claims in the fourth day of the 2024 Dirty Dozen list of tax scams. \nGet ahead of the tax deadline; act now to file, pay or request an extension\nIR-2024-88, April 2, 2024 — With the April 15 tax deadline approaching, the IRS reminds taxpayers there is still time file their federal income tax return electronically and request direct deposit. \nDirty Dozen: IRS warns taxpayers to stay away from \"helpful\" scammers offering to set up an Online Account\nIR-2024-87, April 1, 2024 — The IRS today continues its Dirty Dozen scam series warning taxpayers to watch out for scammers attempting to sell or offer help setting up an Online Account on IRS.gov. \nIRS and Treasury issue guidance for solar and wind powered energy facilities in low-income communities under the Inflation Reduction Act\nIR-2024-86, March 29, 2024 — The Department of the Treasury and the Internal Revenue Service today issued Revenue Procedure 2024-19 to provide guidance for owners of certain solar or wind facilities built in connection with low-income communities.","title":"Newsroom | Internal Revenue Service","score":16.170336},{"document_id":"c550156dbbfe212c-24307-26459","text":"Newsroom | Internal Revenue Service\nIR-2024-96, April 5, 2024 — In day seven of the Dirty Dozen tax scam series, the IRS and Security Summit partners today alerted taxpayers to be on the lookout for unscrupulous tax preparers who could encourage people to file false tax returns and steal valuable personal information.\nIRS reminder: 2024 first quarter estimated tax payment deadline is April 15\nIR-2024-95, April 5, 2024 — The Internal Revenue Service today advised taxpayers, including self-employed individuals, retirees, investors, businesses and corporations about the April 15 deadline for first quarter estimated tax payments for tax year 2024.\nIRS announces tax relief for taxpayers impacted by severe storms, flooding in Rhode Island, various deadlines postponed to July 15\nIR-2024-94, April 4, 2024 — The Internal Revenue Service announced today tax relief for individuals and businesses in parts of Rhode Island that were affected by severe storms and flooding that began on Dec. 17, 2023, and Jan. 9, 2024.\nIRS: Maine taxpayers impacted by severe storms, flooding qualify for tax relief; various deadlines postponed to July 15\nIR-2024-93, April 4, 2024 — The Internal Revenue Service announced today tax relief for individuals and businesses in parts of Maine affected by severe storms and flooding that began on Jan. 9, 2024.\nDirty Dozen: IRS warns about fake charities exploiting taxpayer generosity\nIR-2024-92, April 4, 2024 — In the sixth part of the Dirty Dozen tax scams for 2024, the Internal Revenue Service warned taxpayers about groups masquerading as charitable organizations to attract donations from unsuspecting contributors.\nDirty Dozen: Beware of offer in compromise \"mills\" that falsely claim their services are necessary to resolve IRS debt\nIR-2024-91, April 3, 2024 — As part of the annual Dirty Dozen list of tax scams, the Internal Revenue Service today renewed its warning to taxpayers concerning pricey offer in compromise (OIC) \"mills” that aggressively mislead taxpayers into thinking their tax debts can disappear.\nIRS reminder to taxpayers affected by terrorist attacks in Israel: 2023 returns and payments are now due Oct. 7; other relief available","title":"Newsroom | Internal Revenue Service","score":16.14741}],"5f9ccf0a4ff691fc482432af64cc3c9d<::>7":[{"document_id":"1007f0c181b30bac-7514-9238","text":"Identity Theft | Consumer Advice\nMay 8, 2024\n\nWhen you go through a toll, you know you’ll need to pay a fee to use that road or bridge. But scammers are targeting drivers with text messages pretending to be from the tolling agency collecting “overdue toll charges.” Here’s what to know about this text scam.\n\nConsumer Alert\n\nLet’s talk about spam texts and emails \n\nAndrew Rayo\n\nMay 6, 2024\n\nAnother day, another round of spam texts and emails trying to sell you things. At best, spam is annoying. At worst, it’s pushing scams or trying to install malware on your device. If you’re tired of getting spam, there are some ways to help.\n\nConsumer Alert\n\nIf someone you care about paid a scammer, here’s how to help\n\nJennifer Leach\n\nApril 10, 2024\n\nSharing a scam experience with someone you know takes courage. If someone trusts you enough to share their scam story, especially if the scammer is still in touch with them, here’s some advice to help guide you. \n\nConsumer Alert\n\nDid someone send you to a Bitcoin ATM? It’s a scam \n\nJennifer Leach\n\nMarch 7, 2024\n\nIs there a legit reason for someone to send you to a Bitcoin ATM? The short answer is NO. Will someone from the government send you to a Bitcoin ATM? NEVER. If you’ve followed this Anatomy of a Scam series, you know there’s more to it than that.\n\nGet consumer alerts\nEmail Signup\n\nFeatured Videos\n\n \n\nWhat To Do After a Data Breach\n \n\nIdentityTheft.gov Helps You Report and Recover from Identity Theft\n\nFeatured Resources\n\n \nShredding Infographic\n \nUsing A Health App Infographic\n\nReturn to top\n\nMenu\n\nCFG: Footer Menu\n\nFeature Pages\n\nArticles\n\nConsumer Alerts\n\nVideos\n\nCFG: Footer Menu Right\n\nReport Fraud\n\nGet Consumer Alerts\n\nCFG: Footer\n\nftc.gov\n\nAbout Us\n\nContact Us\n\nPrivacy and Notices\n\nFOIA","title":"Identity Theft | Consumer Advice","score":13.718559},{"document_id":"994cf15a893d61b1-4523-6282","text":"About Us | Consumer Advice\nDid you know that scammers send fake package shipment and delivery notifications to try to steal people's personal information — not just at the holidays, but all year long? Here's what you need to know to protect yourself from these scams.\n\nView all Consumer Alerts\nGet Consumer Alerts\n\nScams\n\nSearch\n\nShow/hide Search menu items\n\nItems per page\n\n20\n50\n100\n\nFilters\n\nFulltext search\n\nCFG: Translation Menu\n\nEspañol\n\nCFG: Secondary Menu\n\nReport Fraud\n\nRead Consumer Alerts\n\nGet Consumer Alerts\n\nVisit ftc.gov\n\nCFG: Main Navigation\n\nShopping and Donating\n\nShow/hide Shopping and Donating menu items\n\nShopping\n\nFor the Home\n\nHealth\n\nFunerals\n\nBuying and Owning a Car\n\nDonating to Charity\n\nCredit, Loans, and Debt\n\nShow/hide Credit, Loans, and Debt menu items\n\nCredit and Debt\n\nLoans and Mortgages\n\nJobs and Making Money\n\nShow/hide Jobs and Making Money menu items\n\nMoney-Making Opportunities and Investments\n\nJobs\n\nEducation and Training\n\nUnwanted Calls, Emails, and Texts\n\nShow/hide Unwanted Calls, Emails, and Texts menu items\n\nUnwanted Calls\n\nUnwanted Emails, Texts, and Mail\n\nIdentity Theft and Online Security\n\nShow/hide Identity Theft and Online Security menu items\n\nIdentity Theft\n\nOnline Privacy and Security\n\nProtecting Kids Online\n\nScams\n\nShow/hide Scams menu items\n\nGift Card Scams\n\nGovernment and Business Impersonators\n\nPhone Scams\n\nRomance Scams\n\nScams Against Immigrants\n\nScams Against Older Adults\n\nScams Against Small Businesses\n\nWire Transfer Scams\n\nItems per page\n\n20\n50\n100\n\nFilters\n\nFulltext search\n\nAbout Us\n\nVea esta página en español\n\nThe FTC works to stop deceptive and unfair business practices and scams, and to help consumers like you recognize and recover from them. Sign up for email updates at ftc.gov/subscribe.\nReport to the FTC","title":"About Us | Consumer Advice","score":12.823289},{"document_id":"4c0150c5079fa69c-7432-9285","text":"Consumer Alerts | Consumer Advice\nSpot an ad on social for a low, low price on a brand name product? Think twice\n\nCristina Miranda\n\nMay 13, 2024\n\n Social media feeds are flooded with ads offering steep discounts on brand-name products, including luxury items. But are these offers real or a scam? When a low-priced “deal” pops into your socials\n\nConsumer Alert\n\nNo one is using your Social Security number to commit crimes. It’s a scam.\n\nAlvaro Puig\n\nMay 10, 2024\n\n The phone rings. Your caller ID says it’s the Social Security Administration. You hesitate. You’re not expecting a call from them, and you’ve heard about impersonation scams. But something inside you\n\nConsumer Alert\n\nThat text about overdue toll charges is probably a scam \n\nAndrew Rayo\n\nMay 8, 2024\n\n When you go through a toll, you know you’ll need to pay a fee to use that road or bridge. But scammers are targeting drivers with text messages pretending to be from the tolling agency collecting\n\nConsumer Alert\n\nLet’s talk about spam texts and emails \n\nAndrew Rayo\n\nMay 6, 2024\n\n Another day, another round of spam texts and emails trying to sell you things. At best, spam is annoying. At worst, it’s pushing scams or trying to install malware on your device. If you’re tired of\n\nConsumer Alert\n\nAqua Finance misled people about financing for home water treatment systems\n\nCristina Miranda\n\nMay 1, 2024\n\n At some point, most of us will rely on financing to buy the things we need or want. But what happens when financing terms aren’t clear? Or you’re told to expect a monthly payment amount, but end up\n\nConsumer Alert\n\nUse Pass It On to talk about fraud this Older Americans Month\n\nBridget Small\n\nMay 1, 2024\n\n This month, we join the nation to celebrate Older Americans Month. It’s also the 10th anniversary of Pass It On, the FTC’s fraud education campaign for older adults. As Older Americans Month\n\nConsumer Alert","title":"Consumer Alerts | Consumer Advice","score":12.638751},{"document_id":"5614642324237198-4553-6251","text":"Let’s talk about spam texts and emails | Consumer Advice\nDid you know that scammers send fake package shipment and delivery notifications to try to steal people's personal information — not just at the holidays, but all year long? Here's what you need to know to protect yourself from these scams.\n\nView all Consumer Alerts\nGet Consumer Alerts\n\nScams\n\nSearch\n\nShow/hide Search menu items\n\nItems per page\n\n20\n50\n100\n\nFilters\n\nFulltext search\n\nCFG: Translation Menu\n\nEspañol\n\nCFG: Secondary Menu\n\nReport Fraud\n\nRead Consumer Alerts\n\nGet Consumer Alerts\n\nVisit ftc.gov\n\nCFG: Main Navigation\n\nShopping and Donating\n\nShow/hide Shopping and Donating menu items\n\nShopping\n\nFor the Home\n\nHealth\n\nFunerals\n\nBuying and Owning a Car\n\nDonating to Charity\n\nCredit, Loans, and Debt\n\nShow/hide Credit, Loans, and Debt menu items\n\nCredit and Debt\n\nLoans and Mortgages\n\nJobs and Making Money\n\nShow/hide Jobs and Making Money menu items\n\nMoney-Making Opportunities and Investments\n\nJobs\n\nEducation and Training\n\nUnwanted Calls, Emails, and Texts\n\nShow/hide Unwanted Calls, Emails, and Texts menu items\n\nUnwanted Calls\n\nUnwanted Emails, Texts, and Mail\n\nIdentity Theft and Online Security\n\nShow/hide Identity Theft and Online Security menu items\n\nIdentity Theft\n\nOnline Privacy and Security\n\nProtecting Kids Online\n\nScams\n\nShow/hide Scams menu items\n\nGift Card Scams\n\nGovernment and Business Impersonators\n\nPhone Scams\n\nRomance Scams\n\nScams Against Immigrants\n\nScams Against Older Adults\n\nScams Against Small Businesses\n\nWire Transfer Scams\n\nItems per page\n\n20\n50\n100\n\nFilters\n\nFulltext search\n\nBreadcrumb\n\nHome\n\nConsumer Alerts\n\nVea esta página en español\n\nConsumer Alert\n\nLet’s talk about spam texts and emails \n\nBy\n\nAndrew Rayo\n\nConsumer Education Specialist\n\nMay 6, 2024","title":"Let’s talk about spam texts and emails | Consumer Advice","score":12.544401},{"document_id":"cdd462b8aca0176c-8546-10516","text":"What To Do if You Were Scammed | Consumer Advice\nIf you linked the app to a credit card or debit card, report the fraud to your credit card company or bank. Ask them to reverse the charge.Did you pay with cryptocurrency?Cryptocurrency payments typically are not reversible. Once you pay with cryptocurrency, you can only get your money back if the person you paid sends it back. But contact the company you used to send the money and tell them it was a fraudulent transaction. Ask them to reverse the transaction, if possible.Did you send cash?If you sent cash by U.S. mail, contact the U.S. Postal Inspection Service at 877-876-2455 and ask them to intercept the package. To learn more about this process, visit USPS Package Intercept: The Basics.If you used another delivery service, contact them as soon as possible. If You Gave a Scammer Your Personal InformationDid you give a scammer your Social Security number?Go to IdentityTheft.gov to see what steps to take, including how to monitor your credit.Did you give a scammer your username and password?Create a new, strong password. If you use the same password anywhere else, change it there, too.If a Scammer Has Access to Your Computer or PhoneDoes a scammer have remote access to your computer?Update your computer’s security software, run a scan, and delete anything it identifies as a problem. Then take other steps to protect your personal information.Did a scammer take control of your cell phone number and account?Contact your service provider to take back control of your phone number. Once you do, change your account password.Also check your credit card, bank, and other financial accounts for unauthorized charges or changes. If you see any, report them to the company or institution. Then go to IdentityTheft.gov to see what steps you should take.Report a Scam to the FTCWhen you report a scam, the FTC can use the information to build cases against scammers, spot trends, educate the public, and share data about what is happening in your community.","title":"What To Do if You Were Scammed | Consumer Advice","score":12.515036}],"5f9ccf0a4ff691fc482432af64cc3c9d<::>8":[{"document_id":"1007f0c181b30bac-2942-4944","text":"Identity Theft | Consumer Advice\nUnwanted Calls, Emails, and Texts\nWhat to do about unwanted calls, emails, and text messages that can be annoying, might be illegal, and are probably scams.\nView Unwanted Calls, Emails, and Texts\n\nVideo\n\nTopics\n\nTopics\n\nUnwanted Calls\n\nUnwanted Emails, Texts, and Mail\n\nConsumer Alerts\n\nFake shipping notification emails and text messages: What you need to know this holiday season\n\nDecember 14, 2023\n\nAlvaro Puig\n\n When you order something online, you might get several emails or text messages about your order: Confirming your order. Telling you it shipped. Saying it's out for delivery. Notifying you about delivery. Did you know that scammers send fake package shipment and delivery notifications to try to steal people's personal information — not just at the holidays, but all year long? Here's what you need to know to protect yourself from these scams.\n\nView all Consumer Alerts\nGet Consumer Alerts\n\nShow/hide Identity Theft and Online Security menu items\n\nIdentity Theft and Online Security\nHow to protect your personal information and privacy, stay safe online, and help your kids do the same.\nView Identity Theft and Online Security\n\nVideo\n\nTopics\n\nTopics\n\nIdentity Theft\n\nOnline Privacy and Security\n\nProtecting Kids Online\n\nConsumer Alerts\n\nFake shipping notification emails and text messages: What you need to know this holiday season\n\nDecember 14, 2023\n\nAlvaro Puig\n\n When you order something online, you might get several emails or text messages about your order: Confirming your order. Telling you it shipped. Saying it's out for delivery. Notifying you about delivery. Did you know that scammers send fake package shipment and delivery notifications to try to steal people's personal information — not just at the holidays, but all year long? Here's what you need to know to protect yourself from these scams.\n\nView all Consumer Alerts\nGet Consumer Alerts\n\nScams\n\nSearch\n\nShow/hide Search menu items\n\nItems per page\n\n20\n50\n100\n\nFilters\n\nFulltext search\n\nCFG: Translation Menu\n\nEspañol","title":"Identity Theft | Consumer Advice","score":13.043844},{"document_id":"83c70676a34f41b9-2942-4944","text":"Identity Theft | Consumer Advice\nUnwanted Calls, Emails, and Texts\nWhat to do about unwanted calls, emails, and text messages that can be annoying, might be illegal, and are probably scams.\nView Unwanted Calls, Emails, and Texts\n\nVideo\n\nTopics\n\nTopics\n\nUnwanted Calls\n\nUnwanted Emails, Texts, and Mail\n\nConsumer Alerts\n\nFake shipping notification emails and text messages: What you need to know this holiday season\n\nDecember 14, 2023\n\nAlvaro Puig\n\n When you order something online, you might get several emails or text messages about your order: Confirming your order. Telling you it shipped. Saying it's out for delivery. Notifying you about delivery. Did you know that scammers send fake package shipment and delivery notifications to try to steal people's personal information — not just at the holidays, but all year long? Here's what you need to know to protect yourself from these scams.\n\nView all Consumer Alerts\nGet Consumer Alerts\n\nShow/hide Identity Theft and Online Security menu items\n\nIdentity Theft and Online Security\nHow to protect your personal information and privacy, stay safe online, and help your kids do the same.\nView Identity Theft and Online Security\n\nVideo\n\nTopics\n\nTopics\n\nIdentity Theft\n\nOnline Privacy and Security\n\nProtecting Kids Online\n\nConsumer Alerts\n\nFake shipping notification emails and text messages: What you need to know this holiday season\n\nDecember 14, 2023\n\nAlvaro Puig\n\n When you order something online, you might get several emails or text messages about your order: Confirming your order. Telling you it shipped. Saying it's out for delivery. Notifying you about delivery. Did you know that scammers send fake package shipment and delivery notifications to try to steal people's personal information — not just at the holidays, but all year long? Here's what you need to know to protect yourself from these scams.\n\nView all Consumer Alerts\nGet Consumer Alerts\n\nScams\n\nSearch\n\nShow/hide Search menu items\n\nItems per page\n\n20\n50\n100\n\nFilters\n\nFulltext search\n\nCFG: Translation Menu\n\nEspañol","title":"Identity Theft | Consumer Advice","score":13.043844},{"document_id":"a618f0371eb48adf-2962-4964","text":"Identity Theft and Online Security | Consumer Advice\nUnwanted Calls, Emails, and Texts\nWhat to do about unwanted calls, emails, and text messages that can be annoying, might be illegal, and are probably scams.\nView Unwanted Calls, Emails, and Texts\n\nVideo\n\nTopics\n\nTopics\n\nUnwanted Calls\n\nUnwanted Emails, Texts, and Mail\n\nConsumer Alerts\n\nFake shipping notification emails and text messages: What you need to know this holiday season\n\nDecember 14, 2023\n\nAlvaro Puig\n\n When you order something online, you might get several emails or text messages about your order: Confirming your order. Telling you it shipped. Saying it's out for delivery. Notifying you about delivery. Did you know that scammers send fake package shipment and delivery notifications to try to steal people's personal information — not just at the holidays, but all year long? Here's what you need to know to protect yourself from these scams.\n\nView all Consumer Alerts\nGet Consumer Alerts\n\nShow/hide Identity Theft and Online Security menu items\n\nIdentity Theft and Online Security\nHow to protect your personal information and privacy, stay safe online, and help your kids do the same.\nView Identity Theft and Online Security\n\nVideo\n\nTopics\n\nTopics\n\nIdentity Theft\n\nOnline Privacy and Security\n\nProtecting Kids Online\n\nConsumer Alerts\n\nFake shipping notification emails and text messages: What you need to know this holiday season\n\nDecember 14, 2023\n\nAlvaro Puig\n\n When you order something online, you might get several emails or text messages about your order: Confirming your order. Telling you it shipped. Saying it's out for delivery. Notifying you about delivery. Did you know that scammers send fake package shipment and delivery notifications to try to steal people's personal information — not just at the holidays, but all year long? Here's what you need to know to protect yourself from these scams.\n\nView all Consumer Alerts\nGet Consumer Alerts\n\nScams\n\nSearch\n\nShow/hide Search menu items\n\nItems per page\n\n20\n50\n100\n\nFilters\n\nFulltext search\n\nCFG: Translation Menu\n\nEspañol","title":"Identity Theft and Online Security | Consumer Advice","score":12.864122},{"document_id":"994cf15a893d61b1-4523-6282","text":"About Us | Consumer Advice\nDid you know that scammers send fake package shipment and delivery notifications to try to steal people's personal information — not just at the holidays, but all year long? Here's what you need to know to protect yourself from these scams.\n\nView all Consumer Alerts\nGet Consumer Alerts\n\nScams\n\nSearch\n\nShow/hide Search menu items\n\nItems per page\n\n20\n50\n100\n\nFilters\n\nFulltext search\n\nCFG: Translation Menu\n\nEspañol\n\nCFG: Secondary Menu\n\nReport Fraud\n\nRead Consumer Alerts\n\nGet Consumer Alerts\n\nVisit ftc.gov\n\nCFG: Main Navigation\n\nShopping and Donating\n\nShow/hide Shopping and Donating menu items\n\nShopping\n\nFor the Home\n\nHealth\n\nFunerals\n\nBuying and Owning a Car\n\nDonating to Charity\n\nCredit, Loans, and Debt\n\nShow/hide Credit, Loans, and Debt menu items\n\nCredit and Debt\n\nLoans and Mortgages\n\nJobs and Making Money\n\nShow/hide Jobs and Making Money menu items\n\nMoney-Making Opportunities and Investments\n\nJobs\n\nEducation and Training\n\nUnwanted Calls, Emails, and Texts\n\nShow/hide Unwanted Calls, Emails, and Texts menu items\n\nUnwanted Calls\n\nUnwanted Emails, Texts, and Mail\n\nIdentity Theft and Online Security\n\nShow/hide Identity Theft and Online Security menu items\n\nIdentity Theft\n\nOnline Privacy and Security\n\nProtecting Kids Online\n\nScams\n\nShow/hide Scams menu items\n\nGift Card Scams\n\nGovernment and Business Impersonators\n\nPhone Scams\n\nRomance Scams\n\nScams Against Immigrants\n\nScams Against Older Adults\n\nScams Against Small Businesses\n\nWire Transfer Scams\n\nItems per page\n\n20\n50\n100\n\nFilters\n\nFulltext search\n\nAbout Us\n\nVea esta página en español\n\nThe FTC works to stop deceptive and unfair business practices and scams, and to help consumers like you recognize and recover from them. Sign up for email updates at ftc.gov/subscribe.\nReport to the FTC","title":"About Us | Consumer Advice","score":12.730637},{"document_id":"994cf15a893d61b1-2936-4938","text":"About Us | Consumer Advice\nUnwanted Calls, Emails, and Texts\nWhat to do about unwanted calls, emails, and text messages that can be annoying, might be illegal, and are probably scams.\nView Unwanted Calls, Emails, and Texts\n\nVideo\n\nTopics\n\nTopics\n\nUnwanted Calls\n\nUnwanted Emails, Texts, and Mail\n\nConsumer Alerts\n\nFake shipping notification emails and text messages: What you need to know this holiday season\n\nDecember 14, 2023\n\nAlvaro Puig\n\n When you order something online, you might get several emails or text messages about your order: Confirming your order. Telling you it shipped. Saying it's out for delivery. Notifying you about delivery. Did you know that scammers send fake package shipment and delivery notifications to try to steal people's personal information — not just at the holidays, but all year long? Here's what you need to know to protect yourself from these scams.\n\nView all Consumer Alerts\nGet Consumer Alerts\n\nShow/hide Identity Theft and Online Security menu items\n\nIdentity Theft and Online Security\nHow to protect your personal information and privacy, stay safe online, and help your kids do the same.\nView Identity Theft and Online Security\n\nVideo\n\nTopics\n\nTopics\n\nIdentity Theft\n\nOnline Privacy and Security\n\nProtecting Kids Online\n\nConsumer Alerts\n\nFake shipping notification emails and text messages: What you need to know this holiday season\n\nDecember 14, 2023\n\nAlvaro Puig\n\n When you order something online, you might get several emails or text messages about your order: Confirming your order. Telling you it shipped. Saying it's out for delivery. Notifying you about delivery. Did you know that scammers send fake package shipment and delivery notifications to try to steal people's personal information — not just at the holidays, but all year long? Here's what you need to know to protect yourself from these scams.\n\nView all Consumer Alerts\nGet Consumer Alerts\n\nScams\n\nSearch\n\nShow/hide Search menu items\n\nItems per page\n\n20\n50\n100\n\nFilters\n\nFulltext search\n\nCFG: Translation Menu\n\nEspañol","title":"About Us | Consumer Advice","score":12.697672}],"91715ec6ec7e9a11925e58e707b6626e<::>1":[{"document_id":"fcbb1026145f7922-3175-5322","text":"\r\n\tBoating Frequently Asked Questions - NYS Parks, Recreation & Historic Preservation\r\n\nNo. If you are at least 18 years old, you may rent without completing a course. The livery must demonstrate how to properly use the boat before renting it. Persons under the age of 18 may only rent a motorboat if they hold a \r\n\tsafety certificate.\nI lost my safety certificate. How can I get a replacement?\r\n\tYou can order your replacement certificate online at https://www.ilostmycard.com/\nWhat if I lost my temporary certificate?\r\n\tTemporary certificates cannot be replaced.\nCan I make a copy of my Boating Safety Certificate to keep onboard my boat?\r\n\tNo, you must have the original certificate on your person or on board the boat if you are the operator.\nWhy haven't I received my safety certificate yet?\r\n\tIt takes approximately 90 days from your course completion date for your permanent certificate to arrive in the mail. Your temporary certificate is valid through those 90 days. If you are over 18 years of age, you must purchase your certificate from https://www.ilostmycard.com/ before it will be mailed to you. If you are within 7 days of your temporary certificate’s expiration date and have not yet received your card, please email us at boating@parks.ny.gov\nHow can I become an instructor?\r\n\tTo become a State certified instructor, you must be at least 18 years of age, be able to demonstrate an ability to instruct and must have taken a New York State Parks classroom course. For more information, or to begin the certification process, click here\nI have a US Coast Guard Auxiliary boating safety certificate. Can I exchange it for a New York boating safety certificate?\r\n\tA boating safety certificate issued by the US Coast Guard Auxiliary is recognized as a valid safe boating certificate – you do not need any further documentation. The same is true of certificates issued by the US Power Squadron/America’s Boating Club.\nI took a class online and I have lost my permanent card, can you issue me a replacement card?\r\n\tYou need to go to the online provider that issued your card. The same is true for lost Power Squadron and Coast Guard Auxiliary cards. NYS can only issue replacement certificates for the NY Safe Boating Course.","title":"\r\n\tBoating Frequently Asked Questions - NYS Parks, Recreation & Historic Preservation\r\n","score":20.33219},{"document_id":"fcbb1026145f7922-4764-6943","text":"\r\n\tBoating Frequently Asked Questions - NYS Parks, Recreation & Historic Preservation\r\n\nA boating safety certificate issued by the US Coast Guard Auxiliary is recognized as a valid safe boating certificate – you do not need any further documentation. The same is true of certificates issued by the US Power Squadron/America’s Boating Club.\nI took a class online and I have lost my permanent card, can you issue me a replacement card?\r\n\tYou need to go to the online provider that issued your card. The same is true for lost Power Squadron and Coast Guard Auxiliary cards. NYS can only issue replacement certificates for the NY Safe Boating Course.\nThe back of my certificate says its approved by \"NASBLA\". What is that? \r\n\tThe National Association of State Boating Law Administrators (NASBLA) is a national nonprofit organization that works to develop public policy for recreational boating safety. NASBLA represents the recreational boating \r\n\tauthorities of all 50 states and the U.S. territories.\n\nIn Classroom Course\nThis course is designed as a comprehensive boating safety course, teaching the fundamentals of safe boating operation and has been approved by the National Association of Boating Law Administrators (NASBLA).\n\nStudents must be at least 10 years of age to attend the course.\nThis course requires a minimum of 8 hours of classroom instruction.\nCourses are available throughout the state.\nYou must register for your course online at https://www.register-ed.com/programs/new_york/252-new-york-safe-boating-course\nAn instructor may or may not charge a fee for the course. If a fee is charged, they may vary depending upon who is offering the course. Some courses may be taught by volunteers free of charge.\nStudents will receive a temporary boating safety certificate upon completion of the course.\nPermanent boating safety certificates do not expire.\n\nFees\nCourses are taught by volunteer or paid instructors. Volunteers are free of charge, but an instructor may charge a fee for the course. Fees may vary.\nStudents 18 years of age and older will be required to pay a $10 fee to NYS for issuance of a permanent boating safety certificate.\nCost for a replacement certificate is $10.00 regardless of age\nHow do I find out if there is a fee for the class?","title":"\r\n\tBoating Frequently Asked Questions - NYS Parks, Recreation & Historic Preservation\r\n","score":19.25143},{"document_id":"fcbb1026145f7922-1541-3606","text":"\r\n\tBoating Frequently Asked Questions - NYS Parks, Recreation & Historic Preservation\r\n\nWe do not have all course records prior to 2000. Any certificate issued prior to 2000 is only acceptable if you have a copy of it and you were under 18 years of age when it was issued. All NYS boating safety certificates issued\r\n\tafter 2000, regardless of age, are acceptable.\nI took course prior to 2000, but lost my certificate - what should I do?\r\n\tUnfortunately, we do not have records for all students who took the course prior to the year 2000. Search for your record online at ilostmycard.com. You can also email us at boating@parks.ny.gov with your name and date of birth to search for your record. If your record is not found, you will need to retake the course to obtain a certificate.\nCan I use my NY safety certificate in other states?\r\n\tYes, because the New York Safe Boating Certificate is nationally accredited and valid in other states and Canada. Please note that the Adventure License is not acceptable proof of a safe boating certificate outside of New York State.\nI'm visiting New York. Will my safety certificate from my home state be sufficient?\r\n\tYes, provided it was issued from your current state of residence, and the course was approved by the National Association of Boating Law Administrators. Look for the NASBLA logo on your certificate.\nI just bought a motor boat; will I need a course immediately?\r\n\tIn 2024, if you were born January 1, 1978 or later, you will need a certificate before you can legally operate the boat. Starting in 2025, everyone, regardless of age, will need a certificate before they can legally operate their boat.\nWill I need a course in order to rent a motorboat in New York?\r\n\tNo. If you are at least 18 years old, you may rent without completing a course. The livery must demonstrate how to properly use the boat before renting it. Persons under the age of 18 may only rent a motorboat if they hold a \r\n\tsafety certificate.\nI lost my safety certificate. How can I get a replacement?\r\n\tYou can order your replacement certificate online at https://www.ilostmycard.com/\nWhat if I lost my temporary certificate?","title":"\r\n\tBoating Frequently Asked Questions - NYS Parks, Recreation & Historic Preservation\r\n","score":18.454784},{"document_id":"fcbb1026145f7922-8034-10114","text":"\r\n\tBoating Frequently Asked Questions - NYS Parks, Recreation & Historic Preservation\r\n\nYou must log back into the online course you took and complete the transaction there. Alternatively, you can bring your certificate directly to a DMV office to process.\r\n\t\r\n\tI took an online class and I've lost my boating safety certificate. Can NYS Parks issue me a replacement certificate?\r\n\tDuplicate certificates and any problems with the on-line courses will be handled by the online provider. On-line support and a phone number can be found at the course provider's website.\nI have a certificate from a Coast Guard Auxiliary boating safety course, do I still need to get a New York State Boating Safety Certificate?\r\n\tNo, the certificate from the Coast Guard Auxiliary course is a boating safety certificate recognized as acceptable by New York State.\nI have a certificate from a Power Squadron boating safety course, do I still need to get a New York State Boating Safety Certificate?\r\n\tNo, the certificate from the Power Squadron course is a boating safety certificate recognized as acceptable by New York State.\nI have a certificate from a US Powerboating safety course, do I still need to get a New York State Boating Safety Certificate?\r\n\tNo, the certificate from the US Powerboating course is a boating safety certificate recognized as acceptable by New York State.\n\nNew York State Adventure License Program\nWho is eligible for the Adventure License boating icon?\r\n\tAnyone successfully completing the New York Safe Boating Course may opt to have their driver's license, non-driver ID, or learner's permit indicate completion of the course.\nI have a NYC ID; can I have the boating icon put on that ID?\r\n\tNo, the icon can only be placed on licenses and ID's issued by the NYS DMV.\nDo I need to notify DMV before they renew my license or ID?\r\n\tNo. DMV will maintain a record of your having completed the boating safety course, and automatically place the icon on your license each time it is renewed.\nI have a U.S. Coast Guard License; Can that be listed on the Adventure License?\r\n\tNo, only boating safety certificates can be listed.\nWhat happens if I move out of state?","title":"\r\n\tBoating Frequently Asked Questions - NYS Parks, Recreation & Historic Preservation\r\n","score":17.784294},{"document_id":"fcbb1026145f7922-9649-11623","text":"\r\n\tBoating Frequently Asked Questions - NYS Parks, Recreation & Historic Preservation\r\n\nNo, the icon can only be placed on licenses and ID's issued by the NYS DMV.\nDo I need to notify DMV before they renew my license or ID?\r\n\tNo. DMV will maintain a record of your having completed the boating safety course, and automatically place the icon on your license each time it is renewed.\nI have a U.S. Coast Guard License; Can that be listed on the Adventure License?\r\n\tNo, only boating safety certificates can be listed.\nWhat happens if I move out of state?\r\n\tIf you move out of state you must relinquish your NY Driver license and apply for a driver's license in your new state. In order to maintain the Adventure License status you will need to apply for a NY Non-Driver ID which will include that designation and maintain it continuously.\nI have a lifetime fishing and hunting license and a boating safety certificate. Can I put all three on my driver's license?\r\n\tYes you may.\nI live in NY but I have an out of state boating safety certificate, do I qualify for the Adventure License program?\r\n\tNo, you must have a New York safe boating certificate to be eligible.\nI got my boating safety certificate online and tried to get the Adventure License through my provider but I when I click on the link it brings me back to a NYS information page. What do I have to do?\r\n\tYou must log into your account created with your online provider. For more information, click on the link below for your provider and follow the directions on the document that pops up. Alternatively, you can bring your printed certificate to any DMV office.\n\nBoat US Boat-Ed \r\n\tBoater Exam US Power Squadron \r\n\tAceboater\n\nI paid my fee and I have not received my new license/permit/ID yet. Who do I call?\r\n\tYou can check on the mailing status with DMV.\nCustomers who wish to add the anchor icon to their enhanced driver's license must have an up-to-date photo on file with DMV in order for their request to be processed successfully. If your photo is out of date, please","title":"\r\n\tBoating Frequently Asked Questions - NYS Parks, Recreation & Historic Preservation\r\n","score":16.509863}],"91715ec6ec7e9a11925e58e707b6626e<::>2":[{"document_id":"fcbb1026145f7922-4764-6943","text":"\r\n\tBoating Frequently Asked Questions - NYS Parks, Recreation & Historic Preservation\r\n\nA boating safety certificate issued by the US Coast Guard Auxiliary is recognized as a valid safe boating certificate – you do not need any further documentation. The same is true of certificates issued by the US Power Squadron/America’s Boating Club.\nI took a class online and I have lost my permanent card, can you issue me a replacement card?\r\n\tYou need to go to the online provider that issued your card. The same is true for lost Power Squadron and Coast Guard Auxiliary cards. NYS can only issue replacement certificates for the NY Safe Boating Course.\nThe back of my certificate says its approved by \"NASBLA\". What is that? \r\n\tThe National Association of State Boating Law Administrators (NASBLA) is a national nonprofit organization that works to develop public policy for recreational boating safety. NASBLA represents the recreational boating \r\n\tauthorities of all 50 states and the U.S. territories.\n\nIn Classroom Course\nThis course is designed as a comprehensive boating safety course, teaching the fundamentals of safe boating operation and has been approved by the National Association of Boating Law Administrators (NASBLA).\n\nStudents must be at least 10 years of age to attend the course.\nThis course requires a minimum of 8 hours of classroom instruction.\nCourses are available throughout the state.\nYou must register for your course online at https://www.register-ed.com/programs/new_york/252-new-york-safe-boating-course\nAn instructor may or may not charge a fee for the course. If a fee is charged, they may vary depending upon who is offering the course. Some courses may be taught by volunteers free of charge.\nStudents will receive a temporary boating safety certificate upon completion of the course.\nPermanent boating safety certificates do not expire.\n\nFees\nCourses are taught by volunteer or paid instructors. Volunteers are free of charge, but an instructor may charge a fee for the course. Fees may vary.\nStudents 18 years of age and older will be required to pay a $10 fee to NYS for issuance of a permanent boating safety certificate.\nCost for a replacement certificate is $10.00 regardless of age\nHow do I find out if there is a fee for the class?","title":"\r\n\tBoating Frequently Asked Questions - NYS Parks, Recreation & Historic Preservation\r\n","score":17.84601},{"document_id":"fcbb1026145f7922-3175-5322","text":"\r\n\tBoating Frequently Asked Questions - NYS Parks, Recreation & Historic Preservation\r\n\nNo. If you are at least 18 years old, you may rent without completing a course. The livery must demonstrate how to properly use the boat before renting it. Persons under the age of 18 may only rent a motorboat if they hold a \r\n\tsafety certificate.\nI lost my safety certificate. How can I get a replacement?\r\n\tYou can order your replacement certificate online at https://www.ilostmycard.com/\nWhat if I lost my temporary certificate?\r\n\tTemporary certificates cannot be replaced.\nCan I make a copy of my Boating Safety Certificate to keep onboard my boat?\r\n\tNo, you must have the original certificate on your person or on board the boat if you are the operator.\nWhy haven't I received my safety certificate yet?\r\n\tIt takes approximately 90 days from your course completion date for your permanent certificate to arrive in the mail. Your temporary certificate is valid through those 90 days. If you are over 18 years of age, you must purchase your certificate from https://www.ilostmycard.com/ before it will be mailed to you. If you are within 7 days of your temporary certificate’s expiration date and have not yet received your card, please email us at boating@parks.ny.gov\nHow can I become an instructor?\r\n\tTo become a State certified instructor, you must be at least 18 years of age, be able to demonstrate an ability to instruct and must have taken a New York State Parks classroom course. For more information, or to begin the certification process, click here\nI have a US Coast Guard Auxiliary boating safety certificate. Can I exchange it for a New York boating safety certificate?\r\n\tA boating safety certificate issued by the US Coast Guard Auxiliary is recognized as a valid safe boating certificate – you do not need any further documentation. The same is true of certificates issued by the US Power Squadron/America’s Boating Club.\nI took a class online and I have lost my permanent card, can you issue me a replacement card?\r\n\tYou need to go to the online provider that issued your card. The same is true for lost Power Squadron and Coast Guard Auxiliary cards. NYS can only issue replacement certificates for the NY Safe Boating Course.","title":"\r\n\tBoating Frequently Asked Questions - NYS Parks, Recreation & Historic Preservation\r\n","score":17.742308},{"document_id":"fcbb1026145f7922-1541-3606","text":"\r\n\tBoating Frequently Asked Questions - NYS Parks, Recreation & Historic Preservation\r\n\nWe do not have all course records prior to 2000. Any certificate issued prior to 2000 is only acceptable if you have a copy of it and you were under 18 years of age when it was issued. All NYS boating safety certificates issued\r\n\tafter 2000, regardless of age, are acceptable.\nI took course prior to 2000, but lost my certificate - what should I do?\r\n\tUnfortunately, we do not have records for all students who took the course prior to the year 2000. Search for your record online at ilostmycard.com. You can also email us at boating@parks.ny.gov with your name and date of birth to search for your record. If your record is not found, you will need to retake the course to obtain a certificate.\nCan I use my NY safety certificate in other states?\r\n\tYes, because the New York Safe Boating Certificate is nationally accredited and valid in other states and Canada. Please note that the Adventure License is not acceptable proof of a safe boating certificate outside of New York State.\nI'm visiting New York. Will my safety certificate from my home state be sufficient?\r\n\tYes, provided it was issued from your current state of residence, and the course was approved by the National Association of Boating Law Administrators. Look for the NASBLA logo on your certificate.\nI just bought a motor boat; will I need a course immediately?\r\n\tIn 2024, if you were born January 1, 1978 or later, you will need a certificate before you can legally operate the boat. Starting in 2025, everyone, regardless of age, will need a certificate before they can legally operate their boat.\nWill I need a course in order to rent a motorboat in New York?\r\n\tNo. If you are at least 18 years old, you may rent without completing a course. The livery must demonstrate how to properly use the boat before renting it. Persons under the age of 18 may only rent a motorboat if they hold a \r\n\tsafety certificate.\nI lost my safety certificate. How can I get a replacement?\r\n\tYou can order your replacement certificate online at https://www.ilostmycard.com/\nWhat if I lost my temporary certificate?","title":"\r\n\tBoating Frequently Asked Questions - NYS Parks, Recreation & Historic Preservation\r\n","score":17.307844},{"document_id":"fcbb1026145f7922-9649-11623","text":"\r\n\tBoating Frequently Asked Questions - NYS Parks, Recreation & Historic Preservation\r\n\nNo, the icon can only be placed on licenses and ID's issued by the NYS DMV.\nDo I need to notify DMV before they renew my license or ID?\r\n\tNo. DMV will maintain a record of your having completed the boating safety course, and automatically place the icon on your license each time it is renewed.\nI have a U.S. Coast Guard License; Can that be listed on the Adventure License?\r\n\tNo, only boating safety certificates can be listed.\nWhat happens if I move out of state?\r\n\tIf you move out of state you must relinquish your NY Driver license and apply for a driver's license in your new state. In order to maintain the Adventure License status you will need to apply for a NY Non-Driver ID which will include that designation and maintain it continuously.\nI have a lifetime fishing and hunting license and a boating safety certificate. Can I put all three on my driver's license?\r\n\tYes you may.\nI live in NY but I have an out of state boating safety certificate, do I qualify for the Adventure License program?\r\n\tNo, you must have a New York safe boating certificate to be eligible.\nI got my boating safety certificate online and tried to get the Adventure License through my provider but I when I click on the link it brings me back to a NYS information page. What do I have to do?\r\n\tYou must log into your account created with your online provider. For more information, click on the link below for your provider and follow the directions on the document that pops up. Alternatively, you can bring your printed certificate to any DMV office.\n\nBoat US Boat-Ed \r\n\tBoater Exam US Power Squadron \r\n\tAceboater\n\nI paid my fee and I have not received my new license/permit/ID yet. Who do I call?\r\n\tYou can check on the mailing status with DMV.\nCustomers who wish to add the anchor icon to their enhanced driver's license must have an up-to-date photo on file with DMV in order for their request to be processed successfully. If your photo is out of date, please","title":"\r\n\tBoating Frequently Asked Questions - NYS Parks, Recreation & Historic Preservation\r\n","score":16.413158},{"document_id":"fcbb1026145f7922-5-1991","text":"\r\n\tBoating Frequently Asked Questions - NYS Parks, Recreation & Historic Preservation\r\n\nBoating Frequently Asked Questions - NYS Parks, Recreation & Historic Preservation\r\n\n\r\n Your browser does not support iFrames\r\n \n\nNavigation menu\n\nParks, Recreation and Historic Preservation\n\nVisit\n\nState Parks\nHistoric Sites\nNature Centers\nEvents\nGolf Courses\nTrails\nAdmission\nAccessibility\nLove Our New York Lands\n\nGet Active\n\nHiking\nBoating\nSwimming\nGolf\nPavilions\nHunting\nSnowmobiling\n\nCamp\n\nOverview\nCampsites\nCottages\nCabins\nGroup Camping\nFees & Rates\nCamper Assistance Program\nKnow before you go\n\nConnect to Nature\n\nThe Environment\nNature Centers\nNature Nearby\nConnect Kids\nFORCES\nLadders to the Outdoors\n\nDiscover History\n\nHistoric Business Preservation Registry\nHistoric Sites\nHistoric Preservation Office\nBureau of Historic Sites\nHeritage Trail\nHeritage Areas\nWe Are NY\nBlack History\nWomen's History\nLGBTQIA+ History\nDutch Heritage\n\n \n\nBoating Frequently Asked Questions\n\nHome / Boating / Education / Frequently Asked Questions\n\nNew York Safe Boating Education Program\n\nBoating Safety Certificates\nWho needs a boating safety certificate?\r\n\tAnyone operating a Personal Watercraft (JetSki™, Wave Runner™, etc.) must have a boating safety certificate, and be at least 14 years of age or older.\nIn 2024: If you are operating any other type of motorized boat, you will need a safety certificate if you were born January 1, 1978 or later. Starting in 2025, all operators of motorized vessels, regardless of age, will be required to have a safety certificate.\nI earned a state safety certificate when I was young. Does that count?\r\n\tWe do not have all course records prior to 2000. Any certificate issued prior to 2000 is only acceptable if you have a copy of it and you were under 18 years of age when it was issued. All NYS boating safety certificates issued\r\n\tafter 2000, regardless of age, are acceptable.\nI took course prior to 2000, but lost my certificate - what should I do?\r\n\tUnfortunately, we do not have records for all students who took the course prior to the year 2000.","title":"\r\n\tBoating Frequently Asked Questions - NYS Parks, Recreation & Historic Preservation\r\n","score":16.365082}],"91715ec6ec7e9a11925e58e707b6626e<::>3":[{"document_id":"37a833f0b34a3508-6800-8014","text":"Motor Boating - NYSDEC\nSee our Frequently Asked Questions (PDF)Register your Boat at the DMVIf you use a motor (electric or fuel-driven), no matter how small the craft or the motor, you must register your boat with the Department of Motor Vehicles (DMV).You can either register your boat online or call the DMV at (518) 486-9786. (Note: In New York, watercraft without a motor do not need to be registered.)Boating Safety Courses and CertificationFor information about boating certificate requirements and boating safety courses, call the OPRHP at (518) 474-0456 or visit the OPRHP boating education page.\n\nImportant Links\n\nNew York State Boat Launching Sites Directory (PDF)\n\nProcedures to Prevent the Spread of Aquatic Invasive Species While Boating (PDF)\n\nAquatic Invasive Species in New York State\n\nPlaces to Fish\n\nBoating Long Islands Marine Waters (PDF)\n\nDEC Recreation Maps\n\nBoating Data for Google Maps and Google Earth\n\n Subscribe to \"The Fishing Line\" DEC Delivers Newsletter\n \n\n Sign up to stay informed and up-to-date on boating news in New York State!\n \n\nGov Delivery Form\n\nYou must have JavaScript enabled to use this form.\n\nEmail address\n\n \n This field is required.\n \n\nTopic Id\n\n \n- None -AdirondacksAir Quality (Air Mail!","title":"Motor Boating - NYSDEC","score":17.12434},{"document_id":"37a833f0b34a3508-5053-7382","text":"Motor Boating - NYSDEC\nBe sure to adhere to all boating regulations and requirements prior to launching, including properly cleaning your boat, getting your boat registered, and obtaining boater safety certification.\n \n \n\nPlaces to Launch Your Boat\n\nBoat Launch Sites\n\nDECinfo Locator (an interactive map)\n\nNew York State Boat Launching Sites (PDF)\n\nHuntFishNY Mobile App\n\nBoat Cleaning and DisinfectingBoats, trailers, waders and other fishing equipment can spread harmful aquatic invasive species from waterbody to waterbody unless properly cleaned after use. DEC regulations prohibit boats from launching or leaving sites without first draining the boat and cleaning the boat, trailer and equipment. Furthermore, many New York counties, towns, and villages also have laws in place that prohibit the transport of aquatic invasive species on boats, trailers and equipment.To avoid spreading invasive species, follow the 'Clean.Drain.Dry.' method for properly disinfecting your boat and equipment before launching. If you need help, many public boat launches have boat stewards on-site to inspect your watercraft and gear.Use our interactive map feature to locate a boat inspection station and boat steward near you.Certificate Requirements for Boating in the Adirondack Park: As of June 2022, all boaters operating any kind of motorized watercraft in the Adirondack Park and within ten miles of the Blue Line are required by law to possess certification that their vessel has undergone the proper cleaning measures to prevent the spread of aquatic invasive species. Boaters can get their certification from a boat steward at a DEC designated inspection station or by completing a self-issued certificate (PDF) prior to launch. Have questions about this new regulation? See our Frequently Asked Questions (PDF)Register your Boat at the DMVIf you use a motor (electric or fuel-driven), no matter how small the craft or the motor, you must register your boat with the Department of Motor Vehicles (DMV).You can either register your boat online or call the DMV at (518) 486-9786. (Note: In New York, watercraft without a motor do not need to be registered.)Boating Safety Courses and CertificationFor information about boating certificate requirements and boating safety courses, call the OPRHP at (518) 474-0456 or visit the OPRHP boating education page.","title":"Motor Boating - NYSDEC","score":14.771929},{"document_id":"1b9cac50a38886eb-4861-7027","text":"Renew Your Vehicle's Registration - California DMV\nThe vehicle’s record or ownership has changed since the renewal notice was sent.\t\n\n\tYou have received a demand for payment letter because of delinquent registration.\t\n\n\tYou are renewing a commercial vehicle registered through the International Registration Plan (IRP).\t\n\n\tThe vehicle is any of the following:– Special construction equipment– Cemetery equipment– Special mobile equipment– Logging equipment– Husbandry equipment– Cotton or farm trailer equipment\t\n\n\tThe vehicle has Year of Manufacturer (YOM) specialty plates.\t\n\n\tThe vehicle is a trailer subject to permanent trailer identification (PTI) registration.\t\n\n\tThe vessel is owned by an exempt agency.\t\n\nNot driving your vehicle this renewal year?\nIf you plan to store and not operate your vehicle during the next renewal year, you may file for Planned Nonoperation (PNO) online. There is a fee to file for PNO.\nYou may file for PNO up to 60 days before the vehicle’s registration expires. You may also file for PNO up to 90 days after your vehicle’s registration expires, but there will be a late filing penalty fee.\nIf at any time the vehicle is found operating or parked on public roadways or public property, you will be required to pay full registration fees and penalties for that year.\n\nAbout\n\nThe History of the Department of Motor Vehicles\nDepartment of Motor Vehicles Strategic Plan: 2021-2026\nRulemaking Actions\nSmall Business and Disabled Veteran Business Enterprise Program\nProcessing Times\n\n \n\nCustomer Service\n\nVehicle or Driver’s Records Requests\nPayments & Refunds\nInterpreter Services\nFiling a Complaint For Unlawful Activities\nNatural Disaster Assistance\n\n \n\nResearch & Reports\n\nResearch Studies & Reports\nReports to the California Legislature\nDepartment of Motor Vehicles Field Office Wait Times Reports\nDepartment of Motor Vehicles Performance Reports\n\n \n\nOnline Services\nVirtual Field Office\nForms\nNews & Media\nCareers\nContact Us\n \n\n\tCopyright © 2024 State of California\t\n\nPrivacy Policy Statement (Privacy/Security)\nConditions of Use\nSite Map\nAccessibility\n\nsocial-outline-facebook\n\n\t icon\t\n\nsocial-outline-x\n\n\t icon\t\n\nsocial-outline-youtube\n\n\t icon\t\n\nsocial-outline-instagram\n\n\t icon","title":"Renew Your Vehicle's Registration - California DMV","score":12.8919115},{"document_id":"736432ff5cad3860-8336-10417","text":"Am I Required to Register as an Employer?\nIf you have already registered online, do not use this alternate method.\nInclude your Federal employer identification number (FEIN) on the registration form to ensure unemployment insurance tax credits apply correctly when claimed on your Employer’s Annual FUTA Tax Return (IRS Form 940).\nContact the IRS for information on federal filing requirements.\nMail-in Registration\nComplete the registration form for your type of business:\n\nCommercial Employer Account Registration and Update Form (Including Pacific Maritime, and Fishing Boats) (DE 1) (PDF)\nAgricultural Employer Account Registration and Update Form (DE 1AG) (PDF)\nGovernmental Organizations, Public Schools, and Indian Tribes Registration and Update Form (DE 1GS) (PDF)\nNonprofit Employers Registration and Update Form (DE 1NP) (PDF)\nEmployers Depositing Only Personal Income Tax Withholding Registration and Update Form (DE 1P) (PDF)\nEmployer of Household Workers (DE1HW) (PDF)\n\nMail or fax your completed registration form to the address or fax number below.\nMail to:Employment Development DepartmentAccount Services Group, MIC 28PO Box 826880Sacramento CA 94280-0001Fax: 1-916-654-9211\nNote: Registration by mail may take 10-14 days to process.\n\nResources for New Business Owners\n\nE-file and E-pay Mandate for Employers\nCalGOLD – Business Permits Made Simple\nStriking Gold in California (PDF) – What You Need to Know About Taxes and Your Small Business.\nCalifornia Tax Service Center – Guiding Taxpayers to the Forms and Services They Need\nPayroll Tax Seminars – No-fee seminars to assist employers in complying with California’s payroll tax laws.\nChanges to Your Business\nRequired Filings and Due Dates\n\nFor More Help\nCall the Taxpayer Assistance Center at 1-888-745-3886 or visit your local Employment Tax Office.\n\ne-Services for Business\n\nUse e-Services for Business to manage your employer payroll tax account online.\n\n Log In\n \n\n Enroll\n \n\nStay Up-to-Date\n\nCheck Required Filings and Due Dates\nFind Payroll Tax Seminars\nVisit Employer News and Updates\nGet EDD email notices\nGet Forms and Publications\n\nContact Us","title":"Am I Required to Register as an Employer?","score":11.200481},{"document_id":"736432ff5cad3860-6534-8886","text":"Am I Required to Register as an Employer?\nPost notices in your workplace and to provide your employees with benefit information. Refer to Required Notices and Pamphlets to learn more about posting requirements.\n\nState law requires all employers to electronically submit employment tax returns, wage reports and payroll tax deposits to us.\nFor More Information\n\nE-file and E-pay Mandate for Employers\nRequired Filings and Due Dates\nHelpful Resources for the New Employer\nPayroll Tax Seminars\n\nManage your Employer Payroll Tax Accounts Online\n\ne-Services for Business is your fast, easy, and secure way to manage your employer payroll tax accounts online.\nFeatures:\n\nRegister, close, or re-open an employer payroll tax account.\nFile, adjust, and print returns and reports.\nMake payments.\nProtest Unemployment Insurance benefit charges or rates.\nAuthorize a power of attorney.\nReport changes to your business.\nView notices and letters.\nReport new employees or independent contractors.\nRequest a transfer of a reserve account.\n\nFor more information or to enroll, refer to e-Services for Business.\n\nState Income Tax Withholding\n\nEncourage your employees to withhold the correct amount of state income tax. Have your employees fill out the following forms:\n\nCalifornia Employee’s Withholding Allowance Certificate (DE 4) (PDF)\nFederal IRS Form W-4\n\nYou can find California Withholding Schedules on Rates & Withholding for more information.\n\nSole Corporate Shareholder Exclusion\n\nIf you are a corporate officer and the sole shareholder (or the only shareholder other than your spouse) of a private corporation, you can choose to be excluded from State Disability Insurance coverage for benefits and contributions. Refer to the Sole Shareholder/Corporate Officer Exclusion Statement (DE 459) (PDF) for more information.\n\nAlternate Registration Option\n\nIf you have already registered online, do not use this alternate method.\nInclude your Federal employer identification number (FEIN) on the registration form to ensure unemployment insurance tax credits apply correctly when claimed on your Employer’s Annual FUTA Tax Return (IRS Form 940).\nContact the IRS for information on federal filing requirements.\nMail-in Registration\nComplete the registration form for your type of business:\n\nCommercial Employer Account Registration and Update Form (Including Pacific Maritime, and Fishing Boats) (DE 1) (PDF)","title":"Am I Required to Register as an Employer?","score":11.181159}],"91715ec6ec7e9a11925e58e707b6626e<::>4":[{"document_id":"fcbb1026145f7922-4764-6943","text":"\r\n\tBoating Frequently Asked Questions - NYS Parks, Recreation & Historic Preservation\r\n\nA boating safety certificate issued by the US Coast Guard Auxiliary is recognized as a valid safe boating certificate – you do not need any further documentation. The same is true of certificates issued by the US Power Squadron/America’s Boating Club.\nI took a class online and I have lost my permanent card, can you issue me a replacement card?\r\n\tYou need to go to the online provider that issued your card. The same is true for lost Power Squadron and Coast Guard Auxiliary cards. NYS can only issue replacement certificates for the NY Safe Boating Course.\nThe back of my certificate says its approved by \"NASBLA\". What is that? \r\n\tThe National Association of State Boating Law Administrators (NASBLA) is a national nonprofit organization that works to develop public policy for recreational boating safety. NASBLA represents the recreational boating \r\n\tauthorities of all 50 states and the U.S. territories.\n\nIn Classroom Course\nThis course is designed as a comprehensive boating safety course, teaching the fundamentals of safe boating operation and has been approved by the National Association of Boating Law Administrators (NASBLA).\n\nStudents must be at least 10 years of age to attend the course.\nThis course requires a minimum of 8 hours of classroom instruction.\nCourses are available throughout the state.\nYou must register for your course online at https://www.register-ed.com/programs/new_york/252-new-york-safe-boating-course\nAn instructor may or may not charge a fee for the course. If a fee is charged, they may vary depending upon who is offering the course. Some courses may be taught by volunteers free of charge.\nStudents will receive a temporary boating safety certificate upon completion of the course.\nPermanent boating safety certificates do not expire.\n\nFees\nCourses are taught by volunteer or paid instructors. Volunteers are free of charge, but an instructor may charge a fee for the course. Fees may vary.\nStudents 18 years of age and older will be required to pay a $10 fee to NYS for issuance of a permanent boating safety certificate.\nCost for a replacement certificate is $10.00 regardless of age\nHow do I find out if there is a fee for the class?","title":"\r\n\tBoating Frequently Asked Questions - NYS Parks, Recreation & Historic Preservation\r\n","score":16.084095},{"document_id":"fcbb1026145f7922-1541-3606","text":"\r\n\tBoating Frequently Asked Questions - NYS Parks, Recreation & Historic Preservation\r\n\nWe do not have all course records prior to 2000. Any certificate issued prior to 2000 is only acceptable if you have a copy of it and you were under 18 years of age when it was issued. All NYS boating safety certificates issued\r\n\tafter 2000, regardless of age, are acceptable.\nI took course prior to 2000, but lost my certificate - what should I do?\r\n\tUnfortunately, we do not have records for all students who took the course prior to the year 2000. Search for your record online at ilostmycard.com. You can also email us at boating@parks.ny.gov with your name and date of birth to search for your record. If your record is not found, you will need to retake the course to obtain a certificate.\nCan I use my NY safety certificate in other states?\r\n\tYes, because the New York Safe Boating Certificate is nationally accredited and valid in other states and Canada. Please note that the Adventure License is not acceptable proof of a safe boating certificate outside of New York State.\nI'm visiting New York. Will my safety certificate from my home state be sufficient?\r\n\tYes, provided it was issued from your current state of residence, and the course was approved by the National Association of Boating Law Administrators. Look for the NASBLA logo on your certificate.\nI just bought a motor boat; will I need a course immediately?\r\n\tIn 2024, if you were born January 1, 1978 or later, you will need a certificate before you can legally operate the boat. Starting in 2025, everyone, regardless of age, will need a certificate before they can legally operate their boat.\nWill I need a course in order to rent a motorboat in New York?\r\n\tNo. If you are at least 18 years old, you may rent without completing a course. The livery must demonstrate how to properly use the boat before renting it. Persons under the age of 18 may only rent a motorboat if they hold a \r\n\tsafety certificate.\nI lost my safety certificate. How can I get a replacement?\r\n\tYou can order your replacement certificate online at https://www.ilostmycard.com/\nWhat if I lost my temporary certificate?","title":"\r\n\tBoating Frequently Asked Questions - NYS Parks, Recreation & Historic Preservation\r\n","score":15.896202},{"document_id":"fcbb1026145f7922-3175-5322","text":"\r\n\tBoating Frequently Asked Questions - NYS Parks, Recreation & Historic Preservation\r\n\nNo. If you are at least 18 years old, you may rent without completing a course. The livery must demonstrate how to properly use the boat before renting it. Persons under the age of 18 may only rent a motorboat if they hold a \r\n\tsafety certificate.\nI lost my safety certificate. How can I get a replacement?\r\n\tYou can order your replacement certificate online at https://www.ilostmycard.com/\nWhat if I lost my temporary certificate?\r\n\tTemporary certificates cannot be replaced.\nCan I make a copy of my Boating Safety Certificate to keep onboard my boat?\r\n\tNo, you must have the original certificate on your person or on board the boat if you are the operator.\nWhy haven't I received my safety certificate yet?\r\n\tIt takes approximately 90 days from your course completion date for your permanent certificate to arrive in the mail. Your temporary certificate is valid through those 90 days. If you are over 18 years of age, you must purchase your certificate from https://www.ilostmycard.com/ before it will be mailed to you. If you are within 7 days of your temporary certificate’s expiration date and have not yet received your card, please email us at boating@parks.ny.gov\nHow can I become an instructor?\r\n\tTo become a State certified instructor, you must be at least 18 years of age, be able to demonstrate an ability to instruct and must have taken a New York State Parks classroom course. For more information, or to begin the certification process, click here\nI have a US Coast Guard Auxiliary boating safety certificate. Can I exchange it for a New York boating safety certificate?\r\n\tA boating safety certificate issued by the US Coast Guard Auxiliary is recognized as a valid safe boating certificate – you do not need any further documentation. The same is true of certificates issued by the US Power Squadron/America’s Boating Club.\nI took a class online and I have lost my permanent card, can you issue me a replacement card?\r\n\tYou need to go to the online provider that issued your card. The same is true for lost Power Squadron and Coast Guard Auxiliary cards. NYS can only issue replacement certificates for the NY Safe Boating Course.","title":"\r\n\tBoating Frequently Asked Questions - NYS Parks, Recreation & Historic Preservation\r\n","score":15.883944},{"document_id":"fcbb1026145f7922-9649-11623","text":"\r\n\tBoating Frequently Asked Questions - NYS Parks, Recreation & Historic Preservation\r\n\nNo, the icon can only be placed on licenses and ID's issued by the NYS DMV.\nDo I need to notify DMV before they renew my license or ID?\r\n\tNo. DMV will maintain a record of your having completed the boating safety course, and automatically place the icon on your license each time it is renewed.\nI have a U.S. Coast Guard License; Can that be listed on the Adventure License?\r\n\tNo, only boating safety certificates can be listed.\nWhat happens if I move out of state?\r\n\tIf you move out of state you must relinquish your NY Driver license and apply for a driver's license in your new state. In order to maintain the Adventure License status you will need to apply for a NY Non-Driver ID which will include that designation and maintain it continuously.\nI have a lifetime fishing and hunting license and a boating safety certificate. Can I put all three on my driver's license?\r\n\tYes you may.\nI live in NY but I have an out of state boating safety certificate, do I qualify for the Adventure License program?\r\n\tNo, you must have a New York safe boating certificate to be eligible.\nI got my boating safety certificate online and tried to get the Adventure License through my provider but I when I click on the link it brings me back to a NYS information page. What do I have to do?\r\n\tYou must log into your account created with your online provider. For more information, click on the link below for your provider and follow the directions on the document that pops up. Alternatively, you can bring your printed certificate to any DMV office.\n\nBoat US Boat-Ed \r\n\tBoater Exam US Power Squadron \r\n\tAceboater\n\nI paid my fee and I have not received my new license/permit/ID yet. Who do I call?\r\n\tYou can check on the mailing status with DMV.\nCustomers who wish to add the anchor icon to their enhanced driver's license must have an up-to-date photo on file with DMV in order for their request to be processed successfully. If your photo is out of date, please","title":"\r\n\tBoating Frequently Asked Questions - NYS Parks, Recreation & Historic Preservation\r\n","score":15.641583},{"document_id":"188ddb2d5b3a07af-2-2096","text":"Safety & Justice | The State of New York\nSafety & Justice | The State of New York\n\n Skip to main content\n \n\n Your browser does not support iFrames\n \n\n Safety & Justice\n \n\n\tAll Services\n \n\nBusiness\n\nCulture & Recreation\n\nEducation\n\nEmployment\n\nEnvironment\n\nGovernment\n\nHealth\n\nHousing\n\nIdentification\n\nLicenses\n\nMilitary\n\nSafety & Justice\n\nSocial Programs\n\nTaxes\n\nTransportation\n\nUnemployment\n\n\tFeatured\n \n\nSearch Sex Offender Registry \n\nSearch Sex Offender Registry \n\nSearch to see if a sex offender is living in your community.\n\nOverview \nHow To \nSearch \n\nFind an Incarcerated Individual at a Correctional Facility \n\nFind an Incarcerated Individual at a Correctional Facility \n\nSearch for real-time information concerning current and certain former inmates to the public.\n\nOverview \nGuidance\nHow To \n\nApply for Clemency\n\nApply for Clemency\n\nApply for clemency in the form of reprieves, commutations, and pardons.\n\nOverview\nPardons\nYouth Pardons\n\n All \n Safety & Justice \n\nFilter and Refine\n\nRefine\n\nFilter\n\nCriminal Justice Emergency Preparedness Emergency Services Family Social Programs \n\nRefine\n\nItems per page\n102550100\n\n108 Services\n\nof 11\n\nApply for Clemency\n\nApply for clemency in the form of reprieves, commutations, and pardons.\n\nOverview \n\nPardons \n\nYouth Pardons \n\nFind a Parolee \n\nGet real-time information concerning parolees supervised by the Department of Corrections and Community Supervision.\n\nOverview \n\nGuidance \n\nHow to \n\nFind an Incarcerated Individual at a Correctional Facility \n\nSearch for real-time information concerning current and certain former inmates to the public.\n\nOverview \n\nGuidance \n\nHow To \n\nRegister a Cooling Tower and Submit Reports\n\nNew statewide regulations require registration and periodic reporting of testing, inspection, and certification of cooling towers.\n\nOverview \n\nHow To Register & Report \n\nContact \n\nSearch Sex Offender Registry \n\nSearch to see if a sex offender is living in your community.\n\nOverview \n\nHow To \n\nSearch \n\nSearch the Board of Parole Interview Calendar\n\nFind information concerning currently incarcerated inmates and their Parole Board eligibility status.\n\nOverview","title":"Safety & Justice | The State of New York","score":15.615386}],"91715ec6ec7e9a11925e58e707b6626e<::>5":[{"document_id":"c225494fb67307fa-26851-29351","text":"Bill Text - AB-132 Postsecondary education trailer bill.\n2019–20 fiscal year and each fiscal year thereafter, and appropriates that sum to the Student Aid Commission for purposes of the scholarship program.This bill would revise provisions of the Middle Class Scholarship Program. Among the changes, the bill would provide, commencing with the 2022–23 academic year, an eligible student with a scholarship award in an amount that equals the difference between the student’s cost of attendance, as determined by the commission, and the sum of contributions from sources, including federal, state, and institutionally administered student scholarships, grants, or fee waivers, to fund the student’s cost of attendance. The bill would decrease the appropriations of $117,000,000 for the 2019–20 fiscal year to $116,557,000 and for the 2020–21 fiscal year to $116,956,000, and would set the appropriation for the 2021–22 fiscal year and each fiscal year thereafter at $117,000,000.(12) Existing law authorizes community college districts to charge students a fee of $46 per unit per semester, and also authorizes the waiver of this fee for students who meet specified criteria.This bill would authorize a community college district to use available emergency relief funds provided by the federal government to waive this fee, if it is unpaid by a student due to the impacts of the COVID-19 pandemic, as specified.(13) The Zero-Textbook-Cost Degree Grant Program requires the Chancellor of the California Community Colleges to distribute grants to community college districts that meet specified criteria for developing and implementing associate degrees and career technical education certificate programs earned entirely by completing courses that eliminate conventional textbook costs by\n\t using alternative instructional materials and methodologies.Existing law requires a community college district, as a condition of receiving funding appropriated in the annual Budget Act, to develop and implement zero-textbook-cost degrees, among other things, to strive to implement zero-textbook-cost degrees by the first term of the 2018–19 academic year, or sooner, as determined by the office of the Chancellor of the California Community Colleges. Existing law requires the chancellor to report, by June 30, 2019, to the Legislature, the Legislative Analyst’s Office, and the Department of Finance specified information on the development and implementation of zero-textbook-cost degrees pursuant to the program, including the estimated annual savings to students.","title":"Bill Text - AB-132 Postsecondary education trailer bill.","score":9.706288},{"document_id":"b03966276e8c8526-17073-19284","text":"The 2024-25 Budget: California Student Aid Commission\nIn this section, we first provide background on the Middle Class Scholarship program and then discuss cost estimates for this program under the Governor’s budget.\nBackground\nState Revamped Middle Class Scholarship Program in 2022‑23. The state created the original Middle Class Scholarship program in the 2013‑14 budget package to provide partial tuition coverage to certain UC and CSU students. Originally, awards were for students who were not receiving tuition coverage through the Cal Grant program or other need‑based financial aid programs. In 2022‑23, the state implemented a new set of rules for the Middle Class Scholarship program. The new program focuses on total cost of attendance (rather than only tuition). Under the new program, students may use their awards for nontuition expenses, such as housing and food. \nAward Amounts Are Now Calculated Based on Total Cost of Attendance. Middle Class Scholarship award amounts now vary widely among students, with each student’s award reflecting their costs and available resources. As Figure 4 shows, calculating each student’s award amount involves several steps. Starting with a student’s total cost of attendance, CSAC deducts the student’s available resources, consisting of other gift aid, a student contribution from part‑time work earnings, and in some cases a parent contribution. (The parent contribution only applies to dependent students with a household income of more than $100,000.) This calculation determines the student’s remaining costs. Next, CSAC determines what percentage of each student’s remaining costs it can cover based on the annual state appropriation for the program. Awards cover the same percentage of remaining costs for each student, except foster youth receive awards that cover 100 percent of their remaining costs. \n\nFigure 4\nMiddle Class Scholarships Are Calculated Using Multicomponent Formula\nIllustrative CSU Dependent Student With $110,000 Household Income, 2023‑24\n\nAward Calculation\n\nCost of attendance\n\n$30,000\n\nOther federal, state, and institutional gift aida\n\n‑5,742\n\nStudent contribution from work earnings\n\n‑7,898\n\n33% of parent contribution from federal EFCb\n\n‑6,300\n\nStudent’s Remaining Costs\n\n$10,060","title":"The 2024-25 Budget: California Student Aid Commission","score":9.5809965},{"document_id":"b03966276e8c8526-1486-3686","text":"The 2024-25 Budget: California Student Aid Commission\nThe increase is due primarily to higher‑than‑expected program costs for community college entitlement awards, especially as more recipients of these awards transfer to public universities. From the revised 2023‑24 level, the Governor’s budget further increases Cal Grant spending by $148 million (6.2 percent) in 2024‑25, bringing total program spending to $2.5 billion. This above‑average growth rate reflects a projected increase in recipients, combined with a projected increase in average award amounts primarily due to university tuition increases. \nMiddle Class Scholarship Award Amounts Would Decrease Under Governor’s Budget. As of 2022‑23, the Middle Class Scholarship is based on a student’s total cost of college attendance rather than only tuition. Students’ awards now reflect a certain percentage of their remaining cost of attendance after accounting for their available resources. Each year, CSAC determines the percentage of award coverage based on the program funding level. Under last year’s budget agreement, the state would have provided a total of $926 million General Fund (consisting of $637 million ongoing and $289 million one time) for the program in 2024‑25. Due to the state budget condition, the Governor’s budget forgoes the one‑time funds but retains the ongoing funds. We estimate the proposed funding level would cover 24 percent of students’ remaining costs in 2024‑25—down from 36 percent in 2023‑24. \nRecommend Pulling Back Unspent Funds From Two Recent One‑Time Initiatives. In 2021‑22 and 2022‑23, the state provided one‑time General Fund appropriations of $500 million each for Golden State Teacher Grants and the Learning‑Aligned Employment Program. We estimate $223 million for Golden State Teacher Grants and roughly $485 million for the Learning‑Aligned Employment Program remained unspent as of January 1, 2024. Given the state budget deficit, we recommend the Legislature pull back these unspent funds. The Legislature might want to take early action to maximize savings, as less funding will remain available by the end of the fiscal year. \n\nIntroduction\nBrief Focuses on CSAC Budget. CSAC administers many of the state’s student financial aid programs.","title":"The 2024-25 Budget: California Student Aid Commission","score":9.121792},{"document_id":"7899b392be96c5ce-11104-11838","text":"Field Trips\nClasses receiving scholarships are responsible for a $25 registration fee per class. If approved, scholarships are paid by the Sonoma County Regional Parks Foundation. Funding is available for each classroom to receive one scholarship per year. \nCancellations\nCancellations must be made one month prior to field trips. Classes that cancel less than a month prior to a field trip are still responsible for the payment of invoices. Extreme rain events or poor air quality cancels.\n\n \n\nLearn\n\nHome\nFind a Park\nFind a Campsite\nBecome a Member\nSubscribe to our Newsletter\nPlanning Projects\nPublic Meetings\n\nContact Us Main Office: (707) 565-2041Hours: Mon-Fri, 8 a.m. - 5 p.m.\n\nAddress2300 County Center DriveSuite A120Santa Rosa, CA 95403","title":"Field Trips","score":9.032668},{"document_id":"c225494fb67307fa-430150-432120","text":"Bill Text - AB-132 Postsecondary education trailer bill.\n(SNAPLE), pursuant to Article 1 (commencing with Section 70100) of Chapter 3 of Part 42 of Division 5 of Title 3 of the Education Code.(e)The Middle Class Scholarship Program, pursuant to Article 22 (commencing with Section 70020) of Chapter 2 of Part 42 of Division 5 of Title 3 of the Education Code.(f)The Cash for College Program, pursuant to Article 3.5 (commencing with Section 69551) of Chapter 2 of Part 42 of Division 5 of Title 3 of the Education Code.(g)The Student Opportunity and Access Program (Cal-SOAP), pursuant to Article 4 (commencing with Section 69560) of Chapter 2 of Part 42 of Division 5 of Title 3 of the Education Code.1.5.(a)Of the amount appropriated in this item, $7,500,000 is to fund the activities pursuant to Article 5.5 (commencing with Section 69438) of Chapter 1.7 of Part 42 of Division 5 of Title 3 of the Education Code.(b)Of the amount appropriated in this item, $15,000,000 in reimbursement authority is to support grants to students in a professional preparation\n\t program leading to a preliminary teaching credential that would be used in the high need field of special education through the Golden State Teacher Grant Program established pursuant to Section 69617 of the Education Code.2.Notwithstanding any other law, the maximum Cal Grant award for:(a)New recipients attending private, for-profit institutions that are not accredited by the Western Association of Schools and Colleges as of July 1, 2020, shall be $4,000.(b)New recipients attending private, for-profit institutions that are accredited by the Western Association of Schools and Colleges as of July 1, 2020, shall be $8,056.(c)New recipients attending private, nonprofit institutions shall be $9,084.(d)All recipients receiving Cal Grant B access awards shall be $1,648.(e)All recipients\n\t receiving Cal Grant C tuition and fee awards shall be $2,462.(f)All recipients attending community colleges receiving Cal Grant C book and supply awards shall be $1,094.","title":"Bill Text - AB-132 Postsecondary education trailer bill.","score":9.018011}],"91715ec6ec7e9a11925e58e707b6626e<::>6":[{"document_id":"fcbb1026145f7922-3175-5322","text":"\r\n\tBoating Frequently Asked Questions - NYS Parks, Recreation & Historic Preservation\r\n\nNo. If you are at least 18 years old, you may rent without completing a course. The livery must demonstrate how to properly use the boat before renting it. Persons under the age of 18 may only rent a motorboat if they hold a \r\n\tsafety certificate.\nI lost my safety certificate. How can I get a replacement?\r\n\tYou can order your replacement certificate online at https://www.ilostmycard.com/\nWhat if I lost my temporary certificate?\r\n\tTemporary certificates cannot be replaced.\nCan I make a copy of my Boating Safety Certificate to keep onboard my boat?\r\n\tNo, you must have the original certificate on your person or on board the boat if you are the operator.\nWhy haven't I received my safety certificate yet?\r\n\tIt takes approximately 90 days from your course completion date for your permanent certificate to arrive in the mail. Your temporary certificate is valid through those 90 days. If you are over 18 years of age, you must purchase your certificate from https://www.ilostmycard.com/ before it will be mailed to you. If you are within 7 days of your temporary certificate’s expiration date and have not yet received your card, please email us at boating@parks.ny.gov\nHow can I become an instructor?\r\n\tTo become a State certified instructor, you must be at least 18 years of age, be able to demonstrate an ability to instruct and must have taken a New York State Parks classroom course. For more information, or to begin the certification process, click here\nI have a US Coast Guard Auxiliary boating safety certificate. Can I exchange it for a New York boating safety certificate?\r\n\tA boating safety certificate issued by the US Coast Guard Auxiliary is recognized as a valid safe boating certificate – you do not need any further documentation. The same is true of certificates issued by the US Power Squadron/America’s Boating Club.\nI took a class online and I have lost my permanent card, can you issue me a replacement card?\r\n\tYou need to go to the online provider that issued your card. The same is true for lost Power Squadron and Coast Guard Auxiliary cards. NYS can only issue replacement certificates for the NY Safe Boating Course.","title":"\r\n\tBoating Frequently Asked Questions - NYS Parks, Recreation & Historic Preservation\r\n","score":19.46291},{"document_id":"fcbb1026145f7922-1541-3606","text":"\r\n\tBoating Frequently Asked Questions - NYS Parks, Recreation & Historic Preservation\r\n\nWe do not have all course records prior to 2000. Any certificate issued prior to 2000 is only acceptable if you have a copy of it and you were under 18 years of age when it was issued. All NYS boating safety certificates issued\r\n\tafter 2000, regardless of age, are acceptable.\nI took course prior to 2000, but lost my certificate - what should I do?\r\n\tUnfortunately, we do not have records for all students who took the course prior to the year 2000. Search for your record online at ilostmycard.com. You can also email us at boating@parks.ny.gov with your name and date of birth to search for your record. If your record is not found, you will need to retake the course to obtain a certificate.\nCan I use my NY safety certificate in other states?\r\n\tYes, because the New York Safe Boating Certificate is nationally accredited and valid in other states and Canada. Please note that the Adventure License is not acceptable proof of a safe boating certificate outside of New York State.\nI'm visiting New York. Will my safety certificate from my home state be sufficient?\r\n\tYes, provided it was issued from your current state of residence, and the course was approved by the National Association of Boating Law Administrators. Look for the NASBLA logo on your certificate.\nI just bought a motor boat; will I need a course immediately?\r\n\tIn 2024, if you were born January 1, 1978 or later, you will need a certificate before you can legally operate the boat. Starting in 2025, everyone, regardless of age, will need a certificate before they can legally operate their boat.\nWill I need a course in order to rent a motorboat in New York?\r\n\tNo. If you are at least 18 years old, you may rent without completing a course. The livery must demonstrate how to properly use the boat before renting it. Persons under the age of 18 may only rent a motorboat if they hold a \r\n\tsafety certificate.\nI lost my safety certificate. How can I get a replacement?\r\n\tYou can order your replacement certificate online at https://www.ilostmycard.com/\nWhat if I lost my temporary certificate?","title":"\r\n\tBoating Frequently Asked Questions - NYS Parks, Recreation & Historic Preservation\r\n","score":19.33254},{"document_id":"fcbb1026145f7922-9649-11623","text":"\r\n\tBoating Frequently Asked Questions - NYS Parks, Recreation & Historic Preservation\r\n\nNo, the icon can only be placed on licenses and ID's issued by the NYS DMV.\nDo I need to notify DMV before they renew my license or ID?\r\n\tNo. DMV will maintain a record of your having completed the boating safety course, and automatically place the icon on your license each time it is renewed.\nI have a U.S. Coast Guard License; Can that be listed on the Adventure License?\r\n\tNo, only boating safety certificates can be listed.\nWhat happens if I move out of state?\r\n\tIf you move out of state you must relinquish your NY Driver license and apply for a driver's license in your new state. In order to maintain the Adventure License status you will need to apply for a NY Non-Driver ID which will include that designation and maintain it continuously.\nI have a lifetime fishing and hunting license and a boating safety certificate. Can I put all three on my driver's license?\r\n\tYes you may.\nI live in NY but I have an out of state boating safety certificate, do I qualify for the Adventure License program?\r\n\tNo, you must have a New York safe boating certificate to be eligible.\nI got my boating safety certificate online and tried to get the Adventure License through my provider but I when I click on the link it brings me back to a NYS information page. What do I have to do?\r\n\tYou must log into your account created with your online provider. For more information, click on the link below for your provider and follow the directions on the document that pops up. Alternatively, you can bring your printed certificate to any DMV office.\n\nBoat US Boat-Ed \r\n\tBoater Exam US Power Squadron \r\n\tAceboater\n\nI paid my fee and I have not received my new license/permit/ID yet. Who do I call?\r\n\tYou can check on the mailing status with DMV.\nCustomers who wish to add the anchor icon to their enhanced driver's license must have an up-to-date photo on file with DMV in order for their request to be processed successfully. If your photo is out of date, please","title":"\r\n\tBoating Frequently Asked Questions - NYS Parks, Recreation & Historic Preservation\r\n","score":19.16313},{"document_id":"fcbb1026145f7922-4764-6943","text":"\r\n\tBoating Frequently Asked Questions - NYS Parks, Recreation & Historic Preservation\r\n\nA boating safety certificate issued by the US Coast Guard Auxiliary is recognized as a valid safe boating certificate – you do not need any further documentation. The same is true of certificates issued by the US Power Squadron/America’s Boating Club.\nI took a class online and I have lost my permanent card, can you issue me a replacement card?\r\n\tYou need to go to the online provider that issued your card. The same is true for lost Power Squadron and Coast Guard Auxiliary cards. NYS can only issue replacement certificates for the NY Safe Boating Course.\nThe back of my certificate says its approved by \"NASBLA\". What is that? \r\n\tThe National Association of State Boating Law Administrators (NASBLA) is a national nonprofit organization that works to develop public policy for recreational boating safety. NASBLA represents the recreational boating \r\n\tauthorities of all 50 states and the U.S. territories.\n\nIn Classroom Course\nThis course is designed as a comprehensive boating safety course, teaching the fundamentals of safe boating operation and has been approved by the National Association of Boating Law Administrators (NASBLA).\n\nStudents must be at least 10 years of age to attend the course.\nThis course requires a minimum of 8 hours of classroom instruction.\nCourses are available throughout the state.\nYou must register for your course online at https://www.register-ed.com/programs/new_york/252-new-york-safe-boating-course\nAn instructor may or may not charge a fee for the course. If a fee is charged, they may vary depending upon who is offering the course. Some courses may be taught by volunteers free of charge.\nStudents will receive a temporary boating safety certificate upon completion of the course.\nPermanent boating safety certificates do not expire.\n\nFees\nCourses are taught by volunteer or paid instructors. Volunteers are free of charge, but an instructor may charge a fee for the course. Fees may vary.\nStudents 18 years of age and older will be required to pay a $10 fee to NYS for issuance of a permanent boating safety certificate.\nCost for a replacement certificate is $10.00 regardless of age\nHow do I find out if there is a fee for the class?","title":"\r\n\tBoating Frequently Asked Questions - NYS Parks, Recreation & Historic Preservation\r\n","score":18.661196},{"document_id":"fcbb1026145f7922-5-1991","text":"\r\n\tBoating Frequently Asked Questions - NYS Parks, Recreation & Historic Preservation\r\n\nBoating Frequently Asked Questions - NYS Parks, Recreation & Historic Preservation\r\n\n\r\n Your browser does not support iFrames\r\n \n\nNavigation menu\n\nParks, Recreation and Historic Preservation\n\nVisit\n\nState Parks\nHistoric Sites\nNature Centers\nEvents\nGolf Courses\nTrails\nAdmission\nAccessibility\nLove Our New York Lands\n\nGet Active\n\nHiking\nBoating\nSwimming\nGolf\nPavilions\nHunting\nSnowmobiling\n\nCamp\n\nOverview\nCampsites\nCottages\nCabins\nGroup Camping\nFees & Rates\nCamper Assistance Program\nKnow before you go\n\nConnect to Nature\n\nThe Environment\nNature Centers\nNature Nearby\nConnect Kids\nFORCES\nLadders to the Outdoors\n\nDiscover History\n\nHistoric Business Preservation Registry\nHistoric Sites\nHistoric Preservation Office\nBureau of Historic Sites\nHeritage Trail\nHeritage Areas\nWe Are NY\nBlack History\nWomen's History\nLGBTQIA+ History\nDutch Heritage\n\n \n\nBoating Frequently Asked Questions\n\nHome / Boating / Education / Frequently Asked Questions\n\nNew York Safe Boating Education Program\n\nBoating Safety Certificates\nWho needs a boating safety certificate?\r\n\tAnyone operating a Personal Watercraft (JetSki™, Wave Runner™, etc.) must have a boating safety certificate, and be at least 14 years of age or older.\nIn 2024: If you are operating any other type of motorized boat, you will need a safety certificate if you were born January 1, 1978 or later. Starting in 2025, all operators of motorized vessels, regardless of age, will be required to have a safety certificate.\nI earned a state safety certificate when I was young. Does that count?\r\n\tWe do not have all course records prior to 2000. Any certificate issued prior to 2000 is only acceptable if you have a copy of it and you were under 18 years of age when it was issued. All NYS boating safety certificates issued\r\n\tafter 2000, regardless of age, are acceptable.\nI took course prior to 2000, but lost my certificate - what should I do?\r\n\tUnfortunately, we do not have records for all students who took the course prior to the year 2000.","title":"\r\n\tBoating Frequently Asked Questions - NYS Parks, Recreation & Historic Preservation\r\n","score":18.280657}],"91715ec6ec7e9a11925e58e707b6626e<::>7":[{"document_id":"d9da283a9385f700-1614-3895","text":"Adventure NY - NYSDEC\nWhether it is addressing climate change effects, promoting responsible waste management, monitoring air quality, overseeing contaminated site clean-ups, or oil and gas mining monitoring, DEC is there to safeguard the environment; you can too by reporting environmental violations and problems. \n\nWays to Protect\n\nReport a Problem\n\nPublic Safety\n\nWildfires\n\nAir\n\nWater\n\nBulk Storage\n\nRecycling and Composting\n\nWaste Management\n\nMining & Reclamation\n\nSite Cleanup\n\nOil and Gas\n\nPesticides\n\nMercury\n\nRadiation\n\nAcid Rain\n\nClimate Change\n\nFacilities In Your Neighborhood\n\nOffshore Wind Development\n\nHelp For Businesses\n\nEnvironmental Protection Fund (EPF)\n\nRegulatory\n\nRegulatory\n\nDEC uses policies and regulations to limit environmental impacts. We issue permits and licenses to individuals, municipalities, and corporations so they can comply with these regulations.\n\nRegulations and Enforcement\n\nRegulations\n\nRegulatory Agenda\n\nGuidance And Policy Documents\n\nEnforcement\n\nHearings\n\nPermits, Licenses, and Registrations\n\nFind a Permit or License\n\nPermit Documentation For Notable Projects\n\nNatural Resource Damages (NRD)\n\nNews\n\nNews\n\nThe Environmental Notice Bulletin lets you know about projects or regulations being proposed each week. Sign up for one of DEC’s many electronic newsletter topics or subscribe to the Conservationist, New York State’s award-winning nature magazine.\n\nStay Informed\n\nPress Releases\n\nEnvironmental Notice Bulletin\n\nConservationist Magazine\n\nDEC Delivers: Email Newsletters\n\nStorms & Alerts\n\nPodcast\n\nGet Involved\n\nGet Involved\n\nDEC sponsors events across New York including informational webinars, public meetings, and in-person environmental education sessions. Environmental justice programs address needs in disadvantaged communities and many grants are available for community groups and municipalities.\n\nSee How You Can Get Involved\n\nEducation\n\nEvents\n\nFind a Form\n\nEnvironmental Justice\n\nGrant Applications\n\nLiving the Green Life\n\nPublic Participation\n\nHuntFishNY Mobile App\n\nEnvironmental Excellence Awards\n\nAbout\n\nAbout\n\nPassionate about the environment? Check our employment pages and come work for DEC. If you have a question, we are here to help so contact us using one of the roster or office pages on our site. \n\nLearn About DEC\n\nContact Us","title":"Adventure NY - NYSDEC","score":12.867061},{"document_id":"775cdd9fdd5c593d-1543-3160","text":"Licenses | The State of New York\nTurn your NYS driver license into an “adventure license” by adding your lifetime sporting and recreation privileges.\n\nOverview \n\nEligibility \n\nFees \n\nGet a New York State Hunting License \n\nBuy your hunting license online now to enjoy New York’s great outdoor hunting opportunities.\n\nOverview \n\nBenefits \n\nHow To \n\nGet Your Learner Permit\n\nWant to drive in New York State? Here’s what you need to do.\n\nOverview \n\nEligibility \n\nGuidance \n\nGet Your Out-of-State License Exchanged\n\nHave you recently moved to New York State? You must get a NYS driver license within 30 days of becoming a resident.\n\nOverview \n\nEligibility \n\nFees \n\nPay a Work Zone Speeding Fine\n\nLearn all the ways you can pay or fight a work zone speeding fine while avoiding penalties.\n\nOverview \n\nPenalties and Fines \n\nHow To \n\nRegister and Title a Vehicle in New York State\n\nAll vehicles in New York must be registered to be on the road. \n\nOverview \n\nGuidance \n\nFees \n\nRenew Driver License \n\nRenew your driver license or non-driver ID card online.\n\nOverview \n\nEligibility \n\nFees \n\nRenew or Update a Professional License \n\nKeep your license up-to-date and active by renewing or updating your information on your license.\n\nOverview \n\nHow To \n\nFees \n\nDisplaying Results:\n1 - 10\n\nPagination\n\nPrevious page\n\n Current page\n 1\n\n Page\n 2\n\n Page\n 3\n\nEllipsis indicating non-visible pages\n…\n\nLast page\n124\n\nNext page\n\nView\n10\n25\n50\n100\n\n Current page\n 1\n\n Page\n 2\n\n Page\n 3\n\n Page\n 4\n\n Page\n 5\n\n Page\n 6\n\n Page\n 7\n\n Page\n 8\n\n Page\n 9\n\n Page\n 10\n\n Page\n 11\n\n Page\n 12\n\n Page\n 13\n\n Page\n 14\n\n Page\n 15\n\n Page\n 16\n\n Page\n 17\n\n Page\n 18\n\n Page\n 19\n\n Page\n 20\n\n Page","title":"Licenses | The State of New York","score":12.599197},{"document_id":"fcbb1026145f7922-9649-11623","text":"\r\n\tBoating Frequently Asked Questions - NYS Parks, Recreation & Historic Preservation\r\n\nNo, the icon can only be placed on licenses and ID's issued by the NYS DMV.\nDo I need to notify DMV before they renew my license or ID?\r\n\tNo. DMV will maintain a record of your having completed the boating safety course, and automatically place the icon on your license each time it is renewed.\nI have a U.S. Coast Guard License; Can that be listed on the Adventure License?\r\n\tNo, only boating safety certificates can be listed.\nWhat happens if I move out of state?\r\n\tIf you move out of state you must relinquish your NY Driver license and apply for a driver's license in your new state. In order to maintain the Adventure License status you will need to apply for a NY Non-Driver ID which will include that designation and maintain it continuously.\nI have a lifetime fishing and hunting license and a boating safety certificate. Can I put all three on my driver's license?\r\n\tYes you may.\nI live in NY but I have an out of state boating safety certificate, do I qualify for the Adventure License program?\r\n\tNo, you must have a New York safe boating certificate to be eligible.\nI got my boating safety certificate online and tried to get the Adventure License through my provider but I when I click on the link it brings me back to a NYS information page. What do I have to do?\r\n\tYou must log into your account created with your online provider. For more information, click on the link below for your provider and follow the directions on the document that pops up. Alternatively, you can bring your printed certificate to any DMV office.\n\nBoat US Boat-Ed \r\n\tBoater Exam US Power Squadron \r\n\tAceboater\n\nI paid my fee and I have not received my new license/permit/ID yet. Who do I call?\r\n\tYou can check on the mailing status with DMV.\nCustomers who wish to add the anchor icon to their enhanced driver's license must have an up-to-date photo on file with DMV in order for their request to be processed successfully. If your photo is out of date, please","title":"\r\n\tBoating Frequently Asked Questions - NYS Parks, Recreation & Historic Preservation\r\n","score":12.583969},{"document_id":"d9da283a9385f700-3481-5808","text":"Adventure NY - NYSDEC\nEducation\n\nEvents\n\nFind a Form\n\nEnvironmental Justice\n\nGrant Applications\n\nLiving the Green Life\n\nPublic Participation\n\nHuntFishNY Mobile App\n\nEnvironmental Excellence Awards\n\nAbout\n\nAbout\n\nPassionate about the environment? Check our employment pages and come work for DEC. If you have a question, we are here to help so contact us using one of the roster or office pages on our site. \n\nLearn About DEC\n\nContact Us\n\nCommissioner And Executive Team\n\nBoards And Commissions\n\nEmployment\n\nDiversity And Inclusion\n\nWebsite Usage And Policies\n\nAccessibility For Persons With Disabilities\n\nUST Operator Exam\n\nState Agency Environmental Audit & MS4 Reports\n\nDoing Business With DEC\n\nSustainability at DEC\n\nSearch Site\n\nSubmit\n\nAdventure NY\n\nTop\n\nAdventure NY\n\n Print\n \n\nShare\n\nEmail\n\nFacebook\n\nTwitter\n\nTranslate\n\nBreadcrumb\n\nHome\n\nThings To Do\n\nAdventure NY\n\nAdventure NY\n\nAdventure NY\n\nAdventure NY Infrastructure Improvements\n\n \n\nDEC's Adventure NY initiative was launched in 2017 to connect more New York families and visitors to the great outdoors. To provide for an even better user experience, DEC is making investments to improve public access to state land and water, upgrade campgrounds and facilities, and increase public awareness and information of all the outdoor recreation opportunities available in New York State.New York State has many wonderful opportunities to get outside and enjoy activities year-round, including birding and wildlife viewing; warm-weather adventures such as swimming, biking, and horseback riding; cold-weather pursuits such as skiing, snowshoeing, and snowmobiling; and even more challenging adventures like geocaching or rock and ice climbing. For accessible recreation, check out the Accessible Recreation destinations webpage.Support Adventure NY ProgramsMembers of the public can support DEC lands, facilities, and programs through our charitable partner, the Natural Heritage Trust (NHT).Online giving is simple and secure and fully tax-deductible. Donations to NHT directly support projects and programs that enhance facilities, expand access to outdoor recreation and environmental education, provide public land access, and protect natural resources. Donate here. \n\n Sign Up to Find Your Adventure\n \n\n Sign up now to receive our e-newsletter about outdoor recreation in New York State.","title":"Adventure NY - NYSDEC","score":12.508641},{"document_id":"d9da283a9385f700-5160-7471","text":"Adventure NY - NYSDEC\nFor accessible recreation, check out the Accessible Recreation destinations webpage.Support Adventure NY ProgramsMembers of the public can support DEC lands, facilities, and programs through our charitable partner, the Natural Heritage Trust (NHT).Online giving is simple and secure and fully tax-deductible. Donations to NHT directly support projects and programs that enhance facilities, expand access to outdoor recreation and environmental education, provide public land access, and protect natural resources. Donate here. \n\n Sign Up to Find Your Adventure\n \n\n Sign up now to receive our e-newsletter about outdoor recreation in New York State.\n \n\nGov Delivery Form\n\nYou must have JavaScript enabled to use this form.\n\nEmail address\n\n \n This field is required.\n \n\nTopic Id\n\n \n- None -AdirondacksAir Quality (Air Mail! e-newsletter)Air Quality AlertsAmphibian Migrations and Road CrossingsBirdingBond Act UpdatesCatskillsChautauqua Lake News and UpdatesClimate ChangeContract Opportunities and M/WBE SupportDrinking Water Source Protection Program (DWSP2)Employment and InternshipsEncuentre Su Aventura (Find Your Adventure - Spanish Edition)Environmental JusticeEnvironmental Notice BulletinFive Rivers EECForests, Plants, and Land ConservationFreshwater Fishing and Boating (The Fishing Line)Global - Blank IdGrant OpportunitiesGreat Lakes Funding, News & EventsGreen LivingHudson River AlmanacHudson River EstuaryHudson River Estuary Conservation and Land UseInvasive SpeciesOutdoor Discovery e-NewsletterPesticidesReinstein Woods EECSaltwater Fishing and BoatingShellfishingWastewater OperatorsWildlife, Fish, and Marine LifeCamping, Wildlife Viewing, and Hiking (Find Your Adventure)Hunting and TrappingSolid Waste and RecyclingMaking Waves\n\nLeave this field blank\n\n \n\nAdventure NY Programs\n\n \n\nNew York State Birding TrailThe New York State Birding Trail highlights world-class birding opportunities across the state. The trail provides information on places anyone can go to find birds amid beautiful settings. The trail is not a physically connected or built trail, but a network of promoted birding locations that can be accessed by car or public transportation and provides an inclusive experience for all.First-time Camper ProgramNYS provides FREE First-time Camper weekends throughout the summer.","title":"Adventure NY - NYSDEC","score":12.486379}],"91715ec6ec7e9a11925e58e707b6626e<::>8":[{"document_id":"a24b8d10346b8a63-1810-3883","text":"Winter Safety Tips\nBe wary of black ice, which can be difficult to see but makes conditions slippery when pavement temperatures are below freezing.\nHave a cell phone handy and charged.\nEquip your car with emergency supplies.\nInform a responsible person of your destination, intended route, and estimated time of arrival.\nKeep calm and do not panic in case of a vehicle breakdown, accident, or if you become snowbound.\nKeep your gas tank full to prevent gasoline freeze-up.\nTrapped in a Car\nStay in your car and wait for help to find you.\nRun your engine for short periods of time to stay warm. Keep your down-wind window open and make sure your exhaust pipe is clear of snow.\nTurn on the dome light at night when you are running the engine to signal rescuers.\nHang a brightly colored piece of cloth or piece of clothing from your car.\nExercise from time to time by vigorously moving arms, legs, fingers and toes to keep blood circulating and to keep warm.\nWinterize Your Vehicle\nPreparing your vehicle for winter weather travel will help ensure your vehicle is in good working order when you need it most.\nHave a mechanic check the following items on your vehicle:\n\tBattery\nWipers and windshield washer fluid\nAntifreeze\nIgnition system\nThermostat\nLights\nExhaust system\nFlashing hazard lights\nHeater\nBrakes\nDefroster\nOil level\n\nInstall good winter tires. Make sure the tires have adequate tread. All-weather radials are usually adequate for most winter conditions. You may also want to carry a set of tire chains in your vehicle for heavy snow conditions.\nKeep a windshield scraper and small broom for ice and snow removal and maintain at least a half tank of gas throughout the winter season.\nFinally, plan long trips carefully. Listen to the local media report or call law enforcement agencies for the latest road conditions.\nMore Safe Driving Tips\n\nHome Safety Tips\n\n Home Safety Tips\n \nSnow Removal\nWhen removing snow and ice from driveways and sidewalks, stay clear of electric and natural gas meters to avoid damaging them, inadvertently disrupting service or putting yourself in danger.","title":"Winter Safety Tips","score":10.474329},{"document_id":"06a755105ab16765-1378-3550","text":"Tips for Motorcyclists and Motorists | Governor's Traffic Safety Committee\nRemember, motorcycles maintain a smaller tire contact patch on the roadway when compared to other vehicles. Good traction is a key component to safe handling and braking in normal and adverse situations.\nMaintain a high level of awareness. Scan the roadway constantly for dangers and ride alert. If you are tired, take a break and re-energize to boost your concentration.\nDrive sober. Never ride impaired by alcohol or drugs and discourage other riders from making a bad choice.\nTurn left with caution. Most crashes between cars and motorcycles involve turning left. If you are preparing to cross traffic or turn left, take a second look to make sure it is safe to proceed.\nSLOW DOWN! Speed is the number one cause of traffic crashes - PERIOD! Slow down, take your time and maintain control of the motorcycle.\nAllow adequate space between you and the vehicle in front of you. Use the \"two second\" rule as a safety zone.\nObserve and obey all traffic laws, signs, and signals.\nLet other motorists know your intentions. Signal when you turn with your directional lights or hand signals. Also, flashing your brake light periodically before you stop will alert drivers behind you to be cautious!\n\n Tips for Other Motorists\n \n \n \n\nWatch for motorcycles. Be aware of motorcycles sharing our roadways during all seasons, but particularly during the spring and summer months when riding is most popular.\nYield to motorcycles — don't make a rash decision and turn quickly in front of an on-coming motorcycle as it may be traveling faster than it appears!\nLook Twice and Save a Life! Check your mirrors and blind spots for motorcycles before changing lanes. Also, when negotiating busy intersections, look twice for motorcycles before proceeding safely! They have a smaller frontal area and may be hard to see.\nBe a responsible driver. Ensure your vehicle is in safe operating condition and that all of your safety equipment is properly adjusted. Observe and obey all traffic laws, signs, and signals.\nStay focused on the road and your surroundings. Never drive distracted. Don't let cell phones and other activities distract you from your core mission — driving safely!\nDrive sober.","title":"Tips for Motorcyclists and Motorists | Governor's Traffic Safety Committee","score":10.328548},{"document_id":"c42078cd126a2bbd-1551-3780","text":"Winter Safety | Sierra County, CA - Official Website\nCheck batteries when you change your clocks in the fall and spring.Learn symptoms of CO poisoning: headache, dizziness, weakness, upset stomach, vomiting, chest pain, and confusion.\n\n \n \n\n \n \n\nWear appropriate outdoor clothing: layers of light, warm clothing; mittens; hats; scarves; and waterproof boots.\n\n \n \n \n\n \n \n \n\nWork slowly when doing outside chores.\n\n \n \n \n\n \n \n \n\nWhen planning travel, be aware of current and forecast weather conditions.\n\n \n \n \n\n \n \n \n\nBe prepared to check on family and neighbors who are especially at risk from cold weather hazards.\n\n \n \n \n\nDon’t Forget to Prepare Your CarGet your car ready for cold weather use before winter arrives.Service the radiator and maintain antifreeze level; check tire tread or, if necessary, replace tires with all-weather or snow tires.Keep gas tank full to avoid ice in the tank and fuel lines.Use a wintertime formula in your windshield washer.Prepare a winter emergency kit to keep in your car in case you become stranded. The kit should include:Cell phone, portable charger, and extra batteries;Blankets;Food and water;Booster cables, flares, tire pump, and a bag of sand or cat litter (for traction);Compass and maps;Flashlight, battery-powered radio, and extra batteries;First-aid kit; andPlastic bags (for sanitation).Equip in Advance for EmergenciesBe prepared for weather-related emergencies, including power outages.Stock food that needs no cooking or refrigeration and water stored in clean containers.Ensure that your cell phone is fully charged.When planning travel, be aware of current and forecast weather conditions.Keep an up-to-date emergency kit, including:Battery-operated devices, such as a flashlight, a National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA) Weather Radio, and lamps;Extra batteries;First-aid kit and extra medicine;Baby items; andCat litter or sand for icy walkways.Protect your family from carbon monoxide.Keep grills, camp stoves, and generators out of the house, basement and garage.Locate generators at least 20 feet from the house.Leave your home immediately if the CO detector sounds, and call 911.Take These Precautions OutdoorsMany people spend time outdoors in the winter working, traveling, or enjoying winter sports.","title":"Winter Safety | Sierra County, CA - Official Website","score":10.055329},{"document_id":"9a1f7ee8424658e8-1613-3663","text":"News Flash • Rev Up Safety: May is Motorcycle Safety Awarene\nMotorcyclists were about 22 times more likely than passenger car occupants to die in a motor vehicle crash and four times more likely to be injured. To help protect you and your family, keep the following tips in mind while driving or riding: DriversAlways check mirrors and blind spots before changing lanes.Do not follow a motorcycle too closely. Always keep a safe distance.If you see a motorcycle with a signal on, be careful. Be sure that the rider is turning before moving ahead. MotorcyclistsAlways wear a U.S. DOT-compliant helmet with eye protection.Wear leather or other sturdy clothing such as a jacket, pants, boots with nonskid soles and gloves. Add reflective strips or decals to your clothing and motorcycle to make it easier for other drivers to see you.Ride defensively. Don’t assume a driver can see you. Avoid riding in a driver’s blind spot. Always keep your lights on, even during the day.Lastly, both drivers and riders should never drive/ride distracted or under the influence of alcohol and/or drugs.Media Contact Sergeant Jay Silverman, Monterey Park Police Department jsilverman@montereypark.ca.gov626-307-1240 www.montereypark.ca.gov Subscribe to City of Monterey Park news flashes at www.montereypark.ca.gov/notifyme.PDF version\n\nNext⇒ MPK Cascades Newspaper for May 2024 Now Available for Download\n\r\nOther News in City of MPK Citywide NewsMPK Cascades Newspaper for May 2024 Now Available for DownloadPosted on: April 29, 2024 \n\nLive Edit\n\n \n\n \n\nCoronavirus Updates\n\nAgenda Center\n\nDocuments Prior to 2012\n\nTeleconference Procedures\n\nCity Council Meetings Written Communications / Addendums\n\nWritten Communications / Addendums 2024\n\nWritten Communications / Addendums 2023\n\nWritten Communications / Addendums 2022\n\nWritten Communications / Addendums 2021\n\nAirplane Noise\n\nCascades Newspaper\n\nCity Council Meeting Videos\n\nEconomic Development\n\nElected Officials\n\nLocal Development Updates\n\nNews\n\nNotify Me\n\nSocial Media\n\nSpirit Bus\n\nWater Conservation\n\nWater & Sewer Improvement\n\n \n\n \n\nServices\n\nNews\n\nCalendar\n\nSubscribe","title":"News Flash • Rev Up Safety: May is Motorcycle Safety Awarene","score":9.988413},{"document_id":"a24b8d10346b8a63-2-2263","text":"Winter Safety Tips\nWinter Safety Tips\n\n Skip to main content\n \n\n Your browser does not support iFrames\n \n\n Winter Safety Tips\n \n\nShare\n\nWinter Weather Watch\n\nSafe Winter Driving Tips\n\nHome Safety Tips\n\nPower\n\nWinter Weather Watch\n\nSafe Winter Driving Tips\n\nHome Safety Tips\n\nPower\n\nWinter Safety Tips\n\nWinter Weather Watch\n\n Winter Weather Watch\n \nThe National Weather Service has issued Winter Weather Watches and Warnings in and around New York State, with heavy and drifting snow predicted to move south to north beginning early Wednesday and continue through Thanksgiving on Thursday. While the storm is not predicted to become severe at this time, the State is actively monitoring the storm and taking all precautions necessary to prepare.\nFor information on road conditions call 511 or download the app for your iPhone, Android or Blackberry.\nTo receive critical alerts on emergency, weather and transportation through phone, email, and text messages sign up for:\nNY-Alerts\n \n\nSafe Winter Driving Tips\n\n Safe Winter Driving Tips\n \nDrive Safely\nThe leading cause of death and injuries during winter storms is transportation accidents.\nWhen winter storms strike, do not drive unless necessary.\nKeep vehicles clear of ice and snow. Good vision is a key to good driving.\nPlan your stops and keep more distance between cars. Be extra alert. Remember, snowdrifts can hide smaller children. Always match your speed to the road and weather conditions.\nSome of the most important tips for safe winter driving include:\nSchedule extra time for winter travel and be patient during ice and snow removal operations.\nNever follow a snowplow too closely or attempt to pass one. Remember that the highway ahead of the plow is usually snow-covered.\nAssume that bridge surfaces are slippery, as they freeze more quickly than road surfaces.\nBe wary of black ice, which can be difficult to see but makes conditions slippery when pavement temperatures are below freezing.\nHave a cell phone handy and charged.\nEquip your car with emergency supplies.\nInform a responsible person of your destination, intended route, and estimated time of arrival.\nKeep calm and do not panic in case of a vehicle breakdown, accident, or if you become snowbound.\nKeep your gas tank full to prevent gasoline freeze-up.","title":"Winter Safety Tips","score":9.859695}],"aea2634b0e5f1c2444550d31c41adc94<::>1":[{"document_id":"834188205_251-1271-0-1018","text":"Defense of Marriage Act\nDefense of Marriage Act Long title An Act to define and protect the institution of marriage Acronyms ( colloquial ) DOMA Enacted by the 104th United States Congress Effective September 21 , 1996 Citations Public law Pub. L. 104 -- 199 Statutes at Large 110 Stat. 2419 ( 1996 ) Codification Titles amended 1 U.S.C. General Provisions 28 U.S.C. Judiciary and Judicial Procedure U.S.C. sections created 1 U.S.C. § 7 ( Struck down , June 26 , 2013 ) Legislative history Introduced in the House as H.R. 3396 by Bob Barr ( R -- GA ) on May 7 , 1996 Committee consideration by Committee on the Judiciary ( Subcommittee on the Constitution ) Passed the House on July 12 , 1996 ( Yeas : 342 ; Nays : 67 ) Passed the Senate on September 10 , 1996 ( Yeas : 85 ; Nays : 14 ) Signed into law by President Bill Clinton on September 21 , 1996 United States Supreme Court cases United States v. Windsor , No. 12 - 307 , 570 U.S. ___ ( 2013 ) , in which Section 3 ( 1 U.S.C. § 7 ) was struck down by the Supreme Court on June 26 , 2013","title":"Defense of Marriage Act","score":22.157871},{"document_id":"834188205_8571-9285-0-714","text":"Defense of Marriage Act\nGeorgia Representative Bob Barr , then a Republican , authored the Defense of Marriage Act and introduced it in the House of Representatives on May 7 , 1996 . Senator Don Nickles , ( R ) Oklahoma , introduced the bill in the Senate . The House Judiciary Committee stated that the Act was intended by Congress to `` reflect and honor a collective moral judgment and to express moral disapproval of homosexuality '' . The Act 's congressional sponsors stated , `` ( T ) he bill amends the U.S. Code to make explicit what has been understood under federal law for over 200 years ; that a marriage is the legal union of a man and a woman as husband and wife , and a spouse is a husband or wife of the opposite sex . ''","title":"Defense of Marriage Act","score":22.052658},{"document_id":"834188205_10696-11590-0-894","text":"Defense of Marriage Act\nThe bill moved through Congress on a legislative fast track and met with overwhelming approval in both houses of the Republican - controlled Congress . On July 12 , 1996 , with only 65 Democrats and then Rep. Bernie Sanders ( Independent - Vermont ) and Rep. Steve Gunderson ( Republican - Wisconsin ) , in opposition , 342 members of the U.S. House of Representatives -- 224 Republicans and 118 Democrats -- voted to pass DOMA . Then , on September 10 , 1996 , 84 Senators -- a majority of the Democratic Senators and all of the Republicans -- voted in favor of DOMA . Democratic Senators voted for the bill 32 to 14 ( with Pryor of Arkansas absent ) , and Democratic Representatives voted for it 118 to 65 , with 15 not participating . All Republicans in both houses voted for the bill with the sole exception of the one openly gay Republican Congressman , Rep. Steve Gunderson of Wisconsin .","title":"Defense of Marriage Act","score":21.741442},{"document_id":"834188205_1272-2165-0-891","text":"Defense of Marriage Act\nThe Defense of Marriage Act ( DOMA ) ( Pub. L. 104 -- 199 , 110 Stat. 2419 , enacted September 21 , 1996 , 1 U.S.C. § 7 and 28 U.S.C. § 1738C ) was a United States federal law that , prior to being ruled unconstitutional , defined marriage for federal purposes as the union of one man and one woman , and allowed states to refuse to recognize same - sex marriages granted under the laws of other states . Until Section 3 of the Act was struck down in 2013 ( United States v. Windsor ) , DOMA , in conjunction with other statutes , had barred same - sex married couples from being recognized as `` spouses '' for purposes of federal laws , effectively barring them from receiving federal marriage benefits . DOMA 's passage did not prevent individual states from recognizing same - sex marriage , but it imposed constraints on the benefits received by all legally married same - sex couples .","title":"Defense of Marriage Act","score":21.690966},{"document_id":"834188205_2166-2927-0-760","text":"Defense of Marriage Act\nInitially introduced in May 1996 , DOMA passed both houses of Congress by large , veto - proof majorities and was signed into law by President Bill Clinton in September 1996 . By defining `` spouse '' and its related terms to signify a heterosexual couple in a recognized marriage , Section 3 codified non-recognition of same - sex marriages for all federal purposes , including insurance benefits for government employees , social security survivors ' benefits , immigration , bankruptcy , and the filing of joint tax returns , as well as excluding same - sex spouses from the scope of laws protecting families of federal officers ( 18 U.S.C. § 115 ) , laws evaluating financial aid eligibility , and federal ethics laws applicable to opposite - sex spouses .","title":"Defense of Marriage Act","score":20.197874}],"aea2634b0e5f1c2444550d31c41adc94<::>2":[{"document_id":"834188205_1272-2165-0-891","text":"Defense of Marriage Act\nThe Defense of Marriage Act ( DOMA ) ( Pub. L. 104 -- 199 , 110 Stat. 2419 , enacted September 21 , 1996 , 1 U.S.C. § 7 and 28 U.S.C. § 1738C ) was a United States federal law that , prior to being ruled unconstitutional , defined marriage for federal purposes as the union of one man and one woman , and allowed states to refuse to recognize same - sex marriages granted under the laws of other states . Until Section 3 of the Act was struck down in 2013 ( United States v. Windsor ) , DOMA , in conjunction with other statutes , had barred same - sex married couples from being recognized as `` spouses '' for purposes of federal laws , effectively barring them from receiving federal marriage benefits . DOMA 's passage did not prevent individual states from recognizing same - sex marriage , but it imposed constraints on the benefits received by all legally married same - sex couples .","title":"Defense of Marriage Act","score":20.846039},{"document_id":"834188205_251-1271-0-1018","text":"Defense of Marriage Act\nDefense of Marriage Act Long title An Act to define and protect the institution of marriage Acronyms ( colloquial ) DOMA Enacted by the 104th United States Congress Effective September 21 , 1996 Citations Public law Pub. L. 104 -- 199 Statutes at Large 110 Stat. 2419 ( 1996 ) Codification Titles amended 1 U.S.C. General Provisions 28 U.S.C. Judiciary and Judicial Procedure U.S.C. sections created 1 U.S.C. § 7 ( Struck down , June 26 , 2013 ) Legislative history Introduced in the House as H.R. 3396 by Bob Barr ( R -- GA ) on May 7 , 1996 Committee consideration by Committee on the Judiciary ( Subcommittee on the Constitution ) Passed the House on July 12 , 1996 ( Yeas : 342 ; Nays : 67 ) Passed the Senate on September 10 , 1996 ( Yeas : 85 ; Nays : 14 ) Signed into law by President Bill Clinton on September 21 , 1996 United States Supreme Court cases United States v. Windsor , No. 12 - 307 , 570 U.S. ___ ( 2013 ) , in which Section 3 ( 1 U.S.C. § 7 ) was struck down by the Supreme Court on June 26 , 2013","title":"Defense of Marriage Act","score":20.133781},{"document_id":"834188205_8571-9285-0-714","text":"Defense of Marriage Act\nGeorgia Representative Bob Barr , then a Republican , authored the Defense of Marriage Act and introduced it in the House of Representatives on May 7 , 1996 . Senator Don Nickles , ( R ) Oklahoma , introduced the bill in the Senate . The House Judiciary Committee stated that the Act was intended by Congress to `` reflect and honor a collective moral judgment and to express moral disapproval of homosexuality '' . The Act 's congressional sponsors stated , `` ( T ) he bill amends the U.S. Code to make explicit what has been understood under federal law for over 200 years ; that a marriage is the legal union of a man and a woman as husband and wife , and a spouse is a husband or wife of the opposite sex . ''","title":"Defense of Marriage Act","score":20.11401},{"document_id":"834188205_2166-2927-0-760","text":"Defense of Marriage Act\nInitially introduced in May 1996 , DOMA passed both houses of Congress by large , veto - proof majorities and was signed into law by President Bill Clinton in September 1996 . By defining `` spouse '' and its related terms to signify a heterosexual couple in a recognized marriage , Section 3 codified non-recognition of same - sex marriages for all federal purposes , including insurance benefits for government employees , social security survivors ' benefits , immigration , bankruptcy , and the filing of joint tax returns , as well as excluding same - sex spouses from the scope of laws protecting families of federal officers ( 18 U.S.C. § 115 ) , laws evaluating financial aid eligibility , and federal ethics laws applicable to opposite - sex spouses .","title":"Defense of Marriage Act","score":19.904049},{"document_id":"834188205_7556-8521-0-965","text":"Defense of Marriage Act\nSection 1 . Short title This Act may be cited as the `` Defense of Marriage Act '' . Section 2 . Powers reserved to the states No State , territory , or possession of the United States , or Indian tribe , shall be required to give effect to any public act , record , or judicial proceeding of any other State , territory , possession , or tribe respecting a relationship between persons of the same sex that is treated as a marriage under the laws of such other State , territory , possession , or tribe , or a right or claim arising from such relationship . Section 3 . Definition of marriage In determining the meaning of any Act of Congress , or of any ruling , regulation , or interpretation of the various administrative bureaus and agencies of the United States , the word ' marriage ' means only a legal union between one man and one woman as husband and wife , and the word ' spouse ' refers only to a person of the opposite sex who is a husband or a wife .","title":"Defense of Marriage Act","score":19.48689}],"aea2634b0e5f1c2444550d31c41adc94<::>3":[{"document_id":"834188205_51385-51606-0-221","text":"Defense of Marriage Act\nOn June 26 , 2015 the U.S. Supreme Court ruled in Obergefell v. Hodges that the 14th Amendment requires all U.S. state laws to recognize same - sex marriages . This left Section 2 of DOMA as superseded and unenforceable .","title":"Defense of Marriage Act","score":15.9782295},{"document_id":"834188205_2928-3229-0-301","text":"Defense of Marriage Act\nIn United States v. Windsor ( 2013 ) , the U.S. Supreme Court declared Section 3 of DOMA unconstitutional under the Due Process Clause of the Fifth Amendment . Obergefell v. Hodges ( 2015 ) struck down the act 's provisions disallowing same - sex marriages to be performed under federal jurisdiction .","title":"Defense of Marriage Act","score":15.896759},{"document_id":"834188205_7556-8521-0-965","text":"Defense of Marriage Act\nSection 1 . Short title This Act may be cited as the `` Defense of Marriage Act '' . Section 2 . Powers reserved to the states No State , territory , or possession of the United States , or Indian tribe , shall be required to give effect to any public act , record , or judicial proceeding of any other State , territory , possession , or tribe respecting a relationship between persons of the same sex that is treated as a marriage under the laws of such other State , territory , possession , or tribe , or a right or claim arising from such relationship . Section 3 . Definition of marriage In determining the meaning of any Act of Congress , or of any ruling , regulation , or interpretation of the various administrative bureaus and agencies of the United States , the word ' marriage ' means only a legal union between one man and one woman as husband and wife , and the word ' spouse ' refers only to a person of the opposite sex who is a husband or a wife .","title":"Defense of Marriage Act","score":15.8604145},{"document_id":"834188205_1272-2165-0-891","text":"Defense of Marriage Act\nThe Defense of Marriage Act ( DOMA ) ( Pub. L. 104 -- 199 , 110 Stat. 2419 , enacted September 21 , 1996 , 1 U.S.C. § 7 and 28 U.S.C. § 1738C ) was a United States federal law that , prior to being ruled unconstitutional , defined marriage for federal purposes as the union of one man and one woman , and allowed states to refuse to recognize same - sex marriages granted under the laws of other states . Until Section 3 of the Act was struck down in 2013 ( United States v. Windsor ) , DOMA , in conjunction with other statutes , had barred same - sex married couples from being recognized as `` spouses '' for purposes of federal laws , effectively barring them from receiving federal marriage benefits . DOMA 's passage did not prevent individual states from recognizing same - sex marriage , but it imposed constraints on the benefits received by all legally married same - sex couples .","title":"Defense of Marriage Act","score":15.843809},{"document_id":"834188205_30111-30591-0-480","text":"Defense of Marriage Act\nOn March 3 , 2009 , GLAD filed a federal court challenge , Gill v. Office of Personnel Management , based on the Equal Protection Clause and the federal government 's consistent deference to each state 's definition of marriage prior to the enactment of DOMA . The case questioned only the DOMA provision that the federal government defines marriage as the union of a man and a woman . On May 6 , 2010 , Judge Joseph L. Tauro heard arguments in the U.S. District Court in Boston .","title":"Defense of Marriage Act","score":15.690691}],"aea2634b0e5f1c2444550d31c41adc94<::>4":[{"document_id":"866379367_6974-7370-0-396","text":"Jewish wedding\nFormer Sephardic Chief Rabbi of Israel Ovadia Yosef has strongly criticized the way this custom is sometimes carried out , arguing that `` Many unknowledgeable people fill their mouths with laughter during the breaking of the glass , shouting ' mazel tov ' and turning a beautiful custom meant to express our sorrow '' over Jerusalem 's destruction `` into an opportunity for lightheadedness . ''","title":"Jewish wedding","score":20.7519},{"document_id":"866379367_5928-6323-0-387","text":"Jewish wedding\nAfter the bride has been given the ring , or at the end of the ceremony ( depending on local custom ) , the groom breaks a glass , crushing it with his right foot , and the guests shout `` מזל טוב '' ( mazel tov ! ' congratulations ' ) . At some contemporary weddings , a lightbulb may be substituted because it is thinner and more easily broken , and it makes a louder popping sound .","title":"Jewish wedding","score":20.60089},{"document_id":"866379367_7371-7458-0-87","text":"Jewish wedding\nReform Judaism has a new custom where brides and grooms break the wine glass together .","title":"Jewish wedding","score":20.13167},{"document_id":"866379367_6324-6973-0-649","text":"Jewish wedding\nThe origin of this custom is unknown , although many reasons have been given . The primary reason is that joy must always be tempered . This is based on two accounts in the Talmud of rabbis who , upon seeing that their son 's wedding celebration was getting out of hand , broke a vessel -- in the second case a glass -- to calm things down . Another explanation is that it is a reminder that despite the joy , Jews still mourn the destruction of the Temple in Jerusalem . Because of this , some recite the verses `` If I forget thee / O Jerusalem ... '' ( Ps. 137 : 5 ) at this point . Many other reasons have been given by traditional authorities .","title":"Jewish wedding","score":18.887016},{"document_id":"866379367_229-514-0-285","text":"Jewish wedding\nWhile wedding ceremonies vary , common features of a Jewish wedding include a ketubah ( marriage contract ) which is signed by two witnesses , a wedding canopy ( chuppah or huppah ) , a ring owned by the groom that is given to the bride under the canopy , and the breaking of a glass .","title":"Jewish wedding","score":17.801838}],"aea2634b0e5f1c2444550d31c41adc94<::>5":[{"document_id":"853841453_32491-32620-0-129","text":"Society of the United States\nMarriage laws are established by individual states . Same - sex marriage has been legal in the United States since 26 June 2015 .","title":"Society of the United States","score":22.110628},{"document_id":"834188205_51385-51606-0-221","text":"Defense of Marriage Act\nOn June 26 , 2015 the U.S. Supreme Court ruled in Obergefell v. Hodges that the 14th Amendment requires all U.S. state laws to recognize same - sex marriages . This left Section 2 of DOMA as superseded and unenforceable .","title":"Defense of Marriage Act","score":20.943544},{"document_id":"800798238_29278-29507-0-229","text":"Michigan\nMichigan has recognized and performed same - sex marriages since June 26 , 2015 , following the Supreme Court ruling in Obergefell v. Hodges . Previously , such unions were prohibited under a 2004 state constitutional amendment .","title":"Michigan","score":20.94125},{"document_id":"834188205_49428-49661-0-233","text":"Defense of Marriage Act\nSection 2 of DOMA states to give legal relief to any state from recognizing same - sex marriages performed in other jurisdictions . Various federal lawsuits , some filed alongside challenges to Section 3 , have challenged Section 2 .","title":"Defense of Marriage Act","score":20.220137},{"document_id":"856883712_20393-20623-0-230","text":"Los Angeles County, California\nOn November 4 , 2008 , Los Angeles County was almost evenly split over Proposition 8 which amended the California Constitution to ban same - sex marriages . The county voted for the amendment 50.04 % with a margin of 2,385 votes .","title":"Los Angeles County, California","score":19.721785}],"aea2634b0e5f1c2444550d31c41adc94<::>6":[{"document_id":"866493429_67176-67628-0-452","text":"United States\nThe total fertility rate ( TFR ) in 2016 was 1.82 births per 1000 woman . Adoption in the United States is common and relatively easy from a legal point of view ( compared to other Western countries ) . In 2001 , with over 127,000 adoptions , the U.S. accounted for nearly half of the total number of adoptions worldwide . Same - sex marriage is legal nationwide and it is legal for same - sex couples to adopt . Polygamy is illegal throughout the U.S.","title":"United States","score":18.305086},{"document_id":"834188205_44388-45448-0-1060","text":"Defense of Marriage Act\nTim Coco and Genesio J. Oliveira , a same - sex couple married in Massachusetts in 2005 , successfully challenged this policy and developed a model since followed by other immigration activists . The U.S. refused to recognize their marriage , and in 2007 Oliveira , a Brazilian national , accepted `` voluntary departure '' and returned to Brazil . They conducted a national press campaign A Boston Globe editorial commented , `` Great strides toward equality for gays have been made in this country , but the woeful fate of Tim Coco and Genesio Oliveira shows that thousands of same - sex couples , even in Massachusetts , still are n't really full citizens . '' The editorial gained the attention of Senator John F. Kerry , who first lobbied Attorney General Eric Holder without success . He then gained the support of Homeland Security Secretary Janet Napolitano , who granted Oliveira humanitarian parole , enabling the couple to reunite in the U.S. in June 2010 . Humanitarian parole is granted on a case - by - case basis at the Secretary 's discretion .","title":"Defense of Marriage Act","score":13.243822},{"document_id":"834188205_46876-47454-0-578","text":"Defense of Marriage Act\nOn April 2 , 2012 , five bi-national same - sex couples represented by Immigration Equality and Paul , Weiss filed a lawsuit , Blesch v. Holder , in the District Court for the Eastern District of New York , claiming that Section 3 of DOMA violated their equal protection rights by denying the U.S. citizen in the relationship the same rights in the green card application process granted a U.S. citizen who is in a relationship of partners of the opposite sex . On July 25 , Chief Judge Carol Bagley Amon stayed the case pending the resolution of Windsor by the Second Circuit .","title":"Defense of Marriage Act","score":12.903716},{"document_id":"857125726_80987-81993-0-1005","text":"Republic of Ireland\nCapital punishment is constitutionally banned in Ireland , while discrimination based on age , gender , sexual orientation , marital or familial status , religion , race or membership of the travelling community is illegal . The legislation which outlawed homosexual acts was repealed in 1993 . In 2010 , the Dáil and the Seanad passed the Civil Partnership and Certain Rights and Obligations of Cohabitants Act , which recognised civil partnerships between same - sex couples . It permits same - sex couples to register their relationship before a registrar . A Sunday Times poll carried out in March 2011 showed that 73 % of people believe that same - sex couples should be allowed to marry , while 60 % believe that same - sex couples should be allowed to adopt children . In April 2012 , the Constitutional Convention voted overwhelmingly in favour of extending marriage rights to same - sex couples . On 23 May 2015 , Ireland became the first country to legalise same - sex marriage by popular vote .","title":"Republic of Ireland","score":12.638483},{"document_id":"853841453_32491-32620-0-129","text":"Society of the United States\nMarriage laws are established by individual states . Same - sex marriage has been legal in the United States since 26 June 2015 .","title":"Society of the United States","score":12.617143}],"aea2634b0e5f1c2444550d31c41adc94<::>7":[{"document_id":"834188205_43780-44387-0-607","text":"Defense of Marriage Act\nBi-national same - sex couples were kept from legally living in the United States by DOMA 's Section 3 , which prevented one spouse from sponsoring the other for a green card . Following some uncertainty after the Obama Administration determined Section 3 to be unconstitutional , the United States Citizenship and Immigration Services ( USCIS ) reaffirmed its policy of denying such applications . With respect to obtaining a visitor 's visa , Bureau rules treated bi-national same - sex spouses the same as bi-national opposite - sex unmarried partners under the classification `` cohabiting partners '' .","title":"Defense of Marriage Act","score":18.979408},{"document_id":"834188205_46876-47454-0-578","text":"Defense of Marriage Act\nOn April 2 , 2012 , five bi-national same - sex couples represented by Immigration Equality and Paul , Weiss filed a lawsuit , Blesch v. Holder , in the District Court for the Eastern District of New York , claiming that Section 3 of DOMA violated their equal protection rights by denying the U.S. citizen in the relationship the same rights in the green card application process granted a U.S. citizen who is in a relationship of partners of the opposite sex . On July 25 , Chief Judge Carol Bagley Amon stayed the case pending the resolution of Windsor by the Second Circuit .","title":"Defense of Marriage Act","score":18.77376},{"document_id":"834188205_18250-18688-0-438","text":"Defense of Marriage Act\nUnder DOMA , persons in same - sex marriages were not considered married for immigration purposes . U.S. citizens and permanent residents in same - sex marriages could not petition for their spouses , nor could they be accompanied by their spouses into the U.S. on the basis of a family or employment - based visa . A non-citizen in such a marriage could not use it as the basis for obtaining a waiver or relief from removal from the U.S.","title":"Defense of Marriage Act","score":18.436941},{"document_id":"834188205_44388-45448-0-1060","text":"Defense of Marriage Act\nTim Coco and Genesio J. Oliveira , a same - sex couple married in Massachusetts in 2005 , successfully challenged this policy and developed a model since followed by other immigration activists . The U.S. refused to recognize their marriage , and in 2007 Oliveira , a Brazilian national , accepted `` voluntary departure '' and returned to Brazil . They conducted a national press campaign A Boston Globe editorial commented , `` Great strides toward equality for gays have been made in this country , but the woeful fate of Tim Coco and Genesio Oliveira shows that thousands of same - sex couples , even in Massachusetts , still are n't really full citizens . '' The editorial gained the attention of Senator John F. Kerry , who first lobbied Attorney General Eric Holder without success . He then gained the support of Homeland Security Secretary Janet Napolitano , who granted Oliveira humanitarian parole , enabling the couple to reunite in the U.S. in June 2010 . Humanitarian parole is granted on a case - by - case basis at the Secretary 's discretion .","title":"Defense of Marriage Act","score":18.257734},{"document_id":"834188205_45449-46123-0-674","text":"Defense of Marriage Act\nOn September 28 , 2011 , in Lui v. Holder , U.S. District Court Judge Stephen V. Wilson rejected a challenge to DOMA , citing Adams v. Howerton ( 1982 ) . The plaintiffs in that case had unsuccessfully challenged the denial of immediate relative status to the same - sex spouse of an American citizen . Early in 2012 , two bi-national same - sex couples were granted `` deferred action '' status , suspending deportation proceedings against the non-U.S. citizen for a year . A similar Texas couple had a deportation case dismissed in March 2012 , leaving the non-citizen spouse unable to work legally in the United States but no longer subject to the threat of deportation .","title":"Defense of Marriage Act","score":18.230682}],"aea2634b0e5f1c2444550d31c41adc94<::>8":[{"document_id":"834188205_43780-44387-0-607","text":"Defense of Marriage Act\nBi-national same - sex couples were kept from legally living in the United States by DOMA 's Section 3 , which prevented one spouse from sponsoring the other for a green card . Following some uncertainty after the Obama Administration determined Section 3 to be unconstitutional , the United States Citizenship and Immigration Services ( USCIS ) reaffirmed its policy of denying such applications . With respect to obtaining a visitor 's visa , Bureau rules treated bi-national same - sex spouses the same as bi-national opposite - sex unmarried partners under the classification `` cohabiting partners '' .","title":"Defense of Marriage Act","score":18.604158},{"document_id":"834188205_44388-45448-0-1060","text":"Defense of Marriage Act\nTim Coco and Genesio J. Oliveira , a same - sex couple married in Massachusetts in 2005 , successfully challenged this policy and developed a model since followed by other immigration activists . The U.S. refused to recognize their marriage , and in 2007 Oliveira , a Brazilian national , accepted `` voluntary departure '' and returned to Brazil . They conducted a national press campaign A Boston Globe editorial commented , `` Great strides toward equality for gays have been made in this country , but the woeful fate of Tim Coco and Genesio Oliveira shows that thousands of same - sex couples , even in Massachusetts , still are n't really full citizens . '' The editorial gained the attention of Senator John F. Kerry , who first lobbied Attorney General Eric Holder without success . He then gained the support of Homeland Security Secretary Janet Napolitano , who granted Oliveira humanitarian parole , enabling the couple to reunite in the U.S. in June 2010 . Humanitarian parole is granted on a case - by - case basis at the Secretary 's discretion .","title":"Defense of Marriage Act","score":18.10336},{"document_id":"834188205_18250-18688-0-438","text":"Defense of Marriage Act\nUnder DOMA , persons in same - sex marriages were not considered married for immigration purposes . U.S. citizens and permanent residents in same - sex marriages could not petition for their spouses , nor could they be accompanied by their spouses into the U.S. on the basis of a family or employment - based visa . A non-citizen in such a marriage could not use it as the basis for obtaining a waiver or relief from removal from the U.S.","title":"Defense of Marriage Act","score":17.968147},{"document_id":"834188205_46876-47454-0-578","text":"Defense of Marriage Act\nOn April 2 , 2012 , five bi-national same - sex couples represented by Immigration Equality and Paul , Weiss filed a lawsuit , Blesch v. Holder , in the District Court for the Eastern District of New York , claiming that Section 3 of DOMA violated their equal protection rights by denying the U.S. citizen in the relationship the same rights in the green card application process granted a U.S. citizen who is in a relationship of partners of the opposite sex . On July 25 , Chief Judge Carol Bagley Amon stayed the case pending the resolution of Windsor by the Second Circuit .","title":"Defense of Marriage Act","score":17.59323},{"document_id":"834188205_45449-46123-0-674","text":"Defense of Marriage Act\nOn September 28 , 2011 , in Lui v. Holder , U.S. District Court Judge Stephen V. Wilson rejected a challenge to DOMA , citing Adams v. Howerton ( 1982 ) . The plaintiffs in that case had unsuccessfully challenged the denial of immediate relative status to the same - sex spouse of an American citizen . Early in 2012 , two bi-national same - sex couples were granted `` deferred action '' status , suspending deportation proceedings against the non-U.S. citizen for a year . A similar Texas couple had a deportation case dismissed in March 2012 , leaving the non-citizen spouse unable to work legally in the United States but no longer subject to the threat of deportation .","title":"Defense of Marriage Act","score":16.458447}],"5e79e465134d923edf68580733a81c68<::>1":[{"document_id":"2946b6131be9cbab-3204-5180","text":"Instruction and Learner's Permits - California DMV\nQuick LinksChoose the Best Test Option Find out the difference between eLearning and online knowledge testing.\n \nAppointments\nLocations\n\n\tHome\t\n\n\tDriver’s Licenses & Identification Cards\t\n\n\tInstruction Permits\t\n\nInstruction Permits\n\n \n\nDriver’s License & ID Online Renewal\n\nDriver’s License & ID Card Status\n\nREAL ID\n\nDriver’s License / ID Card Application\n\nDriver’s License & ID Card Online Renewal\n\nDriver’s License or ID Card Renewal\n\nDriver’s License or ID Card Updates\n\nLicensing Fees\n\nDriver’s License or ID Card Replacement\n\nDriver’s Licenses\n\nID Cards\n\nCommercial Driver’s Licenses\n\nMotorcycle Licenses\n\nAB 60 Driver’s Licenses\n\nKnowledge and Drive Tests Preparation\n\nThe first milestone on the road to getting your California driver’s license (DL) is to obtain your provisional instruction permit, sometimes called a “learner’s permit.” This is for people who are learning to drive and working on the requirements to get a DL.\n\nVisit the California Driver’s Handbook to get all the knowledge you need to start!\n\ninfo-icon\n\n\tNotification icon\t\n\nHelp improve the way California drivers get a license. Download the new mobile DMV TestBuddy App!\n\n\tTo apply for a California Instruction Permit (under age 18), you must:\n\t\n\nplus\n\nminus\n\nBe at least 15 ½ but under 18.\nHave a Certificate of Completion/Enrollment of Driver Education.\nComplete the California Driver’s License or ID Card Application.\nHave a parent(s)/guardian(s) sign the application.\nVisit a DMV office (schedule an appointment), where you will:\n\nBring your California Identification Card or proof of identity and residency. (Federal Noncompliant/REAL ID/AB60)\nPay the application fee.\nPass a vision exam.\nTake a photo.\nTake the knowledge test(s). There are multiple choice questions based on the California Driver’s Handbook, and a passing score is 80%.\n\nPlease refer to Provisional Licensing for additional information.\n\n\tTo apply for a California Instruction Permit (over age 18), you must:\n\t\n\nplus\n\nminus","title":"Instruction and Learner's Permits - California DMV","score":17.930164},{"document_id":"2946b6131be9cbab-7816-9924","text":"Instruction and Learner's Permits - California DMV\nIf you fail both attempts, you will need to go to a DMV office to take the test a third time.\nWhat is Financial Responsibility (Insurance)?\nProof of financial responsibility must be always carried in the vehicle. Most Californians maintain financial responsibility through insurance companies, which provide the policy holder with an identification card to be used as proof of coverage. The card must state the insurance company’s name and address, the period of coverage, and policy number.\nFinancial responsibility in California requires that drivers and vehicle owners carry the following minimum dollar limits:\n\n$15,000 for injury or death of 1 person per accident.\n$30,000 for injury or death of 2 or more persons per accident.\n$5,000 for any property damage per accident.\n\nWhen parents or guardians sign for a minor to get a DL, they are stating that they will accept financial responsibility for that minor.\nI’m almost 18. Do I need to take driver education/driver training (DE/DT) in order to get my instruction permit?\nIf you are over 17 ½ but under 18 years of age, you may get your instruction permit without the DE/DT certificates. However, you will not be able to take the driving test until you are 18 years of age.\nWhat do I do if I completed my DE/DT in another state? (Applies to applicants under 18 years of age) \nIf your DE/DT were completed in a state other than California, DMV will accept a letter from your out-of-state secondary school on the school’s official stationery. The letter must be signed by a school official stating that the completed courses you have taken are equivalent to a California secondary school course as described in Section 10020 of Title 5 of the California Code of Regulations and on form “To Secondary Schools Other Than California Schools” (DL 33). Obtain a DL 33 form from your local DMV office or by calling DMV at 1-800-777-0133. Send the DL 33 form to your out-of-state school for completion. An out-of-state driving instruction permit is not acceptable proof of DE/DT.\nWhat if my provisional instruction permit expires before I take the driving test?","title":"Instruction and Learner's Permits - California DMV","score":17.190792},{"document_id":"2946b6131be9cbab-4797-6729","text":"Instruction and Learner's Permits - California DMV\n(Federal Noncompliant/REAL ID/AB60)\nPay the application fee.\nPass a vision exam.\nTake a photo.\nTake the knowledge test(s). There are multiple choice questions based on the California Driver’s Handbook, and a passing score is 80%.\n\nPlease refer to Provisional Licensing for additional information.\n\n\tTo apply for a California Instruction Permit (over age 18), you must:\n\t\n\nplus\n\nminus\n\nBe at least 18.\nComplete the California Driver’s License or ID Card Application.\nVisit a DMV office (schedule an appointment), where you will:\n\nBring your California Identification Card or proof of identity and residency. (Federal Noncompliant/REAL ID/AB60)\nPay the application fee.\nPass a vision exam.\nTake a photo.\nTake the knowledge test(s). There are multiple choice questions based on the California Driver’s Handbook, and a passing score is 80%.\n\nPlease refer to Driver’s Licenses for additional information.\n\n\tTo apply for a California Motorcycle Instruction Permit, you must:\n\t\n\nplus\n\nminus\n\nBe at least 15 ½.\nHave a Certificate of Completion of Driver Education and Driver Training if you are between the ages of 15 ½ and 17 ½.\nComplete a California Highway Patrol approved California Motorcyclist Safety Program (CMSP) motorcyclist training course, and receive a Certificate of Completion of Motorcycle Training (DL 389) if you are between the ages of 15 ½ to 21.\nComplete the California Driver’s License or ID Card Application.\nHave a parent(s)/guardian(s) sign the application if you are under 18.\nVisit a DMV office (schedule an appointment), where you will:\n\nBring your California Identification Card or proof of identity and residency. (Federal Noncompliant/REAL ID/AB60)\nPay the application fee.\nPass a vision exam.\nTake a photo.\nTake the knowledge test(s). There are multiple choice questions based on the California Motorcycle Handbook, and a passing score is 80%.\n\nPlease refer to Motorcycle Licenses for additional information.","title":"Instruction and Learner's Permits - California DMV","score":16.877588},{"document_id":"2946b6131be9cbab-6292-8430","text":"Instruction and Learner's Permits - California DMV\nVisit a DMV office (schedule an appointment), where you will:\n\nBring your California Identification Card or proof of identity and residency. (Federal Noncompliant/REAL ID/AB60)\nPay the application fee.\nPass a vision exam.\nTake a photo.\nTake the knowledge test(s). There are multiple choice questions based on the California Motorcycle Handbook, and a passing score is 80%.\n\nPlease refer to Motorcycle Licenses for additional information.\n\n\tFAQs\n\t\n\nplus\n\nminus\n\nCan I apply for my REAL ID driver’s license?\nYes! If applying for a REAL ID DL, two residency documents are required.If you are 15 ½ – 17 ½ years old, you will need to provide proof that you completed driver education (certificate of completion of driver education) or are enrolled and participating in an approved integrated driver education/driver training (DE/DT) program (certificate of enrollment in an integrated [classroom] driver education and driver training program).\nCan I take my knowledge test online before visiting a DMV office?\nDMV offers an online knowledge test. This test is offered in 35 languages and is available Monday-Friday from 8 a.m. to 4 p.m. The test needs a webcam and cannot be done on a smartphone or tablet. You will verify your identity before starting and will be monitored during the test.\nIf eligible, you can choose this option after filling out your driver’s license application. If you are under 18, your parent or guardian will need to give permission before you can take the test.\nThe test can be attempted online twice. If you fail both attempts, you will need to go to a DMV office to take the test a third time.\nWhat is Financial Responsibility (Insurance)?\nProof of financial responsibility must be always carried in the vehicle. Most Californians maintain financial responsibility through insurance companies, which provide the policy holder with an identification card to be used as proof of coverage. The card must state the insurance company’s name and address, the period of coverage, and policy number.\nFinancial responsibility in California requires that drivers and vehicle owners carry the following minimum dollar limits:","title":"Instruction and Learner's Permits - California DMV","score":16.711985},{"document_id":"cd6f208d9e0ae12d-5990-8226","text":"Camping\nATV operators under the age of 18 must possess an appropriate safety certificate or be supervised by an adult who has a safety certificate. For more information about how to acquire a safety certificate, email Hollister.Hills@parks.ca.gov.\nAll California Vehicle Code laws pertaining to driving under the influence or open containers of alcohol and marijuana apply to off-highway. DO NOT DRIVE UNDER THE INFLUENCE.\nMotor vehicles must stay out of vegetated areas. Stay on designated trails and obey all signs.\nRegistration: All vehicles operated off-highway on public lands in California are required to be street-licensed or registered as an OHV through the Department of Motor Vehicles and display a current green or red sticker. Funds generated from OHV registration are used for acquisition, development, and operation of OHV areas.\nOut of State OHV: If a bike has current registration in a state with an Off-Highway Vehicle Program, then registration requirements do not apply. If the bike is registered to a state that does NOT offer an OHV Program, then the bike must have a Non-Resident Sticker. Non-Resident Stickers can be purchased at the Kiosk for $30. More Information About Non-Resident OHV Permits\nTo read more about OHV laws and safety, please visit our California State Parks OHV Laws/Safety page.\n\nPark Regulations\n\nDrones are not allowed in the park. To protect wildlife and cultural resources, and for the safety and welfare of visitors and staff, the park is closed to the use of Model Aircraft, Unmanned Aircraft Systems (UAS), and Gliders in flight.\nLoaded firearms and hunting are not allowed in units of the State Parks System. Possession of loaded firearms or air rifles is prohibited.\nQuiet hours are 10pm to sunrise.\nFires are permitted in state-provided fire rings. No ground fires allowed. You must provide your own fire ring if camping at Radio Ridge in the Lower Ranch, or the Obstacle Course Camp in the Upper Ranch. This is necessary to prevent disastrous fires. Portable stoves may be used in designated areas. It is the responsibility of every visitor to use extreme caution with any burning materials, including tobacco. Campfires are not allowed in Hudner Ranch during fire season (summer & fall).","title":"Camping","score":15.142199}],"5e79e465134d923edf68580733a81c68<::>2":[{"document_id":"2946b6131be9cbab-3204-5180","text":"Instruction and Learner's Permits - California DMV\nQuick LinksChoose the Best Test Option Find out the difference between eLearning and online knowledge testing.\n \nAppointments\nLocations\n\n\tHome\t\n\n\tDriver’s Licenses & Identification Cards\t\n\n\tInstruction Permits\t\n\nInstruction Permits\n\n \n\nDriver’s License & ID Online Renewal\n\nDriver’s License & ID Card Status\n\nREAL ID\n\nDriver’s License / ID Card Application\n\nDriver’s License & ID Card Online Renewal\n\nDriver’s License or ID Card Renewal\n\nDriver’s License or ID Card Updates\n\nLicensing Fees\n\nDriver’s License or ID Card Replacement\n\nDriver’s Licenses\n\nID Cards\n\nCommercial Driver’s Licenses\n\nMotorcycle Licenses\n\nAB 60 Driver’s Licenses\n\nKnowledge and Drive Tests Preparation\n\nThe first milestone on the road to getting your California driver’s license (DL) is to obtain your provisional instruction permit, sometimes called a “learner’s permit.” This is for people who are learning to drive and working on the requirements to get a DL.\n\nVisit the California Driver’s Handbook to get all the knowledge you need to start!\n\ninfo-icon\n\n\tNotification icon\t\n\nHelp improve the way California drivers get a license. Download the new mobile DMV TestBuddy App!\n\n\tTo apply for a California Instruction Permit (under age 18), you must:\n\t\n\nplus\n\nminus\n\nBe at least 15 ½ but under 18.\nHave a Certificate of Completion/Enrollment of Driver Education.\nComplete the California Driver’s License or ID Card Application.\nHave a parent(s)/guardian(s) sign the application.\nVisit a DMV office (schedule an appointment), where you will:\n\nBring your California Identification Card or proof of identity and residency. (Federal Noncompliant/REAL ID/AB60)\nPay the application fee.\nPass a vision exam.\nTake a photo.\nTake the knowledge test(s). There are multiple choice questions based on the California Driver’s Handbook, and a passing score is 80%.\n\nPlease refer to Provisional Licensing for additional information.\n\n\tTo apply for a California Instruction Permit (over age 18), you must:\n\t\n\nplus\n\nminus","title":"Instruction and Learner's Permits - California DMV","score":17.07849},{"document_id":"2946b6131be9cbab-4797-6729","text":"Instruction and Learner's Permits - California DMV\n(Federal Noncompliant/REAL ID/AB60)\nPay the application fee.\nPass a vision exam.\nTake a photo.\nTake the knowledge test(s). There are multiple choice questions based on the California Driver’s Handbook, and a passing score is 80%.\n\nPlease refer to Provisional Licensing for additional information.\n\n\tTo apply for a California Instruction Permit (over age 18), you must:\n\t\n\nplus\n\nminus\n\nBe at least 18.\nComplete the California Driver’s License or ID Card Application.\nVisit a DMV office (schedule an appointment), where you will:\n\nBring your California Identification Card or proof of identity and residency. (Federal Noncompliant/REAL ID/AB60)\nPay the application fee.\nPass a vision exam.\nTake a photo.\nTake the knowledge test(s). There are multiple choice questions based on the California Driver’s Handbook, and a passing score is 80%.\n\nPlease refer to Driver’s Licenses for additional information.\n\n\tTo apply for a California Motorcycle Instruction Permit, you must:\n\t\n\nplus\n\nminus\n\nBe at least 15 ½.\nHave a Certificate of Completion of Driver Education and Driver Training if you are between the ages of 15 ½ and 17 ½.\nComplete a California Highway Patrol approved California Motorcyclist Safety Program (CMSP) motorcyclist training course, and receive a Certificate of Completion of Motorcycle Training (DL 389) if you are between the ages of 15 ½ to 21.\nComplete the California Driver’s License or ID Card Application.\nHave a parent(s)/guardian(s) sign the application if you are under 18.\nVisit a DMV office (schedule an appointment), where you will:\n\nBring your California Identification Card or proof of identity and residency. (Federal Noncompliant/REAL ID/AB60)\nPay the application fee.\nPass a vision exam.\nTake a photo.\nTake the knowledge test(s). There are multiple choice questions based on the California Motorcycle Handbook, and a passing score is 80%.\n\nPlease refer to Motorcycle Licenses for additional information.","title":"Instruction and Learner's Permits - California DMV","score":16.497309},{"document_id":"2946b6131be9cbab-7816-9924","text":"Instruction and Learner's Permits - California DMV\nIf you fail both attempts, you will need to go to a DMV office to take the test a third time.\nWhat is Financial Responsibility (Insurance)?\nProof of financial responsibility must be always carried in the vehicle. Most Californians maintain financial responsibility through insurance companies, which provide the policy holder with an identification card to be used as proof of coverage. The card must state the insurance company’s name and address, the period of coverage, and policy number.\nFinancial responsibility in California requires that drivers and vehicle owners carry the following minimum dollar limits:\n\n$15,000 for injury or death of 1 person per accident.\n$30,000 for injury or death of 2 or more persons per accident.\n$5,000 for any property damage per accident.\n\nWhen parents or guardians sign for a minor to get a DL, they are stating that they will accept financial responsibility for that minor.\nI’m almost 18. Do I need to take driver education/driver training (DE/DT) in order to get my instruction permit?\nIf you are over 17 ½ but under 18 years of age, you may get your instruction permit without the DE/DT certificates. However, you will not be able to take the driving test until you are 18 years of age.\nWhat do I do if I completed my DE/DT in another state? (Applies to applicants under 18 years of age) \nIf your DE/DT were completed in a state other than California, DMV will accept a letter from your out-of-state secondary school on the school’s official stationery. The letter must be signed by a school official stating that the completed courses you have taken are equivalent to a California secondary school course as described in Section 10020 of Title 5 of the California Code of Regulations and on form “To Secondary Schools Other Than California Schools” (DL 33). Obtain a DL 33 form from your local DMV office or by calling DMV at 1-800-777-0133. Send the DL 33 form to your out-of-state school for completion. An out-of-state driving instruction permit is not acceptable proof of DE/DT.\nWhat if my provisional instruction permit expires before I take the driving test?","title":"Instruction and Learner's Permits - California DMV","score":16.474155},{"document_id":"2946b6131be9cbab-6292-8430","text":"Instruction and Learner's Permits - California DMV\nVisit a DMV office (schedule an appointment), where you will:\n\nBring your California Identification Card or proof of identity and residency. (Federal Noncompliant/REAL ID/AB60)\nPay the application fee.\nPass a vision exam.\nTake a photo.\nTake the knowledge test(s). There are multiple choice questions based on the California Motorcycle Handbook, and a passing score is 80%.\n\nPlease refer to Motorcycle Licenses for additional information.\n\n\tFAQs\n\t\n\nplus\n\nminus\n\nCan I apply for my REAL ID driver’s license?\nYes! If applying for a REAL ID DL, two residency documents are required.If you are 15 ½ – 17 ½ years old, you will need to provide proof that you completed driver education (certificate of completion of driver education) or are enrolled and participating in an approved integrated driver education/driver training (DE/DT) program (certificate of enrollment in an integrated [classroom] driver education and driver training program).\nCan I take my knowledge test online before visiting a DMV office?\nDMV offers an online knowledge test. This test is offered in 35 languages and is available Monday-Friday from 8 a.m. to 4 p.m. The test needs a webcam and cannot be done on a smartphone or tablet. You will verify your identity before starting and will be monitored during the test.\nIf eligible, you can choose this option after filling out your driver’s license application. If you are under 18, your parent or guardian will need to give permission before you can take the test.\nThe test can be attempted online twice. If you fail both attempts, you will need to go to a DMV office to take the test a third time.\nWhat is Financial Responsibility (Insurance)?\nProof of financial responsibility must be always carried in the vehicle. Most Californians maintain financial responsibility through insurance companies, which provide the policy holder with an identification card to be used as proof of coverage. The card must state the insurance company’s name and address, the period of coverage, and policy number.\nFinancial responsibility in California requires that drivers and vehicle owners carry the following minimum dollar limits:","title":"Instruction and Learner's Permits - California DMV","score":16.4492},{"document_id":"cd6f208d9e0ae12d-5990-8226","text":"Camping\nATV operators under the age of 18 must possess an appropriate safety certificate or be supervised by an adult who has a safety certificate. For more information about how to acquire a safety certificate, email Hollister.Hills@parks.ca.gov.\nAll California Vehicle Code laws pertaining to driving under the influence or open containers of alcohol and marijuana apply to off-highway. DO NOT DRIVE UNDER THE INFLUENCE.\nMotor vehicles must stay out of vegetated areas. Stay on designated trails and obey all signs.\nRegistration: All vehicles operated off-highway on public lands in California are required to be street-licensed or registered as an OHV through the Department of Motor Vehicles and display a current green or red sticker. Funds generated from OHV registration are used for acquisition, development, and operation of OHV areas.\nOut of State OHV: If a bike has current registration in a state with an Off-Highway Vehicle Program, then registration requirements do not apply. If the bike is registered to a state that does NOT offer an OHV Program, then the bike must have a Non-Resident Sticker. Non-Resident Stickers can be purchased at the Kiosk for $30. More Information About Non-Resident OHV Permits\nTo read more about OHV laws and safety, please visit our California State Parks OHV Laws/Safety page.\n\nPark Regulations\n\nDrones are not allowed in the park. To protect wildlife and cultural resources, and for the safety and welfare of visitors and staff, the park is closed to the use of Model Aircraft, Unmanned Aircraft Systems (UAS), and Gliders in flight.\nLoaded firearms and hunting are not allowed in units of the State Parks System. Possession of loaded firearms or air rifles is prohibited.\nQuiet hours are 10pm to sunrise.\nFires are permitted in state-provided fire rings. No ground fires allowed. You must provide your own fire ring if camping at Radio Ridge in the Lower Ranch, or the Obstacle Course Camp in the Upper Ranch. This is necessary to prevent disastrous fires. Portable stoves may be used in designated areas. It is the responsibility of every visitor to use extreme caution with any burning materials, including tobacco. Campfires are not allowed in Hudner Ranch during fire season (summer & fall).","title":"Camping","score":15.213267}],"5e79e465134d923edf68580733a81c68<::>3":[{"document_id":"2946b6131be9cbab-3204-5180","text":"Instruction and Learner's Permits - California DMV\nQuick LinksChoose the Best Test Option Find out the difference between eLearning and online knowledge testing.\n \nAppointments\nLocations\n\n\tHome\t\n\n\tDriver’s Licenses & Identification Cards\t\n\n\tInstruction Permits\t\n\nInstruction Permits\n\n \n\nDriver’s License & ID Online Renewal\n\nDriver’s License & ID Card Status\n\nREAL ID\n\nDriver’s License / ID Card Application\n\nDriver’s License & ID Card Online Renewal\n\nDriver’s License or ID Card Renewal\n\nDriver’s License or ID Card Updates\n\nLicensing Fees\n\nDriver’s License or ID Card Replacement\n\nDriver’s Licenses\n\nID Cards\n\nCommercial Driver’s Licenses\n\nMotorcycle Licenses\n\nAB 60 Driver’s Licenses\n\nKnowledge and Drive Tests Preparation\n\nThe first milestone on the road to getting your California driver’s license (DL) is to obtain your provisional instruction permit, sometimes called a “learner’s permit.” This is for people who are learning to drive and working on the requirements to get a DL.\n\nVisit the California Driver’s Handbook to get all the knowledge you need to start!\n\ninfo-icon\n\n\tNotification icon\t\n\nHelp improve the way California drivers get a license. Download the new mobile DMV TestBuddy App!\n\n\tTo apply for a California Instruction Permit (under age 18), you must:\n\t\n\nplus\n\nminus\n\nBe at least 15 ½ but under 18.\nHave a Certificate of Completion/Enrollment of Driver Education.\nComplete the California Driver’s License or ID Card Application.\nHave a parent(s)/guardian(s) sign the application.\nVisit a DMV office (schedule an appointment), where you will:\n\nBring your California Identification Card or proof of identity and residency. (Federal Noncompliant/REAL ID/AB60)\nPay the application fee.\nPass a vision exam.\nTake a photo.\nTake the knowledge test(s). There are multiple choice questions based on the California Driver’s Handbook, and a passing score is 80%.\n\nPlease refer to Provisional Licensing for additional information.\n\n\tTo apply for a California Instruction Permit (over age 18), you must:\n\t\n\nplus\n\nminus","title":"Instruction and Learner's Permits - California DMV","score":19.076967},{"document_id":"2946b6131be9cbab-9313-11343","text":"Instruction and Learner's Permits - California DMV\nThe letter must be signed by a school official stating that the completed courses you have taken are equivalent to a California secondary school course as described in Section 10020 of Title 5 of the California Code of Regulations and on form “To Secondary Schools Other Than California Schools” (DL 33). Obtain a DL 33 form from your local DMV office or by calling DMV at 1-800-777-0133. Send the DL 33 form to your out-of-state school for completion. An out-of-state driving instruction permit is not acceptable proof of DE/DT.\nWhat if my provisional instruction permit expires before I take the driving test?\nThe California Driver’s License or ID Card Application and fee is valid for 12 months after you apply. If your application expires before you have held your provisional instruction permit for the required six months to take your driving test, you’ll need to reapply at a DMV office. You will get cumulative credit for the time you held your instruction permit that counts towards your six-month requirement. Make sure to bring both your expired and valid provisional instruction permits when you take your driving test to show proof of credit.\nWhen is the knowledge test available?\nKnowledge tests (online and in-office) can be completed during DMV business hours. Online testing must be started before 4:00 p.m. and testing in-office before 4:30 p.m. Study the handbook and make use of the practice tests – we want you to pass!\nIf I have a valid driver’s license from another country, do I need an accompanying driver to and from the drive test?\nYes.\n\nThe name on my identity document isn't my current name. How do I change it?\nYour current true full name (first, middle, last) needs to appear on your identity document. If you need to make a name change, learn how you can update info on your DL/ID card.\n\nUpdate info on your DL/ID card\n\nNeed something else?\n\nTake a Drive Test\nHave you completed the requirements to take your drive test and get your driver’s license (DL)? \n\nSchedule a drive test\n\nDriver's Licenses","title":"Instruction and Learner's Permits - California DMV","score":17.884275},{"document_id":"2946b6131be9cbab-4797-6729","text":"Instruction and Learner's Permits - California DMV\n(Federal Noncompliant/REAL ID/AB60)\nPay the application fee.\nPass a vision exam.\nTake a photo.\nTake the knowledge test(s). There are multiple choice questions based on the California Driver’s Handbook, and a passing score is 80%.\n\nPlease refer to Provisional Licensing for additional information.\n\n\tTo apply for a California Instruction Permit (over age 18), you must:\n\t\n\nplus\n\nminus\n\nBe at least 18.\nComplete the California Driver’s License or ID Card Application.\nVisit a DMV office (schedule an appointment), where you will:\n\nBring your California Identification Card or proof of identity and residency. (Federal Noncompliant/REAL ID/AB60)\nPay the application fee.\nPass a vision exam.\nTake a photo.\nTake the knowledge test(s). There are multiple choice questions based on the California Driver’s Handbook, and a passing score is 80%.\n\nPlease refer to Driver’s Licenses for additional information.\n\n\tTo apply for a California Motorcycle Instruction Permit, you must:\n\t\n\nplus\n\nminus\n\nBe at least 15 ½.\nHave a Certificate of Completion of Driver Education and Driver Training if you are between the ages of 15 ½ and 17 ½.\nComplete a California Highway Patrol approved California Motorcyclist Safety Program (CMSP) motorcyclist training course, and receive a Certificate of Completion of Motorcycle Training (DL 389) if you are between the ages of 15 ½ to 21.\nComplete the California Driver’s License or ID Card Application.\nHave a parent(s)/guardian(s) sign the application if you are under 18.\nVisit a DMV office (schedule an appointment), where you will:\n\nBring your California Identification Card or proof of identity and residency. (Federal Noncompliant/REAL ID/AB60)\nPay the application fee.\nPass a vision exam.\nTake a photo.\nTake the knowledge test(s). There are multiple choice questions based on the California Motorcycle Handbook, and a passing score is 80%.\n\nPlease refer to Motorcycle Licenses for additional information.","title":"Instruction and Learner's Permits - California DMV","score":17.160002},{"document_id":"2946b6131be9cbab-7816-9924","text":"Instruction and Learner's Permits - California DMV\nIf you fail both attempts, you will need to go to a DMV office to take the test a third time.\nWhat is Financial Responsibility (Insurance)?\nProof of financial responsibility must be always carried in the vehicle. Most Californians maintain financial responsibility through insurance companies, which provide the policy holder with an identification card to be used as proof of coverage. The card must state the insurance company’s name and address, the period of coverage, and policy number.\nFinancial responsibility in California requires that drivers and vehicle owners carry the following minimum dollar limits:\n\n$15,000 for injury or death of 1 person per accident.\n$30,000 for injury or death of 2 or more persons per accident.\n$5,000 for any property damage per accident.\n\nWhen parents or guardians sign for a minor to get a DL, they are stating that they will accept financial responsibility for that minor.\nI’m almost 18. Do I need to take driver education/driver training (DE/DT) in order to get my instruction permit?\nIf you are over 17 ½ but under 18 years of age, you may get your instruction permit without the DE/DT certificates. However, you will not be able to take the driving test until you are 18 years of age.\nWhat do I do if I completed my DE/DT in another state? (Applies to applicants under 18 years of age) \nIf your DE/DT were completed in a state other than California, DMV will accept a letter from your out-of-state secondary school on the school’s official stationery. The letter must be signed by a school official stating that the completed courses you have taken are equivalent to a California secondary school course as described in Section 10020 of Title 5 of the California Code of Regulations and on form “To Secondary Schools Other Than California Schools” (DL 33). Obtain a DL 33 form from your local DMV office or by calling DMV at 1-800-777-0133. Send the DL 33 form to your out-of-state school for completion. An out-of-state driving instruction permit is not acceptable proof of DE/DT.\nWhat if my provisional instruction permit expires before I take the driving test?","title":"Instruction and Learner's Permits - California DMV","score":15.578762},{"document_id":"2946b6131be9cbab-6292-8430","text":"Instruction and Learner's Permits - California DMV\nVisit a DMV office (schedule an appointment), where you will:\n\nBring your California Identification Card or proof of identity and residency. (Federal Noncompliant/REAL ID/AB60)\nPay the application fee.\nPass a vision exam.\nTake a photo.\nTake the knowledge test(s). There are multiple choice questions based on the California Motorcycle Handbook, and a passing score is 80%.\n\nPlease refer to Motorcycle Licenses for additional information.\n\n\tFAQs\n\t\n\nplus\n\nminus\n\nCan I apply for my REAL ID driver’s license?\nYes! If applying for a REAL ID DL, two residency documents are required.If you are 15 ½ – 17 ½ years old, you will need to provide proof that you completed driver education (certificate of completion of driver education) or are enrolled and participating in an approved integrated driver education/driver training (DE/DT) program (certificate of enrollment in an integrated [classroom] driver education and driver training program).\nCan I take my knowledge test online before visiting a DMV office?\nDMV offers an online knowledge test. This test is offered in 35 languages and is available Monday-Friday from 8 a.m. to 4 p.m. The test needs a webcam and cannot be done on a smartphone or tablet. You will verify your identity before starting and will be monitored during the test.\nIf eligible, you can choose this option after filling out your driver’s license application. If you are under 18, your parent or guardian will need to give permission before you can take the test.\nThe test can be attempted online twice. If you fail both attempts, you will need to go to a DMV office to take the test a third time.\nWhat is Financial Responsibility (Insurance)?\nProof of financial responsibility must be always carried in the vehicle. Most Californians maintain financial responsibility through insurance companies, which provide the policy holder with an identification card to be used as proof of coverage. The card must state the insurance company’s name and address, the period of coverage, and policy number.\nFinancial responsibility in California requires that drivers and vehicle owners carry the following minimum dollar limits:","title":"Instruction and Learner's Permits - California DMV","score":15.382456}],"5e79e465134d923edf68580733a81c68<::>4":[{"document_id":"2946b6131be9cbab-6292-8430","text":"Instruction and Learner's Permits - California DMV\nVisit a DMV office (schedule an appointment), where you will:\n\nBring your California Identification Card or proof of identity and residency. (Federal Noncompliant/REAL ID/AB60)\nPay the application fee.\nPass a vision exam.\nTake a photo.\nTake the knowledge test(s). There are multiple choice questions based on the California Motorcycle Handbook, and a passing score is 80%.\n\nPlease refer to Motorcycle Licenses for additional information.\n\n\tFAQs\n\t\n\nplus\n\nminus\n\nCan I apply for my REAL ID driver’s license?\nYes! If applying for a REAL ID DL, two residency documents are required.If you are 15 ½ – 17 ½ years old, you will need to provide proof that you completed driver education (certificate of completion of driver education) or are enrolled and participating in an approved integrated driver education/driver training (DE/DT) program (certificate of enrollment in an integrated [classroom] driver education and driver training program).\nCan I take my knowledge test online before visiting a DMV office?\nDMV offers an online knowledge test. This test is offered in 35 languages and is available Monday-Friday from 8 a.m. to 4 p.m. The test needs a webcam and cannot be done on a smartphone or tablet. You will verify your identity before starting and will be monitored during the test.\nIf eligible, you can choose this option after filling out your driver’s license application. If you are under 18, your parent or guardian will need to give permission before you can take the test.\nThe test can be attempted online twice. If you fail both attempts, you will need to go to a DMV office to take the test a third time.\nWhat is Financial Responsibility (Insurance)?\nProof of financial responsibility must be always carried in the vehicle. Most Californians maintain financial responsibility through insurance companies, which provide the policy holder with an identification card to be used as proof of coverage. The card must state the insurance company’s name and address, the period of coverage, and policy number.\nFinancial responsibility in California requires that drivers and vehicle owners carry the following minimum dollar limits:","title":"Instruction and Learner's Permits - California DMV","score":18.293018},{"document_id":"2946b6131be9cbab-3204-5180","text":"Instruction and Learner's Permits - California DMV\nQuick LinksChoose the Best Test Option Find out the difference between eLearning and online knowledge testing.\n \nAppointments\nLocations\n\n\tHome\t\n\n\tDriver’s Licenses & Identification Cards\t\n\n\tInstruction Permits\t\n\nInstruction Permits\n\n \n\nDriver’s License & ID Online Renewal\n\nDriver’s License & ID Card Status\n\nREAL ID\n\nDriver’s License / ID Card Application\n\nDriver’s License & ID Card Online Renewal\n\nDriver’s License or ID Card Renewal\n\nDriver’s License or ID Card Updates\n\nLicensing Fees\n\nDriver’s License or ID Card Replacement\n\nDriver’s Licenses\n\nID Cards\n\nCommercial Driver’s Licenses\n\nMotorcycle Licenses\n\nAB 60 Driver’s Licenses\n\nKnowledge and Drive Tests Preparation\n\nThe first milestone on the road to getting your California driver’s license (DL) is to obtain your provisional instruction permit, sometimes called a “learner’s permit.” This is for people who are learning to drive and working on the requirements to get a DL.\n\nVisit the California Driver’s Handbook to get all the knowledge you need to start!\n\ninfo-icon\n\n\tNotification icon\t\n\nHelp improve the way California drivers get a license. Download the new mobile DMV TestBuddy App!\n\n\tTo apply for a California Instruction Permit (under age 18), you must:\n\t\n\nplus\n\nminus\n\nBe at least 15 ½ but under 18.\nHave a Certificate of Completion/Enrollment of Driver Education.\nComplete the California Driver’s License or ID Card Application.\nHave a parent(s)/guardian(s) sign the application.\nVisit a DMV office (schedule an appointment), where you will:\n\nBring your California Identification Card or proof of identity and residency. (Federal Noncompliant/REAL ID/AB60)\nPay the application fee.\nPass a vision exam.\nTake a photo.\nTake the knowledge test(s). There are multiple choice questions based on the California Driver’s Handbook, and a passing score is 80%.\n\nPlease refer to Provisional Licensing for additional information.\n\n\tTo apply for a California Instruction Permit (over age 18), you must:\n\t\n\nplus\n\nminus","title":"Instruction and Learner's Permits - California DMV","score":18.278326},{"document_id":"2946b6131be9cbab-4797-6729","text":"Instruction and Learner's Permits - California DMV\n(Federal Noncompliant/REAL ID/AB60)\nPay the application fee.\nPass a vision exam.\nTake a photo.\nTake the knowledge test(s). There are multiple choice questions based on the California Driver’s Handbook, and a passing score is 80%.\n\nPlease refer to Provisional Licensing for additional information.\n\n\tTo apply for a California Instruction Permit (over age 18), you must:\n\t\n\nplus\n\nminus\n\nBe at least 18.\nComplete the California Driver’s License or ID Card Application.\nVisit a DMV office (schedule an appointment), where you will:\n\nBring your California Identification Card or proof of identity and residency. (Federal Noncompliant/REAL ID/AB60)\nPay the application fee.\nPass a vision exam.\nTake a photo.\nTake the knowledge test(s). There are multiple choice questions based on the California Driver’s Handbook, and a passing score is 80%.\n\nPlease refer to Driver’s Licenses for additional information.\n\n\tTo apply for a California Motorcycle Instruction Permit, you must:\n\t\n\nplus\n\nminus\n\nBe at least 15 ½.\nHave a Certificate of Completion of Driver Education and Driver Training if you are between the ages of 15 ½ and 17 ½.\nComplete a California Highway Patrol approved California Motorcyclist Safety Program (CMSP) motorcyclist training course, and receive a Certificate of Completion of Motorcycle Training (DL 389) if you are between the ages of 15 ½ to 21.\nComplete the California Driver’s License or ID Card Application.\nHave a parent(s)/guardian(s) sign the application if you are under 18.\nVisit a DMV office (schedule an appointment), where you will:\n\nBring your California Identification Card or proof of identity and residency. (Federal Noncompliant/REAL ID/AB60)\nPay the application fee.\nPass a vision exam.\nTake a photo.\nTake the knowledge test(s). There are multiple choice questions based on the California Motorcycle Handbook, and a passing score is 80%.\n\nPlease refer to Motorcycle Licenses for additional information.","title":"Instruction and Learner's Permits - California DMV","score":17.31175},{"document_id":"2946b6131be9cbab-9313-11343","text":"Instruction and Learner's Permits - California DMV\nThe letter must be signed by a school official stating that the completed courses you have taken are equivalent to a California secondary school course as described in Section 10020 of Title 5 of the California Code of Regulations and on form “To Secondary Schools Other Than California Schools” (DL 33). Obtain a DL 33 form from your local DMV office or by calling DMV at 1-800-777-0133. Send the DL 33 form to your out-of-state school for completion. An out-of-state driving instruction permit is not acceptable proof of DE/DT.\nWhat if my provisional instruction permit expires before I take the driving test?\nThe California Driver’s License or ID Card Application and fee is valid for 12 months after you apply. If your application expires before you have held your provisional instruction permit for the required six months to take your driving test, you’ll need to reapply at a DMV office. You will get cumulative credit for the time you held your instruction permit that counts towards your six-month requirement. Make sure to bring both your expired and valid provisional instruction permits when you take your driving test to show proof of credit.\nWhen is the knowledge test available?\nKnowledge tests (online and in-office) can be completed during DMV business hours. Online testing must be started before 4:00 p.m. and testing in-office before 4:30 p.m. Study the handbook and make use of the practice tests – we want you to pass!\nIf I have a valid driver’s license from another country, do I need an accompanying driver to and from the drive test?\nYes.\n\nThe name on my identity document isn't my current name. How do I change it?\nYour current true full name (first, middle, last) needs to appear on your identity document. If you need to make a name change, learn how you can update info on your DL/ID card.\n\nUpdate info on your DL/ID card\n\nNeed something else?\n\nTake a Drive Test\nHave you completed the requirements to take your drive test and get your driver’s license (DL)? \n\nSchedule a drive test\n\nDriver's Licenses","title":"Instruction and Learner's Permits - California DMV","score":17.009264},{"document_id":"ffa5944649633a34-1511-3662","text":"Apply for REAL ID - California DMV\nTeen DriversTeen Drivers\nSenior DriversSenior Drivers\nNew to CaliforniaNew to California\nProcessing TimesProcessing Times\nQuick LinksApply for an AB 60 License Find out what documents you need to get an AB 60 license.\n \nVehicle Industry Services\n\nOccupational LicensingOccupational Licensing\nOccupational License LookupOccupational License Lookup\nMotor Carrier ServicesMotor Carrier Services\nAutonomous VehiclesAutonomous Vehicles\nAVT PermitAutonomous Vehicle Test Permit\nDismantled Vehicle ApplicationDismantled Vehicle Application\nNew Report of SaleNew Trailer and Off-Highway Vehicle (OHV) Report of Sale\nUsed Vehicle Dealers & Sales TaxesUsed Vehicle Dealers & Sales Taxes\nIBC Case Status RequestIBC Case Status Request\nPosting FeesPosting Fees\nEmployer Pull Notice ProgramEmployer Pull Notice Program\nBusiness Partner Automation ProgramBusiness Partner Program\nVehicle & Occupational Licensing Industry News MemosVehicle & Occupational Licensing Industry News Memos\nVehicle Industry Services Resources & LinksVehicle Industry Services Resources & Links\nQuick LinksApply for a Motor Carrier Permit Renew, reinstate, or apply for a motor carrier permit.\n \nDriver Education & Safety\n\nHandbooksHandbooks\nSpecial Interest Driver GuidesSpecial Interest Driver Guides\nDriver Training SchoolsDriver Training Schools\nTraffic School LookupTraffic School List\nOnline TestingOnline Learning and Tests\nSample Driver’s License TestsSample Driver’s License Knowledge Tests\nMobile TestBuddy AppTestBuddy\nEducational MaterialsEducational Materials\nDriver SafetyDriver Safety\nSafety Guidelines & ActionsSafety Guidelines & Actions\nMedical Conditions & DrivingMedical Conditions and Driving\nQuick LinksChoose the Best Test Option Find out the difference between eLearning and online knowledge testing.\n \nAppointments\nLocations\n\n\tHome\t\n\n\tDriver’s Licenses & Identification Cards\t\n\n\tREAL ID\t\n\nREAL ID\n\n\tNeed a REAL ID? Here's How!\t\n\nGather your documents with help from the checklist\nUse DMV’s interactive REAL ID document checklist to gather all of the documentation you will need to apply for your REAL ID.\nWatch this video to learn how to Upgrade to a REAL ID Now.","title":"Apply for REAL ID - California DMV","score":16.837074}],"766728e82e315ca65d97b6b162faea0c<::>1":[{"document_id":"bfd4514593f8c09e-21337-23369","text":"Skywatching - NASA Science\nWide open areas without lots of tall trees or mountains nearby make for good viewing spots, since you can see more of the sky. Examples include places like a large field, a wide valley, and the shore of a lake or the ocean. Any location you select should be a place where you can feel safe at night.> More about finding a good skywatching locationQ: What can I see in the night sky?The whole universe is accessible to skywatchers. Your own eyes will show you stars, a handful of bright planets, the Moon, comets and meteors (shooting stars), to name a few sights. Binoculars or a small telescope enable you to see finer details than your eyes can detect, making visible things like the large moons of Jupiter and the rings of Saturn, as well as star clusters and double stars. A larger telescope enables you to see fainter objects, like nebulas and other galaxies.Q: How does light pollution affect skywatching?Light pollution is stray light from parking lots, sport complexes, street lights, and other human activity, scattered into the night sky. It's a combined effect of scattered light from these things that manifests as a glow in the night sky that makes it difficult to observe fainter stars and the Milky Way. The larger and more developed a city is, the more light pollution it tends to produce. The effect decreases the farther away you travel from a city. Heading out to less developed areas, away from town, will enable you to see more stars.> More about finding a good skywatching locationQ: How can I involve my children in skywatching?Parents can prepare to involve their children in skywatching by learning some of the basics, like the phases of the Moon, the names of a few easy to recognize constellations, and knowing how to identify bright stars and planets using a favorite astronomy app. Staying up to date with the month's skywatching highlights, with resources like NASA's What's Up video series, makes it easy to know what there is to observe, and provides some fun facts to share when out under the stars.","title":"Skywatching - NASA Science","score":17.189386},{"document_id":"351d62c973f5a12e-2967-4975","text":"Skywatching FAQ\nIt's a combined effect of scattered light from these things that manifests as a glow in the night sky that makes it difficult to observe fainter stars and the Milky Way. The larger and more developed a city is, the more light pollution it tends to produce. The effect decreases the farther away you travel from a city. Heading out to less developed areas, away from town, will enable you to see more stars.> More about how light pollution impacts locations for stargazingCan I see ____ from my location on Earth? How do I know if objects and events described here are visible where I live? Most skywatching phenomena featured on these webpages and in our What's Up videos are visible for observers across the mid-latitudes of the Northern Hemisphere (that is, from about 25° to 50° north latitude). Plenty of these highlights are also visible from other locations farther north and south.If an object like a star or planet appears high overhead for the U.S. mainland, then it will also appear high overhead across much of Europe, the Mediterranean and Middle East, and Eastern Asia. These regions share the same range of latitudes, so their view of the night sky is similar.We recommend using skywatching apps for mobile devices and computers for determining if something can be seen from your location, and when to look for it. They enable you to enter your location on Earth and see the sky as it will look on a particular date and time.How big is a \"degree\" when describing how close objects appear in the sky? A degree is about the with of your little finger held at arm's length. Most of us are familiar with the idea that there are 360 degrees in a circle, and that making a 180-degree turn is to face the opposite direction. If you imagine the sky as a sphere with the stars fixed onto it and pick any point, and draw a circle all the way around the sky until you return to that point, you will have rotated through 360 degrees. To approximate 5 degrees, hold up your three middle fingers on one hand.","title":"Skywatching FAQ","score":17.153433},{"document_id":"351d62c973f5a12e-1481-3556","text":"Skywatching FAQ\nIf you have access to binoculars or a telescope, they will extend your vision and enhance the experience – but they are by no means necessary to get started. How do I find a good location for skywatching or stargazing?The number one priority when seeking an excellent location for skywatching is to get away from bright city lights. Scattered light from urban areas creates light pollution that washes out the fainter stars and the Milky Way. Wide open areas without lots of tall trees or mountains nearby make for good viewing spots, since you can see more of the sky. Examples include places like a large field, a wide valley, and the shore of a lake or the ocean. Any location you select should be a place where you can feel safe at night.> More about finding a good skywatching locationWhat can I see in the night sky?The whole universe is accessible to skywatchers. Your own eyes will show you stars, a handful of bright planets, the Moon, comets and meteors (shooting stars), to name a few sights. Binoculars or a small telescope enable you to see finer details than your eyes can detect, making visible things like the large moons of Jupiter and the rings of Saturn, as well as star clusters and double stars. A larger telescope enables you to see fainter objects, like nebulas and other galaxies.How does light pollution affect skywatching?Light pollution is stray light from parking lots, sport complexes, street lights, and other human activity, scattered into the night sky. It's a combined effect of scattered light from these things that manifests as a glow in the night sky that makes it difficult to observe fainter stars and the Milky Way. The larger and more developed a city is, the more light pollution it tends to produce. The effect decreases the farther away you travel from a city. Heading out to less developed areas, away from town, will enable you to see more stars.> More about how light pollution impacts locations for stargazingCan I see ____ from my location on Earth? How do I know if objects and events described here are visible where I live?","title":"Skywatching FAQ","score":16.206657},{"document_id":"bfd4514593f8c09e-19699-21767","text":"Skywatching - NASA Science\nAnd we hope that gazing at the stars above leads you to a more personal connection with our scientific quest to understand our place in the cosmos.Skywatching FAQQ: What is skywatching?Skywatching refers to observing the ever-changing variety of sights in the sky, at night in particular, but also in the day. Skywatching can be as casual as enjoying a couple of minutes of stargazing, and as serious as using a telescope to take images of deep sky objects. When you notice the changing position and phases of the Moon over a few days, or you search for Jupiter or Venus in the twilight sky, or you notice a constellation like Orion is visible for the first time in a few months, you're skywatching. At its heart, skywatching is an activity anyone can engage in to feel more connected to the larger world beyond planet Earth.Q: What tools do I need to start skywatching?You don't need any special equipment to get started skywatching. Online resources like this page are a great place to learn about what you can see. An app on your smartphone or computer can be a great help to discover what sights are visible tonight, and where to find them in the sky once you're outside under the stars. If you have access to binoculars or a telescope, they will extend your vision and enhance the experience – but they are by no means necessary to get started. Q: How do I find a good location for skywatching or stargazing?The number one priority when seeking an excellent location for skywatching is to get away from bright city lights. Scattered light from urban areas creates light pollution that washes out the fainter stars and the Milky Way. Wide open areas without lots of tall trees or mountains nearby make for good viewing spots, since you can see more of the sky. Examples include places like a large field, a wide valley, and the shore of a lake or the ocean. Any location you select should be a place where you can feel safe at night.> More about finding a good skywatching locationQ: What can I see in the night sky?The whole universe is accessible to skywatchers.","title":"Skywatching - NASA Science","score":12.189509},{"document_id":"bfd4514593f8c09e-11732-13985","text":"Skywatching - NASA Science\nAlternately, they can appear from nothing, brightening as they head into day, experiencing an orbital sunrise.Auroras – Usually a treat enjoyed by those who live at higher latitudes toward the north or south, auroras are dancing curtains of light and color in the sky. They are the result of our planet's magnetic field and atmosphere interacting with those of the Sun. A wind of particles from our local star washes continuously over our planet, and sometimes becomes more intense. Some of those electrically charged particles become trapped in Earth's magnetic force field and get funneled into our upper atmosphere, where they produce glowing light displays as they crash into molecules of gases like oxygen and nitrogen.NASA's Eyes: Telescope ModeUnable to render the provided sourceCheck out the NASA's Eyes on the Solar System Telescope mode! Click anywhere on Earth and then click \"GO\" in order to land at that location. Click the Big Dipper icon at bottom to turn the constellations on and off, and see what's in the sky right now above that location. Tools for SkywatchingAlthough telescopes are the most powerful tool for peering deeply into the night sky, a telescope might not necessarily be the best choice for everyone. There are a variety of options for how to observe, and what's right for you depends on such factors as what you want to observe, how much effort you want to put into skywatching, and your budget. Here are some different tools to choose from for observing the skies.Your own eyes – You don't truly need any special gear to do skywatching. For the majority of people, our own eyes are often the best way to enjoy observing. Your eyes can take in panoramic views of the sky spanning 180 degrees, whereas a telescope shows only a tiny patch of the sky. Some sights are only visible when seen with the naked eye – star patterns like the constellations, lineups of the planets, and the arc of the Milky Way to name a few examples. And meteor showers are best experienced by simply lying down and looking up!Telescopes – As Galileo found over 400 years ago when he was the first to point one at Jupiter, Venus, and the Moon, telescopes allow you to observe objects in smaller areas of the sky than your eyes alone can resolve.","title":"Skywatching - NASA Science","score":12.187095}],"766728e82e315ca65d97b6b162faea0c<::>2":[{"document_id":"4a9dd1207fbb9a07-7012-8933","text":"Juno - NASA Science\nThat includes the dust in the planet’s faint rings, and three of Jupiter’s four Galilean Moons – Ganymede, Europa, and Io – so named because in 1610 Italian astronomer Galileo Galilei was the first to identify the quartet of satellites (Callisto is the fourth – farther out than the other three, and not visited by Juno). seeing what galileo sawJupiter's MoonsIn January 1610, astronomer Galileo Galilei saw four points of light near Jupiter; but they didn't traverse the sky like other stars, they remained close to the planet. He realized he was seeing moons – the first discovered beyond Earth. In June 2016 as it approached Jupiter, NASA's Juno spacecraft enjoyed the same orbital ballet that Galileo witnessed, and captured a unique time-lapse movie of the Galilean moons in motion around the planet. The movie begins on June 12, 2016, with Juno 10 million miles (16 million kilometers) from Jupiter, and ends on June 29, 3 million miles (5 million kilometers) distant. The innermost moon is volcanic Io; next in line is the ice-crusted ocean world Europa, followed by massive Ganymede, and finally, heavily cratered Callisto.Learn MoreSpacecraft DesignWith a distinctive silhouette, like a three-bladed fan spinning through space, the Juno orbiter would fill a basketball court. Its hexagonal main body measures about 11.5 feet high and wide (3.5 meters), and the “blades” – actually huge solar arrays – give it an overall width exceeding 66 feet (20 meters). Juno’s rotation keeps it stable in flight – the way a spinning top or gyroscope remains steady – as the spacecraft spins twice per minute for science operations, which it increased to five rotations per minute when it performed main-engine maneuvers. Also, Juno’s instruments are all fixed, so the rotating spacecraft gives each of them regular turns at their targets during close passes over Jupiter, a trip that takes about two hours from pole to pole.","title":"Juno - NASA Science","score":14.079083},{"document_id":"34925d9489925019-2518-4475","text":"Jupiter - NASA Science\nNowhere to LandAs a gas giant, Jupiter has no solid surface. It may have an Earth-sized core.5. Big and LightJupiter's atmosphere is mostly hydrogen and helium.6. Many MoonsAs of July 2023, Jupiter had 95 moons.7. Faint RingsThe rings were spotted in 1979.8. ExplorationSeven robots flew past; two stayed in orbit.9. Ingredients for Life?Jupiter can't support life as we know it.10. Super StormThe Great Red Spot is a storm that has raged for more than 100 years.FactsExplorationMoonsResourcesFacts About JupiterJupiter is a world of extremes. It's the largest planet in our solar system. If Jupiter was a hollow shell, 1,000 Earths could fit inside.Jupiter also is the oldest planet, forming from the dust and gases left over from the Sun's formation 4.5 billion years ago. But it has the shortest day in the solar system, taking only 10.5 hours to spin around once on its axis.Read MoreNASA’s Juno spacecraft took three images of Jupiter’s Great Red Spot on Feb. 12, 2019, that were used to create this color-enhanced view.Enhanced image by Kevin M. Gill (CC-BY) based on images provided courtesy of NASA/JPL-Caltech/SwRI/MSSSExploring JupiterThe first detailed observations of Jupiter were made by Galileo Galilei in 1610 with a small, homemade telescope. More recently, this planet has been studied by orbiters, probes, and spacecraft passing by on their way to other worlds. NASA’s Juno spacecraft currently is studying the giant planet from orbit. Europa Clipper will launch in October 2024 to study Jupiter's icy moon, Europa.Read MoreNASA's Juno spacecraft launches from Space Launch Complex 41 at Cape Canaveral Air Force Station in Florida on Aug. 5, 2011. NASA/Bill IngallsMoons of JupiterJupiter has 95 moons that have been officially recognized by the International Astronomical Union.But the number doesn't capture the complexity of the Jovian system of moons, rings and asteroids. The giant planet has thousands of small objects in its orbit.","title":"Jupiter - NASA Science","score":12.592328},{"document_id":"c7568d2b219b5702-6146-7996","text":"Watch the Skies -\nIn the Northern Hemisphere, the comet is best viewed with binoculars or a small telescope – right after the Sun dips below the horizon, look West just beneath the Moon, and just right of Jupiter. An hour after sunset, the comet drops so low, it will be difficult to see without a perfectly clear view of the horizon. The comet then sets an hour later.\nSky chart showing the crescent Moon above Jupiter and Comet 12P in the western sky following sunset on April 10.Credit: NASA/JPL-Caltech\nBill Cooke, who leads the Meteoroid Environment Office at NASA’s Marshall Space Flight Center in Huntsville, Alabama, encourages viewers to have more realistic expectations about what they might see. “Many images depict a bright comet with a long green tail,” Cooke said. “That’s not going to happen.”\nBy July, it will be too dim to view even with binoculars.\nAs for viewing this comet with the naked eye, it might be possible in the coming days, but by mid-April, it will be too close to the Sun and then growing fainter as it makes its way away from the Sun.\nThe brightest stars are a magnitude 1, the faintest are a magnitude 6. Comet 12P will peak around a magnitude 5 unless an outburst occurs.\nHowever, Cooke warns that outbursts are unpredictable. “There have been minor outbursts roughly once a month but it’s impossible to predict them,” he said. “The last one was on Leap Day, Feb. 29.”\nWill the comet be visible during the eclipse?\nIt is certainly a possibility. If Comet 12P remains around a magnitude 5, it would only be visible in binoculars during the few minutes of totality. Consider enjoying the main spectacle instead of using that time to locate Comet 12P and attempt to view it at another time.\nFor more skywatching highlights in April, check out Jet Propulsion Lab’s What’s Up series.\n\nBy Lauren Perkins\nNASA’s Marshall Space Flight Center","title":"Watch the Skies -","score":12.563005},{"document_id":"e7ddfe44b77f940b-4878-7033","text":"Jet Propulsion Laboratory - Reaching for the Stars Since 1936\nThe spacecraft dives through an approximately 1,500-mile-wide (2,400-kilometer-wide) gap between Saturn and its rings for the first time on April 26 and loops around to shoot through that gap another 21 times before ending its mission by burning up in the skies of Saturn on Sept. 15, 2017. Data from Cassini's grand finale provide insight into the planet's internal structure, rings, radiation environment and atmosphere (including the first direct measurements).\n› visit website for more info\n\nFEBRUARY 22, 2017First System of Seven Earth-Sized Planets Around a Single Star RevealedSpitzer Space Telescope\n\nForty light-years away, a system of seven Earth-sized planets encircle an ultra-cool dwarf star called TRAPPIST-1. This is the only known planetary system apart from our own that has three planets in the habitable zone, the area around a star in which a planet could support liquid water on its surface. In collaboration with several ground-based telescopes, including the Transiting Planets and Planetesimals Small Telescope (TRAPPIST) in Chile, NASA's Spitzer Space Telescope helped reveal the number and nature of these planets, using its infrared vision.\n› visit website for more info\n\nJULY 4, 2016First Solar-Powered Spacecraft at JupiterJuno\n\nAfter traveling 1.7 billion miles (2.7 billion kilometers) and nearly five years, Juno successfully begins orbiting the solar system's largest planet on Independence Day. It is the first solar-powered spacecraft to explore Jupiter and carries instruments that will enable it to peer down through the clouds and into the planet's interior, giving scientists clues about how Jupiter was born and how the entire solar system evolved.\n› visit website for more info\n\nMARCH 6, 2015First Spacecraft to Visit a Dwarf Planet and First Spacecraft to Orbit Two Planetary DestinationsDawn\n\nTwo-and-a-half years after it left its first destination, the protoplanet Vesta, NASA's Dawn spacecraft slips into orbit around Ceres, the largest world in the main asteroid belt between Mars and Jupiter. The spacecraft is approximately 38,000 miles (61,000 kilometers) from Ceres when it is captured by Ceres' gravity.","title":"Jet Propulsion Laboratory - Reaching for the Stars Since 1936","score":12.41186},{"document_id":"4a9dd1207fbb9a07-41542-43610","text":"Juno - NASA Science\n7, 1610'Around Jupiter there are... moving stars, invisible till this time to everyone.'A plaque dedicated to Rennaissance astronomer Galileo Galilei is seen here mounted on NASA's Juno spacecraft for its trip to Jupiter. The aluminum plaque features a self-portrait and handwritten text from Galileo's journal, in which he records seeing Jupiter's moons for the first time. Credits: NASA/JPL-Caltech/KSCjan. 7, 1610Juno and Pop CultureImages from JunoCam – the dazzling views of Jupiter and its satellites, whether processed by amateur astronomers or artists – have sharpened our perspective of the giant planet, and blurred the divide between art and science. It’s just one way Juno has bridged disparate worlds. The mission inspired a partnership with Apple Music, which released a short film ahead of Jupiter Orbit Insertion. “Visions of Harmony: Inspired by NASA’s Mission Juno” featured a soundtrack composed by Academy Award winners Trent Reznor and Atticus Ross. At the same time, Apple released the compilation “Destination: Juno” with music tracks celebrating the mission, from artists including country star Brad Paisley, singer-songwriter Corinne Bailey Rae, rapper GZA of Wu Tang Clan, singer-songwriter QUIÑ, alternative band Weezer, and Mexican rock band Zoé. To mark Juno’s 50th orbit around Jupiter on April 8, 2023, the Juno team released a collage of 50 images spanning various aspects of the mission, and NASA paired with Google Arts and Culture to show off a gallery of images and video from the project. NASA has released several animations of JunoCam images, replicating the flight of Juno as it collected those shots, set to the music of Greek composer Vangelis (A \"Flight\" Over Jupiter - Mission Juno). The keyboardist won an Academy Award for his avant-garde “Chariots of Fire” film score in 1981, but the year before that he gained attention when Carl Sagan used his tune “Heaven and Hell” as a theme for “Cosmos: A Personal Voyage.” Vangelis’ 23rd and final studio album, released a few months before he died in 2022, was “Juno to Jupiter.”","title":"Juno - NASA Science","score":12.367165}],"766728e82e315ca65d97b6b162faea0c<::>3":[{"document_id":"663ef7dd0ef38181-2147-3944","text":"Saturn - NASA Science\nIt’s surrounded by beautiful rings.10 Things about saturnSaturn FactsSecond LargestNine Earths would almost span Saturn’s diameter.Sixth from the SunSaturn is 9.5 AU from the Sun. Earth = 1.Long YearIt takes 29 Earth years for Saturn to orbit the Sun.No SurfaceThis gas giant world may have a small core.Bring a SpacesuitSaturn's atmosphere is mostly hydrogen and helium.King of the MoonsSaturn has the most: 146.The Nicest RingsEight rings make for a spectacular system.Distant DestinationFour missions visited Saturn; one has orbited.Not Suitable For LifeSaturn can't support life as we know it.Cloud HexagonA powerful jet stream shapes the clouds.Planet Saturn OverviewSaturn is the sixth planet from the Sun and the second largest planet in our solar system. Adorned with a dazzling system of icy rings, Saturn is unique among the planets.It is not the only planet to have rings, but none are as spectacular or as complex as Saturn's. Like fellow gas giant Jupiter, Saturn is a massive ball made mostly of hydrogen and helium.The farthest planet from Earth discovered by the unaided human eye, Saturn has been known since ancient times. The planet is named for the Roman god of agriculture and wealth, who was also the father of Jupiter.Unable to render the provided sourceNASA's Eyes is a real-time visualization of our solar system powered by actual planetary science data.NASA/JPL-CaltechPop CulturePerhaps the most iconic of all the planets in our solar system, Saturn is heavily present in pop culture.It provides a backdrop for numerous science fiction stories, movies, and TV shows, comics, and video games, including the \"Cthulhu Mythos,\" \"WALL-E,\" \"2001: A Space Odyssey,\" and \"Star Trek.\" In Tim Burton's film \"Beetlejuice,\" a dusty, fictional Saturn is populated by giant sandworms.","title":"Saturn - NASA Science","score":13.109391},{"document_id":"50629ffcafb3a28b-1425-3021","text":"Why does Saturn have rings? | NASA Space Place – NASA Science for Kids\nThe Cassini spacecraft arrived at Saturn in July 2004. It orbited Saturn for 13 years, studying Saturn, its rings, and its moons much more thoroughly than the earlier spacecraft could.\nCassini also carried a probe, called Huygens (HOY-guns), that parachuted into the atmosphere of Saturn's giant moon Titan. Huygens sent back amazing information and images from this strange world whose surface we have never seen.\nCassini and Huygens made many exciting discoveries. In September 2017, Cassini ended its mission with a planned plunge into Saturn's atmosphere. \n\nA view of Saturn's rings, as seen by the Cassini spacecraft. Credit: NASA/JPL-Caltech/Space Science Institute\n\n \tarticle last updated September 22, 2017\n \n\nBig rings… Small rings… Fat rings… Skinny rings…\n\n This series of photos was taken by the Hubble Space Telescope from 1996 through 2000. You can see how Saturn's rings seem to change, but it is only because our angle of view changes.\n\nIf you liked this, you may like:\n\nMake a CD Saturn\n\nWhat Is a Barycenter?\n\nAll About Saturn\n\n\t Games\t \n\n\t Crafts\t \n\n\t Activities\t \n\n\t Videos\t \n\n\t Glossary\t \n\n\t Mystery\t \n\nAbout Us\nPrivacy Policy\nImage Use\nAccessibility\n\nContact NASA Space Place\n\n Last Updated: May 6th, 2024 \n\n \n\nMore\nLess\n\nBy Subject\n\nSpace\nSun\nEarth\nSolar System\nPeople & Technology\nParents & Educators\n\nBy Type\n\nExplore\nDo\nPlay\n\nMore\nLess\n\nBig rings… Small rings… Fat rings… Skinny rings…\n\n This series of photos was taken by the Hubble Space Telescope from 1996 through 2000. You can see how Saturn's rings seem to change, but it is only because our angle of view changes.","title":"Why does Saturn have rings? | NASA Space Place – NASA Science for Kids","score":13.0951605},{"document_id":"114dffc61b6a0709-4561-5116","text":"Views of a Distant Earth\nSeen from a billion kilometers away, through the ice and dust particles of Saturn’s rings, Earth appears as a tiny, bright dot.\n\nImage of the Day\nLife\n\nImage\n\nLooking Back Across a Sea of Black\nA spacecraft looked homeward while making its way to the asteroid Bennu.\n\nImage of the Day\nRemote Sensing\n\nSubscribe\nto our newsletters\n\nFeeds\nContact\nAbout\nImage Use Policy\nPrivacy Policy\nAccessibility\n\n Webmaster Paul Przyborski\n\n NASA Official Robert Levy\n\n The Earth Observatory is part of the EOS Project Science Office at NASA Goddard Space\n Flight Center","title":"Views of a Distant Earth","score":12.867769},{"document_id":"50629ffcafb3a28b-2-1891","text":"Why does Saturn have rings? | NASA Space Place – NASA Science for Kids\nWhy does Saturn have rings? | NASA Space Place – NASA Science for Kids\n\nsaturn-rings\n\nVea en Español\n\nEarth\nSun\nSolar System\nUniverse\nScience and Tech\nEducators\n\ncassini\n\nWhy does Saturn have rings?\n\nAn image of Saturn taken by the Cassini spacecraft. Credit: NASA/JPL-Caltech/Space Science Institute\nScientists have ideas about why Saturn has rings, but no one knows for sure.\n\nWhat are Saturn's rings made of?\nAre they solid like the CD you used to make your model? Or are they made of many particles dancing in formation around the planet? Four robotic spacecraft from Earth have visited Saturn—Pioneer 11, Voyager 1, Voyager 2 and Cassini. They have revealed many surprising things about Saturn's rings.\n\nThe small color differences in Saturn's rings have been enhanced in this picture from Voyager 2 data. Credit: NASA\n\n\r\nOver 60 bright and dark ringlets show up in this color enhanced image from Voyager 2 data. Credit: NASA\n\nThe rings are about 400,000 kilometers (240,000 miles) wide. That's the distance from the Earth to the Moon! But the rings are as little as 100 meters (330 feet) thick. They range from particles too tiny to see to \"particles\" the size of a bus. Scientists think they are icy snowballs or ice covered rocks.\nThere are actually many rings—maybe 500 to 1000. There are also gaps in the rings.\n\nArtist's concept of Cassini diving between Saturn and its innermost ring. Credit: NASA/JPL-Caltech\n\nThe Cassini spacecraft arrived at Saturn in July 2004. It orbited Saturn for 13 years, studying Saturn, its rings, and its moons much more thoroughly than the earlier spacecraft could.\nCassini also carried a probe, called Huygens (HOY-guns), that parachuted into the atmosphere of Saturn's giant moon Titan. Huygens sent back amazing information and images from this strange world whose surface we have never seen.\nCassini and Huygens made many exciting discoveries.","title":"Why does Saturn have rings? | NASA Space Place – NASA Science for Kids","score":12.514649},{"document_id":"c92ca0be7076f2e1-2-1880","text":"All About Saturn | NASA Space Place – NASA Science for Kids\nAll About Saturn | NASA Space Place – NASA Science for Kids\n\nall-about-saturn\n\nVea en Español\n\nEarth\nSun\nSolar System\nUniverse\nScience and Tech\nEducators\n\nAll About Saturn\n\nCredit: NASA/JPL-Caltech\n\nSaturn isn’t the only planet to have rings, but it definitely has the most beautiful ones. The rings we see are made of groups of tiny ringlets that surround Saturn. They’re made of chunks of ice and rock. Like Jupiter, Saturn is mostly a ball of hydrogen and helium.\n\nExplore Saturn! Click and drag to rotate Saturn. Scroll or pinch to zoom in and out. Credit: NASA Visualization Technology Applications and Development (VTAD)\n\nWhen Galileo Galilei saw Saturn through a telescope in the 1600s, he wasn't sure what he was seeing. At first he thought he was looking at three planets, or a planet with handles. Now we know those \"handles\" turned out to be the rings of Saturn.\n\nStructure and Surface\n\nSaturn is a gas giant like Jupiter. It is made mostly of hydrogen and helium.\nSaturn has a thick atmosphere.\nSaturn has a lovely set of seven main rings with spaces between them.\n\nTime on Saturn\n\nOne day on Saturn goes by in just 10.7 hours.\nOne year on Saturn is the same as 29 Earth years.\n\nSaturn's Neighbors\n\nAs of June 8, 2023, Saturn has 146 moons.\nSaturn is the sixth planet from the Sun. That means Jupiter and Uranus are Saturn’s neighboring planets.\n\nQuick History\n\nSaturn has been known since ancient times because it can be seen without advanced telescopes.\nFour robotic spacecraft have visited Saturn, including Pioneer 11, Cassini, and Voyager 1 and 2.\n\nWhat does Saturn look like?\n\nThe Cassini spacecraft took this picture of Saturn's rings. You can see the grey and tan colors.\r\n\nThis is a picture of Saturn and its moons Tethys and Dione. Voyager 1 took this picture as it passed by.\r\n\r\n\nNASA's Cassini spacecraft went behind Saturn and took this picture in 2013.","title":"All About Saturn | NASA Space Place – NASA Science for Kids","score":12.488206}],"20c2cbd18c16c12c9c2bbead6aef1a21<::>1":[{"document_id":"ibmcld_04105-1672-3877","text":"\nThe tasks a bot is programmed to do are fairly simple, but the bot can do these tasks repeatedly at a much faster rate than a human can.\n\nBots don't access the internet using a traditional web browser or a mouse to interact with visual content. Bots are software programs that typically use a \"headless browser\" to make HTTP requests and other activities.\n\nBots can do almost any repetitive, non-creative task that can be automated, including filling out forms, reading and downloading content, and even hold basic conversations with humans as chatbots. Like any tool that can be used for good, bots can be used for malicious behavior, too.\n\n\n\n\n\n Differences between good bots and bad bots \n\nIt is estimated that up to half of all internet traffic is bot traffic. Some bots are malicious, and some are \"good.\"\n\nBots that misuse online products or services can be considered \"bad.\" Bad bots range from malicious to simply annoying; for instance, breaking into user accounts to steal data or buying concert tickets online to assist scalpers.\n\nA bot that performs a helpful service can be considered \"good.\" For example, customer service chatbots, search engine crawlers, and performance monitoring bots are generally good bots. Good bots look for and abide by the rules outlined in a website's robots.txt file.\n\n\n\n\n\n The robots.txt file \n\nRobots.txt is a file that outlines the rules for bots accessing properties on a web server, though the file itself does not enforce these rules. Anyone programming a bot is expected to follow an honor system and make sure that their bot checks a website's robots.txt file before accessing the website. Malicious bots don't follow this system, which generates the need for bot management.\n\n\n\n\n\n How bot management works \n\nTo identify bots, bot managers might use JavaScript challenges (which determine whether a traditional web browser is being used) or CAPTCHA challenges. They can also determine which users are humans and which are bots by behavioral analysis; by comparing a user's behavior to the standard behavior of users in the past.\n\nWhen a bot is identified as bad, it can be redirected to a different page or blocked from accessing a web resource altogether.","score":16.113834},{"document_id":"ibmcld_04105-3403-5572","text":"\nHow bot management works \n\nTo identify bots, bot managers might use JavaScript challenges (which determine whether a traditional web browser is being used) or CAPTCHA challenges. They can also determine which users are humans and which are bots by behavioral analysis; by comparing a user's behavior to the standard behavior of users in the past.\n\nWhen a bot is identified as bad, it can be redirected to a different page or blocked from accessing a web resource altogether.\n\nGood bots can be added to an allowlist. A bot manager can also distinguish between good and bad bots by using further behavioral analysis.\n\nAnother bot management approach is to use the robots.txt file to set up a honeypot. A honeypot is a fake target for bad actors that, when accessed, exposes the bad actor as malicious. In the case of a bot, a honeypot could be a webpage on the site that's forbidden to bots by the robots.txt file. Good bots will read the robots.txt file and avoid that webpage; some bad bots will crawl the webpage. By tracking the IP address of the bots that access the honeypot, bad bots can be identified and blocked.\n\n\n\n\n\n Kinds of bot attacks bot management mitigates \n\nA bot management solution can help stop a variety of attacks, including the following:\n\n\n\n* DDoS attacks\n* DoS attacks\n* Credential stuffing\n* Credit card stuffing\n* Brute force password cracking\n* Spam content\n* Data scraping and web scraping\n* Email address harvesting\n* Ad fraud\n* Click fraud\n\n\n\nThese bot activities are not always considered \"malicious,\" but a bot manager should still be able to mitigate them:\n\n\n\n* Inventory hoarding\n* Automated posting on social forums or platforms\n* Shopping cart stuffing\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n How does CIS manage bots? \n\nCIS collects data from requests flowing through its network every day. With this data, powered by Cloudflare's machine learning and behavior analysis, CIS can identify likely bot activity and can provide you with information on how to allow or disallow specific bot traffic using Firewall Rules.\n\nCloudflare Bot Management uses the following detection mechanisms, each producing their own scores, which are then combined to form a single score:","score":14.464249},{"document_id":"ibmcld_04105-7-2225","text":"\nAbout bot management \n\nBot management blocks undesired or malicious internet bot traffic while allowing useful bots to access web properties. Bot management detects bot activity, discerns between desirable and undesirable bot behavior, and identifies the sources of the undesirable activity.\n\nUnmanaged bots can cause serious issues for web properties. Excessive bot traffic can put a heavy load on web servers, slowing or denying service to legitimate users (for example, DDoS attacks). Malicious bots can perform cyber attacks such as scraping content from websites, stealing user credentials, and spreading spam content.\n\n\n\n What bot managers do \n\nA bot manager is any software product that manages bots. Bot managers should be able to block some bots and allow others through, instead of simply blocking all non-human traffic. If all bots are blocked and Google bots aren't able to index a page, for instance, then that page can't show up in Google search results, resulting in greatly reduced organic traffic to the website.\n\nAn effective bot manager accomplishes the following goals:\n\n\n\n* Distinguishes bots from human visitors\n* Identifies bot reputation\n* Identifies bot origin IP addresses and block based on IP reputation\n* Analyzes bot behavior\n* Adds \"good\" bots to allowlists\n* Challenges potential bots with a CAPTCHA test, JavaScript injection, or other methods\n* Rate limits any potential bot that is over-using a service\n* Denies access to certain content or resources for \"bad\" bots\n* Serves alternative content to bots\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n What are bots and what do they do? \n\nA bot is a computer program that automatically does certain actions on a network. The tasks a bot is programmed to do are fairly simple, but the bot can do these tasks repeatedly at a much faster rate than a human can.\n\nBots don't access the internet using a traditional web browser or a mouse to interact with visual content. Bots are software programs that typically use a \"headless browser\" to make HTTP requests and other activities.\n\nBots can do almost any repetitive, non-creative task that can be automated, including filling out forms, reading and downloading content, and even hold basic conversations with humans as chatbots.","score":11.05156},{"document_id":"ibmcld_16358-7447-9162","text":"\nBefore we add anything to our new assistant, let's check on the status of our data.\n\n\n\n\n\n Step 5: Prepare your data for retrieval \n\nTo improve the retrievability of the information in your PDF files, you will split the PDF files into many smaller documents. To do so, you will first teach Discovery about the structure of your PDF files, so it understands how subsections are formatted and can split the document by subsection.\n\n\n\n1. Return to the web browser tab where your Discovery project is displayed.\n\nThe Improve and customize page for the last PDF file that you uploaded is displayed.\n2. From the Improvement tools panel, expand Define structure, and then click New fields.\n\nZoom\n\n\n\nFigure 5. Opening the tool for defining fields\n3. Choose the Discovery docs part 1 collection.\n\nThe Identify fields tab is displayed, where you can choose the type of Smart Document Understanding model that you want to use.\n4. Click User-trained models, and then click Submit.\n\nZoom\n\n\n\nFigure 6. Creating a user-trained model\n5. Click Apply changes and reprocess.\n\nAfter some processing occurs, a representation of the document is displayed in the Smart Document Understanding tool. The tool shows you a view of the original document along with a representation of the document, where the text is replaced by blocks. The blocks represent field types.","score":8.8994255},{"document_id":"ibmcld_16358-8609-10224","text":"\n[Shows the chat bot preview in a fake web page](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs-content/v1/content/ca9232b3702768f24bb897f48f10778fcda28718/watson-assistant/images/tut-neural-user-trained.png)\n\nFigure 6. Creating a user-trained model\n5. Click Apply changes and reprocess.\n\nAfter some processing occurs, a representation of the document is displayed in the Smart Document Understanding tool. The tool shows you a view of the original document along with a representation of the document, where the text is replaced by blocks. The blocks represent field types.\n\nInitially, the blocks are labeled as text because all of the document content is considered to be standard text by default, and is indexed in the text field.\n\nWe want to label all first- and second-level headings as subtitles instead of text.\n6. From the thumbnails view, click the thumbnail for the first full-text page from the document to open the first page with real content.\n\nZoom\n\n\n\nFigure 7. The Smart Document Understanding tool\n7. To annotate the document, click the subtitle label from the Field labels list. Then, click each block in the representation of the PDF page that represents a heading to change its label from text to subtitle.\n\nZoom\n\n\n\nFigure 8. Applying the subtitle label","score":8.898412}],"20c2cbd18c16c12c9c2bbead6aef1a21<::>2":[{"document_id":"ibmcld_04105-3403-5572","text":"\nHow bot management works \n\nTo identify bots, bot managers might use JavaScript challenges (which determine whether a traditional web browser is being used) or CAPTCHA challenges. They can also determine which users are humans and which are bots by behavioral analysis; by comparing a user's behavior to the standard behavior of users in the past.\n\nWhen a bot is identified as bad, it can be redirected to a different page or blocked from accessing a web resource altogether.\n\nGood bots can be added to an allowlist. A bot manager can also distinguish between good and bad bots by using further behavioral analysis.\n\nAnother bot management approach is to use the robots.txt file to set up a honeypot. A honeypot is a fake target for bad actors that, when accessed, exposes the bad actor as malicious. In the case of a bot, a honeypot could be a webpage on the site that's forbidden to bots by the robots.txt file. Good bots will read the robots.txt file and avoid that webpage; some bad bots will crawl the webpage. By tracking the IP address of the bots that access the honeypot, bad bots can be identified and blocked.\n\n\n\n\n\n Kinds of bot attacks bot management mitigates \n\nA bot management solution can help stop a variety of attacks, including the following:\n\n\n\n* DDoS attacks\n* DoS attacks\n* Credential stuffing\n* Credit card stuffing\n* Brute force password cracking\n* Spam content\n* Data scraping and web scraping\n* Email address harvesting\n* Ad fraud\n* Click fraud\n\n\n\nThese bot activities are not always considered \"malicious,\" but a bot manager should still be able to mitigate them:\n\n\n\n* Inventory hoarding\n* Automated posting on social forums or platforms\n* Shopping cart stuffing\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n How does CIS manage bots? \n\nCIS collects data from requests flowing through its network every day. With this data, powered by Cloudflare's machine learning and behavior analysis, CIS can identify likely bot activity and can provide you with information on how to allow or disallow specific bot traffic using Firewall Rules.\n\nCloudflare Bot Management uses the following detection mechanisms, each producing their own scores, which are then combined to form a single score:","score":15.150479},{"document_id":"ibmcld_04170-7-2189","text":"\nJavaScript detections \n\nIBM Cloud® Internet Services (CIS) bot features include JavaScript detections. A small amount of JavaScript is injected into client devices using [Google’s Picasso fingerprinting technique](https://research.google/pubs/pub45581/). Picasso results are factored into bot scores and help CIS classify traffic as automated or human. BotScoreSrc: Not Computed and a score of 0 are relevant to Picasso JavaScript Fingerprinting requests. These requests are exempt from being blocked by any firewall rules.\n\nThis detection technique gathers general data about the machines reaching CIS. For example, if a particular user is accessing CIS via Google Chrome on a MacBook Pro, because there are millions of people using Google Chrome on a MacBook Pro, CIS cannot identify specific individuals. CIS also takes steps to anonymize and phase out data for added privacy.\n\nJavaScript is only injected in response to requests for HTML pages or page views, excluding AJAX calls. API and mobile app traffic is unaffected. Additionally, code is not injected again until its 30-minute session life expires. The Picasso script is roughly 70 KB and execution time varies by device, anywhere from 90 ms to around 500 ms.\n\nThe snippets of JavaScript will contain a source pointing to the challenge platform with paths that start with /cdn-cgi/challenge-platform/....\n\n\n\n Enable JavaScript detections \n\nFor no-cost Trial plans (Bot Fight Mode), JavaScript detections are automatically enabled and cannot be disabled.\n\nFor all other plans (Super Bot Fight Mode and Bot Management for Enterprise), JavaScript detections are optional. To adjust your settings, go to Security > Bots.\n\n\n\n\n\n Enforcing execution of JavaScript detections \n\nTo ensure that visitors have previously run and passed JavaScript detections, you can create a firewall rule with the field cf.bot_management.js_detection.passed which performs a Managed Challenge action. Enter (cf.bot_management.js_detection.passed) into the Expression preview section as a singular rule.\n\n\n\n\n\n Considerations \n\n\n\n* If you have a Content Security Policy (CSP):\n\n\n\n* Ensure that anything under /cdn-cgi/challenge-platform/ is allowed.","score":14.835265},{"document_id":"ibmcld_04105-5067-6335","text":"\n* Shopping cart stuffing\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n How does CIS manage bots? \n\nCIS collects data from requests flowing through its network every day. With this data, powered by Cloudflare's machine learning and behavior analysis, CIS can identify likely bot activity and can provide you with information on how to allow or disallow specific bot traffic using Firewall Rules.\n\nCloudflare Bot Management uses the following detection mechanisms, each producing their own scores, which are then combined to form a single score:\n\n\n\n* Machine learning: A highly accurate bot identification machine learning model trained on trillions of requests with minimal impact to request processing speed\n* Heuristics engine: Detects bots by screening requests through a set of simple rules that capture bots based on certain attibutes of the requests made.\n* Behavioral analysis: Detects bots that have never been seen, calculating and analyzing normal visitor behavior over an extended period of time.\n* Verified bots: A way to avoid accidental blocks of useful bots using several validators and a bots directory of unique good bot identities.\n* JS fingerprinting: A challenge-response system with challenge injected into the webpage on Cloudflare’s edge and rendered in the background for validation.","score":13.63713},{"document_id":"ibmcld_04113-1734-4014","text":"\nIBM CIS usually accelerates API traffic by removing connection overhead. However, the default security stance can interfere with many API calls. It is recommended that you take a few actions to prevent interference with your API traffic after proxying is active.\n\n\n\n* Turn security features off selectively, using the Page Rules features.\n\n\n\n* Create a Page Rule with the URL pattern of your API, such as api.example.com\n* Add the following rule behaviors:\n\n\n\n* Select Security Level to Essentially off\n* Select TLS to Off\n* Select Browser Integrity Check to Off\n\n\n\n* Select Provision Resource\n\n\n\n* Alternatively, you can turn off Web Application Firewall globally from the Security page.\n\n\n\n\n\n What does the Browser Integrity Check do? \n\nThe browser integrity check looks for HTTP headers that are commonly abused by spammers. It denies traffic with those headers access to your page. It also blocks visitors that do not have a user agent, or who add a non-standard user agent (this tactic is commonly used by abuse bots, crawlers, or APIs).\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Best practice 4: Configure your security settings as strictly as possible \n\nCIS provides some options for encrypting your traffic. As a reverse proxy the TLS connection is terminated at Cloudflare and a new TLS connection is opened to your origin servers. For your termination with CIS, you can upload a custom certificate from your account, you can use a wildcard certificate provisioned for you by CIS, or both.\n\n\n\n Upload a custom certificate \n\nYou can upload your public and private key when you create an Enterprise domain. If you upload your own certificate, you gain immediate compatibility with encrypted traffic, and you maintain control over your certificate (for example, an Extended Validation (EV) certificate). Remember that you'll be responsible for managing your certificate if you upload a custom certificate. For example, IBM CIS won't track the certificate expiration dates.\n\n\n\n\n\n Alternatively, use a certificate provisioned by CIS \n\nIBM CIS has partnered with several Certificate Authorities (CAs) to provide domain wildcard certificates for our customers, by default. Manual verification could be required for setting up these certificates, and your support team can help you perform these additional steps.","score":13.492578},{"document_id":"ibmcld_04105-1672-3877","text":"\nThe tasks a bot is programmed to do are fairly simple, but the bot can do these tasks repeatedly at a much faster rate than a human can.\n\nBots don't access the internet using a traditional web browser or a mouse to interact with visual content. Bots are software programs that typically use a \"headless browser\" to make HTTP requests and other activities.\n\nBots can do almost any repetitive, non-creative task that can be automated, including filling out forms, reading and downloading content, and even hold basic conversations with humans as chatbots. Like any tool that can be used for good, bots can be used for malicious behavior, too.\n\n\n\n\n\n Differences between good bots and bad bots \n\nIt is estimated that up to half of all internet traffic is bot traffic. Some bots are malicious, and some are \"good.\"\n\nBots that misuse online products or services can be considered \"bad.\" Bad bots range from malicious to simply annoying; for instance, breaking into user accounts to steal data or buying concert tickets online to assist scalpers.\n\nA bot that performs a helpful service can be considered \"good.\" For example, customer service chatbots, search engine crawlers, and performance monitoring bots are generally good bots. Good bots look for and abide by the rules outlined in a website's robots.txt file.\n\n\n\n\n\n The robots.txt file \n\nRobots.txt is a file that outlines the rules for bots accessing properties on a web server, though the file itself does not enforce these rules. Anyone programming a bot is expected to follow an honor system and make sure that their bot checks a website's robots.txt file before accessing the website. Malicious bots don't follow this system, which generates the need for bot management.\n\n\n\n\n\n How bot management works \n\nTo identify bots, bot managers might use JavaScript challenges (which determine whether a traditional web browser is being used) or CAPTCHA challenges. They can also determine which users are humans and which are bots by behavioral analysis; by comparing a user's behavior to the standard behavior of users in the past.\n\nWhen a bot is identified as bad, it can be redirected to a different page or blocked from accessing a web resource altogether.","score":13.058725}],"20c2cbd18c16c12c9c2bbead6aef1a21<::>3":[{"document_id":"ibmcld_04105-5067-6335","text":"\n* Shopping cart stuffing\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n How does CIS manage bots? \n\nCIS collects data from requests flowing through its network every day. With this data, powered by Cloudflare's machine learning and behavior analysis, CIS can identify likely bot activity and can provide you with information on how to allow or disallow specific bot traffic using Firewall Rules.\n\nCloudflare Bot Management uses the following detection mechanisms, each producing their own scores, which are then combined to form a single score:\n\n\n\n* Machine learning: A highly accurate bot identification machine learning model trained on trillions of requests with minimal impact to request processing speed\n* Heuristics engine: Detects bots by screening requests through a set of simple rules that capture bots based on certain attibutes of the requests made.\n* Behavioral analysis: Detects bots that have never been seen, calculating and analyzing normal visitor behavior over an extended period of time.\n* Verified bots: A way to avoid accidental blocks of useful bots using several validators and a bots directory of unique good bot identities.\n* JS fingerprinting: A challenge-response system with challenge injected into the webpage on Cloudflare’s edge and rendered in the background for validation.","score":17.030268},{"document_id":"ibmcld_04105-3403-5572","text":"\nHow bot management works \n\nTo identify bots, bot managers might use JavaScript challenges (which determine whether a traditional web browser is being used) or CAPTCHA challenges. They can also determine which users are humans and which are bots by behavioral analysis; by comparing a user's behavior to the standard behavior of users in the past.\n\nWhen a bot is identified as bad, it can be redirected to a different page or blocked from accessing a web resource altogether.\n\nGood bots can be added to an allowlist. A bot manager can also distinguish between good and bad bots by using further behavioral analysis.\n\nAnother bot management approach is to use the robots.txt file to set up a honeypot. A honeypot is a fake target for bad actors that, when accessed, exposes the bad actor as malicious. In the case of a bot, a honeypot could be a webpage on the site that's forbidden to bots by the robots.txt file. Good bots will read the robots.txt file and avoid that webpage; some bad bots will crawl the webpage. By tracking the IP address of the bots that access the honeypot, bad bots can be identified and blocked.\n\n\n\n\n\n Kinds of bot attacks bot management mitigates \n\nA bot management solution can help stop a variety of attacks, including the following:\n\n\n\n* DDoS attacks\n* DoS attacks\n* Credential stuffing\n* Credit card stuffing\n* Brute force password cracking\n* Spam content\n* Data scraping and web scraping\n* Email address harvesting\n* Ad fraud\n* Click fraud\n\n\n\nThese bot activities are not always considered \"malicious,\" but a bot manager should still be able to mitigate them:\n\n\n\n* Inventory hoarding\n* Automated posting on social forums or platforms\n* Shopping cart stuffing\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n How does CIS manage bots? \n\nCIS collects data from requests flowing through its network every day. With this data, powered by Cloudflare's machine learning and behavior analysis, CIS can identify likely bot activity and can provide you with information on how to allow or disallow specific bot traffic using Firewall Rules.\n\nCloudflare Bot Management uses the following detection mechanisms, each producing their own scores, which are then combined to form a single score:","score":16.40164},{"document_id":"ibmcld_04170-7-2189","text":"\nJavaScript detections \n\nIBM Cloud® Internet Services (CIS) bot features include JavaScript detections. A small amount of JavaScript is injected into client devices using [Google’s Picasso fingerprinting technique](https://research.google/pubs/pub45581/). Picasso results are factored into bot scores and help CIS classify traffic as automated or human. BotScoreSrc: Not Computed and a score of 0 are relevant to Picasso JavaScript Fingerprinting requests. These requests are exempt from being blocked by any firewall rules.\n\nThis detection technique gathers general data about the machines reaching CIS. For example, if a particular user is accessing CIS via Google Chrome on a MacBook Pro, because there are millions of people using Google Chrome on a MacBook Pro, CIS cannot identify specific individuals. CIS also takes steps to anonymize and phase out data for added privacy.\n\nJavaScript is only injected in response to requests for HTML pages or page views, excluding AJAX calls. API and mobile app traffic is unaffected. Additionally, code is not injected again until its 30-minute session life expires. The Picasso script is roughly 70 KB and execution time varies by device, anywhere from 90 ms to around 500 ms.\n\nThe snippets of JavaScript will contain a source pointing to the challenge platform with paths that start with /cdn-cgi/challenge-platform/....\n\n\n\n Enable JavaScript detections \n\nFor no-cost Trial plans (Bot Fight Mode), JavaScript detections are automatically enabled and cannot be disabled.\n\nFor all other plans (Super Bot Fight Mode and Bot Management for Enterprise), JavaScript detections are optional. To adjust your settings, go to Security > Bots.\n\n\n\n\n\n Enforcing execution of JavaScript detections \n\nTo ensure that visitors have previously run and passed JavaScript detections, you can create a firewall rule with the field cf.bot_management.js_detection.passed which performs a Managed Challenge action. Enter (cf.bot_management.js_detection.passed) into the Expression preview section as a singular rule.\n\n\n\n\n\n Considerations \n\n\n\n* If you have a Content Security Policy (CSP):\n\n\n\n* Ensure that anything under /cdn-cgi/challenge-platform/ is allowed.","score":14.486707},{"document_id":"ibmcld_04170-1738-2974","text":"\nTo ensure that visitors have previously run and passed JavaScript detections, you can create a firewall rule with the field cf.bot_management.js_detection.passed which performs a Managed Challenge action. Enter (cf.bot_management.js_detection.passed) into the Expression preview section as a singular rule.\n\n\n\n\n\n Considerations \n\n\n\n* If you have a Content Security Policy (CSP):\n\n\n\n* Ensure that anything under /cdn-cgi/challenge-platform/ is allowed. Your CSP should allow scripts that are served from your origin domain (script-src self).\n* If your CSP uses a nonce for script tags, CIS adds these nonces to the scripts it injects by parsing your CSP response header.\n* If your CSP does not use nonce for script tags and JavaScript Detection is enabled, you might see a console error such as\n\nRefused to execute inline script because it violates the following Content Security Policy directive: \"script-src 'self'\". Either the 'unsafe-inline' keyword, a hash ('sha256-b123b8a70+4jEj+d6gWI9U6IilUJIrlnRJbRR/uQl2Jc='), or a nonce ('nonce-...') is required to enable inline execution.\n* It is not recommended to use unsafe-inline. Instead, it is recommend that you use CSP nonces in script tags which are parsed and supported in the CDN.","score":13.46434},{"document_id":"ibmcld_04105-7-2225","text":"\nAbout bot management \n\nBot management blocks undesired or malicious internet bot traffic while allowing useful bots to access web properties. Bot management detects bot activity, discerns between desirable and undesirable bot behavior, and identifies the sources of the undesirable activity.\n\nUnmanaged bots can cause serious issues for web properties. Excessive bot traffic can put a heavy load on web servers, slowing or denying service to legitimate users (for example, DDoS attacks). Malicious bots can perform cyber attacks such as scraping content from websites, stealing user credentials, and spreading spam content.\n\n\n\n What bot managers do \n\nA bot manager is any software product that manages bots. Bot managers should be able to block some bots and allow others through, instead of simply blocking all non-human traffic. If all bots are blocked and Google bots aren't able to index a page, for instance, then that page can't show up in Google search results, resulting in greatly reduced organic traffic to the website.\n\nAn effective bot manager accomplishes the following goals:\n\n\n\n* Distinguishes bots from human visitors\n* Identifies bot reputation\n* Identifies bot origin IP addresses and block based on IP reputation\n* Analyzes bot behavior\n* Adds \"good\" bots to allowlists\n* Challenges potential bots with a CAPTCHA test, JavaScript injection, or other methods\n* Rate limits any potential bot that is over-using a service\n* Denies access to certain content or resources for \"bad\" bots\n* Serves alternative content to bots\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n What are bots and what do they do? \n\nA bot is a computer program that automatically does certain actions on a network. The tasks a bot is programmed to do are fairly simple, but the bot can do these tasks repeatedly at a much faster rate than a human can.\n\nBots don't access the internet using a traditional web browser or a mouse to interact with visual content. Bots are software programs that typically use a \"headless browser\" to make HTTP requests and other activities.\n\nBots can do almost any repetitive, non-creative task that can be automated, including filling out forms, reading and downloading content, and even hold basic conversations with humans as chatbots.","score":13.310807}],"20c2cbd18c16c12c9c2bbead6aef1a21<::>4":[{"document_id":"ibmcld_04175-0-1274","text":"\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Machine learning models \n\nEnterprise customers can enable auto-updates to their machine learning models for the newest bot detection models as they are released.\n\nTo enable auto-updates:\n\n\n\n1. Log in to the CIS and select your account and domain.\n2. Go to Security > Bots.\n3. Select Configure Bot Management.\n4. Enable auto-updates to the machine learning model.\n\n\n\nEnabling auto-updates for the machine learning model upgrades you to the latest version immediately. You can toggle the button off within 24 hours to revert to the previous version. To make changes after 24 hours, contact support.\n\n\n\n What has changed? \n\nIf you are on an older machine learning model, you'll see a score change to requests scored by the machine learning source instantly. If you are already on the latest model, the changes show only after a new machine learning model becomes the global default.\n\nYou will be notified prior to a new machine learning model becoming the global default.\n\n\n\n\n\n Why you should upgrade \n\nBy not updating to the latest version, you will be using a machine learning model that is no longer maintained or monitored by the engineering team. As internet traffic changes and new trends evolve, the scoring accuracy of older versions can degrade.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n","score":17.173223},{"document_id":"ibmcld_16437-1699-3728","text":"\nTo take a snapshot of the current version, click Machine Learning Model > Versions, and then click Take Snapshot. The resources in version 1.0 are frozen, and a new version, labeled 1.1, becomes the current version. For each new version that you create, the minor version number is incremented, for example, 1.0 becomes 1.1 and then becomes 1.2.\n4. Revise the workspace resources as needed, re-train, and re-evaluate the model.\n5. If you are pleased with the performance results and want to store the new version before making future changes, create another version. Continue revising resources and re-training the model as needed, creating a new version for each iteration that you want to retain.\n6. If performance results are worse, and you want to revert to a previous version before testing any further:\n\n\n\n1. Open the Assets > Dictionaries page and download any dictionaries that you want to re-use in the restored model.\n2. Click Machine Learning Model > Versions and click Promote for the version that you want to restore. The version that you promote becomes the current version, and the version number changes to 2.0. When you promote a version, the major version number is incremented and the minor version number becomes 0, for example, 1.1 becomes 2.0.\n3. Open the Dictionaries page and upload the dictionaries that you downloaded.\n4. If testing of the new version requires changes to ground truth, open the Machine Learning Model > Annotations page. Click the Annotation Tasks tab and create a new annotation task.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Modifying a type system without losing human annotations \n\nYou might need to make modifications while you train a model, based on the performance statistics. But, generally, you want the type system to be as close to final as possible before you begin large-scale annotation tasks. If you change the type system after human annotators began their work, they must revisit the documents that they annotated. They must assess the applicability of the type system changes.\n\n\n\n About this task","score":14.737686},{"document_id":"ibmcld_16495-1699-3728","text":"\nTo take a snapshot of the current version, click Machine Learning Model > Versions, and then click Take Snapshot. The resources in version 1.0 are frozen, and a new version, labeled 1.1, becomes the current version. For each new version that you create, the minor version number is incremented, for example, 1.0 becomes 1.1 and then becomes 1.2.\n4. Revise the workspace resources as needed, re-train, and re-evaluate the model.\n5. If you are pleased with the performance results and want to store the new version before making future changes, create another version. Continue revising resources and re-training the model as needed, creating a new version for each iteration that you want to retain.\n6. If performance results are worse, and you want to revert to a previous version before testing any further:\n\n\n\n1. Open the Assets > Dictionaries page and download any dictionaries that you want to re-use in the restored model.\n2. Click Machine Learning Model > Versions and click Promote for the version that you want to restore. The version that you promote becomes the current version, and the version number changes to 2.0. When you promote a version, the major version number is incremented and the minor version number becomes 0, for example, 1.1 becomes 2.0.\n3. Open the Dictionaries page and upload the dictionaries that you downloaded.\n4. If testing of the new version requires changes to ground truth, open the Machine Learning Model > Annotations page. Click the Annotation Tasks tab and create a new annotation task.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Modifying a type system without losing human annotations \n\nYou might need to make modifications while you train a model, based on the performance statistics. But, generally, you want the type system to be as close to final as possible before you begin large-scale annotation tasks. If you change the type system after human annotators began their work, they must revisit the documents that they annotated. They must assess the applicability of the type system changes.\n\n\n\n About this task","score":14.737686},{"document_id":"ibmcld_16437-7-2129","text":"\nMaking machine learning model improvements \n\nAfter you determine areas in which the model is having trouble, take steps to improve its performance.\n\n\n\n Creating model versions \n\nAfter you create a machine learning model, you can take a snapshot to keep a backup version of the current resources in case you want to restore the resources in a future iteration.\n\n\n\n About this task \n\nThe F1 score provides an indication of the quality of the model. If the model performance results are good, you might want to store a version of the component before changing any of the resources. If changes that you make result in poorer quality, you can revert to a version that you stored. When you revert to an older version, all annotation tasks are archived because they are no longer valid.\n\nYou can have a maximum of 10 versions of a workspace. If you reach that limit, delete older versions or versions that you no longer need before creating a new version.\n\nWhen you create a new version, the following resources are captured:\n\n\n\n* Type system\n* Corpus\n* Ground truth\n* Machine learning model\n* Machine learning model evaluation results\n\n\n\nThe following resources are excluded:\n\n\n\n* Annotation tasks, because they are temporal by design, used only for determining ground truth\n* Dictionaries, because dictionaries can be large, and various types of dictionaries are managed in different ways\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Procedure \n\nTo create and restore machine learning model versions:\n\n\n\n1. Log in as a Knowledge Studio administrator or project manager, and select your workspace.\n2. Select Machine Learning Model > Performance. Performance statistics about the current version, labeled version 1.0, are displayed.\n3. To take a snapshot of the current version, click Machine Learning Model > Versions, and then click Take Snapshot. The resources in version 1.0 are frozen, and a new version, labeled 1.1, becomes the current version. For each new version that you create, the minor version number is incremented, for example, 1.0 becomes 1.1 and then becomes 1.2.\n4. Revise the workspace resources as needed, re-train, and re-evaluate the model.\n5.","score":14.464115},{"document_id":"ibmcld_16495-7-2129","text":"\nMaking machine learning model improvements \n\nAfter you determine areas in which the model is having trouble, take steps to improve its performance.\n\n\n\n Creating model versions \n\nAfter you create a machine learning model, you can take a snapshot to keep a backup version of the current resources in case you want to restore the resources in a future iteration.\n\n\n\n About this task \n\nThe F1 score provides an indication of the quality of the model. If the model performance results are good, you might want to store a version of the component before changing any of the resources. If changes that you make result in poorer quality, you can revert to a version that you stored. When you revert to an older version, all annotation tasks are archived because they are no longer valid.\n\nYou can have a maximum of 10 versions of a workspace. If you reach that limit, delete older versions or versions that you no longer need before creating a new version.\n\nWhen you create a new version, the following resources are captured:\n\n\n\n* Type system\n* Corpus\n* Ground truth\n* Machine learning model\n* Machine learning model evaluation results\n\n\n\nThe following resources are excluded:\n\n\n\n* Annotation tasks, because they are temporal by design, used only for determining ground truth\n* Dictionaries, because dictionaries can be large, and various types of dictionaries are managed in different ways\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Procedure \n\nTo create and restore machine learning model versions:\n\n\n\n1. Log in as a Knowledge Studio administrator or project manager, and select your workspace.\n2. Select Machine Learning Model > Performance. Performance statistics about the current version, labeled version 1.0, are displayed.\n3. To take a snapshot of the current version, click Machine Learning Model > Versions, and then click Take Snapshot. The resources in version 1.0 are frozen, and a new version, labeled 1.1, becomes the current version. For each new version that you create, the minor version number is incremented, for example, 1.0 becomes 1.1 and then becomes 1.2.\n4. Revise the workspace resources as needed, re-train, and re-evaluate the model.\n5.","score":14.464115}],"20c2cbd18c16c12c9c2bbead6aef1a21<::>5":[{"document_id":"ibmcld_04175-0-1274","text":"\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Machine learning models \n\nEnterprise customers can enable auto-updates to their machine learning models for the newest bot detection models as they are released.\n\nTo enable auto-updates:\n\n\n\n1. Log in to the CIS and select your account and domain.\n2. Go to Security > Bots.\n3. Select Configure Bot Management.\n4. Enable auto-updates to the machine learning model.\n\n\n\nEnabling auto-updates for the machine learning model upgrades you to the latest version immediately. You can toggle the button off within 24 hours to revert to the previous version. To make changes after 24 hours, contact support.\n\n\n\n What has changed? \n\nIf you are on an older machine learning model, you'll see a score change to requests scored by the machine learning source instantly. If you are already on the latest model, the changes show only after a new machine learning model becomes the global default.\n\nYou will be notified prior to a new machine learning model becoming the global default.\n\n\n\n\n\n Why you should upgrade \n\nBy not updating to the latest version, you will be using a machine learning model that is no longer maintained or monitored by the engineering team. As internet traffic changes and new trends evolve, the scoring accuracy of older versions can degrade.\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n","score":14.848181},{"document_id":"ibmcld_10916-45658-47923","text":"\nA JavaScript object that represents a back-end service such as a database, REST API (to be consumed), or SOAP web service. Data sources are backed by connectors that then communicate directly with the database or other back-end services.\n\n\n\n\n\n LoopBack model \n\nA model that provides a remote (REST) API that clients use to perform operations and interact with backend systems. The model consists of application data, validation rules, data access capabilities, and business logic. Every LoopBack application by default has a set of built-in models: user, application, email, and several models for access control.\n\n\n\n\n\n LUN \n\nSee [logical unit number](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/overview?topic=overview-glossaryx2163327).\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n M \n\n\n\n machine learning (ML) \n\nA method of data analysis that iteratively learns from past data and independently adapts when exposed to new data. The mathematical model at the core of machine learning is built from ground truth inputs. Through training and refinement of example input data, the model can deliver accurate, repeatable results when it analyzes new data.\n\n\n\n\n\n machine learning annotator \n\nSee [machine learning model](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/overview?topic=overview-glossaryx7579194).\n\n\n\n\n\n machine learning model \n\nA component that identifies entities and entity relationships according to a statistical model that is based on ground truth. The model applies past experience, such as training data, to determine or predict the correct outcome of future experiences based on characteristics of the data. These past experiences are captured in the form of a model by calculating feature scores for each candidate answer or evidence and combining that with known outcomes.\n\n\n\n\n\n Managed Service Provider (MSP) \n\nAn IBM Business Partner that provides IT services on a contractual basis to maintain clients' computers, networks or software. They manage services on-site at the clients' data center, remotely in the clients’ data center, or in a third-party data center.\n\n\n\n\n\n master key \n\nAn encryption key that is used to protect a crypto unit. The master key provides full control of the hardware security module and ownership of the root of trust that encrypts the chain keys, including the root key and standard key.","score":13.617075},{"document_id":"ibmcld_16483-10566-12256","text":"\nYou cannot create a semi-supervised or unsupervised machine learning model. You cannot do extensive feature engineering. Not applicable Machine learning model
* 1 machine learning model per workspace
* 10 model versions per workspace
* Maximum number of workspaces is determined by your deployment.
* The maximum number of training actions you can perform per month is determined by your deployment.
\n Publication Export a machine learning model to use for performing text extraction in other Watson applications. Not applicable
* ZIP file
None \n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Rule-based model \n\nTable 3: Rule-based model\n\n\n\n Task Typical usage Supported input formats Supported output formats Limits and requirements \n\n Rule editor Create or upload documents to the rule editor from which to define classes, regular expressions, and rules.
* Plain text (added in editor)
* CSV file in UTF-8 format
* Copied from the All document set
None
* 1 rule-based model per workspace
* 5,000 characters per document
* 100 documents per workspace
* Maximum size of document title is 256 characters
* 200 rules per workspace
* 400 classes per workspace
* 100 regular expression group per workspace
* 100 regular expression entries per regular expression group
* 1,000 characters per regular expression entry
* 5 rule-based model versions per workspace
\n Publication Publish a rule-based model to use for performing pattern recognition in other Watson applications. Not applicable
* PEAR file
Rule-based models can currently be exported to IBM Watson Discovery only","score":13.437222},{"document_id":"ibmcld_16464-7-2089","text":"\nCreating a machine learning model \n\nThis tutorial helps you understand the process for building a machine learning model that you can deploy and use with other Watson services.\n\n\n\n Learning objectives \n\nAfter you complete the lessons in this tutorial, you will know how to perform the following tasks:\n\n\n\n* Create document sets\n* Pre-annotate documents\n* Create tasks for human annotators\n* Analyze inter-annotator agreement and adjudicate conflicts in annotated documents\n* Create machine learning models\n\n\n\nThis tutorial takes approximately 60 minutes to finish. If you explore other concepts that are related to this tutorial, it might take longer to complete.\n\n\n\n\n\n Before you begin \n\n\n\n* You're using a supported browser. See [Browser requirements](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/watson-knowledge-studio-data?topic=watson-knowledge-studio-data-system-requirements).\n* You successfully completed [Getting started with Knowledge Studio](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/watson-knowledge-studio-data?topic=watson-knowledge-studio-data-wks_tutintro), which covers creating a workspace, creating a type system, and adding a dictionary.\n* You must have at least one user ID in either the Admin or Project Manager role.\n\n> Note: If possible, use multiple user IDs for the machine learning model tasks in this tutorial (one Admin or Project Manager user ID, and at least two Human Annotator user IDs). Using multiple user IDs provides the most realistic simulation of an actual IBM Watson™ Knowledge Studio workspace, where a project manager must coordinate and adjudicate annotation that is performed by multiple human annotators. However, if you have access to only a single user ID, you can still simulate most parts of the process.\n\nFor information about user roles, see [User roles in Knowledge Studio](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/watson-knowledge-studio-data?topic=watson-knowledge-studio-data-roles).\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n Results \n\nAfter completing this tutorial, you will have a custom machine learning model that you can use with other Watson services.\n\n\n\n\n\n Lesson 1: Adding documents for annotation","score":13.186781},{"document_id":"ibmcld_04105-5067-6335","text":"\n* Shopping cart stuffing\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n How does CIS manage bots? \n\nCIS collects data from requests flowing through its network every day. With this data, powered by Cloudflare's machine learning and behavior analysis, CIS can identify likely bot activity and can provide you with information on how to allow or disallow specific bot traffic using Firewall Rules.\n\nCloudflare Bot Management uses the following detection mechanisms, each producing their own scores, which are then combined to form a single score:\n\n\n\n* Machine learning: A highly accurate bot identification machine learning model trained on trillions of requests with minimal impact to request processing speed\n* Heuristics engine: Detects bots by screening requests through a set of simple rules that capture bots based on certain attibutes of the requests made.\n* Behavioral analysis: Detects bots that have never been seen, calculating and analyzing normal visitor behavior over an extended period of time.\n* Verified bots: A way to avoid accidental blocks of useful bots using several validators and a bots directory of unique good bot identities.\n* JS fingerprinting: A challenge-response system with challenge injected into the webpage on Cloudflare’s edge and rendered in the background for validation.","score":12.940795}],"20c2cbd18c16c12c9c2bbead6aef1a21<::>6":[{"document_id":"ibmcld_04105-3403-5572","text":"\nHow bot management works \n\nTo identify bots, bot managers might use JavaScript challenges (which determine whether a traditional web browser is being used) or CAPTCHA challenges. They can also determine which users are humans and which are bots by behavioral analysis; by comparing a user's behavior to the standard behavior of users in the past.\n\nWhen a bot is identified as bad, it can be redirected to a different page or blocked from accessing a web resource altogether.\n\nGood bots can be added to an allowlist. A bot manager can also distinguish between good and bad bots by using further behavioral analysis.\n\nAnother bot management approach is to use the robots.txt file to set up a honeypot. A honeypot is a fake target for bad actors that, when accessed, exposes the bad actor as malicious. In the case of a bot, a honeypot could be a webpage on the site that's forbidden to bots by the robots.txt file. Good bots will read the robots.txt file and avoid that webpage; some bad bots will crawl the webpage. By tracking the IP address of the bots that access the honeypot, bad bots can be identified and blocked.\n\n\n\n\n\n Kinds of bot attacks bot management mitigates \n\nA bot management solution can help stop a variety of attacks, including the following:\n\n\n\n* DDoS attacks\n* DoS attacks\n* Credential stuffing\n* Credit card stuffing\n* Brute force password cracking\n* Spam content\n* Data scraping and web scraping\n* Email address harvesting\n* Ad fraud\n* Click fraud\n\n\n\nThese bot activities are not always considered \"malicious,\" but a bot manager should still be able to mitigate them:\n\n\n\n* Inventory hoarding\n* Automated posting on social forums or platforms\n* Shopping cart stuffing\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n How does CIS manage bots? \n\nCIS collects data from requests flowing through its network every day. With this data, powered by Cloudflare's machine learning and behavior analysis, CIS can identify likely bot activity and can provide you with information on how to allow or disallow specific bot traffic using Firewall Rules.\n\nCloudflare Bot Management uses the following detection mechanisms, each producing their own scores, which are then combined to form a single score:","score":14.997424},{"document_id":"ibmcld_16388-7-1918","text":"\nEncrypting sensitive data \n\nBy using the public key that is provided by IBM, you can add another level of encryption to hide sensitive data you send from the web chat.\n\nTo use this method for encrypting data, you must first enable the web chat security feature. For more information, see [Enabling web chat security](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/watson-assistant?topic=watson-assistant-web-chat-security-enable).\n\nUse this method to send sensitive information in messages that come from your website, such as information about a customer's loyalty level, a user ID, or security tokens to use in webhooks that you call from actions. Information passed to your assistant in this way is stored in a private context variable. Private variables cannot be seen by customers and are never sent back to the web chat.\n\nFor example, you might start a business process for a VIP customer that is different from the process you start for a standard customer. You do not want non-VIPs to know that they are categorized as such, but you must pass this information to your action so it can change the flow of the conversation. To do this, you can pass the customer MVP status as an encrypted variable. This private context variable is available for use by the action, but not by anything else.\n\nTutorial: For a tutorial that shows an example of using web chat security to authenticate users and protect sensitive data, see [Tutorial: Authenticating a user in the middle of a session](https://cloud.ibm.com/docs/watson-assistant?topic=watson-assistant-web-chat-develop-security).\n\nTo encrypt sensitive data:\n\n\n\n1. On the Security tab of the web chat integration settings, click the Generate key button.\n2. Copy the public key that displays in the IBM-provided public key field.","score":14.203907},{"document_id":"ibmcld_16378-7-2121","text":"\nTutorial: Authenticating a user in the middle of a session \n\nIf you have web chat security enabled, you must set a user ID for the customer at the beginning of the session as part of the JSON Web Token (JWT) you use to sign messages. For users who are not authenticated, this is typically a generated ID, and it cannot be changed after the JWT is created. However, you can use a private variable to authenticate a user later in the session.\n\nWith web chat security enabled, the user ID associated with each message is based on the sub claim in the JWT payload. This value must be set at the beginning of the session, when the JWT is created, and cannot be changed during the life of the session. For unauthenticated (anonymous) users, you would typically use a generated ID, saved to a cookie, to ensure that each unique customer is counted only once for billing purposes.\n\nHowever, you might want your customers to be able to authenticate in the middle of a session (for example, to complete an action that updates the user's account information). Because the generated user ID in the sub claim cannot be changed, you need another way to authenticate the user securely. You can do this by storing the customer's actual authenticated user ID as a private variable in the user payload of the JWT. (You could store the user ID in an ordinary context variable, but this would not be secure, because such variables can be modified.)\n\nFor a complete, working version of the example described in this tutorial, see [Enabling security for Watson Assistant web chat](https://github.com/watson-developer-cloud/assistant-toolkit/tree/master/integrations/webchat/examples/web-chat-security).\n\nThis example in this tutorial, which is based on an Express server for Node.js, shows how to start a session with an anonymous user ID and then authenticate the user during the session.\n\n\n\n1. Create a function called getOrSetAnonymousID() that generates a unique anonymous user ID for each customer and stores it in a cookie (or, if the cookie already exists, uses the stored user ID).\n\nUse a cookie that lasts for at least 45 days.","score":13.665405},{"document_id":"ibmcld_02855-25179-26743","text":"\nfunction mockLogin() {\nconst payload = {\n/\n* Even if this is an unauthenticated user, add a userID in the sub claim that can be used\n* for billing purposes.\n* This ID will help us keep track \"unique users\". For unauthenticated users, drop a\n* cookie in the browser so you can make sure the user is counted uniquely across visits.\n/\nsub: 'some-user-id', // Required\niss: 'yourdomain.com' // Required\n};\n// The \"expiresIn\" option adds an \"exp\" claim to the payload.\nreturn jwt.sign(payload, process.env.YOUR_PRIVATE_RSA_KEY, { algorithm: 'RS256', expiresIn: '10000ms' });\n}\nShow more\n\n\n\nTo enable security, complete the following steps:\n\n\n\n1. From the web chat integration page in Watson Assistant, set the Secure your web chat switch to On.\n2. Add your public key to the Your public key field.\n\nThe public key that you add is used to verify that data which claims to come from your web chat instance is coming from your web chat instance.\n3. To prove that a message is coming from your website, each message that is submitted from your web chat implementation must include the JSON Web Token (JWT) that you created earlier.\n\nAdd the token to the web chat code snippet that you embed in your website page. Specify the token in the identityToken property.\n\nFor example:\n\n